QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2007

Registration Statement No. 333-138675



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Canada
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation)
  3570
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

Xplore Technologies Corp.
14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900
Austin, Texas 78728
(512) 336-7797
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

Michael J. Rapisand
Xplore Technologies Corp.
14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900
Austin, Texas 78728
(512) 336-7797

with copies to:

Jonathan J. Russo, Esq.
Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP
875 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 603-2000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective and the consummation of the domestication transaction covered hereby.

        If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.     o

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earliest effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant files a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.
14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900
Austin, Texas 78728

                        , 2007                

Dear Shareholders:

        We are furnishing this management information circular/prospectus to shareholders of Xplore Technologies Corp., or Xplore Technologies, in connection with the solicitation of proxies by our management for use at a special meeting of our shareholders. The meeting will be held on                        , 2007 at                        (Eastern Standard Time), at the Harvard Club, 27 West 44 th Street, New York, New York 10036.

        The purpose of the meeting is to obtain shareholder approval to change our jurisdiction of incorporation from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to the State of Delaware in the United States of America through the adoption of a certificate of domestication and a new certificate of incorporation. This process is called a continuance in Canada and a domestication in Delaware.

        We believe our domestication will enhance shareholder value over the long-term by improving our ability and flexibility to obtain financing in the equity and debt capital markets, enhancing the marketability of our capital stock by raising our profile in the United States and providing greater opportunity for proposing and winning business in the United States. We chose the State of Delaware to be our domicile because Delaware has a modern and flexible corporate code, well developed corporate law and a court system with considerable expertise in dealing with corporate issues.

        If we complete the domestication, we will continue our legal existence in Delaware as if we had originally been incorporated under Delaware law. In addition, each outstanding common and preferred share of Xplore Technologies as a Canadian corporation will then represent one share of common or preferred stock, as applicable, of Xplore Technologies as a Delaware corporation. Our common shares are currently traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol XPL. Following the completion of our domestication, our common stock will continue to be listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the same trading symbol. In addition, we may seek approval to list our common stock on a national stock exchange or stock market in the United States.

        The proposal for domestication is subject to approval by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by the holders of our common shares, Series A Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares, voting together at the meeting as a single class, whether in person or by proxy. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid fair value of the shares in respect of which the shareholders dissent under Section 190 of the Canada Business Corporations Act. Our board of directors has reserved the right to terminate or abandon our domestication at any time prior to its effectiveness, notwithstanding shareholder approval, if it determines for any reason that the consummation of our domestication would be inadvisable or not in our best interests. If approved by our shareholders, it is anticipated that the change of our jurisdiction of incorporation, or domestication, will become effective on or about                        , 2007 or as soon as practicable after the meeting of shareholders.

        The existing certificates representing our common and preferred shares will continue to represent the same number of shares of our capital stock after the domestication without any action on your part. You will not have to exchange any certificates. We will issue new certificates to you representing shares of capital stock of Xplore Technologies as a Delaware corporation upon transfers or at your request.

        The accompanying management information circular/prospectus provides a detailed description of our domestication and other information to assist you in considering the matter on which you are asked to vote. We urge you to review this information carefully and, if you require assistance, to consult with your financial, tax or other professional advisers.



        For the reasons set forth in the management information circular/prospectus, our board of directors unanimously believes that the proposed domestication is in our best interests. We therefore strongly urge you to vote FOR our domestication.

        Whether or not you plan to attend the meeting, we ask that you indicate the manner in which you wish your shares to be voted and sign and return your proxy as promptly as possible in the enclosed envelope so that your vote may be recorded. You may vote your shares in person if you attend the meeting, even if you send in your proxy.

        We appreciate your continued interest in our company.

    Very truly yours,

 

 


Michael J. Rapisand
Corporate Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

On Behalf of our Board of Directors

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT

In order to assure your representation at the meeting, you are
requested to complete, sign and date the enclosed proxy card as
promptly as possible and return it in the enclosed envelope.




XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.
14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900
Austin, Texas 78728

NOTICE OF A SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

        NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a special meeting of shareholders of Xplore Technologies Corp. (we, us or Xplore Technologies) will be held on                         , 2007 at                        , (Eastern Standard time), at the Harvard Club, 27 West 44 th  Street, New York, New York 10036, for the following purposes:

        The text of the special resolution is set forth in Exhibit A to the accompanying management information circular/prospectus (which we refer to as this prospectus). The proposal for domestication is subject to approval by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by the holders of our common shares, Series A Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares, voting together at the meeting as a single class, whether in person or by proxy. As of the date of this notice, there were 60,908,002 of our common shares, 63,472,895 of our Series A Preferred Shares and 9,988,513 of our Series B Preferred Shares issued and outstanding. Each outstanding common or preferred share entitles the holder to one vote at the meeting on the proposal.

        If the special resolution for the continuance is approved, our board of directors will be authorized to implement, delay or abandon the domestication. Our Board of Directors recommends that shareholders vote "FOR" the approval of the special resolution. Dissenting shareholders are entitled to be paid the fair value of their shares under the procedures for dissenters' rights contemplated by Section 190 of the Canada Business Corporations Act and described in the accompanying management information circular/prospectus.

        Our board of directors has fixed the close of business on                        , 2007 as the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting and any adjournments or postponements. If you were a registered holder of our common or preferred shares at the close of business on the record date, you are entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

        Shareholders are cordially invited to attend the special meeting in person. Your vote is important. Those who do not plan to attend the meeting are requested to complete, sign and date the accompanying proxy card and return it before the special meeting in the envelope provided. A proxy will not be valid unless it is deposited with the office of our transfer agent, Equity Transfer Services Inc., 200 University Avenue, Suite 400, Toronto, Ontario M5H 4H1, by the second business day preceding the meeting or any adjournment. Your proxy may be revoked at any time before its exercise by giving a notice of revocation, by delivering a subsequent proxy card or by voting in person at the meeting.

Austin, Texas
                        , 2007


         These securities involve a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9 for a discussion of specified matters that should be considered.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission, or similar authority in Canada, has approved or passed upon the merits of these securities or determined if the management information circular/prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY   2
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA   8
RISK FACTORS   9
EXCHANGE RATES   16
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   16
THE SPECIAL MEETING   17
THE DOMESTICATION   21
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF DOMESTICATION   34
UNITED STATES AND CANADIAN INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS   35
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK   44
MARKET PRICE AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS   49
OUR BUSINESS   50
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   58
MANAGEMENT   76
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT   83
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT IN THE DOMESTICATION   85
LEGAL MATTERS   85
EXPERTS   85
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS   85
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION   85
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   F-1
EXHIBITS :    
EXHIBIT A—Special Resolution for the Domestication   A-1
EXHIBIT B—Form of Certificate of Domestication of Xplore Technologies Corp.   B-1
EXHIBIT C—Proposed Certificate of Incorporation of Xplore Technologies Corp.   C-1
EXHIBIT D—Proposed By-Laws of Xplore Technologies Corp.   D-1
EXHIBIT E—Section 190 of the Canada Business Corporations Act   E-1
EXHIBIT G—Form of Proxy Card   G-1

         Trademarks or trade names of Xplore Technologies Corp. used in this management information circular/prospectus include: "iX™" and "AllVue™." Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this management information circular/prospectus belongs to its holder.



SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read this summary together with the more detailed information, including our financial statements and the related notes, elsewhere in this prospectus and the exhibits attached hereto. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." You should read this prospectus in its entirety.

Xplore Technologies Corp.

        We engineer, develop, integrate and market rugged, mobile computing systems. Our products and features are designed to enhance the ability of persons to perform their job outside of traditional office settings. Our line of iX™ Tablet PCs are designed to operate in challenging work environments, such as extreme temperatures, repeated vibrations and dirty and dusty conditions. Further, our systems can be fitted with a wide range of performance-matched accessories, including multiple docking station solutions, wireless connectivity alternatives, Global Positioning System modules, biometric and smartcard modules, as well as traditional peripherals like keyboards, mouses and cases.

        Over the last several years we have undergone significant changes. In August 2004, we closed our corporate headquarters in Canada and relocated all of our functions to Austin, Texas, where most of our employees are based. In addition, we hired a new management team and broadened our sales strategy to increase our focus on Fortune 500 and Global 2000 companies. In May 2006, we completed a recapitalization pursuant to which approximately $18.9 million of indebtedness was exchanged for 55,520,542 Series A Preferred Shares.

        Xplore Technologies Corp.'s predecessor entity, Xplore Technologies Inc., was incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario on August 20, 1996. That company was subsequently continued under the federal laws of Canada on March 22, 2000 and, on March 25, 2000, was amalgamated with Xplore Technologies Corp. under the federal laws of Canada to continue as Xplore Technologies Corp. The principal executive offices of Xplore Technologies are located at 14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900, Austin, Texas 78728 and our phone number is (512) 336-7797. We maintain an Internet website at www.xploretech.com. We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus the information on our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

The Special Meeting (Page    )

        This prospectus is being furnished to our shareholders in connection with the solicitation of proxies by our management for use at a special meeting of shareholders.

2


3


The Domestication (Page    )

        Our board of directors is proposing to change our jurisdiction of incorporation from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to the State of Delaware through a transaction called a "continuance" under Section 188 of the Canada Business Corporations Act, also referred to as a "domestication" under Section 388 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (which we sometimes refer to as the DGCL). The continued, or domesticated, corporation will become subject to the DGCL on the date of its domestication, but will be deemed to have commenced its existence in Delaware on the date it originally commenced existence in Canada. Under the DGCL, a corporation becomes domesticated in Delaware by filing a certificate of domestication and a certificate of incorporation for the corporation being domesticated. Our board of directors has unanimously approved our domestication, believes it to be in our best interests and in the best interests of our shareholders and unanimously recommends approval of our continuance to our shareholders.

        Our board of directors believes that, by domiciling Xplore Technologies in the United States, we may be able to enhance shareholder value over the long term with greater acceptance in the capital markets and improved marketability of our common stock. Our board of directors considered the fact that, in management's experience, potential investors, lenders and strategic partners in the United States are more familiar with U.S. accounting, tax and disclosure standards than those in Canada and are therefore more comfortable dealing with U.S. corporations than Canadian corporations. Our board of directors also considered that, by becoming subject solely to U.S. tax laws and accounting standards, we will eliminate many of the income tax and financial accounting complexities associated with incorporation outside the United States. In addition, being domiciled in the United States could provide the flexibility to enter into some types of mergers, acquisitions and business combination transactions with other U.S. corporations that could have adverse tax consequences if we remained a Canadian corporation. In addition, our board of directors believes that our domestication will provide greater opportunity for proposing and winning business in the United States.

        The domestication will change the governing law that applies to our shareholders from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to the State of Delaware. There are material differences between the Canada Business Corporations Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our shareholders may have more or less rights under Delaware law depending on the specific set of circumstances. For example, under Canadian law, a company has the authority to issue an unlimited number of shares whereas under Delaware law, there is a limit on the total amount of shares a company is authorized to issue and shareholder approval must be obtained to issue additional shares above the limit. In addition, under Canadian law, one shareholder may constitute a quorum for purposes of a shareholders' meeting whereas, under Delaware law, a quorum may consist of no less than one-third of the total voting power

4



of the shareholders. On the other hand, under Canadian law, shareholders owning at least 5% of our outstanding voting shares have the right to require the board of directors to call a special meeting whereas, under Delaware law, our shareholders have no such right.

        The domestication will be effective upon the filing of the certificates with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Thereafter, Xplore Technologies will be subject to the certificate of incorporation filed in Delaware. We will be discontinued in Canada as of the date shown on the certificate of discontinuance issued by the Director of the Canada Business Corporations Act. A copy of Section 190 the Canada Business Corporations Act addressing dissenters' rights in connection with the domestication is attached to this prospectus as Exhibit E.

        The domestication will not interrupt the corporate existence or operations of Xplore Technologies or the trading market of our common shares. Each outstanding common and preferred share at the time of the domestication will remain issued and outstanding as a share of common or preferred stock, as applicable, of Xplore Technologies after its corporate existence is continued from Canada under the Canada Business Corporations Act and domesticated in Delaware under the DGCL. Following the completion of our domestication, our common stock will continue to be listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "XPL." In addition, we may seek approval to list our common stock on a national stock exchange or stock market in the United States.

Regulatory and Other Approvals (Page    )

        The continuance is subject to the authorization of the Director of the Canada Business Corporations Act. The Director is empowered to authorize the domestication if, among other things, he is satisfied that the continuance will not adversely affect our creditors or shareholders.

Tax Consequences of the Domestication (Page    )

5


Accounting Treatment of the Domestication (Page    )

        The continuance of Xplore Technologies and its domestication as a Delaware corporation represents a transaction between entities under common control. Assets and liabilities transferred between entities under common control are accounted for at historical cost. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Xplore Delaware, the continuing entity, will be reflected at their historical cost to Xplore Canada.

        Any of our common and/or preferred shares that we acquire from dissenting shareholders will be treated as an acquisition of treasury stock at the amount paid for the shares.

Dissent Rights of Shareholders (Page    )

        If you wish to dissent and do so in compliance with Section 190 of the Canadian Business Corporations Act, and we proceed with our domestication, you will be entitled to be paid the fair value of the shares you hold. Fair value is determined as of the close of business on the day before the continuance is approved by shareholders. If you wish to dissent, you must send written objection to the continuance to us at or before the meeting. If you vote in favor of the continuance, you in effect lose your rights to dissent. If you abstain or vote against the continuance, you preserve your dissent rights to the extent you comply with Section 190. However, it is not sufficient to vote against the continuance or abstain. You must also provide a separate dissent notice at or before the meeting. If you grant a proxy and intend to dissent, the proxy must instruct the proxy holder to vote against the continuance in order to prevent the proxy holder from voting such shares in favor of the continuance and thereby voiding your right to dissent. Under the Canada Business Corporations Act, you have no right of partial dissent. Accordingly, you may only dissent as to all your shares. Section 190 of the Canada Business Corporations Act is reprinted in its entirety as Exhibit E to this prospectus.

6



Comparison of Shareholder Rights (Page    )

        Upon completion of the domestication, our shareholders will be holders of capital stock of a Delaware corporation. After that time, their rights will be governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law as well as our new Delaware certificate of incorporation and by-laws. Our shareholders should be aware that the domestication will change their rights depending upon the circumstances. For example, under Canadian law, a company has the authority to issue an unlimited number of shares whereas, under Delaware law, there is a limit on the total amount of shares a company is authorized to issue and shareholder approval must be obtained to issue additional shares above the limit. In addition, under Canadian law, one shareholder may constitute a quorum for purposes of a shareholders' meeting whereas, under Delaware law, a quorum may consist of no less than one-third of the total voting power of the shareholders. On the other hand, under Canadian law, shareholders are entitled to appraisal rights for a number of extraordinary corporate actions, including an amalgamation with another unrelated corporation, some amendments to a corporation's articles of incorporation and the sale of all or substantially all of a corporation's assets, whereas under Delaware law, stockholders are only entitled to appraisal rights for certain mergers or consolidations and not for any other extraordinary corporate events. In addition, under Canadian law, shareholders owning at least 5% of our outstanding voting shares have the right to require the board of directors to call a special meeting of shareholders whereas, under Delaware law, our shareholders have no right to require the board to call a special meeting. The section entitled "The Domestication—Comparison of Shareholder Rights" describes material differences between the rights of Canadian shareholders and Delaware stockholders.

7



SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The table below presents selected historical consolidated financial data for Xplore Technologies as of and for each of the five years ended March 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the five years ended March 31, 2006 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by Mintz & Partners LLP, independent registered auditors.

        The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, our unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial condition and results of operations for these periods. Operating results for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

        The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. Our financial statements included in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 
  Nine Months Ended December 31,
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2006
  2005
  2006
  2005
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (Unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  (In thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                            
Revenue   $ 25,953   $ 19,926   $ 27,480   $ 17,530   $ 24,631   $ 15,091   $ 9,861  
Cost of revenue     18,788     15,037     20,671     13,860     20,880     12,357     11,356  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit (loss)     7,165     4,889     6,809     3,670     3,751     2,734     (1,495 )
Expenses:                                            
Sales, marketing and support     4,538     3,645     5,284     4,839     4,504     5,644     5,714  
Product research, development and engineering     2,102     2,036     2,402     2,327     2,523     3,472     4,517  
General administration     3,215     3,453     4,143     4,179     4,616     4,135     5,186  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      9,855     9,134     11,829     11,345     11,643     13,251     15,417  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from operations     (2,690 )   (4,245 )   (5,020 )   (7,675 )   (7,892 )   (10,517 )   (16,912 )
Interest and other expense     (1,324 )   (1,039 )   (1,553 )   (1,216 )   (4,807 )   (1,486 )   (412 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (4,014 ) $ (5,284 ) $ (6,573 ) $ (8,891 ) $ (12,699 ) $ (12,003 ) $ (17,324 )
Dividends attributable to preferred shares     (683 )   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  
Net loss attributable to common shareholders     (4,697 )   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share     (0.07 ) $ (0.10 ) $ (0.12 ) $ (0.18 ) $ (0.41 ) $ (0.51 ) $ (0.95 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends attributable to preferred shares     (0.1 )   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share attributable to common shareholders   $ (0.08 )   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:                                            
Ratio of fixed charges to earnings(1)     (1.00 )   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  

(1)
From May 2006 through August 2006, we issued 63.5 million 5% Series A Preferred Shares and 10 million 5% Series B Preferred Shares. For the nine months ended December 31, 2006, our earnings were insufficient to cover our fixed charges. The insufficiency was $2,004.

 
  As of December 31,
  As of March 31,
 
  2006
  2005
  2006
  2005
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (Unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
 
  (In thousands of U.S. dollars)

BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                          
Current assets   $ 12,034   $ 10,737   $ 9,208   $ 6,622   $ 8,589   $ 9,675   $ 12,555
Current liabilities     5,399     13,986     13,714     17,681     7,526     6,784     7,372
Working capital (deficit)     6,635     (3,249 )   (4,506 )   (11,059 )   1,063     2,891     5,183
Total assets     12,667     11,270     11,224     7,094     9,383     10,971     13,617
Long-term debt     250     12,005     12,005         7,550     3,714    
Total liabilities     5,649     25,991     25,719     17,681     15,076     10,498     7,372
Shareholders' equity (deficit)     7,018     (14,721 )   (14,495 )   (10,587 )   (5,693 )   473     6,245

8



RISK FACTORS

        You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could be materially harmed. This could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to the Domestication

If the Canadian federal tax authorities do not accept our conclusions and assumptions relating to the tax treatment of the continuance, we may owe significant income taxes, which could adversely affect our business.

        For Canadian tax purposes, on the date of the continuance (otherwise known as the domestication in the U.S.), we will be treated as though we sold all of our property and received the fair market value for those properties. We will be taxed on any income or gain realized on that sale. We will have a deemed year-end for Canadian tax purposes. We could be subject to an additional tax if the fair market value of our assets, net of liabilities, exceeds the paid-up capital of our issued and outstanding shares. We reviewed our assets, liabilities and paid-up capital and we believe that we will not owe any Canadian federal income taxes as a result of the continuance. It is possible that the facts on which we based our assumptions and conclusions could change before the continuance is completed. We have not applied to the federal tax authorities for a ruling on this matter and do not intend to do so. We have also made assumptions regarding the tax treatment of this transaction in order to reach our conclusions and it may be possible for some of these assumptions to be interpreted in a different manner which would be less favorable to us. You should understand that it is possible that the federal tax authorities will not accept our valuations or positions and claim that we owe taxes as a result of this transaction.

If the IRS does not agree with our position with respect to the tax treatment of the domestication, we or our U.S. shareholders may owe significant income taxes.

        We believe that the domestication (otherwise known as the continuance in Canada) will qualify as a tax-free reorganization for United States federal income tax purposes for us. Any U.S. holder who owns 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock at the time of the domestication will have to recognize income, categorized as dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, equal to the U.S. holder's allocable share of "all earnings and profits amount." Any U.S. holder that owns less than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock and whose shares have a fair market value of $50,000 or more will, assuming the deemed dividend election is made by such U.S. holder, have income in an amount equal to the lesser of the gain, if any, on the domestication or his allocable share of the "all earnings and profits amount." U.S. holders who own less than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock and whose shares have a fair market value below $50,000 are not subject to tax on the domestication. The Company believes that it does not have an "all earnings and profits amount", and as a result, no U.S. holder should be subject to taxation; provided that U.S. holders who own less than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock and whose shares have a fair market value of $50,000 or more file the deemed dividend election. However, no assurance can be given that the IRS will agree with the Company's position and that such position, if asserted, may be upheld.

        We have not asked, nor do we intend to ask, for a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service that the U.S. Federal income tax consequences will be as described herein. There is always the risk that the IRS may take a contrary position and that such position, if asserted, may be upheld.

9



The rights of our shareholders under Canadian law will differ from their rights under Delaware law, which provide in some cases less protection to our shareholders following the domestication.

        Upon consummation of the domestication, our shareholders will become stockholders of a Delaware corporation. There are material differences between the Canada Business Corporations Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law and our current and proposed charter and by-laws. For example, under Canadian law, many significant corporate actions such as amending a corporation's articles of incorporation or consummating a merger require the approval of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by shareholders, whereas under Delaware law, all that is required is a simple majority of the total voting power of all of the outstanding shares. Furthermore, shareholders under Canadian law are entitled to appraisal rights under a number of extraordinary corporate actions, including an amalgamation with another unrelated corporation, certain amendments to a corporation's articles of incorporation or the sale of all or substantially all of a corporation's assets, whereas under Delaware law, stockholders are only entitled to appraisal rights for certain mergers or consolidations and not for any other extraordinary corporate events. Some of these differences could provide less protection to our shareholders and give more discretion to our directors and officers. See "Domestication—Comparison of Shareholder Rights."

The proposed domestication will result in additional direct and indirect costs whether or not completed.

        The domestication will result in additional direct costs. In connection with the domestication, we intend to become a U.S. reporting issuer while still being a Canadian reporting issuer and, as a result, will incur additional costs and expenses of having to comply with U.S. securities laws and Canadian law. In addition, we will incur attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, filing fees, mailing expenses and financial printing expenses in connection with the domestication. The domestication may also result in certain indirect costs by diverting attention of our management and employees from our business with resulting increased administrative costs and expenses.

Risks Relating to our Business

We have a history of net losses, we anticipate additional losses and may never become profitable.

        We have incurred net losses in each fiscal year since our inception. For our fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, we incurred a net loss of approximately $6.6 million and for the nine months ended December 31, 2006, we incurred a net loss of $4.0 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2006, our accumulated deficit was approximately $86.0 million. Our losses have resulted primarily from expenses incurred in research and development of our technology and products and from expenses incurred selling and marketing our products. We expect to continue to incur additional operating losses through fiscal 2008 as we continue our research and development efforts and expand our sales and marketing activities. We cannot assure you that our revenue will increase or that we will be profitable in any future period.

If we fail to obtain additional financing when needed, we may be unable to complete the development and commercialization of our rugged notebook and may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our other products .

        Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. From our inception in 1996, we have financed our operations and met our capital expenditure requirements primarily from $87.6 million of debt and equity financings. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts to complete the development and commercialization of our rugged notebook and to continue our research and development programs to advance our current product line. As at December 31, 2006, our working capital was $6,635,000 and our cash and cash equivalents were $565,000. We believe that cash flow from operations, together with borrowings from our credit facility and, if necessary, financial support from Phoenix Venture Fund LLC, our significant shareholder, will be sufficient to fund our anticipated operations for the next 12 months. However, we may seek to access the public or private markets whenever conditions are favorable, even if we do not have an immediate need for additional capital at

10



that time. It is uncertain whether additional funding will be available when we need it on terms that will be acceptable to us or at all. To the extent we raise additional funds by issuing equity, our shareholders may experience significant dilution. Any debt financing, if available, may require us to agree to restrictive covenants, that could negatively impact our ability to conduct our business. If we are not able to obtain financing when needed or on acceptable terms, we would likely be unable to carry out our business plan, and would have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our products. The occurrence of which could significantly harm our business and prospects and could cause our stock price to decline.

We may not be able to develop a rugged notebook or develop a rugged notebook that is accepted by the market, in which case our planned operations would be materially affected.

        We do not currently have a product in the rugged notebook market, however, we plan to develop one. We cannot assure you that we will be able to develop a rugged notebook or that any rugged notebook we develop will be able to compete or have any success in the marketplace. If we are unable to develop a rugged notebook or if we do develop a rugged notebook but it is not accepted by the market, our planned operations would be materially affected.

Since our revenues are highly dependent on one product family, any significant reduction of sales of this product family would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        Because our revenues are derived substantially from sales of our iX104 family of systems, we are highly dependent upon market acceptance of the iX104 product family. We cannot assure you that the iX104 product family will achieve significant acceptance in the marketplace. Any significant reduction of sales of the iX104 product family would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Approximately 10% of our revenue in fiscal 2006 was derived from one of our value-added resellers and if we are unable to replace revenues generated from one of our major resellers with revenues from others in future periods, our revenues may decrease and our operations may be materially adversely affected.

        Historically, in any given year a single value-added reseller (or VAR) customer could account for more than 10% of our revenue. In fiscal year 2006, one VAR customer, Peak Technologies, accounted for over 10% of our total revenue and in fiscal year 2004, one VAR, one distributor and one end-user accounted for over 50% of our total revenue. If we are unable to replace revenues generated from one of our major resellers with revenues from others our revenues may decrease and our operations may be materially adversely affected.

We experience lengthy sales cycles for our products and the delay of an expected large order could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

        The purchase of an iX104 system is often an enterprise-wide decision for prospective end-user customers, which requires us to engage in sales efforts over an extended period of time and to provide a significant level of education to prospective end-user customers regarding the uses and benefits of such systems. As a result, our products generally have a lengthy sales cycle ranging from several months to several years. Consequently, if sales from a specific end-user customer forecasted are not realized, we may not be able to generate revenue from alternative sources in time to compensate for the shortfall. The loss or delay of an expected large order could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Moreover, to the extent that significant contracts are entered into and required to be performed earlier than expected, operating results for subsequent periods may be adversely affected.

11



We are dependent on Wistron Corporation to manufacture our products and our reliance subjects us to significant operational risks, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business should they occur.

        We rely primarily on Wistron Corporation, a Taiwanese company, for the manufacture of our products, and expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. Our reliance on Wistron involves a number of risks, including:

        Our business is therefore dependent upon Wistron for their manufacturing abilities. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, we purchased approximately $17.2 million, $9.1 million and $8.7 million, respectively, from Wistron. We cannot assure you that Wistron will continue to work with us, that they will be able to meet our manufacturing needs in a satisfactory and timely manner, that Wistron has the required capacity to satisfy our manufacturing needs or that we can obtain additional or alternative manufacturers when and if needed. The availability to us of Wistron, and the amount and timing of resources to be devoted to these activities is not within our control, and we cannot assure you that we will not encounter manufacturing problems that would materially harm our business. The loss of Wistron, a significant price increase, an interruption of supply or the inability to obtain additional or an alternative manufacturer when and if needed could have a material adverse effect on our ability to manufacture and produce our products.

We face competition from companies that have greater resources than we do and we may not be able to effectively compete against these companies.

        We operate in a highly competitive industry. Many of our competitors such as Walkabout in the tablet area and Panasonic in the notebook market have much greater financial, technical, research and development resources and production and marketing capabilities than we do. The principal competitive factors in our industry include:

        If we are unable to successfully compete with our competitors our sales would suffer and as a result our financial condition would be adversely affected.

We may be unable to successfully expand our sales and support infrastructure which may have a materially harmful effect on our revenues.

        Our future revenue growth will depend on our ability to successfully expand our direct sales force and our customer support capabilities. We may not be able to successfully manage the expansion of these functions or recruit and train additional direct sales and customer support personnel. There is presently a market shortage of qualified personnel to fill these positions. If we are unable to hire and

12



retain additional highly skilled direct sales personnel, we may not be able to increase our revenues to the extent necessary to achieve profitability or meet customer demands.

If we are unable to successfully protect our intellectual property, our competitive position will be harmed which would have a materially adverse effect on our company.

        Our ability to compete is heavily affected by our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely on a combination of patents, copyright and trademark laws, trade secret, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary rights. The steps we take to protect our technology may be inadequate. Existing trade secret, trademark and copyright laws offer only limited protection. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information which we regard as proprietary. Policing unauthorized use of our products is difficult, time consuming and costly. We cannot assure you that our means of protecting our proprietary rights will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop similar technology, the effect of either of which could be materially adverse to our business.

Others could claim that we infringe on their intellectual property rights, which may result in costly and time consuming litigation and could ultimately have a material adverse effect on our operations.

        We are not aware that our products infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties. There can be no assurance, however, that third parties will not claim such infringement by us or our licensees with respect to current or future products. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, cause product shipment delays or require us to enter into a royalty or licensing agreement, any of which could be harmful to our business. If we are unable to obtain a required license, our ability to sell or use certain products may be impaired. In addition, if we fail to obtain a license, or if the terms of the license are burdensome to us, our operations could be materially harmed.

Our operations may be adversely affected by factors associated with doing business outside of the United States.

        In the two fiscal years ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005, approximately 46% and 25%, respectively, of our revenue was comprised of sales made outside of the United States. Our operations may be materially and adversely affected by many factors related to doing business outside of the United States, including:

        The occurrence of any one these risks could be materially harmful to our business.

The loss of key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Our operations are dependent on the abilities, experience and efforts of a number of key personnel, including our Chairman, Philip S. Sassower, Mark Holleran, our President, and Michael J. Rapisand, our Chief Financial Officer. Should any of these persons or other key employees be unable or unwilling to continue in our employ, our business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, our success is highly dependent on our continuing ability to identify, hire, train, motivate and retain highly qualified management, technical and sales and marketing personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense. We may be unable to attract and retain the personnel necessary for the development of our business. The inability to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future or

13



delays in hiring skilled personnel could harm our relations with our customers, our ability to respond to technological change and our business.

Risks Relating to Ownership of our Common Stock

Two of our shareholders, Philip S. Sassower and Phoenix Venture Fund LLC own in the aggregate approximately 35.0% of our voting securities and thus have effective control over matters requiring shareholder approval.

        One of our shareholders, Phoenix Venture Fund LLC, is co-managed by Philip S. Sassower, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Andrea Goren, one of our directors, and beneficially owns, in the aggregate, approximately 23.1% of our outstanding voting securities. In addition, Mr. Sassower, together with entities controlled by him, beneficially own approximately 11.9%, in the aggregate, of our outstanding voting securities. Thus, Phoenix Venture Fund and Mr. Sassower together control approximately 35.0% of our outstanding voting securities. Accordingly, Phoenix Venture Fund and Mr. Sassower have the ability to exercise significant influence (and have effective control) over matters generally requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions, which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us.

Some of the rights granted to the holders of our Series A Preferred Shares could prevent a potential acquirer from buying our company.

        Holders of our Series A Preferred Shares, which include Phoenix Venture Fund and Mr. Sassower, have the right to block the company from consummating a merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all of its assets or liquidation. Phoenix Venture Fund and Mr. Sassower together control more than 70.4% of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares. Accordingly, the holders of our Series A Preferred Shares could prevent the consummation of a transaction in which our shareholders could receive a substantial premium over the current market price for their shares.

The anti-takeover effect of certain of our charter provisions could adversely affect holders of our common stock.

        Our authorized capital consists of preferred stock issuable in one or more series. Our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred shares and determine the price, designation, rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and conditions, including voting and dividend rights, of those shares without any further vote or action by shareholders. The rights of the holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. The issuance of additional preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting shares, which could deprive our holders of common stock of a premium that they might otherwise realize in connection with a proposed acquisition of our company.

Many factors can adversely affect the price of our common stock.

        The trading price of our common shares has been highly volatile and may continue to fluctuate substantially. The price of our common stock after the domestication may be higher or lower than the price prior to the domestication, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control. We believe that a variety of factors have caused and could in the future cause the stock price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly, including:

14


        In addition, in recent years the stock market in general and the market for shares of small capitalization technology companies in particular, has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations, which have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of affected companies. Any fluctuations in the future could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the market price of our common stock may decline.

Dividends are not expected to be paid on our common stock.

        We have never paid cash dividends on our common shares. Our current policy is to retain any future earnings to finance the future development and expansion of our business. After the domestication is implemented, we anticipate that our dividend policy will not change. Any future determination about the payment of dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings, capital requirements, operating and financial conditions and on such other factors the board of directors deems relevant. Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, we are prohibited from paying dividends on our common shares unless and until all accrued and unpaid dividends (which are paid in common shares) are paid on our Series A and Series B Preferred Shares. Furthermore, under the terms of our loan agreement with a commercial bank, we are prohibited from paying cash dividends.

15



EXCHANGE RATES

        In this prospectus, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, all dollar amounts are expressed in United States ("U.S.") dollars. The average exchange rate for each of the years ended March 31, 2006, March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2004 and the exchange rate at the end of each such period for the conversion of U.S. dollars into the Canadian dollars ("Cdn.") based on the Bank of Canada's closing rate of exchange for U.S. dollars were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
 
  March 31, 2006
  March 31, 2005
  March 31, 2004
End of Period   Cdn. $1.1680   Cdn. $1.2096   Cdn. $1.3113
Period Average   Cdn. $1.1933   Cdn. $1.2786   Cdn. $1.3530


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Some of the statements contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. We generally identify forward-looking statements with the words "plan," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "may," "will," "should" and similar expressions. We based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Many factors could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any results, performance or achievements that may be expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements including, those which are discussed under the heading "Risk Factors." Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described herein as intended, planned, anticipated, believed, estimated or expected. We do not intend, and do not assume, any obligation to update these forward-looking statements.

16



THE SPECIAL MEETING

         We are furnishing this prospectus to the shareholders of Xplore Technologies as part of the solicitation of proxies by management for use at the special meeting.

Date, Time and Place

        We will hold our meeting of shareholders on                        , 2007, at            , at the Harvard Club, 27 West 44 th  Street, New York, New York 10036.

        This prospectus and the enclosed proxy card are first being mailed to our shareholders on or about                        , 2007.

The Proposal

        You are being asked to consider and vote upon a proposed application under Section 188 of the Canada Business Corporations Act to change of our jurisdiction of incorporation from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to the State of Delaware, United States of America, by implementing a transaction known as a continuance in Canada and a domestication in Delaware under Section 388 of the DGCL and adopting a certificate of incorporation authorized in the special resolution to be effective as of the date of domestication.

        Our board of directors does not know of any other matters that are to be presented for consideration at the meeting. Should any other matters properly come before the meeting, it is the intention of the persons named in the accompanying proxy to vote such proxy on behalf of the shareholders they represent in accordance with their best judgment.

Record Date

        Our board of directors has fixed                        , 2007 as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting. Each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share of our common and/or preferred shares held and shown as registered in such holder's name on the list of shareholders prepared as of the close of business on the record date. The list of shareholders will be available for inspection during usual business hours at the principal office of our transfer agent, Equity Transfer Services Inc., 200 University Avenue, Suite 400, Toronto, Ontario M5H 4H1, and will be available for inspection at the meeting.

Quorum and Required Vote

        As of                        , 2007, 60,908,002 common shares, 63,472,895 Series A Preferred Shares and 9,988,513 Series B Preferred Shares were issued and outstanding and entitled to be voted at the meeting. Each common and each preferred share has the right to one vote on each matter that properly comes before the meeting. The presence, in person or by proxy, of one shareholder entitled to vote thereat is necessary to constitute a quorum at the meeting. We will hold the meeting on the scheduled date as long as this quorum requirement is met. We will count your shares toward this quorum requirement as long as we receive your signed proxy card, even if you vote to abstain on the proposal or fail to vote.

        To approve the continuance, the special resolution authorizing the transaction must be approved by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by the holders of our common shares, Series A Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares, voting together at the meeting as a single class, whether in person or by proxy. A copy of the special resolution is attached to this prospectus as Exhibit A. If the continuance is approved, our board of directors may, in its discretion, postpone or abandon the continuance. The board of directors has not considered any alternative action if the domestication is not approved or if the exercise of dissenters' rights or other factors require its abandonment.

17



Voting by Directors and Executive Officers

        At the close of business on the record date, our company's directors, executive officers and their affiliates owned and were entitled to vote an aggregate of 47,394,418 common shares and/or Series A Preferred Shares, which represented approximately 35.3% of the voting rights attached to all of our shares of capital stock outstanding. Each of our directors, executive officers and their affiliates have indicated their present intention to vote, or cause to be voted, their shares in favor of the proposal.

Appointment of Proxies

        Shareholders who are unable to attend the meeting and vote in person may still vote by appointing a proxyholder.

        The persons specified in the enclosed form of proxy are directors and/or officers of Xplore Technologies. A shareholder has the right to appoint a person, who need not be a shareholder, to represent such shareholder at the meeting (or any adjournment thereof) other than the persons specified in the enclosed form of proxy. Such right may be exercised by inserting such person's name in the blank space provided in the form of proxy or by completing another proper form of proxy. For shareholders who wish to appoint a proxyholder, the completed form of proxy must be mailed in the enclosed envelope and received by Equity Transfer Services Inc. at the address on the proxy envelope no later than the close of business on the second business day prior to the date of the meeting (or any adjournment thereof) or deposited with the chairman of the meeting before commencement thereof.

        Enquiries regarding proxy forms can be made to our transfer agent, Equity Transfer Services Inc., 200 University Avenue, Suite 400, Toronto, Ontario M5H 4H1, or by telephone at (416) 361-0930.

        Only registered holders of our common or preferred shares or the persons they appoint as their proxies are permitted to vote at the meeting. However, in many cases, shares beneficially owned by a person (which we refer to as a non-registered holder) are registered either (i) in the name of an intermediary (including banks, trust companies, securities dealers or brokers and trustees or administrators of self-administered registered retirement savings plans, registered retirement income funds, registered educational savings plans and similar plans) that the non-registered holder deals with in respect of the shares, or (ii) in the name of a clearing agency (such as The Canadian Depository for Securities Limited) of which the intermediary is a participant. We have distributed copies of the Notice of Meeting, this prospectus and the enclosed form of proxy (which we refer to as the meeting materials) to the clearing agencies and intermediaries for onward distribution to non-registered holders of our common and/or preferred shares.

        Intermediaries are required to forward the meeting materials to non-registered holders unless a non-registered holder has waived his right to receive them. Intermediaries often use service companies to forward the meeting materials to non-registered holders. A non-registered holder who has not waived the right to receive meeting materials will receive from the intermediary a voting instruction form which must be completed and signed by the non-registered holder and returned in accordance with the directions of the intermediary.

        Should a non-registered holder wish to attend and vote at the meeting in person, the non-registered holder should write his, her or its name in the space provided for that purpose on the voting instruction form and return it in accordance with the directions of the intermediary. The intermediary will send the non-registered holder a form of proxy which has already been signed by the intermediary (typically by a facsimile stamped signature), which is restricted as to the number of shares beneficially owned by the non-registered holder and which names the non-registered holder as proxyholder. This form of proxy need not be signed by the non-registered holder. In this case, the non-registered holder should deposit this form of proxy with the transfer agent, Equity Transfer Services Inc., in accordance with the instructions set out above.

18



        Non-registered holders should carefully follow the instructions of the intermediary, including those regarding when and where the voting instruction form or form of proxy is to be delivered.

Revocation of Proxies

        A registered holder of common or preferred shares who has given a proxy may revoke the proxy:


        A non-registered holder who wishes to revoke a voting instruction form or a waiver of the right to receive meeting materials should contact the intermediary for instructions.

Voting of Proxies

        The persons designated in the enclosed form of proxy will vote the shares in respect of which they are appointed proxy in accordance with the instructions of the shareholder as indicated on the proxy and, if the shareholder specifies a choice with respect to any matter to be acted upon, the shares will be voted accordingly. In absence of any such instructions, shares represented by such proxies will be voted at the meeting FOR the resolution described herein.

        The enclosed form of proxy, when properly signed, confers discretionary authority upon the representatives designated therein with respect to amendments to or variations of matters identified in the Notice of Meeting and with respect to other matters which may properly come before the meeting. At the date of this prospectus, management does not know of any such amendments, variations or other matters. However, if any such amendments, variations or other matters which are not now known to management should properly come before the meeting, the shares represented by the proxies solicited hereby will be voted thereon in accordance with the best judgment of the person or persons voting such proxies.

Voting Shares and Principal Holders

        All of the outstanding common and preferred shares are entitled to be voted at the meeting. As at the close of business on            , 2007, 60,908,002 common shares, 63,472,895 Series A Preferred Shares and 9,988,513 Series B Preferred Shares were outstanding. Each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each common and/or preferred share shown as registered in the shareholder's name on the list of shareholders prepared as of the close of business on                        , 2007.

        To our knowledge as at the close of business on            , 2007, no person beneficially owned or exercised control or direction over shares carrying more than 10% of the voting rights attached to any class of shares entitled to be voted at the meeting except for the following:

19


Cost of Proxy Solicitation

        We will bear the cost of solicitation of proxies from our shareholders. In addition to solicitation by mail, the directors and officers of our company may solicit proxies personally or by telephone or other electronic means. These persons will receive no additional compensation for such services but will be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Arrangements will also be made with brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for the forwarding of solicitation materials to the beneficial owners of stock held of record by these persons, and we will reimburse them for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

Annual Meeting of Shareholders

        The purpose of this meeting is for our shareholders to consider and, if deemed advisable, approve a special resolution authorizing a change of our Company's jurisdiction from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to the State of Delaware. On December 6, 2006, we held our annual meeting of shareholders. At that meeting, our shareholders:

20



THE DOMESTICATION

General

        Our board of directors is proposing to change our jurisdiction of incorporation from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to the State of Delaware through a transaction called a "continuance" under Section 188 of the Canada Business Corporations Act, also referred to as a "domestication" under Section 388 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (which we sometimes refer to as the DGCL). The continued, or domesticated, corporation will become subject to the DGCL on the date of its domestication, but will be deemed to have commenced its existence in Delaware on the date it originally commenced existence in Canada. Under the DGCL, a corporation becomes domesticated in Delaware by filing a certificate of domestication and a certificate of incorporation for the corporation being domesticated. Our board of directors has unanimously approved our domestication, believes it to be in our best interests and in the best interests of our shareholders, and unanimously recommends approval of our domestication to our shareholders.

        The domestication will be effective upon the filing of the applicable certificates of domestication and incorporation with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Thereafter, Xplore Technologies will be subject to the certificate of incorporation filed in Delaware. We will be discontinued in Canada as of the date shown on the certificate of discontinuance issued by the Director of the Canada Business Corporations Act. However, our common stock will continue to be listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and we will continue to be subject to the rules and regulations of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the obligations imposed by each provincial securities regulatory authority in Canada. Upon domestication, our board of directors intends to adopt by-laws, a copy of which is attached to this prospectus as Exhibit D. A copy of Section 190 the Canada Business Corporations Act addressing dissenters' rights in connection with the continuance is attached to this prospectus as Exhibit E.

        The domestication will not interrupt the corporate existence or operations of Xplore Technologies or the trading market of our common stock. Each outstanding common and preferred share at the time of the domestication will remain issued and outstanding as a share of common or preferred stock of Xplore Technologies after its corporate existence is continued from Canada under the Canada Business Corporations Act and domesticated in Delaware under Delaware law. Following the completion of our domestication, our common stock will continue to be listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "XPL." In addition, we may seek approval to list our common stock on a national stock exchange or stock market in the United States.

Principal Reasons for the Domestication

        In 2003, our board of directors determined that maintaining our existing corporate headquarters in Canada was no longer consistent with the strategic direction and growth of our business, which is increasingly U.S. driven. Consistent with that determination, our headquarters was transferred from Canada to our facility in Austin, Texas in August 2004. The redomiciling of Xplore Technologies as a Delaware corporation is part of our overall plan to relocate substantially all of our business enterprise to the United States, to have our jurisdiction of incorporation be in the United States and to have our stock trade on an exchange in the United States.

        Our board of directors believes that, by domiciling Xplore Technologies in the United States, we may be able to enhance shareholder value over the long term with greater acceptance in the capital markets and improved marketability of our common stock. Our board of directors considered the fact that, in management's experience, potential investors, lenders and strategic partners in the United States are more familiar with U.S. accounting, tax and disclosure standards than those in Canada and

21



may be more comfortable dealing with U.S. corporations than Canadian corporations. Our board also considered that, by becoming subject solely to U.S. tax laws and accounting standards, we will eliminate many of the income tax and financial accounting complexities associated with incorporation outside the United States. In addition, our board believes that being domiciled in the United States should provide the flexibility to enter into some types of mergers, acquisitions and business combination transactions with other U.S. corporations that could have adverse tax consequences if we remained a Canadian corporation. In addition, our board of directors believes that our domestication will provide greater opportunity in proposing and winning business in the United States.

        Our board of directors chose the State of Delaware to be our domicile because it believes the more favorable corporate environment afforded by Delaware will help us compete more effectively with other public companies, many of which are incorporated in Delaware, in raising capital and in attracting and retaining skilled, experienced personnel. For many years, Delaware has followed a policy of encouraging public companies to incorporate in the state by adopting comprehensive corporate laws that are revised regularly in response to developments in modern corporate law and changes in business circumstances. The Delaware courts are known for their considerable expertise in dealing with complex corporate issues and providing predictability through a substantial body of case law construing Delaware's corporate law. Coupled with an active bar known for continually assessing and recommending improvements to the DGCL, these factors add greater certainty in complying with fiduciary responsibilities and assessing risks associated with conducting business.

        Our board of directors also considered the following disadvantages of the domestication to our shareholders: the increased costs to comply with the United States federal securities laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the potential tax liability to our shareholders. However, our board believes that the potential benefits of the change in domicile and related adoption of our proposed Delaware certificate of incorporation and by-laws outweigh the disadvantages. In particular, our board believes the prospects for greater acceptance in the capital markets and enhanced marketability for our common stock plus the benefits associated with attracting and retaining skilled and experienced personnel, as well as the greater sophistication, breadth and certainty of Delaware law, make the proposed domestication beneficial to Xplore Technologies, its management and its shareholders.

        There are material differences between Canadian corporate law and Delaware corporate law with respect to shareholders' rights and Delaware law may offer shareholders more or less protection depending on the particular matter. A detailed overview of the material differences is set forth below.

Effects of the Continuance

        Applicable Law.     As of the effective date of the continuance, our legal jurisdiction of incorporation will be Delaware, and the continuing corporation, will no longer be subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act. All matters of corporate law will be determined under the Delaware General Corporation Law. We will retain our original incorporation date in Canada as our date of incorporation for purposes of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In addition, we will continue to be subject to the rules and regulations of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the obligations imposed by each provincial securities regulatory authority in Canada.

        Assets, Liabilities, Obligations, Etc.     Under Delaware law, as of the effective date of the continuance, all of our assets, property, rights, liabilities and obligations immediately prior to the continuance will continue to be our assets, property, rights, liabilities and obligations. Canadian corporate law ceases to apply to us on the date shown on the certificate of discontinuance to be issued by the Director of the Canada Business Corporations Act.

22



        Capital Stock.     Once the domestication is completed, holders of our common and/or preferred shares will continue to own one share of our common stock for each common share held and one share of our preferred stock for each preferred share held before the continuance. The existing certificates representing Xplore Canada's shares of capital stock will not be canceled. Holders of options or warrants to purchase Xplore Canada's common shares on the effective date of the continuance will continue to hold options or warrants to purchase the same number of shares of Xplore Delaware's common stock at the same exercise price.

        Business and Operations.     The continuance, if approved, will effect a change in the legal jurisdiction of incorporation as of the effective date thereof, but our business and operations will remain the same.

Officers and Directors

        Our board of directors currently consists of four members, Philip S. Sassower (Chairman), Brian E. Usher-Jones, Andrea Goren and Thomas F. Leonardis. Upon the domestication, our board of directors will consist of the same four individuals. Immediately following the domestication, our executive officers will also be unchanged. They are Philip S. Sassower, Chief Executive Officer, Mark Holleran, President and Chief Operating Officer, and Michael J. Rapisand, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary.

Treatment of the Outstanding Capital Stock, Options and Warrants

        The existing share certificates representing of our common and preferred shares will continue to represent the same number of shares of our common or preferred stock, as applicable, after the domestication without any action on your part. You will not have to exchange any share certificates. We will issue new certificates to you representing shares of capital stock of Xplore Technologies as a Delaware corporation upon your transfer or at your request. Holders of our outstanding options and warrants will continue to hold the same securities, which will remain exercisable for an equivalent number of shares of common stock of Xplore Technologies as a Delaware corporation for the equivalent exercise price per share, without any action by the holder.

Shareholder Approval

        The continuance is subject to various conditions, including approval by our shareholders of the special resolution authorizing the transaction. A copy of the special resolution is attached to this prospectus as Exhibit A. Under Canadian law, this requires affirmative votes from at least two-thirds of the votes cast by the holders of our common shares, Series A Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares, voting together at the meeting as a single class, whether in person or by proxy. Assuming we receive the requisite shareholder approval for the continuance, our board of directors will retain the right to terminate or abandon the continuance if it determines that consummating the continuance would be inadvisable or not in the best interests of Xplore Technologies or its shareholders, or if all of the respective conditions to consummation of the continuance have not occurred.

Regulatory and Other Approvals

        The continuance is subject to the authorization of the Director of the Canada Business Corporations Act. The Director is empowered to authorize the continuance if, among other things, he is satisfied that the continuance will not adversely affect our creditors or shareholders.

23



        Canadian law also requires that an application for authorization of a Canadian corporation to continue in another jurisdiction must be accompanied by:

        Subject to the Director's authorization of the continuance, and the approval of our board of directors and shareholders, we anticipate that we will file with the Secretary of State of Delaware a certificate of domestication and a certificate of incorporation under Section 388 of the DGCL, and that we will be domesticated in Delaware on the date that all of the conditions to the domestication have been satisfied. Promptly thereafter, we intend to give notice to the Director that we have been continued under the laws of the State of Delaware and request that the Director issue us a certificate of discontinuance bearing the same date as the date of acceptance of our certificate of domestication and certificate of incorporation by the Secretary of State of Delaware.

Comparison of Shareholder Rights

        The principal attributes of our capital stock before and after continuance and domestication are comparable, but there are material differences in shareholder rights as described below.

        General.     On the effective date of the domestication, we will be deemed to have been incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware from our inception and will be governed by the certificate of incorporation filed with the certificate of domestication adopted in the special resolution of our shareholders authorizing the domestication. Differences between Canadian corporate law and

24



Delaware corporate law and between our current articles of incorporation and by-laws and the proposed certificate of incorporation and by-laws will result in various changes in the rights of our shareholders. The following summary comparison highlights provisions of applicable Canadian and Delaware corporate law and our proposed certificate of incorporation and by-laws, as well as our current Canadian articles of incorporation and by-laws. Our proposed certificate of incorporation and by-laws are included in this prospectus as Exhibit C and Exhibit D, respectively.

        Capital Structure.     Under our proposed Delaware certificate of incorporation, the total number of shares of capital stock that we will have the authority to issue is 300 million shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 90 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 64 million have been designated Series A Preferred Stock and 10 million have been designated Series B Preferred Stock. Under our current Canadian articles of incorporation, we presently have the authority to issue an unlimited number of common shares, without par value and an unlimited number of preferred shares, issuable in a series, without par value.

        Shareholder Approval; Vote on Extraordinary Corporate Transactions.     Canadian law generally requires a vote of shareholders on a greater number and diversity of corporate matters than Delaware law. Furthermore, many matters requiring shareholder approval under Canadian law must be approved by a special resolution of not less than a two-thirds majority of the votes cast by shareholders who voted on those matters. In certain cases, a special resolution to approve an extraordinary corporate action is also required to be approved separately by the holders of a class or series of shares, whether or not shares of such class or series otherwise carry the right to vote.

        Under Delaware law, and our proposed certificate of incorporation, a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the property or assets of a Delaware corporation or an amendment to its certificate of incorporation requires the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting power. Mergers or consolidations also generally require the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting power of the corporation. However, shareholder approval is generally not required by a Delaware corporation if such corporation's certificate of incorporation is not amended by the merger; each share of stock of such corporation outstanding immediately prior to the merger will be an identical outstanding share of the surviving corporation after the effective date of the merger; and the number of shares of common stock, including securities convertible into common stock, issued in the merger does not exceed 20% of such corporation's outstanding common stock immediately prior to the effective date of the merger. In addition, shareholder approval is not required by a Delaware corporation if it is the surviving corporation in a merger with a subsidiary in which its ownership was 90% or greater.

        Amendments to the Governing Documents.     Under Canadian law, amendments to the articles of incorporation generally require the approval of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by shareholders who voted on the resolution. The directors may make, amend or repeal any by-law unless the articles of incorporation or by-laws provide otherwise. When directors make, amend or repeal a by-law, they are required under the Canada Business Corporations Act to submit the change to shareholders at the next meeting of shareholders. Shareholders may confirm, reject or amend the by-law, amendment or repeal by a majority of the votes cast by shareholders who voted on the resolution.

        Under Delaware law, an amendment to a corporation's certificate of incorporation requires the approval by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting power. In addition, under Delaware law, if the amendment to the certificate of incorporation would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of a class, increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely, that class is entitled to vote separately on the amendment whether or not it is

25



designated as voting stock. Furthermore, if the proposed amendment would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of one or more series of any class so as to affect them adversely, but shall not so affect the entire class, then only the shares of the series so affected by the amendment shall be considered a separate class for purposes of the class vote. Delaware law reserves the power to the shareholders to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws unless the certificate of incorporation confers such power on the board of directors in addition to the shareholders. Our proposed certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to adopt, amended or repeal our by-laws.

        Place of Meetings.     Canadian law provides that meetings of shareholders must be held at the place within Canada provided in the by-laws or, in the absence of such provision, at the place within Canada that the directors determine. A meeting of shareholders may be held at a place outside of Canada if the place is specified in the articles of incorporation or all the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting agree that the meeting is to be held at that place. Xplore Canada's articles provide that meetings of our shareholders may be held at such places in Canada or the United States as our directors may from time to time determine. Delaware law provides that meetings of the shareholders be held at any place in or out of Delaware designated by or in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws. Our proposed by-laws provide that meetings of the shareholders will be held at any place designated by our board of directors.

        Quorum of Shareholders.     Canadian law provides that, unless the by-laws provide otherwise, a quorum of shareholders is present at a meeting of shareholders (irrespective of the number of persons actually present at the meeting) if holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy. Our current by-laws provide that the presence of one shareholder, in person or by proxy, constitutes a quorum. Under Delaware law, the certificate of incorporation or by-laws may specify the required quorum, but generally a quorum may consist of no less than one-third of the total voting power. Our proposed by-laws provide that the holders of a majority of the voting power, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders.

        Call of Meetings.     Canadian law provides that holders of not less than five percent of our issued voting shares may requisition the directors requiring them to call and hold a special meeting for the purposes stated in the requisition. Delaware law provides that a special meeting of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by any person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by-laws. Our proposed by-laws provide that a special meeting of shareholders may only be called by our board of directors.

        Shareholder Consent in Lieu of Meeting.     Under Canadian law, shareholders can take action by written resolution and without a meeting only if all shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution sign the written resolution. Under Delaware law, unless otherwise limited by the certificate of incorporation, shareholders may act by written consent without a meeting if holders of outstanding stock representing not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take the action at an annual or special meeting execute a written consent providing for the action.

        Director Qualification and Number.     The Canada Business Corporations Act states that a distributing corporation must have no fewer than three directors, at least two of whom are not officers or employees of the corporation or its affiliates. Additionally, at least 25% of the directors must be Canadian residents unless the corporation has less than four directors, in which case at least one director must be a Canadian resident. Delaware law has no similar requirements; however, the governance standards of all major U.S. stock exchanges require the majority of a listed company's board of directors to be independent.

26



        Fiduciary Duty of Directors.     Directors of a corporation incorporated or organized under the Canada Business Corporations Act or Delaware General Corporation Law have fiduciary obligations to the corporation and its shareholders. Under these fiduciary obligations, the directors must act in accordance with the so-called duty of care. The Canada Business Corporations Act requires directors of a Canadian corporation, in exercising their powers and discharging their duties, to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation and exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Under Delaware common law, directors have a duty of care and a duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that the directors act in an informed and deliberative manner and inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all material information reasonably available to them. The duty of loyalty is the duty to act in good faith, not out of self-interest, and in a manner which the directors reasonably believe to be in the best interest of the shareholders.

        Personal Liability of Directors.     The Canada Business Corporations Act prescribes circumstances where directors can be liable for malfeasance or nonfeasance. Certain actions to enforce a liability imposed by the Canada Business Corporations Act must be brought within two years from the date of the resolution authorizing the act complained of. A director will be deemed to have complied with his fiduciary obligations to the corporation under certain sections of the Canada Business Corporations Act if he relied in good faith on:

The Canada Business Corporations Act also contains other provisions limiting personal liability of a corporation's directors.

        Our proposed certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, such limitation of liability cannot be relied upon in respect of certain prescribed conduct, including:

        Indemnification of Officers and Directors.     Under the Canada Business Corporations Act and pursuant to our current by-laws, we will indemnify present or former directors or officers against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or settle a judgment, reasonably incurred by the individual in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which the individual is involved because of that association with Xplore Canada. In order to qualify for indemnification such director or officers must:

27


        The Canada Business Corporations Act also provides that such persons are entitled to indemnity from the corporation in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of any such proceeding if the person was not judged by the court or other competent authority to have committed any fault or omitted to do anything that the person ought to have done and otherwise meets the qualifications for indemnity described above.

        Delaware law permits indemnification to its present or former directors or officers, employees and agents made a party, or threatened to be made a party, to any third party proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, against expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person:

        In a derivative action, or an action by or in the right of the corporation, the corporation is permitted to indemnify directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with the defense or settlement of an action or suit if they acted in good faith and in a manner that they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. However, in such a case, no indemnification shall be made if the person is adjudged liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that, the court in which the action or suit was brought or the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine upon application that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of liability to the corporation.

        Our proposed by-laws provide for mandatory indemnification of our directors and officers to the extent permitted under Delaware law. The Delaware General Corporation Law allows the corporation to advance expenses before the resolution of an action, if in the case of current directors and officers, such persons agree to repay any such amount advanced if they are later determined not to be entitled to indemnification. Our proposed by-laws provide for the mandatory advancement of expenses to directors and officers.

        Derivative Action.     Under the Canada Business Corporations Act, a complainant, who is defined as either a present or former registered holder or beneficial owner of a security of a corporation or any of its affiliates; a present or former director or officer of a corporation or any of its affiliates; the Director; or any other person who, in the discretion of a court, is a proper person to make an application under the part of the Canada Business Corporations Act dealing with shareholder remedies, may apply to the court for the right to bring an action in the name of and on behalf of a corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or to intervene in an existing action to which they are a party for the purpose of prosecuting, defending or discontinuing the action on behalf of the entity. Under the Canada Business Corporations Act, the court must be satisfied that:

        Under the Canada Business Corporations Act, the court in a derivative action may make any order it thinks fit including, orders pertaining to the control or conduct of the lawsuit by the complainant or

28



the making of payments to former and present shareholders and payment of reasonable legal fees incurred by the complainant.

        Similarly, in Delaware, a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce a corporate right, including the breach of a director's duty to the corporation. Delaware law requires that the plaintiff in a derivative suit be a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the wrong complained of and remain so through the duration of the suit; that the plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim unless the demand would be futile; and that the plaintiff is an adequate representative of the other shareholders.

        Dissenter's Rights.     The Canada Business Corporations Act provides that shareholders of a corporation entitled to vote on certain matters are entitled to exercise dissent rights and demand payment for the fair value of their shares. Dissent rights exist when there is a vote upon matters such as:

        However, a shareholder is not entitled to dissent if an amendment to the articles of incorporation is effected by a court order approving a reorganization or by a court order made in connection with an action for an oppression remedy.

        Under Delaware law, shareholders who have neither voted in favor of or consented to the merger or consolidation have the right to seek appraisal in connection with certain mergers or consolidations by demanding payment in cash for their shares equal to the fair value of such shares. Fair value is determined by a court in an action timely brought by the dissenters. In determining fair value, the court may consider all relevant factors, including the rate of interest which the resulting or surviving corporation would have had to pay to borrow money during the pendency of the court proceeding.

        The Delaware General Corporation Law grants appraisal rights only in the case of certain mergers or consolidations and not in the case of other fundamental changes such as the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation or amendments to the certificate of incorporation, unless so provided in the corporation's certificate of incorporation. Further, no appraisal rights are available for shares of any class or series listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or held of record by more than 2,000 shareholders. However, appraisal rights are available if the agreement of merger or consolidation does not convert such shares into:

29


        In addition, dissenters' rights are not available for any shares of the surviving corporation if the merger did not require the vote of the shareholders of the surviving corporation.

        Oppression Remedy.     Under the Canada Business Corporations Act, a complainant has the right to apply to a court for an order where an act or omission of the corporation or an affiliate effects a result, or the business or affairs of which are or have been conducted in a manner, or the exercise of the directors' powers are or have been exercised in a manner, that would be oppressive or unfairly prejudicial to or would unfairly disregard the interest of any security holder, creditor, director or officer of the corporation. On such application, the court may make any interim or final order it thinks fit, including an order restraining the conduct complained of. There are no equivalent statutory remedies under the Delaware General Corporation Law; however, shareholders may be entitled to remedies for a violation of a director's fiduciary duties under Delaware common law.

        Business Combinations.     Section 203 of the Delaware Business Corporation Law provides, with some exceptions, that a Delaware corporation may not engage in any business combination with a person, or an affiliate or associate of such person, who is an interested shareholder for three years from the date that person became an interested shareholder unless:

        An "interested shareholder" is defined as any person who is:

        A "business combination" includes a merger or consolidation, a sale or other disposition of assets having an aggregate market value of 10% or more of the consolidated assets of the corporation or the aggregate market value of the outstanding stock of the corporation and certain transactions that would increase the interested shareholder's proportionate share ownership in the corporation.

        A corporation may, at its option, exclude itself from the coverage of Section 203 by an appropriate provision in its certificate of incorporation. Our proposed certificate of incorporation does not contain such an exclusion from Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. There is no comparable provision relating to business combinations under the Canada Business Corporations Act but restrictions on business combinations do exist under applicable Canadian securities laws.

        Anti-Takeover Effects.     Some powers granted to companies under Delaware law may allow a Delaware corporation to make itself potentially less vulnerable to hostile takeover attempts. These powers include the ability to:

30



        Our proposed certificate of incorporation and/or by-laws will provide us with the following powers:

Our Proposed Delaware Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws

        We have included provisions in our proposed Delaware certificate of incorporation and by-laws that do not simply reflect the default provisions of Delaware law. They are as follows:

        Voting Rights Of Common Stock.     Under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held by such stockholder. Under our proposed certificate of incorporation, holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held by them; however, holders of our common stock are not entitled to vote on any amendment to our certificate of incorporation relating solely to the terms of our preferred stock if the holders of our preferred stock are entitled to vote on the amendment pursuant to our proposed certificate of incorporation.

        "Blank-Check" Preferred Stock Issuance Authority For Board Of Directors.     Under Delaware law, the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions in respect of any series of preferred stock must be set forth in the certificate of incorporation, or, if authority is vested in the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation, in the resolutions providing for the issuance of such series of preferred stock. Our proposed certificate of incorporation contains a provision granting our board of directors the authority to fix by resolution the powers, preferences, and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions in respect of any series of preferred stock.

31



        Increase In Amount Of Authorized Preferred Stock.     Under Delaware law, the holders of outstanding shares of a class of stock are entitled to vote as a class on a proposed amendment to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of such class unless the certificate of incorporation provides that such number of shares may be increased or decreased by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Our proposed certificate of incorporation contains such a provision and requires the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of our outstanding shares entitled to vote to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of preferred stock unless a separate vote is otherwise required.

        By-Laws.     Under Delaware law, stockholders entitled to vote have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws of the corporation. In addition, if the certificate of incorporation so provides, the board of directors also has the power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws. Our proposed certificate of incorporation provides that a majority of the total number of directors has the power to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal our by-laws.

        Presentation Of Nominations and Proposals At Meetings Of Stockholders.     Delaware law does not provide procedures for stockholders to nominate individuals to serve on the board of directors or to present other proposals at meetings of stockholders. Our proposed by-laws contain procedures governing stockholder nominations and stockholder proposals. To nominate an individual to our board of directors at an annual or special stockholders meeting, or to present other proposals at an annual meeting, a stockholder must provide advance notice to us, in the case of an annual meeting, not fewer than 45 days nor more than 75 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which we first mailed our proxy materials for the preceding year's annual meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by our board of directors to be elected at such meeting.

        Number Of Directors.     Under Delaware law, the number of directors is fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the by-laws of a corporation, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors. Our proposed certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors must be set by a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors. Our proposed by-laws provide that the number of directors on our board of directors may not be less than three or more than nine.

        Vacancies And Newly Created Directorships.     Under Delaware law, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of directors then in office unless the certificate of incorporation or the by-laws otherwise provide. Our proposed certificate of incorporation provides that any vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors must be filled by a majority of the directors then in office and not by stockholders.

Dissent Rights of Shareholders

        Section 190 of the Canada Business Corporations Act is reprinted in its entirety as Exhibit E to this prospectus. Shareholders may exercise their dissent rights in connection with the proposal to change our jurisdiction of incorporation from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to Delaware.

        If you wish to dissent and do so in compliance with Section 190 of the Canada Business Corporations Act, you will be entitled to be paid the fair value of the shares you hold if the domestication occurs. Fair value is determined as of the close of business on the day before the continuance is approved by shareholders.

        If you wish to dissent, you must send written objection to the continuance to us at or before the meeting. If you vote in favor of the continuance, you in effect lose your rights to dissent. If you abstain or vote against the continuance, you preserve your dissent rights if you comply with Section 190.

32



However, it is not sufficient to vote against the continuance or abstain. You must also provide a separate dissent notice at or before the meeting. If you grant a proxy and intend to dissent, the proxy must instruct the proxy holder to vote against the continuance in order to prevent the proxy holder from voting such shares in favor of the continuance and thereby voiding your right to dissent. Under the Canada Business Corporations Act, you have no right of partial dissent. Accordingly, you may only dissent as to all your shares.

        Under Section 190, you may dissent only for shares that are registered in your name. In many cases, people beneficially own shares that are registered either:

        If you want to dissent and your shares are registered in someone else's name, you must contact your intermediary and either:

        In other words, if your shares are registered in someone else's name, you will not be able to exercise your dissenters' rights directly unless the shares are re-registered in your name. A dissenting shareholder may only make a claim under Section 190 with respect to all of the shares of a class held on behalf of any one beneficial owner and registered in the name of the dissenting shareholder. We are required to notify each shareholder who has filed a dissent notice when and if the continuance has been approved. This must be sent within 10 days after shareholders approve the continuance. We will not send a notice to any shareholder who voted to approve the continuance or who has withdrawn their dissent notice.

        Within 20 days after receiving the above notice from us, or if you do not receive such notice, within 20 days after learning that the continuance has been approved, you must send us a payment demand containing:

        Within 30 days after sending a payment demand, you must send to us through our transfer agent, Equity Transfer Services Inc., 200 University Avenue, Suite 400, Toronto, Ontario M5H 4H1, the certificates representing your shares. If you fail to send us a dissent notice, a payment demand or your share certificates within the appropriate time frame, you forfeit your right to dissent and your right to be paid the fair value of your shares. Our transfer agent will endorse on your share certificates a notice that you are a dissenting shareholder and will return the share certificates to you.

        Once you send a payment demand to us, you cease to have any rights as a shareholder. Your only remaining right is the right to be paid the fair value of your shares. Your rights as a shareholder will be reinstated if:

33


        Within seven days of the later of the effective date of the continuance or the date we receive your payment demand, we must send you a written offer to pay for your shares. This offer must include a written offer to pay you an amount considered by our board of directors to be the fair value of your shares accompanied by a statement showing how that value was determined. The offer must include a statement showing the manner used to calculate the fair value. Every offer to pay any shareholder must be on the same terms. We must pay you for your shares within 10 days after you accept our offer. Any such offer lapses if we do not receive your acceptance within 30 days after the offer to pay has been made to you.

        If we fail to make an offer to pay for your shares, or if you fail to accept the offer within the specified period, we may, within 50 days after the effective date of the continuance, apply to a court to fix a fair value for your shares. If we fail to apply to a court, you may apply to a court for the same purpose within a further period of 20 days. You are not required to give security for costs in such a case.

        All dissenting shareholders whose shares have not been purchased will be joined as parties and bound by the decision of the court. We are required to notify each affected dissenting shareholder of the date, place and consequences of the application and of their right to appear and be heard in person or by counsel. The court may determine whether any person who is a dissenting shareholder should be joined as a party. The court will then fix a fair value for the shares of all dissenting shareholders who have not accepted a payment offer from us. The final order of a court will be rendered against us for the amount of the fair value of the shares of all dissenting shareholders. The court may, in its discretion, allow a reasonable rate of interest on the amount payable to each dissenting shareholder and appoint an appraiser to assist in the determination of a fair value for the shares.

THIS IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER PROVISIONS OF THE CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT. THEY ARE TECHNICAL AND COMPLEX. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT IF YOU WANT TO AVAIL YOURSELF OF YOUR RIGHTS THAT YOU SEEK YOUR OWN LEGAL ADVICE. FAILURE TO COMPLY STRICTLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT MAY PREJUDICE YOUR RIGHT OF DISSENT. SECTION 190 THE CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT IS ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT E AND IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.


ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF DOMESTICATION

        The continuance of Xplore Technologies and its domestication as a Delaware corporation represents a transaction between entities under common control. Assets and liabilities transferred between entities under common control are accounted for at historical cost. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Xplore Technologies (Delaware), the continuing entity, will be reflected at their historical cost to Xplore Technologies (Canada).

        Any of our shares that we acquire from dissenting shareholders will be treated as an acquisition of treasury stock at the amount paid for the shares.

34



UNITED STATES AND CANADIAN INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The domestication may have income tax consequences in both the United States and Canada. We believe these consequences, if any, will be offset by, among other things, our ability, following the domestication, to enter into some types of mergers, acquisitions and combination transactions with U.S. corporations that could have adverse tax consequences if we remained a Canadian corporation. The material tax consequences of the domestication to us and our current shareholders are summarized below.

United States Tax Consequences

        TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE, WE INFORM YOU THAT ANY TAX STATEMENT HEREIN IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, BY ANY TAXPAYER FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING ANY TAX-RELATED PENALTIES UNDER THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. ANY TAX STATEMENT HEREIN WAS WRITTEN IN CONNECTION WITH THE MARKETING OR PROMOTION OF THE TRANSACTIONS OR MATTERS TO WHICH THE STATEMENT RELATES. EACH TAXPAYER SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON THE TAXPAYER'S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.

        The following discussion, in the opinion of Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP, our U.S. counsel, sets forth the material United States federal income tax consequences of the domestication to Xplore Technologies, the Canadian corporation, and the U.S. Holders (as defined below) and Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of its common and preferred shares, as well as certain of the expected material federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the common and preferred stock of Xplore Technologies, the Delaware corporation. Some aspects of this summary involve transfers between Xplore Technologies as a Canadian corporation and Xplore Technologies as a Delaware corporation. To avoid confusion where a distinction is necessary, Xplore Technologies as a Canadian corporation is referred to as "Xplore Canada" and Xplore Technologies as a Delaware Corporation is referred to as "Xplore Delaware."

        This discussion does not address all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances or to persons that are subject to special tax rules. In particular, this description of United States tax consequences does not address the tax treatment of special classes of holders, such as banks, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, financial institutions, broker-dealers, persons holding shares of our capital stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a "straddle," United States expatriates, holders who acquired their common stock in Xplore Canada pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan and holders who exercise dissenters rights. We assume in this discussion that you hold our capital stock as a capital asset within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, United States Treasury Regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the United States Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not give a detailed discussion of any state, local or foreign tax considerations. We urge you to consult your tax advisor about the United States federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and disposing of the capital stock of Xplore Canada and Xplore Delaware, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any foreign, state, local, or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

35



        As used in this summary, the term "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our capital stock that is for United States federal income tax purposes:

        If a partnership (including for this purpose any other entity, either organized within or without the United States, that is treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds the shares, the tax treatment of a partner as a beneficial owner of the shares, generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Foreign partnerships also generally are subject to special United States federal income tax documentation requirements. A beneficial owner of our capital stock who is not a U.S. Holder is referred to below as a "Non-U.S. Holder."

Code Section 368 Reorganization Provisions

        We plan to change our place of incorporation to the United States through a reorganization qualifying under Code Section 368(a)(1)(F), which we refer to as a F Reorganization, which should not represent a taxable transaction to Xplore Canada for United States federal income tax purposes. For all reorganizations, there is a requirement of continuity of proprietary interests. The IRS has explicitly adopted the position that F Reorganizations only apply to transactions in which there is no change in the existing shareholders of the corporation involved, except for a minor change, generally defined as less than one percent. The IRS may view the ability of our existing shareholders to exercise rights of dissent on the proposal for the domestication and receive the fair value of their shares as a device to shift ownership among historic shareholders or to offer ownership to new shareholders, which therefore, depending on the number of the holders who exercise their rights to dissent from the domestication could jeopardize the status of the domestication as a F Reorganization.

        In the event that the domestication does not qualify as a F Reorganization, it could qualify under Code Section 368(a)(1)(D), which we refer to as a D Reorganization. Even though inbound transactions usually meet the requirements of a D reorganization in either context, the fact that it will not be treated as a F reorganization is important in some instances.

        The domestication may fail to qualify as a D Reorganization if Xplore Delaware does not acquire "substantially all" of the assets of Xplore Canada in the domestication. For ruling purposes, the IRS defines "substantially all" as 70% of the gross assets and 90% of the net assets of Xplore Canada. In determining if Xplore Delaware acquires the requisite amount of assets of Xplore Canada, payments of cash by Xplore Canada to any holders of shares of Xplore Canada that exercise the right to dissent from the domestication will not be considered as assets acquired by Xplore Delaware. Accordingly, if the holders of a significant number of the shares of Xplore Canada exercise the right to dissent from the domestication, the domestication may fail to qualify as a D Reorganization.

Effects of Code Section 367

        Code Section 367 applies to certain non-recognition transactions involving foreign corporations. When it applies, Code Section 367 has the effect of imposing income tax on U.S. Holders in

36



connection with transactions that would otherwise be tax free. Code Section 367 would apply to the domestication under the circumstances discussed below.

        U.S. Holders who own, directly or by attribution, 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of Xplore Canada, which we refer to as a 10% Shareholder, would be required to recognize as dividend income a proportionate share of Xplore Canada's "all earnings and profits amount", which we refer to as the ALL E&P Amount, as determined under Section 1.367(b)-2 of the United States Treasury Regulations.

        A U.S. Holder that is not a 10% Shareholder is not required to include the ALL E&P Amount in income. Instead, absent making an election discussed below to include his or her allocable share of the ALL E&P Amount in income, which we refer to as a Deemed Dividend Election, such U.S. Holder must recognize gain, but will not recognize any loss, on his or her shares if such shares have a fair market value of $50,000 or more on the date of the exchange and the fair market value of Xplore Delaware stock received in the exchange exceeds the U.S. Holder's tax basis of the shares of Xplore Canada surrendered in the exchange. However, such U.S. Holder can make the Deemed Dividend Election to include in income as a dividend the ALL E&P Amount attributable to the shares owned by such U.S. Holder in Xplore Canada. If a U.S. Holder makes such an election, then such holder does not recognize any gain on the exchange. A Deemed Dividend Election can be made only if the company gives the U.S. Holder the information which provides the ALL E&P Amount for such holder and the U.S. Holder elects and files certain notices with such holder's federal income tax return for the year in which the exchange occurred. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding whether to make the Deemed Dividend Election and, if advisable, the appropriate filing requirements with respect to this election.

        A U.S. Holder that is not a 10% Shareholder and owns shares in Xplore Canada with a fair market value of less than $50,000 on the day of the exchange is not subject to tax on the domestication.

        We do not believe we have a positive ALL E&P Amount for these purposes. Therefore, U.S. Holders who are 10% Shareholders, as well as those U.S. Holders who are not 10% Shareholders but who make the Deemed Dividend Election, should have no deemed dividend income and no recognized gain or loss on the exchange of shares of capital stock of Xplore Canada for shares of capital stock of Xplore Delaware. However, no assurance can be given that the IRS will agree with our determination that we do not have a positive ALL E&P Amount.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

        In addition to the discussion under the heading "Effects of Code Section 367" above, the domestication might be a taxable event to U.S. Holders if Xplore Canada is or ever was a passive foreign investment company, or a PFIC, under Section 1297 of the Code, provided that Section 1291(f) of the Code is currently effective.

        Generally, a foreign corporation is a PFIC if 75% or more of its gross income for a taxable year is passive income or if, on average for such taxable year, 50% or more of the value of its assets held by the corporation during a taxable year produce or are held to produce passive income. Passive income includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties, but excludes rents and royalties that are derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and that are received from an unrelated person, as well as interest, dividends, rents and royalties received from a related person that are allocable to income of such related person other than passive income. For purposes of these rules, Xplore Canada would be considered to own the assets of and recognize the income of any subsidiary corporations as to which it owns 25% or more of the value of their outstanding stock, in proportion to such ownership. If a foreign corporation is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns stock in the foreign corporation, the foreign corporation generally remains thereafter classified as a PFIC with respect to that stockholder. Xplore Canada believes that it is not and has never been a PFIC.

37



Accordingly, the domestication should not be a taxable event for any U.S. Holder based on an application of the PFIC rules. However, the determination of whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC is primarily factual and there is little administrative or judicial authority on which to rely to make a determination. Hence, the IRS might not agree that Xplore Canada is not a PFIC.

        Section 1291(f) of the Code generally requires that, to the extent provided in regulations, a United States person who disposes of stock of a PFIC recognizes gain notwithstanding any other provision of the Code. No final Treasury regulations have been promulgated under this statute. Proposed Treasury regulations were promulgated in 1992 with a retroactive effective date. If finalized in their current form, these regulations would generally require gain recognition by United States persons exchanging stock of Xplore Canada for stock of Xplore Delaware, if Xplore Canada were classified as a PFIC at any time during such United States person's holding period in such stock and such person had not made either a "qualified electing fund" election under Code Section 1295 for the first taxable year in which such U.S. Holder owned Xplore Canada shares or in which Xplore Canada was a PFIC, whichever is later; or a "mark-to-market" election under Code Section 1296. The tax on any such gain so recognized would be imposed at the rate applicable to ordinary income and an interest charge would apply based on a complex set of computational rules designed to offset the tax deferral to such stockholders on our undistributed earnings. However, we are unable to predict at this time whether, in what form, and with what effective date, final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 1291(f) will be adopted.

Basis and Holding Period Considerations

        If the domestication is a tax free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code, the tax basis of Xplore Delaware's stock received by the shareholder in the exchange will equal his or her tax basis in Xplore Canada's shares surrendered in the exchange increased by any gain recognized by such U.S. Holder in the exchange or the ALL E&P Amount included in the income of such U.S. Holder. The holding period for the Xplore Delaware stock will be the same as the U.S. Holder's holding period for the Xplore Canada shares surrendered in the exchange, provided that the shares were held as a capital asset.

        If the domestication is not a tax free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code, the tax basis of Xplore Delaware's stock distributed to the U.S. Holder will equal his or her tax basis in the shares surrendered plus any gain recognized. The holding period will begin on the date of the exchange.

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

        The exchange of shares of Xplore Canada for stock of Xplore Delaware by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be a taxable transaction for such holder for United States federal income tax purposes.

Dividends

        We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we pay dividends on shares of the stock of Xplore Delaware (which includes distribution of shares of Xplore Delaware common stock to holders of shares of preferred stock of Xplore Delaware), such dividends paid to Non-U.S. Holders will generally be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at the rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty and we have received proper certification (generally on IRS Form W-8BEN) of the application of such income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

38



        Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States or, if provided in an applicable income tax treaty, dividends that are attributable to a Non-U.S. Holder's permanent establishment in the United States, are not subject to the U.S. withholding tax, but are instead taxed in the manner applicable to U.S. Holders. In that case, we will not have to withhold United States federal withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally on IRS Form W-8ECI). In addition, dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States may be subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or a lower rate specified in an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition

        A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax, including by way of withholding, on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of stock of Xplore Delaware unless any one of the following is true:

        We do not anticipate that Xplore Delaware will become a USRPHC. However, since the determination of USRPHC status in the future will be based upon the composition of our assets from time to time and there are uncertainties in the application of certain relevant rules, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future.

U.S. Federal Estate Taxes

        Capital stock of Xplore Delaware owned or treated as owned by an individual who at the time of death is a Non-U.S. Holder will be included in his or her estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        A Non-U.S. Holder may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person as described above (generally on IRS Form W-8BEN), or otherwise establish an exemption, in order to avoid backup withholding and information reporting tax requirements with respect to our payments of dividends on the stock of Xplore Delaware.

        The payment of the proceeds of the disposition of stock by a Non-U.S. Holder to or through the United States office of a broker generally will be reported to the IRS and reduced by backup withholding unless the Non-U.S. Holder either certifies its status as a Non-U.S. Holder under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption and the broker has no actual knowledge to the

39



contrary. Information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will also apply to payments of the proceeds from sales of our stock by foreign offices of United States brokers or foreign brokers with certain types of relationships to the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the holder is a Non-U.S. Holder and certain other conditions are met, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts that we withhold under the backup withholding rules will be refunded or credited against the Non-U.S. Holder's United States federal income tax liability if certain required information is furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding application of backup withholding in their particular circumstance and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding under current United States Treasury regulations.

Canadian Tax Consequences

General

        The following discussion, in the opinion of Davis & Company LLP, our Canadian tax counsel, sets forth the material Canadian federal income tax consequences of the continuance of our company to Canadian-resident shareholders of our company and to United States-resident shareholders of our company. The following summary is based on the facts set out in this prospectus and on additional information provided to Canadian tax counsel by management of our company.

        Although portions of the summary of tax consequences to United States-resident shareholders may apply to shareholders residing in other jurisdictions, this summary does not specifically address tax consequences to such shareholders and accordingly such shareholders are urged to contact their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them. This summary does not include the consequences of any provincial, municipal, or other local tax laws or regulations, any tax laws of any jurisdictions outside of Canada, or any other tax laws other than the federal income tax laws of Canada.

        This summary of Canadian tax consequences, as well as the abbreviated summary of Canadian tax consequences set forth in the section entitled "Summary" of this prospectus are based on the current wording of the Income Tax Act of Canada, the regulations made under that act, the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention, 1980, as amended, and our Canadian tax counsel's understanding of administrative materials published by the Canada Revenue Agency, which we refer to as CRA. This summary takes into account all proposed amendments to the Income Tax Act that have been announced by the Minister of Finance before the date of mailing of this prospectus. However, there is no assurance that such proposed amendments will be enacted in their current form, or at all. Apart from such proposed amendments, this summary does not take into account or anticipate any changes in law, whether by legislative, governmental, or judicial action. No advance income tax ruling has been obtained from the CRA to confirm the tax consequences of any of the transactions described in this prospectus. This summary assumes that the mind and management of our company will not be in Canada after the continuance.

        This summary of consequences to shareholders of our company applies only to shareholders who, for the purposes of the Income Tax Act, hold their shares of our stock as capital property, deal at arm's length with our company, and are not affiliated with our company. The summary does not apply to a shareholder in relation to whom our company is or will be a foreign affiliate within the meaning of the Income Tax Act, or who holds more than 10% of our company's stock.

        A shareholder will generally be considered to be holding shares as capital property unless the shareholder holds the shares in the course of carrying on a business, acquired the shares in a transaction that is an adventure in the nature of trade, or holds the shares as "mark-to-market"

40



property for the purposes of the Income Tax Act. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors if they have questions as to whether they in fact hold their shares as capital property. Shareholders who do not hold their shares as capital property should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of the continuance to them.

        THE TAX SUMMARIES IN THIS HEREIN PROVIDE GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. THEY ARE NOT MEANT TO PROVIDE ANY OF THE SHAREHOLDERS OF OUR COMPANY WITH LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE INTERPRETED IN THAT MANNER. THEY DO NOT COVER ALL OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MIGHT BE RELEVANT TO ALL OF THE SHAREHOLDERS OF OUR COMPANY, AND WILL NOT APPLY IN THE SAME WAY TO ALL THE SHAREHOLDERS OF OUR COMPANY. SHAREHOLDERS OF OUR COMPANY ARE STRONGLY ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX AND LEGAL ADVISORS REGARDING THE UNITED STATES AND CANADIAN INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE CONTINUANCE IN THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Our Company

        On the continuance, our company will be deemed under the provisions of the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention to be resident in the United States, and to no longer be resident in Canada. Under the Income Tax Act, the change in our company's residence from Canada to the United States will cause our company's tax year to end immediately before the continuance, and a new tax year to begin at the time of the continuance. Furthermore, our company will be deemed to have disposed of all of its property immediately before the continuance for proceeds of disposition equal to the fair market value of the property at that time. This deemed disposition may cause our company to incur Canadian tax liability on the basis of the resulting deemed capital gains and income.

        Furthermore, our company will be subject to a separate corporate emigration tax imposed by the Income Tax Act on corporations departing from Canada. The emigration tax will be imposed on the amount by which the fair market value of all of our company's property immediately before the continuance exceeds the aggregate of its liabilities at that time and the amount of paid-up capital on all of the issued and outstanding shares of our company's common stock. Tax will be imposed at a rate of 5% on our company's net assets determined under the foregoing formula, unless one of the main reasons for our company changing its residence to the United States was to reduce the amount of this corporate emigration tax or the amount of Canadian withholding tax paid by our company, in which case the rate will be 25%.

        Based on management's review of our assets, liabilities and paid-up capital, as well as the availability of tax loss carry forwards that will be available to us to offset any income resulting from the deemed disposition of our assets, we believe that there should not be material income realized as a result of this deemed disposition. This conclusion is based in part on determinations of factual matters including the fair market value of our property. Furthermore, facts underlying our assumptions and conclusions may also change prior to the effective time of the continuance. We have not applied to the CRA for a ruling as to the amount of federal taxes payable by us as a result of the continuance and do not intend to apply for such a ruling given the factual nature of the determinations involved. In addition, we have not applied to the CRA for a determination of our past losses, and do not intend to apply for such a determination prior to the continuance. There can be no assurance that the CRA will accept the valuations or the positions that we have adopted in calculating the amount of Canadian tax that will be payable upon the continuance, including our calculation of the amount of historical tax losses that are available to offset any taxes that would otherwise be payable upon the continuance. Accordingly, there is no assurance that the CRA will conclude after the effective time of the continuance that no Canadian federal taxes are due as a result of the continuance or that the amount of Canadian federal taxes found to be due will not be significant.

41



        Due to our change in residence upon the continuance, we will no longer be subject to taxation in Canada on our worldwide income. However, if we carry on a business through a permanent establishment located in Canada, as that expression is defined in the tax convention, we will be subject to Canadian tax on business profits attributable to the permanent establishment.

        For the purposes of calculating any Canadian tax liability of our company after the continuance, we will be unable to deduct historic losses incurred prior to becoming a Delaware corporation. The continuance will therefore eliminate our past Canadian tax losses as a source of future deductions.

Shareholder Residents in Canada

        The following portion of this summary of Canadian federal tax consequences applies to shareholders of our company who are resident in Canada for the purposes of the Income Tax Act.

        Shareholders of our company who remain holding shares of our stock after the continuance will not be considered to have disposed of those shares by reason only of the continuance. Accordingly, the continuance will not cause these shareholders to realize a capital gain or loss on their shares, and will have no effect on the adjusted cost base of their shares of our stock.

        Following the continuance, any dividends received by an individual shareholder on the shares of our stock will not be eligible for the gross-up and dividend tax credit treatment generally applicable to dividends on shares of taxable Canadian corporations. Any dividends received by a corporate shareholder on the shares of our stock will be included in calculating that shareholder's income and will generally not be deductible. To the extent that United States withholding taxes are imposed on dividends paid by our company to Canadian-resident shareholders, Canadian resident shareholders will generally be entitled to claim a foreign tax credit against their Canadian income tax.

        Following the continuance, our shares of common stock will continue to be listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. We may seek approval to list our shares on another prescribed exchange outside of Canada as defined in the regulations under the Income Tax Act. Because our shares of common stock are listed on a prescribed exchange in Canada and, if listed outside of Canada, will be listed on a prescribed stock exchange outside of Canada, our shares of common stock will continue to be a qualified investment for certain deferred income plans under the Income Tax Act, namely trusts governed by deferred profit sharing plans, registered retirement savings plans, registered retirement income funds, and registered education savings plans.

        Canadian residents are required under the Income Tax Act to report their foreign property holdings if the aggregate cost amount of their foreign holdings exceeds Cdn.$100,000. Following the continuance, our shares will constitute foreign property for the purposes of this rule and their cost amount will count towards the calculation of the Cdn.$100,000 threshold.

        Although the matter is not free from doubt, it is reasonable to conclude based on administrative positions published by the CRA that the amount paid to a shareholder who dissents to the continuance should be treated as proceeds of disposition of that shareholder's shares. Accordingly, the dissenting shareholder would recognize a capital gain or loss to the extent that the amount received as proceeds for the disposition of that shareholder's shares exceeds or is less than the shareholder's adjusted cost base of the shares.

Shareholders Resident in the United States

        The following portion of this summary of Canadian federal tax consequences applies to shareholders of our company who are resident in the United States and not in Canada for the purposes of the Income Tax Act, and who do not use or hold their shares in the course of carrying on a business in Canada.

42



        Shareholders of our company who remain holding shares of our stock after the continuance will not be considered to have disposed of their shares by reason only of the continuance. Accordingly, the continuance will not cause these shareholders to realize a capital gain or loss on their shares, and will have no effect on the adjusted cost base of their shares.

        After the continuance, United States-resident shareholders of our company will not be subject to Canadian withholding tax on dividends received from our company.

        After the continuance, the shares of our stock will not be taxable Canadian property to United-States resident shareholders, and therefore will not cause such shareholders to be subject to taxation in Canada on any subsequent disposition of the shares, provided that more than 50% of the fair market value of the shares is not derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of real property situated in Canada, Canadian resource properties, and timber resource properties and provided that the shares are not owned by a person who, together with other non-arm's length persons owns, or at any time in the previous months owned, more that 25% of the shares.

        Although the matter is not free from doubt, it is reasonable to conclude based on administrative positions published by the CRA that the amount paid to a shareholder who dissents to the continuance should be treated as proceeds of disposition of that shareholder's shares. Based on this conclusion, no Canadian tax need be withheld or remitted on a payment made to a dissenting shareholder resident in the United States.

43



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        Unless the context provides otherwise, the following discussion describes our capital stock assuming that the domestication has already been effected. As of                         , 2007, there were 60,908,002 common shares, 63,472,895 Series A Preferred Shares and 9,988,513 Series B Preferred Shares issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

        We are authorized to issue 300 million shares, par value $0.001 per share, of common stock. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, provided that all accrued and unpaid dividends have been paid to the holders of our preferred stock. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive, after payment of any liquidation preference to our holders of preferred stock, proportionately our net assets available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities. Holders of common stock have no pre-emptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be impacted by, the rights of the holders of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, our Series B Preferred Stock and any other series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

        Under the proposed certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without shareholder approval, to create one or more series within a class of preferred stock, to issue 90 million shares of preferred stock in such series up to the maximum number of shares of the relevant series of preferred stock authorized, and to determine the preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, and restrictions of any such class or series, including:

        While our board of directors has no current intention of doing so, our board of directors may issue preferred stock as an anti-takeover measure without any further action by the holders of the common stock. This may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company by increasing the number of shares necessary to gain control of our company.

        Our proposed certificate of incorporation currently provides for two series of preferred stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. Other than differences between Delaware law and the federal laws of Canada, the rights, privileges and preferences of our Series A preferred stock and Series B Preferred Stock in our proposed certificate of incorporation are similar to those in our existing articles of incorporation. Below is a summary of the terms associated with our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock. Please refer to our proposed certificate of incorporation annexed to this prospectus as Exhibit C for a full description of the rights and privileges attached to our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock.

44



Series A Preferred Stock

        Our board of directors is authorized to issue up to 64 million shares of Series A Preferred Stock, of which 63,472,895 shares are issued and outstanding. Our Series A Preferred Stock has the following rights and privileges:

        Voting.     Each share of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to vote together with our other shareholders on an as-converted basis, and not as a separate class, except as required by law or our certificate of incorporation. In addition, so long as at least 10% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding (approximately 6,347,290 shares), our holders of our Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, separately as a class, to designate two members of our board of directors (which we refer to as the Preferred Directors).

        Furthermore, so long as at least 10% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding, our company may not, without the consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock, take any of the following actions:

        Dividends.     Subject to the approval of the Toronto Stock Exchange or such other Canadian or United States securities exchange or quotation system which on the date of determination constitutes the principal securities market for our common stock, the Series A Preferred Stock carries an annual 5% dividend, payable quarterly, in that number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the amount of the applicable dividend payment then payable by the U.S. dollar equivalent of the volume weighted average trading price of our common stock on such principal securities market for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day preceding the applicable dividend payment date, less, if applicable, the maximum discount permitted by such principal securities market at that time.

        Liquidation Preference.     In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company (which we refer to as a Liquidation), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of our common stock, but pari passu with the holders of our Series B Preferred Stock, an amount equal to the greater of $0.34 per each share of Series A Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends, or such amount per share as would have been payable had each share of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into a share of common stock immediately prior to the Liquidation (which we refer to as the Series A Liquidation Preference). A merger or consolidation (other than one in which shareholders of our company own a majority by voting power of the outstanding shares of the surviving or acquiring corporation) and a sale, lease,

45



transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets will be treated as a liquidation event (which we refer to as a deemed liquidation event) and will also trigger the payment of the Series A Liquidation Preference, unless the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock elect otherwise.

        Optional Conversion.     Our shares of Series A Preferred Stock initially convert on a one-for-one basis into shares of common stock at any time at the option of the holder, subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events. In the event that we issue additional securities at a purchase price less than the then current conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock (which initially is $0.34 per share), such conversion price (and as a result the conversion ratio) will be adjusted in accordance with the formula described in our certificate of incorporation.

        Mandatory Conversion.     Each share of Series A Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then applicable conversion rate upon:

Series B Preferred Stock

        Our board of directors is authorized to issue up to 10 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock, of which 9,988,513 shares are issued and outstanding. Our Series B Preferred Stock has the following rights and privileges:

        Voting.     Each share of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to vote together with our other shareholders on an as-converted basis, and not as a separate class, except as required by law or our certificate of incorporation. In addition so long as at least 10% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding (approximately 998,851 shares), our company may not, without the consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Series B Preferred Stock, take any of the following actions:

        Dividends.     Subject to the approval of the Toronto Stock Exchange or such other Canadian or United States securities exchange or quotation system which on the date of determination constitutes the principal securities market for our common stock, the Series B Preferred Stock carries an annual 5% dividend, payable quarterly, in that number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the amount of the applicable dividend payment then payable by the U.S. dollar equivalent of the volume weighted average trading price of our common stock on such principal securities market for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day preceding the applicable dividend payment date, less, if applicable, the maximum discount permitted by such principal securities market at that time.

        Liquidation Preference.     In the event of a Liquidation of our company, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of our common stock, but pari

46



passu with the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock, an amount equal to the greater of $0.34 per each share of Series B Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends, or such amount per share as would have been payable had each share of Series B Preferred Stock been converted into a share of common stock immediately prior to the Liquidation (which we refer to as the Series B Liquidation Preference). A merger or consolidation (other than one in which shareholders of our company own a majority by voting power of the outstanding shares of the surviving or acquiring corporation) and a sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets will be treated as a liquidation event and will also trigger the payment of the Series B Liquidation Preference, unless the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock elect otherwise.

        Optional Conversion.     Our shares of Series B Preferred Stock initially convert on a one-for-one basis into shares of common stock at any time at the option of the holder, subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events. In the event that we issue additional securities at a purchase price less than the then current conversion price of the Series B Preferred Stock (which initially is $0.34 per share), such conversion price (and as a result the conversion ratio) will be adjusted in accordance with the formula described in our certificate of incorporation; provided, that the conversion price will not in any event be less than $0.255 per share.

        Mandatory Conversion.     Each share of Series B Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then applicable conversion rate upon:

Options/Warrants

        As of February 6, 2007, options to purchase a total of 10,712,812 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding under our Share Option Plan, of which 2,377,917 have fully vested, and warrants to purchase 15,619,025 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding. These warrants have exercise prices ranging from $0.35 to $0.58 per share with expiration dates from December 17, 2007 to September 22, 2009.

Corporate Governance Provisions with Possible Anti-Takeover Effects

        The provisions in our proposed certificate of incorporation and our by-laws are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of our company. These provisions also are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited takeover proposal that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of our common stock or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of us. These provisions, however, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. They may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

        Our proposed by-laws provide that stockholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the Corporate Secretary. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder's notice

47



must be received at our principal executive offices not fewer than 45 days nor more than 75 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which we first mailed our proxy materials for the preceding year's annual meeting. Our proposed by-laws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice. These provisions may impede a stockholder's ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

Amendments to By-Laws

        Our proposed certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our by-laws without a stockholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our proposed certificate of incorporation also provides that our by-laws may be amended by the stockholders by a vote of a majority in voting power of all shares of stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        Our proposed certificate of incorporation provides that no director shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except as required by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our proposed by-laws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we must indemnify and advance expenses to any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or serves or served as a director or officer of any other enterprise at our request and advance expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions do not apply to any former officers or directors serving before            , 2007 or arising out of any act or transaction that occurred prior to such date.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our proposed certificate of incorporation and by-laws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment in our company may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

48



MARKET PRICE AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

        Our common stock is listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and is traded under the symbol "XPL." We may seek approval to list our common stock on a national stock exchange or stock market in the United Sates. We have one class of common equity and two classes of preferred shares. As of February 2, 2007, there were 211 holders of record of our common shares. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales price of our common stock on the Toronto Stock Exchange.

PERIOD

  High
  Low

 
  (Cdn. $)

  (Cdn. $)

Fiscal Year Ended March 31 2005:        
First Quarter   2.19   1.16
Second Quarter   1.89   0.90
Third Quarter   1.00   0.49
Fourth Quarter   0.60   0.40

Fiscal Year Ended March 31 2006:

 

 

 

 
First Quarter   1.14   0.35
Second Quarter   1.10   0.70
Third Quarter   0.88   0.51
Fourth Quarter   0.68   0.37

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 
First Quarter   0.50   0.30
Second Quarter   0.68   0.35
Third Quarter   0.46   0.36
Fourth Quarter (through February 2, 2007)   0.50   0.36

Dividend Policy

        We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock during our last five fiscal years. Our preferred shares carry an annual 5% dividend, payable quarterly in shares of our common stock.

        The payment of dividends on our common stock in the future will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, and operating and financial conditions and on such other factors as our board of directors may consider appropriate. Under the terms of our articles of incorporation and proposed certificate of incorporation, we are prohibited from paying dividends on our common shares unless and until all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid on our Series A and Series B Preferred Shares. Furthermore, under the terms of our loan agreement with a commercial bank, we are prohibited from paying cash dividends without the bank's prior written consent. We currently expect to use all available funds to finance the future development and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

49



OUR BUSINESS

Overview

        We engineer, develop, integrate and market rugged, mobile computing systems. Our products and features are designed to enhance the ability of persons to perform their job outside of traditional office settings. Our line of iX™ Tablet PCs are designed to operate in challenging work environments, such as extreme temperatures, repeated vibrations or dirty and dusty conditions. Further, these systems can be fitted with a wide range of performance-matched accessories, including multiple docking station solutions, wireless connectivity alternatives, global positioning system modules, biometric and smartcard modules, as well as traditional peripherals like keyboards, mouses and cases.

        Over the past several years our products have been recognized for their ruggedness and versatility. In 2005, Pen Computing chose Xplore for "The Best Rugged Slate-Style Tablet PC" award, readers of the Mobile Village gave awards to both the iX™ product family and to its deployments, and Tablet PC2 gave us an Editor's Choice Award for our AllVue™ screen. More recently, Laptop Magazine recognized our line of rugged Tablet PCs with a coveted Editor's Choice Award.

        Our strategy is to become the leading developer and marketer of rugged mobile wireless computer systems. We currently compete in the rugged tablet PC market. Leveraging our expertise and our existing infrastructure, we plan to penetrate other product market categories, which are larger than the existing rugged tablet PC market.

Recent Developments

        Over the past few years we have undergone the following significant changes:

        Relocation of our corporate headquarters.     In August 2004, we closed our corporate headquarters in Mississauga, Canada and all functions were relocated to Austin, Texas, where most of our employees were based. As a result, we decreased our operating expenses by reducing our travel and communication costs, as well as through Austin's lower cost of living. In addition, we were able to operate in a more efficient and controlled fashion.

        Hiring of a new management team.     Beginning in 2004, we began hiring a new management team that has many years of experience in their respective fields both with large, well-established corporations, as well as with smaller, younger companies, including turnaround situations. Our new management team has implemented business policies and processes that have made our operations more efficient. For example, we have improved our accounts receivable collection procedures, which has strengthened our working capital position and cash flow management.

        New market focus.     We have broadened our sales strategy to increase our focus on Fortune 500 and Global 2000 companies, as opposed to relying primarily on public safety customers. This strategy shift has enabled us to grow our revenues at a faster rate since we believe the average number of computers per order from a Fortune 500 customer is generally significantly higher than the average from public safety customers.

        Geographic expansion.     We have expanded our revenues generated from sales in Europe. Over the near term, we plan to judiciously grow our European team to take advantage of the market demand. In addition, we intend to increase our presence in the Asia-Pacific region by building a larger network of value-added partners and by increasing the size and improving the quality of our sales team, which is same approach we used to achieve sales growth in the U.S.

Products

        Our family of iX™ advanced rugged Tablet Personal Computers is comprised of:

50


        Our line of iX™ Tablet PCs are designed to operate in challenging work environments, such as extreme temperatures, repeated vibrations or dirty and dusty conditions. Our systems can be fitted with a wide range of performance-matched accessories, including multiple docking station solutions, wireless connectivity alternatives, Global Positioning System modules, biometric and smartcard modules, as well as traditional peripherals like keyboards, mouses and cases.

        Our family of iX™ computers are based primarily on the following features:

         Rugged —As opposed to some of our competitors, which have primarily placed non-rugged computers in rugged cases, we have built our devices from the inside out, developing over 30 proprietary design elements that provide a heightened and proven level of durability. Our products meet some of strictest specifications in the world, including those established by the U.S. military, including Military Standard Testing for Environmental Extremes. These specifications are designed to allow our products to withstand damage from being dropped onto concrete from up to 4 feet, from being submerged for up to 30 minutes in up to 12 inches of water, and from being exposed to extreme temperatures that are as low as -40° Fahrenheit and as high as 167° Fahrenheit. In addition, our products continue to function when subjected to vibration, sand storms and other challenging outdoor work environments.

         Screen Technology —We seek to be a leader of screen technology with award winning displays. We have designed the AllVue™ screen which is viewable in virtually all challenging lighting conditions, including direct sunlight and dimly-lit environments, as well as its Dual Mode screen that allows the use of a digitizer pen and/or the finger to control the unit. The Dual Mode supports more precise inputs through the pen with more directional finger touch inputs—all in a single unit with auto switching capabilities.

         Processing Power —We have the ability to provide processing power alternatives on a timely and cost-effective basis. Our systems use Intel Pentium M Centrino® processors and associated chipsets, as well as other performance enhancement technologies that we believe are essential in many field applications (such as mapping and remote connectivity). In addition, Lithium ION batteries support usage times between 3-5 hours and a "warm" swap feature allows users to switch batteries in the field without having to power down the system.

         Remote Connectivity —Our current products provide a complete range of wireless alternatives and radio card options as well as global positioning system options.

         Accessories —We offer a broad range of add-on modules and accessories that better enable customers to adapt our computers to their intended use. In particular, we believe our functional, durable and reliable docking solutions are tailored to customer needs. Service, desktop, vehicle, forklift, armored vehicle, and mobile cart docking systems have been deployed to customers.

         Heightened Safety Standards —All of our wireless-enabled tablet PC systems have been tested and certified for use in hazardous locations both in North America and in the European Union.

        Our computers are designed to be used as a mobile computing system. These systems are comprised of an Xplore hardware platform that is fully integrated with one or more software applications. Through its wide feature set, we believe the iX™ family of products allows the customization of a platform that best suits a given application. Our computers combine processing power, viewability, ruggedness and connectivity that can perform in extreme environments.

51



Strategy

        Our strategy is to become the leading developer and marketer of rugged mobile wireless computer systems. We currently compete in the rugged tablet PC market. Leveraging our expertise and our existing infrastructure, we plan to penetrate other product market categories, which are larger than the existing rugged tablet PC market.

Leverage Existing Markets

        We seek to continue to analyze the needs of the vertical markets we are involved in so that we can continue to grow our business. We intend to continue to focus on customer specific applications by leveraging our core products and technology, as well as our key strategic alliances.

        Our strategy includes the following key elements:

         Identifying and targeting vertical markets, major account and OEM opportunities— To achieve broad penetration of our products, we intend to continue to focus on specific vertical market applications, major accounts and OEM relationships, such as Dell, Inc., Psion Teklogix Inc. and Peak Technologies.

         Investment and nurturing of key relationships —We intend to continue to outsource our manufacturing so that we can continue to focus our efforts on our technology and product development, customer application and project deployment activities, through our collaborations on engineering and manufacturing matters with our partners, such as Wistron.

         Flexible product design and customer-centric approach —We believe the design of our products provides us with the flexibility to respond to customer-specific requirements. We involve our customers in product development and enhancements. This approach is intended to result in improved communication flow throughout the entire sales cycle and is designed to position our products as the optimal mobile computing platform for our customers.

         Delivery of high quality, reliable systems —We seek to have our manufacturing partners implement rigorous quality assurance programs that incorporate our processes, in concert with performing our custom-designed test programs.

         Marketing and distribution relationships —Within each targeted vertical industry, we intend to focus on co-marketing relationships with key application providers and systems integrators. This strategy allows us to define multiple channels of sale within a region while maintaining key strategic alliances.

Expand into New Rugged Product Markets

        We are evaluating other market opportunities, such as the growing need for rugged notebooks, which are broader in scope and opportunity. We believe that an increasing number of companies are requiring their employees to transmit data from the field or non-traditional office environments. We believe this need is supported by a white paper published by the Mobile and Wireless Practice of Venture Development Corporation (which we refer to as VDC) in July 2006, which projects worldwide sales in the rugged mobile computing market to grow to over $6.7 billion by 2010 and the market for large form factor rugged devices to grow to $2.9 billion in 2010. We currently do not have any products in the large form factor rugged mobile computer market, but expect to have three products available for sale in this segment by 2008.

        We believe our family of rugged tablet PCs are uniquely positioned to capitalize on the convergence of three current market trends:


        We believe companies recognize the total cost of ownership is improved by rugged computing solutions.

52


Sales

        We sell our systems through a multi-tiered distribution network which provides for direct and indirect sales. The network is supported by a sales team of 17 individuals who have geographic responsibilities for direct and indirect sales opportunities. While the sales team has its own prospects, it also works closely with system integrators that resell our products in defined regions based upon a standard channel agreement. We have non-exclusive agreements with system integrators based on the reseller's ability to add value to our systems in the form of application software, professional services, wireless devices, integration activities and customer support programs. We currently have approved system integrators selling into the public safety, utility, field service, logistics and military markets.

        We currently have more than 60 relationships with distribution partners. These include large computer companies such as Dell, Inc. and Hewlett-Packard Company, specialized system integrators such as Psion Teklogix Inc. and Peak Technologies, as well as leading software vendors such as Environmental Systems Research Institute (geographic information system technology). In any given year, a single customer can account for a significant portion of our revenue. For example, in fiscal 2006, Peak Technologies accounted for over 10% of our revenue for that year. Peak Technologies is one of our value-added resellers and is not an end-user of our products. In fiscal 2006, we did not have any single end-user account for over 10% of our revenue. However, as we have a variety of customers, we are not substantially dependent on any single one customer.

        Our end-users include Daimler Chrysler, Hydro One, the City of Cleveland Police Department, Shell Oil UK, Proctor & Gamble, the Royal Netherlands Air Force, the Rome Fire Department and the U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency. Proctor & Gamble and Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway have adopted our Tablet PC as their standard rugged tablet computer.

        Our sales from Europe, as well as from other parts of the world, have been growing due to strong market demand for our iX™ line of Tablet PCs. Our sales outside of North America grew from 22.6% of total sales in fiscal year 2005 to 36.6% of total sales in fiscal year 2006.

Marketing

        We have marketing programs aimed at increasing awareness of our products and services, product management and corporate communications. Key elements of our marketing program include:

        We also market our products through a number of different industry participants, including independent software vendors with application software for a specific industry, systems integrators that bring elements such as wireless communication systems to the project, agents that specialize in rugged mobile computing devices and other consultants. We believe the driving force behind these relationships is an active project where the combination of our systems with the application software and support services seeks to provide a tailored solution designed to meet customers' needs.

        An increasing number of companies and agencies have workforces that require mobile computers that can endure and perform reliably in challenging work environments where dust, shock, vibration, extremely hot or cold temperatures or moisture are present. We provide a competitively priced rugged

53



computer by partnering with Wistron Corporation, a leading contract manufacture located in Taiwan. The market pricing for rugged computers is higher than commercial grade computers used in traditional office settings. We believe the pricing reflects the theory that the total cost of ownership of a rugged computer over a three to five year period can be significantly lower as compared to a non-rugged computer. In fact, several of our customers have disclosed in our customer-based market research studies that they used non-rugged devices and experienced firsthand the direct costs of this decision ( e.g. more frequent damage, information retrieval costs, replacement costs), as well as the indirect costs such as prolonged downtime.

        We recognize that, as a small company, our key to success depends on our ability to provide a better product than our larger competitors and to be more responsive to our customers' needs. Some of our accomplishments, such as the AllVue™ screen and the Dual Mode functionality, were the result of customer feedback. When embarking on the development of a new device or an upgrade of an existing one, we devote resources to soliciting customer feedback. We believe this process, combined with our flexibility to make quick decisions and the support of a significant manufacturing partner like Wistron, has enabled us to deliver products and market leading technology ahead of our competitors.

Market Segments

        We target a number of different sectors where we believe the deployment of rugged mobile computers can greatly improve operating efficiencies and reduce related costs.

        Logistics.     We believe globalization, increased competition and heightened consumer expectations are contributing factors to the adoption of mobile computing technologies by many leading warehousing, distribution and retail entities. These operations typically require real time price modifications, product introductions and transitions, and timely inventory management. We believe these sectors will continue to automate order fulfilment, inventory control and management systems as part of an overall effort to integrate enterprise resource planning and supply chain management information systems. Our end-users in this sector include DaimlerChrysler, Andersen Windows and Clare Rose.

        Utilities & Energy.     Generally, utilities and energy related companies continuously have to respond to customers' requests and power outages more expeditiously and efficiently to remain competitive. We believe the reliable and real-time movement of information to and from the field is vital to the success of any field automation system. Hydro One utility in Canada is a major end-user in this sector, as well as Shell Oil.

        Public Safety.     Given the focus in the U.S. on security issues and the continued commitment by Federal, state and municipal governments on law enforcement, fire and emergency medical services, members of the public safety arena are searching for efficiencies that will better enable them to do their jobs. Rugged mobile computing devices assist these groups in a variety of ways. For example, having a reliable and durable Tablet PC provides law enforcement agencies with immediate and reliable access in the field to national and local criminal databases. In this market segment, our products have been sold to over 300 public safety organizations in the U.S., including the Detroit and Cleveland Police Departments, and multiple international organizations, including the Rome Fire Department.

        Military.     As the military continues to transition to commercial and industrial grade rugged mobile computing systems, we expect this segment will represent a significant opportunity. In particular, we believe the U.S. Department of Defense is generally moving away from full military specifications adherence, except for system-critical operations, and instead, is increasing emphasis on purchasing commercial, off-the-shelf equipment. Our end-users in this sector include the U.S. Air Force and the Royal Dutch Air Force.

        Field Service.     According to VDC, the second largest market segment for large form factor rugged mobile devices is the field service industry. This market segment includes mobile technicians from the telecommunications, cable and appliance sectors who typically must have real time access to mission critical data including work tickets, schematics, manuals, customer service records, inventory levels and order status. We believe that companies in this market segment recognize that linking field service

54



personnel through the entire enterprise system can improve customer response, billing, inventory management and throughput metrics, thereby increasing operational efficiencies. Our end-users in this market segment include Cincinnati Bell, Boeing and HydroChem.

Research and Development

        We have assembled an experienced engineering and product development team. Through the collaboration of our employees, engineering and manufacturing partners, including Wistron, we believe we are able to bring significant resources to the research, development and design of our products.

        We seek to design and manage product life cycles through a controlled and structured process. We involve customers and industry experts from our target markets in the definition and refinement of product development. Product development emphasis is placed on meeting industry standards and product specifications, ease of integration, ease of use, cost reduction, design-for manufacturability, quality and reliability.

        We continue to invest in research and development to enhance and expand our rugged mobile computing systems. Additional form factors, operating systems and screen technologies are all considered for integration into our rugged platform as we seek to expand into additional markets. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, we spent $2,402,000, $2,327,000 and $2,523,000, respectively, on research and development activities.

Competition

        Competition in our industry is intense and is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and rapid changes in customer requirements. To be competitive, we must continue to develop and introduce, on a timely and cost-effective basis, new products and product features that keep pace with technological developments and emerging industry standards and address the increasingly sophisticated needs of our customers. The principal competitive factors affecting the market for our products are the product's technical characteristics, price, customer service, reputation in the industry and brand loyalty. We believe that our strongest competitive factors are our products' durability and reputation in the industry. In order to compete, we will be required to continue to respond promptly and effectively to the challenges of technological changes and our competitors' innovations.

        Our primary competitors in the mobile rugged computer market include the following:

        Panasonic.     Panasonic is the largest provider of mobile rugged computers and offers a series of traditional and convertible notebooks. Panasonic promotes a rugged computer, known as the Toughbook, which is well known in the industry.

        Itronix.     Itronix markets its semi-rugged pen tablet computer systems as part of its mobile portfolio, which also includes rugged notebooks. Last year, Itronix was acquired by General Dynamics Corp.

        Walkabout.     Walkabout promotes a Tablet PC as its main product. Last year, Walkabout was acquired by DRS Technologies, Inc., a multibillion dollar supplier to military agencies.

        Our primary competitors have greater financial, technical, and research and development resources and marketing capabilities than we do.

Manufacturing

        We outsource the majority of our manufacturing services to Wistron, including board production, certain parts procurement, assembly, some quality assurance testing, warranty repair and service. We have a design and manufacturing agreement with Wistron. Wistron makes computers and components for some of the world's largest technology companies, such as Dell, Inc. and Hewlett-Packard Company. Wistron collaborates with Xplore on product specifications and provides us with the flexibility to make changes to our products as market conditions change.

55



        Under the terms of our agreement with Wistron, which we entered into on July 1, 2003, Wistron provides us with design, manufacturing and support services related to our ruggedized mobile personal computer tablets. Our purchase price of the products produced by Wistron is determined based on the specific configuration of the tablet being produced and is subject to a cost reduction plan and volume based discounts. At least quarterly, we meet with Wistron to develop the cost reduction plan, which targets a 10% annual cost reduction. The plan takes into account alternative suppliers along with components, design, process changes and other cost savings procedures. Each month we provide Wistron with a six month rolling forecast of the products we anticipate ordering. Wistron has 45 days after acceptance of the purchase order to ship the product. If products ordered during any quarter exceed the volume projected in the forecast, Wistron has agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to deliver the excess products within 20 days after acceptance of the purchase order.

        Wistron has provided several warranties to us, including that Wistron has all necessary rights required to sell the products, that each product will be free from any material defect for a period of 18 months, that the products will be free from any liens, encumbrances or defects in title and that the products will comply with all specifications. So long as we are meeting our target volumes, Wistron agrees not to design, engineer, manufacture or sell any rugged mobile tablet that is competitive with ours. The term of the agreement is for five years and automatically renews for additional one year terms, unless either party provides written notice of its intent to terminate the agreement at least 120 days prior to the expiration of any renewal term.

        We maintain build-to-order capabilities and quality control functions in-house, which are the responsibility of our production and engineering teams. This includes manufacture engineering, development of production and assembly test procedures, definition of quality assurance program and development of test fixtures, build-to-order production and "out-of-box" quality assurance testing.

Intellectual Property

        Our performance and ability to compete are dependent to a significant degree on our proprietary technology. We rely primarily upon a combination of patent, copyright and trade secret laws and license agreements to establish and protect proprietary rights in our products and technology. We have four U.S. patents and one Canadian patent, along with two U.S. patent applications and one Canadian patent application. We are seeking to obtain patent protection for certain key components of our technology. It may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology without authorization or to develop similar technology independently. In addition, effective patent, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries.

Facilities

        We maintain our corporate functions along with sales support, marketing, finance, engineering and operating groups at a leased premise totalling approximately 21,700 square feet at 14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900, Austin, Texas. The lease expires on August 31, 2009, and has a current annual base rent of approximately $232,000. We have the option to renew this lease for an additional three years. We also lease a satellite office in Helsinki, Finland, on a three-month renewable basis. We believe that our existing leases will be renegotiated as they expire or that alternative properties can be leased on acceptable terms. We also believe that our present facilities are suitable for continuing our existing operations.

Employees

        As at January 31, 2007, we had 72 full-time employees, of which 41 were employed in the operations, engineering, research and development and customer support areas, 11 were involved in corporate and administrative areas, and 20 were employed in sales and marketing. Our employees are not represented by a union or other collective bargaining unit and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that our employee relations are good.

56



Legal Proceedings

        In June 2005, our company, our former Chief Executive Officer and our former Chief Financial Officer received notices from the staff at the Ontario Securities Commission (which we also refer to as the OSC) which stated that the OSC reviewed the facts and circumstances surrounding the recognition of revenue related to product returned from our distribution channel in fiscal years 2003 and 2004 and our accounting treatment for these transactions in our financial statements under Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. The OSC staff position was that we did not account for certain transactions between our company and some of our value added resellers and some of the revenue which we recognized in our financial statements in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. As a result our 2002, 2003 and 2004 annual financial statements, along with our 2004 and 2005 interim and first quarter 2006 financial statements, were required to be restated. Our board of directors formed a special committee to investigate and oversee the OSC matter.

        On November 9, 2005, we filed with the Canadian provincial securities regulatory authorities our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2005 and our audited restated consolidated financial statements for each of the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, as well as our restated interim financial statements for the years March 31 2005 and 2004 and for the first quarter for fiscal year 2006, all of which were which were prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. There are no material differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP as they relate to our financial statements.

        On January 27, 2006, a panel of commissioners of the OSC approved a settlement agreement with us in connection with their investigation of our accounting treatment for revenue recognition in our financial statements for fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004. The settlement agreement resolved the outstanding regulatory issues with respect to such financial statements. Under the terms of settlement agreement, we reimbursed the OSC Cdn.$20,000 towards the costs of the investigation and hearing in this matter, made a settlement payment of Cdn.$50,000 to the OSC for the benefit of third parties, and were reprimanded for our failure to file financial statements in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, we provided the OSC with a comfort letter confirming, among other things, that our new management team had instituted new practices and procedures designed to prevent the future improper recognition of revenue.

        On November 9, 2006, we issued a Statement of Claim against Deloitte & Touche LLP (which we refer to as Deloitte) in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice. In the Statement of Claim, we have alleged negligence against Deloitte with respect to the auditing services provided to us in connection with its audit of our 2002, 2003 and 2004 audited financial statements. The Statement of Claim seeks damages in the amount of Cdn. $4,070,000 for direct and indirect losses. Deloitte has filed an answer to the Statement of Claim.

57



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the information included under "Our Business," "Risk Factors," "Selected Financial Data" and the financial statements included in this prospectus. It is intended to assist the reader in understanding and evaluating our financial position. Unless indicated otherwise, all financial information contained in this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" has been presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        This discussion contains, in addition to historical information, forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainty. Our actual results could differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

General

        We engineer, develop, integrate and market rugged, mobile computing systems. Our products and features are designed to enhance the ability of persons to perform their job outside of traditional office settings. Our line of iX™ Tablet PCs are designed to operate in challenging work environments, such as extreme temperatures, repeated vibrations or dirty and dusty conditions. Further, these systems can be fitted with a wide range of performance-matched accessories, including multiple docking station solutions, wireless connectivity alternatives, global positioning system modules, biometric and smartcard modules, as well as traditional peripherals like keyboards, mouses and cases.

        We have undergone significant changes over the past few years, including the relocation of our headquarters from Mississauga, Ontario to Austin, Texas, the hiring of a new management team, improvements in our products and operational processes, and the establishment of a new sales team that expanded our market focus from primarily small public safety organizations to markets including Fortune 500 and Global 2000 companies. On May 30, 2006, we completed a recapitalization that involved the conversion of approximately $19 million in debt (including accrued interest) to equity through the issuance of Series A of Preferred Shares.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Preparing financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions are affected by management's application of accounting policies. Estimates are deemed critical when a different estimate could have reasonably been used or where changes in the estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, and would materially impact our financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 of the Notes to our Annual Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2006 and 2005 and for each of years in the three year period ended March 31, 2006. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to our revenue recognition, inventory valuation, warranty reserves, tooling amortization, financial instruments, and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

58



        Our critical accounting policies are as follows:

        Revenue Recognition.     Our revenue is derived from the sale of rugged, mobile technology which includes rugged mobile computers and related accessories. Our customers are predominantly resellers. However, in limited circumstances we sell directly to end-users. We follow the principles of Staff Accounting Bulletins 101 and 104, and other related pronouncements. Revenue is recognized, net of an allowance for estimated returns, when title and risks of ownership are transferred to the customer, and all significant contractual obligations have been satisfied, the sales price is fixed or determinable and the ability to collect is reasonably assured. Our revenue recognition criteria have generally been met when the product has been shipped. Shipments are based on firm purchase orders from our customers with stated terms. The shipping terms are F.O.B. shipping point. We do not have installation, training and other commitments subsequent to shipment that are other than incidental. Our prices are determined based on negotiation with our customers and are not subject to adjustment. We do not hold inventory at our resellers and we do not expect resellers to hold significant inventories of our products. As a result, we expect returns to be minimal. Our allowance for returns is calculated and regularly reviewed based on historical experience. We have not had material adjustments as our returns have been minimal.

        Warranty Reserves.     Provisions are made at the time of sale for warranties, which are based on our experience and monitored regularly. The revenue related to warranty is recognized when our obligations are covered by a warranty coverage agreement provided by a third party. If our estimates for warranties and returns are too low, additional charges will be incurred in future periods and these additional charges could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. Our estimates have not required significant adjustment due to actual experience.

        Inventory Valuation.     We adjust our inventory values so that the carrying value does not exceed net realizable value. The valuation of inventory at the lower of average cost or net realizable value requires us to use estimates regarding the amount of current inventory that will be sold and the prices at which it will be sold and our assessment of expected orders from our customers. Additionally, the estimates reflect changes in our products or changes in demand because of various factors, including the market for our products, obsolescence, technology changes and competition. While the estimates are subject to revisions and actual results could differ, our experience is that the estimates overseen by current management have not been required to be adjusted based on actual results. Accordingly, while any change to the estimates could have a material impact, there have been no material corrections to originally provided amounts.

        Tooling Amortization.     We amortize tooling costs over a two year period or estimated life, whichever is shorter. Those costs are recorded as a cost of revenue, subject to an assessment that future revenue will be sufficient to fully recover the cost of the tooling. This assessment requires an assessment of the market for our products and our future revenue expectations. On a quarterly basis, this assessment is reviewed and the cost of tooling is written down to its net realizable value if its recoverability is not reasonably expected based on estimates of future revenue. There have been no instances where we determined that useful life was less than two years. Accordingly, we have not recorded material adjustments.

        Income Taxes.     We have significant valuation allowances that we intend to maintain until it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will be realized. Our income tax expense recorded in the future will be reduced to the extent of decreases in our valuation allowances.

        Changes in the tax laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. We are not aware of any such changes that would have a material effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

59



        Financial Instruments.     The debentures and the warrants we issued during fiscal years 2006 and 2005 have been valued separately using the Black-Scholes methodology. The debentures were originally reflected in our financial statements at their discounted value and the difference between this discount amount and the face value of the debentures, which is repayable at maturity, has been amortized as additional non-cash interest expense during the term of the debentures. The determination of the value attributed to the warrants and debentures required the use of estimates and judgments particularly related to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes calculation. In addition, options to acquire common shares issued to employees have been valued using a Black-Scholes calculation and their valuation is impacted by the assumptions used in this calculation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections" ("SFAS 154"). SFAS 154 replaces APB No. 20, "Accounting Changes" and SFAS No. 3, "Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements" and establishes retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 provides guidance for determining whether retrospective application of a change in accounting principle is impracticable and for reporting a change when retrospective application is impracticable. The reporting of a correction of an error by restating previously issued financial statements is also addressed. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS 154 in fiscal 2007 will have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows.

        In December 2004, FASB issued SFAS No. 123R which revises SFAS No. 123 and is effective for small business issuers as of the beginning of the first interim or annual reporting period after December 31, 2005 with early adoption permitted. SFAS No. 123R requires public entities to measure the cost of employment services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments on the grant-date fair value of the award. The cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award—the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). No compensation cost is recognized for equity instruments for which employees do not render the requisite service. Employee share purchase plans will not result in recognition of compensation cost if certain conditions are met; those conditions are much the same as the related conditions in Statement 123.

        We have, as described in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included herein, effectively adopted the provision of SFAS 123R for the year ended March 31, 2004.

        We have valued the options separately using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model using discount rates of approximately 4.2%, 3.8% and 3.4% and volatility of 127%, 83% and 106% respectively, and no dividends for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Compensation costs of $527,000, $305,000, and $265,000 have been recorded for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively and $552,000 and $438,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

        In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, "Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments." which amends SFAS No. 133 and SFAS No. 140. SFAS No. 155 permits hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation to irrevocably be accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the statement of income. The fair value election may be applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis. SFAS No. 155 also eliminates a restriction on the passive derivative instruments that a qualifying special purpose entity may hold. SFAS No. 155 is effective for those financial instruments acquired or issued after December 1, 2006. At adoption, any difference between the total carrying amount of the individual components of the existing bifurcated hybrid financial instrument and the fair value of the combined

60



hybrid financial instrument will be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings. We do not expect the new standard to have any material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

        In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, "Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140." SFAS No. 156 requires all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. The standard permits an entity to subsequently measure each class of servicing assets or servicing liabilities at fair value and report changes in fair value in the statement of income in the period in which the changes occur. SFAS No. 156 is effective for our company as of April 1, 2007. We do not expect the new standard to have any material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

Ontario Securities Commission

        In June 2005, our company, our former Chief Executive Officer and our former Chief Financial Officer received notices from the staff at the Ontario Securities Commission (which we refer to as the OSC) which stated that the OSC reviewed the facts and circumstances surrounding the recognition of revenue in fiscal year 2002 related to product returned from our distribution channel in fiscal years 2003 and 2004 and our accounting treatment with respect to the recognition of revenue in our financial statements prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. The OSC staff position was that we did not account for certain transactions between our company and some of our value added resellers and some of the revenue which we recognized in our financial statements in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles, and as a result, our 2002, 2003 and 2004 annual financial statements and 2004, 2005 and the first quarter of 2006 interim financial statements were required to be restated.

        Our board of directors formed a special committee to investigate and oversee the OSC matter. We restated our financial statements for the fiscal years ended 2002, 2003, and 2004, and certain interim financial statements. These restated financial statements, which were prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles, were filed with the OSC on November 9, 2005. On January 27, 2006, the OSC approved a settlement agreement with us.

Restatement of Financial Statements under Canadian GAAP

        Historically, we have prepared our financial statements in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. There are no material differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP as it relates to our consolidated financial statements.

        Our 2002, 2003 and 2004 annual consolidated financial statements as well as our 2004 and 2005 interim consolidated financial statements were restated in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. The restatement generally adjusted revenue and expenses between the four annual periods ended March 31, 2005. While the restatement adjustments changed our previously reported results of operations under Canadian generally accepted accounting principles in each of the individual annual periods being reported, the adjustments did not change the cumulative results of operations for the four year period. We have not previously presented, issued or restated our financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We are making this disclosure with respect to the restatement of our financial statements prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP for historical purposes.

61



        The cumulative restated revenue and net loss for the four year period is the same as the previously reported cumulative amounts. The restatement adjustments were as follows:

Revenue Recognition

        In fiscal year 2002, approximately $9,891,000 of sales to resellers originally accounted for as revenue were restated and accounted for as inventory held by resellers. Of the $9,891,000, $2,354,000 was subsequently recognized as revenue when we were paid. The remaining $7,537,000 was subsequently returned to us. These product returns were originally accounted for as reductions in revenue and cost of revenue in fiscal years 2003 and 2004, and under the restatement adjustments were restated as inventory held by resellers. Additionally, under the restatement adjustments the March 31, 2002 allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,320,000 that specifically related to the receivables for the $7,537,000 was eliminated with the reversal of the revenue and receivables.

Inventory Valuation

        Under the restatement adjustments, a $2,519,000 inventory write-down was made in fiscal year 2002 due to the determination that sales demand for certain finished goods was less than the available inventory on-hand or on consignment with our resellers. The write-down adjusted the carrying value of this inventory from its recorded cost to the lower net realizable value. This charge was previously recorded as an inventory write-down of $388,000 in fiscal year 2004 and $811,000 in fiscal year 2005. Additionally, inventory valuation charges were originally recorded as a reduction of the $1,320,000 allowance for doubtful accounts in fiscal years 2003 and 2004. With the elimination of the allowance for doubtful accounts, these valuation adjustments were restated and accounted for in fiscal year 2002.

        We originally recorded a $1,212,000 inventory write-down in the second quarter of fiscal year 2005 for end-of-life products. Under the restatement adjustments, in fiscal year 2004 a $1,212,000 inventory write-down adjustment was made to correct for accounting errors made in the valuation of certain component parts associated with end-of-life products that were obsolete because the components were incompatible with new or other existing products.

Warranty Reserve

        We originally recorded a $755,000 increase in warranty reserves for end-of-life products in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. Under the restatement adjustments, fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004 were restated by $89,000, $180,000 and $486,000, respectively, to correct for accounting errors in the computation of warranty reserves and to match the expense to the related sales transactions.

Tooling Depreciation Expense

        We previously recorded the tooling depreciation expense as an operating expense as opposed to in cost of revenue. Under the restatement adjustments, cost of revenue for fiscal years 2005 and 2004 were restated by $456,000 and $591,000, respectively, to classify depreciation of tooling assets as a cost of revenue.

Other Adjustments

        Other adjustments consisted of corrections of accounting errors. Under the restatement adjustments, certain expenditures were restated in a different reporting period to match the restated revenues related to the expenditures. In addition, other expenses were accrued in earlier periods in which the obligation was incurred but not recognized. The cumulative four year period of operating expenses reflected a net reduction of $2,122,000. This reduction primarily consisted of the reclassification of the $1,320,000 allowance for doubtful accounts in fiscal year 2002 as an inventory

62



write-down and the reclassification of $1,047,000 of tooling depreciation to cost of revenue in fiscal years 2004 and 2005.

Summary of Net Adjustments

        The following table represents the net change to amounts previously reported arising from the restatement adjustments for the four fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 under Canadian generally accepted accounting principles:

Net increase (decrease) from amounts
previously reported, except for fiscal 2005
statement of loss

  Year ended March 31,
   
 
  Cumulative
Change

 
  2005
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (In thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

 
Statement of Loss                                
Revenue   $ 742   $ 1,277   $ 7,767   $ (9,891 ) $ (105 )
Cost of revenues   $ (1,784 ) $ 2,287   $ 5,587   $ (4,046 ) $ 2,044  
Operating expenses   $ (1,200 ) $ 751   $ 148   $ (1,821 ) $ (2,122 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (3,726 ) $ 1,761   $ (2,032 ) $ 4,024   $ 27  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Change in loss per common share   $ (0.07 ) $ 0.07   $ (0.08 ) $ 0.22        
   
 
 
 
       

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Accounts receivable, net   $ (105 ) $ (486 ) $ (1,592 ) $ (8,571 )      
Inventory   $   $ (2,071 ) $ (280 ) $ 4,305        
All other assets   $ 78   $ (215 ) $ (15 ) $ (351 )      
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $   $ 981   $ 105   $ (593 )      
Deficit   $ 27   $ 3,753   $ 1,915   $ 4,024        

Results of Operations

        Revenue.     We derive revenue from sales of our rugged wireless Tablet PC systems which encompass a family of active pen and touch Tablet PC computers, embedded wireless, desktop, vehicle, fork truck docking stations and a range of supporting performance matched accessories, peripherals and support services. Our revenue also includes service revenue derived from installation related services and out-of-warranty repairs.

        Cost of Revenue.     Cost of revenue consists of the costs associated with manufacturing, assembling and testing our products, related overhead costs, maintenance, compensation and other costs related to manufacturing support, including depreciation of tooling assets. We use contract manufacturers to manufacture our products and supporting components, which represents a significant part of our cost of revenue. In addition, the costs associated with providing warranty repairs, as well as the costs associated with generating service revenue, are included in cost of revenue.

        Gross Profit.     Gross profit has been, and will continue to be, affected by a variety of factors, including competition, the product mix and average selling prices of products, maintenance, new product introductions and enhancements, the cost of components and manufacturing labor, fluctuations in manufacturing volumes, component shortages, the mix of distribution channels through which our products are sold, and warranty costs.

        Sales, Marketing and Support.     Sales, marketing and support expenses include salaries, commissions, agent fees and costs associated with co-operative marketing programs, as well as other personnel-related costs, travel expenses, advertising programs, trade shows and other promotional activities associated with the marketing and selling of our products. We are expanding our sales operations in order to increase awareness and sales of our products. We also believe part of our future success will be dependent upon establishing successful relationships with a variety of resellers. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we expand our sales efforts, hire additional sales and marketing personnel and initiate additional marketing programs.

63


        Product Research, Development and Engineering.     Product research, development and engineering expenses consist of salaries and related expenses for development and engineering personnel, and non-recurring engineering costs, including prototype costs, related to the design, development, testing and enhancement of our product families. We expense our research and development costs as they are incurred. There may be components of our research and development efforts that require significant expenditures, the timing of which can cause quarterly fluctuation in our expenses.

        General Administration.     General administration expenses consist of salaries and related expenses for finance, accounting, legal, human resources and information technology personnel, professional fees and corporate expenses, and costs associated with being a public company, including regulatory compliance costs.

        Interest.     Interest expense includes interest on all debenture and short-term promissory note borrowings, interest on borrowings related to the bank revolving credit facility, non-cash interest charges representing the amortization of the debenture discount and amortization of deferred financing costs consisting principally of legal fees related to the financing transactions. Debentures issued in fiscal 2005 and 2004 were originally reflected in the financial statements at their discounted value and the difference between this discount amount and the face value of the debentures, which is repayable at maturity, has been amortized as additional non-cash interest expense during the term of the debentures. Interest on our one outstanding debenture is accrued at a rate of 10% per annum and paid semi-annually.

        Other Income and Expenses.     Other income and expenses includes gains and/or losses on dispositions of assets, foreign exchange and other miscellaneous income and expense.

Three and Nine Months Ended December 31, 2006 vs. Three and Nine Month Months Ended December 31, 2005

        Revenue.     Total revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2006 were $8,114,000 compared to $7,218,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $896,000. Total revenues for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 were $25,953,000 compared to $19,926,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $6,027,000. Current year revenue increased over the prior year revenue by approximately 11% for the three months ended December 31, 2006 and approximately 23% for the nine months ended December 31, 2006. For the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006, approximately 67% and 61%, respectively, of the revenue growth is due to unit sales growth attributable to an increase in the size of our sales force by approximately 10% in fiscal 2007 combined with the momentum from an increased focus on the Fortune 500/Global 2000 markets, which provide for larger unit orders. For the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006, the remaining 33% and 39%, respectively, of revenue growth was due to the favorable impact of pricing. Our average selling price improved by approximately 4% and 10% for the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006, respectively, primarily due to a change in our product mix. Approximately 20% of the prior year product mix, as compared to less than 1% of the current year product mix, consisted of the discontinued Renegade product lines that were heavily discounted.

        We operate in one segment, the sale of rugged mobile wireless Tablet PC computing systems. The majority of our revenue was derived from sales in the United States. There were no other countries that accounted for more than 10% of our revenue during the three and nine month period ended December 31, 2006. Canada was the only country outside of the United States that accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for the three and nine month period ended December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006, there was no one customer with a receivable balance that was greater than 10% of the outstanding receivables.

64



        Cost of Revenue.     Total cost of revenue for the three months ended December 31, 2006 was $5,871,000 compared to $5,450,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $421,000 (7.7%) for the three month period. Total cost of revenue for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was $18,788,000 compared to $15,037,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $3,751,000 (24.9%) for the nine month period. The increases for the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006 were attributable to the related respective increases in product sales. We rely on a single supplier for the majority of our finished goods. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, we owed $1,116,000 and $2,463,000, respectively, recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The year to date inventory purchases and engineering services from this supplier at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $15,621,000 and $12,090,000, respectively.

        Gross Profit.     Total gross profit increased by $475,000 to $2,243,000 (27.6% of revenue) for the three months ended December 31, 2006 from $1,768,000 (24.5% of revenue) for the three months ended December 31, 2005. Total gross profit increased by $2,276,000 to $7,165,000 (27.6% of revenue) for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 from $4,889,000 (24.5% of revenue) for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. The improvement in gross profit as a percentage of revenue for the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the prior year was due to the more favorable Centrino-based product mix. The prior year product mix included sales of the older generation Renegade product lines that had been discontinued and as such discounted significantly below the Centrino-based product lines. The Renegade unit sales for the three and nine months ended December 31, 2005 were 18.2% and 22.7%, respectively, of total units sold as compared to less than one percent of total units sold in the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006. The favorable impact of the product mix shift was slightly offset by an increase in tooling amortization associated with the new C3 product lines which became available in the second quarter of fiscal 2007. The increase in tooling charges reduced the gross margin percentages by 1.5% and 0.6% for the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006, respectively.

        Sales, Marketing and Support Expenses.     Sales, marketing and support expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2006 were $1,411,000 compared to $1,403,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2005. This increase consists primarily of increases in marketing co-operative development charges of $70,000 and promotional costs related to the new C3 product lines of $65,000 offset by reductions in marketing headcount costs of $110,000 due to net reduction in personnel. Sales, marketing and support expenses for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 were $4,538,000 compared to $3,645,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. This $893,000 increase was largely due to additional marketing activities consisting of increases in marketing co-operative development charges of $228,000, promotional costs and tradeshow activities related to the new C3 product line of $216,000 and incremental demonstration units related costs of $65,000. Additionally, the overall increase includes $247,000 of additional commissions commensurate with the increase in revenue. There was also a shift in personnel expenses with headcount reductions in marketing and increased headcount in sales. The larger sales force accounted for increases in travel, phone and administrative costs aggregating $157,000.

        Product Research, Development and Engineering Expenses.     Product research, development and engineering expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2006 decreased by $125,000 to $861,000 when compared to $986,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2005. For the nine months ended December 31, 2006, costs increased by $66,000 to $2,102,000 from $2,036,000 in 2005. For the three months ended December 31, 2006, additional engineers required for new development projects increased related headcount costs over the prior year by $91,000 and certification costs increased by $127,000. These increases were offset by a larger net reduction of $339,000 in non-recurring engineering costs. This decline resulted from the timing of development projects. The current quarter projects principally included initial development activities related to a rugged notebook

65



and renewal of existing product offerings as compared to the prior year period. This included the completion of the Dual Mode AllVue™ tablet functionality released in early 2006, completion of a low-cost docking solution and initial development activity for the C3 tablet (which is RoHs compliant) that was released in the second quarter of fiscal 2007. For the nine months ended December 31, 2006, principal fluctuations include increases in headcount related costs of $334,000 and regulatory and compliance costs of $189,000 offset by a reduction in non-recurring engineering of $506,000 due to the timing of these projects. We expect our research and development costs to increase during the next year as we develop a family of rugged products.

        General Administration Expenses.     General administration expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2006 were $1,477,000 compared to $782,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2005. A significant portion of the $695,000 increase was related to our corporate migration to the United States and are non-recurring. These include legal costs of approximately $300,000, principally related to our Form S-4 Registration Statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in November 2006. The current quarter also includes approximately $300,000 for consulting services related to our migration and funding strategies, of which $160,000 is a non-cash charge for the value of warrants issued for such services. The increase includes $184,000 for headcount costs associated with the staffing or upgrading of key positions that were vacant in the prior year, including that of our President and Chief Operating Officer. The headcount increase includes $26,000 of one-time charges. Also, $50,000 of the general administrative increase is part of a non-cash charge for the value assigned to stock options and $30,000 of costs related to our annual shareholders meeting in December 2006. These increases were offset by a one-time charge in the prior year of $175,000 for payments made in 2006 to our former Chief Executive Officer. General administration expenses for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 were $3,215,000 compared to $3,453,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. The 2005 amount included a charge of approximately $1,025,000 for estimated costs to address and resolve the matters identified in the OSC notification received in June 2005. These costs consisted primarily of legal and audit professional fees. The matters were resolved during fiscal 2006. If the OSC-related costs are excluded, general administration expenses for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 would have increased by $787,000. In addition to the factors noted above, general administration costs for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 includes non-recurring relocation costs of $60,000 for our new President and Chief Operating Officer and $35,000 of one time recruiting costs.

        Interest Expense.     Interest expense for the three months ended December 31, 2006 was $27,000 compared to $545,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2005. Interest expense for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was $423,000 compared to $1,264,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was attributable to our recapitalization completed in May 2006 and the reduction in working capital borrowings since we raised capital through private placements in our second quarter of our current fiscal year.

        Other Income (Expense).     Other income (expense) for the three months ended December 31, 2006 was $8,000 compared to ($5,000) for the three months ended December 31, 2005, an absolute difference of $13,000. Other income (expense) for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was ($901,000) compared to $225,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2005, an absolute difference of ($1,126,000). Included in other expense is non-cash interest expense associated with the amortization of deferred financing costs and the debenture discount. There was no non-cash interest for the three months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. Non-cash interest expense for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $905,000 and $635,000, respectively. The charge for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was related to the value assigned to warrants issued to short-term debenture holders for the extension of the maturity date of the debentures and the charge for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 was related to the debenture discount associated with the December 17,

66



2004 financing. The period ending December 31, 2005 included $877,000 of other income resulting primarily for the sale of previously developed rugged handheld technology to a foreign value added reseller.

        Net Loss.     The net loss for the three months ended December 31, 2006 was $1,525,000 ($0.03 per share) compared to $1,953,000 ($0.03 per share) for the three months ended December 31, 2005. The net loss for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 was $4,014,000 ($0.07 per share) compared to a net loss of $5,284,000 ($0.10 per share) for the nine months ended December 31, 2005.

        Net loss attributable to common shareholders.     In fiscal 2007, we issued Series A and B Preferred Shares that earn a cumulative 5% dividend. For the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006, there were accrued dividends of $315,000 and $683,000, respectively. These dividends increased the net loss attributable to common shareholders and increased the loss per share attributable to the common shareholders by $0.01 for the nine months ended December 31, 2006.

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2006 vs. Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2005

        Revenue.     Total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2006 was $27,480,000 compared to $17,530,000 for the year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $9,950,000. An increase in unit sales growth accounted for approximately 95% of the revenue increase. The unit growth was attributable to a full year of sales of our Centrino-based tablet, our second generation of the iX104 tablet, that was available for approximately one quarter in the prior year. Centrino-based unit sales increased approximately 300% and accounted for approximately 80% of the fiscal 2006 product mix as compared to approximately 30% of the fiscal 2005 product mix. The increase in Centrino units was offset by an approximate 57% decline in the first generation iX104 unit sales. The first generation iX104 accounted for approximately 20% of the fiscal 2006 product mix as compared to approximately 70% of the fiscal 2005 product mix. We believe the processing power of the Centrino-based tablet and, most notably, our AllVue™ outdoor readable display technology contributed to the increase in Centrino unit sales. Additionally, fiscal year 2006 had a full year's benefit of approximately half of our new sales team established in the first half of fiscal year 2005. The new team was part of our strategy to expand our market focus from primarily small public safety organizations to markets including Fortune 500/Global 2000 companies. Improvements in average unit sales price accounted for approximately 5% of the revenue increase. This was most notably attributable to the improved functionality and premium associated with the Dual Mode AllVue™ screens introduced in late fiscal 2006.

        We operate in one segment, the sale of rugged mobile wireless Tablet PC computing systems. European sales, as well as sales from other parts of the world outside of North America, have been growing due to strong demand for our Tablet PC. From fiscal year 2005 to fiscal year 2006, our sales outside of North America grew from 22% to 37% of total sales, with Europe contributing most of this growth. In fact, revenue from Europe in fiscal year 2006 was $8,629,000, over three times the prior year's amount of $2,752,000.

        The majority of our revenue is derived from sales in the U.S. Other than the Netherlands, with 12.5% of the total revenue, no other country besides the U.S. accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal year 2006. In fiscal year 2005, there was no one country, other than the U.S., that accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. In fiscal years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, revenues from customers within the U.S. totaled approximately $14.8 million and $13.1 million, respectively, and revenues from customers outside the U.S. totaled approximately $12.7 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

        We have a number of customers, however, in a given year a single customer can account for a significant portion of our sales. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, we had one customer that

67



represented more than 10% of our total revenue and that customer was located in the Netherlands. In fiscal year 2005, there were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue.

        Cost of Revenue.     Total cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2006 was $20,671,000 compared to $13,860,000 for the year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $6,811,000. Cost of revenue increased by approximately 49% from fiscal year 2005 to fiscal year 2006, and most of this was attributable to the approximately 57% increase in revenue from fiscal year 2005 to fiscal year 2006. The cost of revenue did not grow at the same rate as revenue in fiscal year 2006. This was in part because the tooling depreciation expense for fiscal year 2006 was less than fiscal year 2005 by approximately $450,000 as the majority of the tooling assets became fully depreciated during fiscal year 2005.

        Gross Profit.     Total gross profit increased by $3,139,000 to $6,809,000 (24.8% of revenue) for the year ended March 31, 2006 from $3,670,000 (20.9% of revenue) for the year ended March 31, 2005. This increase was due to increased revenues driven by a 54% increase in unit sales as well as a reduction in tooling depreciation as noted above.

        Sales, Marketing and Support.     Sales, marketing and support expenses for the year ended March 31, 2006 were $5,284,000 compared to $4,839,000 for the year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $445,000. This increase was primarily commission costs of $380,000 commensurate with the increase in revenue, as well as $124,000 of travel related expense and advertising costs of $66,000, offset by ($204,000) of head count related costs. We plan to continue investing in sales generation activities as we grow our revenues.

        Product Research, Development and Engineering.     Product research, development and engineering expenses for the year ended March 31, 2006 were $2,402,000 compared to $2,327,000 for the year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $75,000. Both fiscal years had comparable levels of headcount and development activities. Fiscal year 2005 included costs related to our Centrino® based product that was completed in the third quarter of fiscal 2005, as well as some of the development costs for a rugged handheld product completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. We sold the handheld technology during the second quarter of fiscal year 2006. The fiscal year 2006 development costs related principally to enhancement initiatives for our Centrino® based tablet, including the new Dual Mode AllVue™ functionality.

        General Administration.     General administration expenses for the year ended March 31, 2006 were $4,143,000 compared to $4,179,000 for the year ended March 31, 2005, a decrease of $36,000. Included in fiscal year 2006 was a charge of approximately $1,025,000 for estimated costs to address and resolve the matters identified in the OSC notification received in June 2005. Without giving effect to the OSC charge, general administration expenses declined by $1,061,000. This reduction was partially due to efficiencies gained from cost maintenance programs implemented in the middle of fiscal year 2005 and maintained during fiscal year 2006, including reductions of $344,000 in headcount related costs. In addition, fiscal year 2005 included non-recurring legal costs of approximately $717,000 related to our successful defense of certain litigation, various non-recurring expenses associated with our physical migration to the U.S. that was completed during the second quarter of fiscal year 2005, and increased administrative costs related to regulatory compliance requirements. All of the defense litigation matters were settled and the suits against us were dismissed in October 2004. The benefit of these expense reductions were partially offset in fiscal year 2006 by a charge of $175,000 representing future cash payments for separation pay to our former Chief Executive Officer who resigned in September 2005.

        For fiscal years 2006 and 2005, the fair value of employee stock-based compensation expense was $522,000 and $305,000, respectively. This expense was recorded in the employee related functional classification. The increase in expense was primarily attributable to an option grant to all of our

68



employees in January 2006. Fiscal year 2006 has a full year of expense for this grant as compared to only one quarter of expense in fiscal year 2005.

        Depreciation and amortization expenses for fiscal years 2006 and 2005 were $464,000 and $645,000, respectively. The majority of the fiscal year 2005 expense relates to the amortization of tooling costs of approximately $450,000, which were expensed over a two year period and recorded in cost of revenue. The majority of the tooling assets were fully depreciated at March 31, 2005, which accounted for the decline from fiscal year 2005 to 2006. This decline was partially offset by an increase in the amount of depreciation of approximately $204,000 related to our Centrino-based demonstration units in fiscal year 2006. The cost of demonstration units is depreciated on a straight-line basis over six months. The remaining depreciation expense was recorded in general administration and increased by $65,000 related to the new fixed assets associated with the relocation to Austin, Texas.

        Interest.     Interest expense for the year ended March 31, 2006 was $2,454,000 compared to $1,208,000 for the year ended March 31, 2005, an increase of $1,246,000. Interest on debenture and short-term borrowings was $1,548,000 for fiscal year 2006 and $877,000 for fiscal year 2005. The increase in outstanding borrowings account for the increase in interest expense. Interest on our bank revolving credit facility was $121,000 in fiscal year 2006 and nil in fiscal year 2005, as the facility was established in fiscal year 2006. Non-cash interest expense associated with the amortization of the debenture discount was $635,000 for fiscal year 2006 and $310,000 for fiscal year 2005. The fluctuation was attributable to the timing of the debenture financing. Fiscal year 2006 included $150,000 of deferred financing costs as compared to $21,000 in fiscal year 2005. The increase was attributable to an increase in the number of financing transactions.

        Other Income and Expenses.     Other income for the year ended March 31, 2006 was $901,000 compared to other expenses of $8,000 for the year ended March 31, 2005, a net increase of $909,000. In August 2005, we sold a previously developed rugged handheld technology to a foreign value added reseller. The sale agreement provided for an initial payment of approximately $900,000, which we received on August 5, 2005, and a future payment of approximately $700,000, net of our share of future development costs, upon the completion of certain agreed upon production activities by a third party manufacturer. As of March 31, 2006, the agreed upon production activities were not completed and it is uncertain as to whether the purchaser will complete its obligations under the sale agreement. The proceeds received in August 2005, net of related selling expenses, in the amount of $877,000 have been reflected in other income for fiscal year 2006. Our investment in the rugged handheld technology was previously expensed when incurred since the expenditures were research and development related. The technology was in a development stage and did not account for any of our revenue.

        Net Loss.     The net loss for the year ended March 31, 2006 was $6,573,000 ($0.12 per share) compared to a net loss of $8,891,000 ($0.18 per share) for the year ended March 31, 2005. The decrease in the amount of net loss was primarily due to the year-over-year increases in revenue and gross margin, and a relatively smaller increase in operating expenses compared to the prior period.

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2005 vs. Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2004

        Revenue.     Total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2005 was $17,530,000 compared to $24,631,000 for the year ended March 31, 2004, a decrease of $7,101,000. Non-recurring sales to a single customer in fiscal year 2004 of approximately $5.1 million, the net reduction in Home Depot revenue of approximately $3.1 million, and the net reduction in orders from the police departments of Cleveland, Ohio and Detroit, Michigan accounted for the decline in revenue. This decline was partially offset by revenue attributable to the launch of our new rugged Centrino® based iX104 systems in late December 2004, which accounted for 30% of our product mix.

69


        In fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, revenue from customers within the United States totaled approximately $13.1 million and $20.3 million, respectively, and revenue from customers outside the United States totaled approximately $4.4 million and $4.3 million, respectively. In fiscal year 2005 there were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of total revenue. In fiscal year 2004, there were three customers (Gold Type Business Machine, Home Depot USA and Symbol Technologies) who individually accounted for more the 10% of our total revenue. All of these customers are located in the United States and together they accounted for an aggregate 52% of our total revenue.

        Cost of Revenue.     Total cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2005 was $13,860,000 compared to $20,880,000 for the year ended March 31, 2004, a decrease of $7,020,000. The $7.1 million decline in revenue from fiscal year 2004 combined with the impact of $2.0 million of charges for inventory write-downs and $486,000 for warranty reserves in fiscal year 2004 account for the decline in cost of revenue. The majority of the inventory write-down charges were related to end-of-life products that were obsolete and/or incompatible with our new products.

        Gross Profit.     Total gross profit decreased by $81,000 to $3,670,000 (20.9% of revenue) for the year ended March 31, 2005 from $3,751,000 (15.2% of revenue) for the year ended March 31, 2004. The net decline was primarily due to a 30% decline in unit sales that accounted for the decrease in revenues and slightly offset by a 3% improvement in pricing due to a more favorable Centrino-based product mix.

        Sales, Marketing and Support.     Sales, marketing and support expenses for the year ended March 31, 2005 were $4,839,000 compared to $4,504,000 for the year ended March 31, 2004, an increase of $335,000. This increase was primarily due to the expansion of our sales team, by more than 50%, with related costs of $418,000 in salary. These costs were offset by commission expense which decreased by $203,000 commensurate with the decrease in revenue.

        Product Research, Development and Engineering.     Product research, development and engineering expenses for the year ended March 31, 2005 were $2,327,000 compared to $2,523,000 for the year ended March 31, 2004, a decrease of $196,000. This decrease was due to the completion of development initiatives related to our Centrino® product.

        General Administration.     General administration expenses for the year ended March 31, 2005 were $4,179,000 compared to $4,616,000 for the year ended March 31, 2004, a decrease of $437,000. This decrease was primarily due to the reduction in headcount related costs of our corporate staff of approximately $202,000 and the reduction in legal fees associated with the resolution of litigation related to one of our value added resellers of approximately $221,000.

        For the fiscal years 2005 and 2004, the fair value of employee stock-based compensation expense was $305,000 and $265,000, respectively. This expense was recorded in the employee related functional classification.

        Depreciation and amortization expenses for the year ended March 31, 2005 were $645,000 compared to $683,000 for the year ended March 31, 2004, a decrease of $38,000. Depreciation expenses related primarily to the amortization of tooling costs of approximately $450,000 which are amortized over a two year period and recorded in cost of revenue. The remaining depreciation expense was recorded in general administration expenses.

        Interest.     Interest expense for the year ended March 31, 2005 was $1,208,000 compared to $4,478,000 for the year ended March 31, 2004, a decrease of $3,270,000. This decrease was primarily due to the decline in non-cash interest expense associated with the amortization of the debenture discount from $3,210,000 in fiscal year 2004 to $310,000 in fiscal year 2005. The debentures were

70



originally reflected in the financial statements at their discounted value and the difference between this discount amount and the face value of the debentures, which was repayable at maturity, was amortized as additional non-cash interest expense during the term of the debentures. The timing of the conversion of certain debentures in consideration for the payment of the exercise price for certain warrants also contributed to the decline in interest expense, offset by the issuance of new debentures in fiscal year 2005.

        Other Income and Expenses.     Other expenses for the year ended March 31, 2005 were $8,000 compared to $329,000 for the year ended March 31, 2004, a decrease of $321,000. This decrease was the result of the loss which occurred in the prior period on foreign exchange primarily related to the impact of the increase in the value of the Canadian dollar on our bank indebtedness which was denominated in Canadian dollars. This indebtedness was fully repaid in fiscal year 2004.

        Net Loss.     The net loss for the year ended March 31, 2005 was $8,891,000 ($0.18 per share) compared to a net loss of $12,699,000 ($0.41 per share) for the year ended March 31, 2004. The decrease in the amount of net loss was primarily due to the reduction in the non-cash interest expense of $2,900,000, a reduction in operating expenses as discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        The rate of growth in the tablet market for our products and our success in gaining market share has been less than we anticipated. We have incurred net losses in each fiscal year since our inception and we expect to report operating losses through the end of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2008. As at December 31, 2006, our working capital was $6,635,000 and our cash and cash equivalents were $565,000. From inception we have financed our operations and met our capital expenditure requirements primarily from the gross proceeds of private and public sales of debt and equity securities totaling approximately $87.6 million.

Prior Financings

        In April 2005, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank that enabled us to finance certain eligible accounts receivable up to a maximum $2,625,000. In September 2005, we replaced that credit facility with a new two-year $5 million credit facility with the same commercial bank. Under the terms of this two-year agreement, we may finance certain eligible accounts receivable up to a maximum of $5.0 million. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at prime rate plus 2.25%. We are obligated to repay each loan advance on the earliest of the date on which a financed receivable payment is received or the date on which the financed receivable becomes ineligible or 90 days past due. In addition, we are obligated to pay a monthly fee equal to 0.25% of the unused portion of the credit facility. Borrowings are secured by all our assets and intellectual property. Pursuant to the terms of various subordination agreements between us and the commercial bank, a debenture holder and a supplier, the commercial bank has a first priority security interest in all of our assets, the supplier has a priority security interest in certain of our trade debts, and the debenture holder has a security interest in all of our assets. The loan agreement contains a number of financial and operational covenants and, as of February 5, 2007, we are in compliance with such covenants. As of February 5, 2007, there was $1,351,000 of borrowings outstanding under this facility.

        In May and July 2005, we received aggregate gross proceeds of $3 million from one of our principal shareholders, Phoenix Venture Fund LLC (which we refer to as Phoenix), an affiliate of Phoenix and another lender, in connection with the issuance of 10% secured promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3 million. The notes had an original maturity date of August 31, 2005, which was subsequently extended to September 15, 2005. The proceeds were used for working capital and development purposes. The notes were paid in full on September 15, 2005 as part of a later financing with Phoenix.

71


        On September 15, 2005, we entered into a debenture purchase agreement with Phoenix and other lenders, including an affiliate of Phoenix (which we refer to as the Lenders), whereby the Lenders agreed to provide an aggregate of $5 million of financing to us. The debentures had an original maturity date of March 31, 2006 and borrowings under those debentures bore interest at 10% per annum. We initially drew on the facility and issued debentures to the Lenders in the aggregate amount of $3 million. We used the gross proceeds to re-pay promissory notes in the aggregate amount of $3 million previously issued by our U.S. subsidiary in May and July 2005. On September 29, 2005, November 4, 2005 and November 7, 2005, we made additional draws on the facility and issued debentures to the Lenders in the aggregate amount of $2 million. The proceeds were used for working capital and general corporate purposes. In connection with this financing, the maturity date of all of our other outstanding debentures was extended to April 30, 2007.

        We agreed to issue warrants to the holders of such debentures in the event that any these debentures were not paid in full on or prior to March 31, 2006 entitling the holder to purchase that number of our common shares equal to the number of dollars representing the aggregate amount then due on such holder's debenture. Since the debentures were not repaid on March 31, 2006, on April 10, 2006 we issued warrants to purchase 5,235,343 of our common shares to the Lenders at an exercise price of Cdn.$0.45. The warrants are exercisable through April 10, 2008 and the exercise price of the warrants was based on the average current market price of our common shares for the five days before the date of issuance. In contemplation of our recapitalization (described immediately below), the maturity date of the debentures was extended to June 30, 2006.

        On April 21, 2006, we entered into a financing agreement with Phoenix pursuant to which Phoenix agreed, at its sole discretion, to provide up to $5 million in financing to us. In connection with the financing, we issued Phoenix a 10% secured debenture in the aggregate principal amount of $1.0 million, which had a maturity date of June 30, 2006. The debenture and related accrued and unpaid interest were exchanged for 2,970,185 Series A Preferred Shares as part of the recapitalization discussed below. The remaining $4 million balance under the financing could be funded at any time through June 30, 2006 (subsequently amended to July 31, 2006), in Phoenix's sole discretion, through the issuance of additional Series A Preferred Shares, at a purchase price of $0.34 per share, to Phoenix and/or its assigns.

        On May 30, 2006, we completed a recapitalization pursuant to which approximately $18.9 million of indebtedness was exchanged for 55,520,542 of our Series A Preferred Shares. The recapitalization represented the conversion of all of our outstanding 10% secured debentures (except for one debenture in the aggregate principal amount of $250,000), including accrued interest.

        On July 6, 2006, pursuant to the terms of the April 2006 financing agreement, we issued 2,920,585 Series A Preferred Shares in a private placement resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $993,000, which were used for working capital and general corporate purposes. On July 31, 2006, pursuant to the terms of the April 2006 financing agreement, we issued 5,031,768 Series A Preferred Shares in a private placement resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $1.7 million, which were used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

        On August 9, 2006, we issued 9,988,513 Series B Preferred Shares resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $3.4 million. The net proceeds from this offering are being used for working capital and general corporate purposes. On September 22, 2006, we issued 2,848,253 common shares resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $1.0 million. The net proceeds from this offering are being used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

        On February 7, 2007, we have agreed with our senior lender to increase our revolving credit facility to up to $8 million, subject to definitive documentation. Under the proposed terms of the amended facility, our borrowing formula will be increased to up to the lesser of $8 million or 80% of our U.S. and Canadian accounts receivable outstanding for 90 days or less, plus 80% of our foreign accounts receivable (up to $2.5 million) plus 25% of eligible inventory (up to $1,750,000). The interest

72



rate on our borrowings will remain at prime plus 2.25% (or prime plus 2.5% in the case of borrowings related to our inventory). Under the proposed terms, the maturity date for borrowings under this facility will be extended to March 31, 2008. The amended agreement will include financial covenants that will require us to have a minimum tangible net worth of at least $3,750,000 at all times and a minimum excess availability of $750,000. We expect to enter into definitive documents with respect to this amended credit facility by March 2007.

        In February 2007, our principal shareholder, Phoenix, has agreed to provide or arrange to provide us with additional financing, to the extent necessary, to fund our planned operations over the next 12 months.

        We believe that cash flow from operations, together with borrowings from our credit facility and, if necessary, financial support from Phoenix will be sufficient to fund our anticipated operations, working capital, capital spending and debt service for the next 12 months. However, we may seek to access the public or private markets whenever conditions are favorable even if we do not have an immediate need for additional capital at that time.

Cash Flow Results

        The table set forth below provides a summary statement of cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  Nine Months Ended December 31,
 
 
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of US dollars)

 
Cash used in operating activities   $ (5,438 ) $ (6,257 )
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities   $ (353 ) $ 646  
Cash provided by financing activities   $ 6,300   $ 6,712  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 565   $ 2,343  

        Cash used in operating activities in the nine months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $5,438,000 and $6,257,000, respectively. The decrease in cash used in operating activities as compared to the prior period is principally due to the decline in our operating losses due to increased revenues, a prior year non-recurring, non-operating $877,000 gain on the sale of technology, a $611,000 increase in inventory, a $621,000 decrease in accounts receivable that are offset by a $2,900,000 increase in cash applied to accounts payable.

        Cash used in investment activities consists of additions to fixed assets, principally tooling equipment, for our new products, and demonstration units. Net cash provided by investing activities was due to the $877,000 of net proceeds from the sale of technology.

        Cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $6,300,000 and $6,712,000, respectively. In 2006, net borrowings from the working capital facility were the only activities while in the prior year the financing activities included the net borrowings from the working capital facility and capital raised in a private placement. The 2006 financing activities reflect funds raised through the July 2006 offering of Series A Preferred Shares, the August 2006 offering of Series B Preferred Shares and the September 2006 offering of common shares.

        The table set forth below provides a summary statement of cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2006
  2005
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands of US dollars)

 
Cash used in operating activities   $ (8,668 ) $ (6,317 ) $ (3,759 )
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities   $ 288   $ (332 ) $ (310 )
Cash provided by financing activities   $ 7,194   $ 7,177   $ 4,664  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 56   $ 1,242   $ 714  

        Fiscal 2006.     Cash used in operating activities in fiscal year 2006 was $8,668,000. While our net loss was $6,573,000, our net cash used was higher in fiscal year 2006 as compared to fiscal year 2005 primarily due to increases in accounts receivable of $2,750,000, inventory of $759,000 offset by an

73



increase in accounts payable of $897,000 commensurate with the increases in revenue and related activities in our business.

        Cash provided by investing activities in fiscal year 2006 represented the net proceeds from the sale of technology of $877,000 less additions to capital assets of $589,000. Additions in the 2006 fiscal year were principally comprised of the use of our Centrino® based tablets for sales and marketing demonstrations and internal use.

        The cash provided by financing activities of $7,194,000 is comprised of $1,582,000 of net borrowings from the bank indebtedness, $5 million of proceeds from the issuance of short-term debentures and $612,000 of proceeds from the issuance of shares in connection with warrants and options that were exercised in fiscal year 2006.

        Fiscal 2005.     Cash used in operating activities in fiscal year 2005 was $6,317,000. While our net loss was $8,891,000, our net cash used was lower due to significant improvements in our collections processes and business practices that resulted in a $3,452,000 reduction in accounts receivable during fiscal year 2005. At March 31, 2005, accounts receivable were $1,863,000 as compared to $5,315,000 at March 31, 2004 even though approximately $5 million of sales product was shipped in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The benefit of the accounts receivable reduction was diminished by an $896,000 increase in inventory necessary to fulfill demand related to our Centrino® based tablets, which were new to the marketplace at the end of the 2005 fiscal year.

        The additions to capital assets of $332,000 represent all of the cash used in investing activities. Additions in the 2005 fiscal year were principally comprised of the use of our new Centrino® based tablets for marketing demonstrations and internal use.

        The increase in cash provided by financing activities of $7,177,000 in fiscal year 2005 as compared to $4,664,000 in fiscal year 2004 is due to timings of related funding. In fiscal year 2005, we received approximately $800,000 in April 2004 in connection with the issuance of common shares, shortly after the end of the 2004 fiscal year and $5 million in the December 2004 private placement.

        Fiscal 2004.     In fiscal year 2004, net cash used in our operating activities was $3,759,000 in fiscal year 2004. Our net loss in fiscal year 2004 was $12,699,000. The impact was reduced on a cash basis by a $5,099,000 reduction in inventory and $3,210,000 of non-cash interest expense. We generated $6,618,000 of cash through the issuance of common shares and debentures and repaid the remaining outstanding balance of our commercial bank indebtedness of $1,969,000. With the remaining proceeds from financing activities, we funded the operating deficits and our investing activities of $310,000 which were solely fixed asset purchases.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

        At March 31, 2006, our contractual obligations consisted of the following:

 
  Payments due by period
Contractual obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1-3 years
  3-5 years
  More than
5 years

Bank indebtedness   $ 1,672,000   $ 1,672,000        
Debentures(1)   $ 17,005,000     16,755,000   $ 250,000    
Operating leases   $ 800,000   $ 244,000   $ 556,000    
Purchase obligations   $ 2,900,000   $ 2,900,000        
Other(2)   $ 87,500   $ 87,500        
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 22,464,500   $ 21,658,500   $ 806,000    
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
On May 30, 2006, we completed a recapitalization pursuant to which approximately $18,877,000 of indebtedness, represented by 10% secured debentures in the original principal amount of

74


    $17,755,000 and accrued interest of $1,122,000, was exchanged for 55,520,542 Series A Preferred Shares. As of September 30, 2006, we have one secured debenture outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000 due on April 30, 2009.

(2)
On January 3, 2006, we entered into an agreement with our former Chief Executive Officer whereby we were obligated to pay him $175,000 over an eleven month period which ended on November 1, 2006.

        Our future contractual obligations include future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases primarily related to our corporate headquarters in Austin, Texas. At March 31, 2006, we had purchase obligations to certain contract manufacturers and other inventory suppliers of approximately $2.9 million related to inventory and product development items extending into fiscal year 2007.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants in Accounting and Financial Disclosure under Canadian GAAP

        On March 30, 2005, Deloitte & Touche LLP (which we refer to as Deloitte), who were our independent accountants for more than four years, resigned as our auditor. Deloitte's report with respect to its audit of our financial statements for the two years ended March 31, 2004 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor was the report qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. Prior to Deloitte's resignation, we had no disagreements with Deloitte on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreement(s), if not resolved to Deloitte's satisfaction, would have caused Deloitte to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement(s) in connection with its report. On April 13, 2005, our board of directors approved a proposal to appoint Mintz & Partners LLP as our auditor effective April 11, 2005.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

        Market risk sensitive instruments include all financial or commodity instruments and other financial instruments (such as investments and debt) that are sensitive to future changes in interest rates, current exchange rates, commodity prices or other market factors. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest and foreign currency exchange rates, each of which could adversely affect the value of our current assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents consisting of cash on hand and highly liquid money market instruments with original terms to maturity of less than 90 days. If market interest rates were to increase immediately and uniformly by 10% from its levels at December 31, 2006, the fair value would decline by an immaterial amount. We do not believe that our results of operations or cash flows would be affected to any significant degree by a sudden change in market interest rates relative to our cash and cash equivalents, given our current ability to hold our money market investments to maturity. We do not enter into foreign exchange contracts to manage exposure to currency rate fluctuations related to our United States dollar denominated cash and money market investments.

75



MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth certain information concerning the directors and executive officers of our company as of January 31, 2007:

Name

  Age
  Positions with our Company
Philip S. Sassower   67   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Mark Holleran

 

49

 

President and Chief Operating Officer

Michael J. Rapisand

 

47

 

Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary

Andrea Goren

 

39

 

Director

Thomas F. Leonardis

 

63

 

Director

Brian E. Usher-Jones

 

61

 

Director

         Philip S. Sassower has served as our Chief Executive Officer since February 2006 and has been a director of our company and served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since December 2004. Mr. Sassower is the Chief Executive Officer of SG Phoenix LLC, a private equity firm, and has served in that capacity since May 2003. Mr. Sassower has also been Chief Executive Officer of Phoenix Enterprises LLC, a private equity firm, and has served in that capacity since 1996. Mr. Sassower served as Chairman of the Board of Communication Intelligence Corp., an electronic signature solution provider, from 1998 to 2002 and Chairman of the Board of Newpark Resources, Inc., an environmental services company, from 1987 to 1996.

         Mark Holleran has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since February 2006. Mr. Holleran served as Vice President of Sales from April 2003 to February 2006. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Holleran was a consultant with the U.K. based consulting firm of Cox Consulting Ltd. from 2002 to 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Holleran served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Wavestat Wireless Inc., a developer of wireless products, from 2000 to 2002. Mr. Holleran served as Vice-President—Sales and Marketing at Cabletron Systems of Canada from 1996 to 1999.

         Michael J. Rapisand has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary since August 2004. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Rapisand served as Chief Financial Officer of TippingPoint Technologies, Inc., a network-based security hardware manufacturer, from October 2002 to March 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Rapisand served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of ThinkWell Corporation, a publishing company, from October 2001 to September 2002. From March 1997 to July 2001, Mr. Rapisand served as Finance Director of Dell Inc. In October 2006, Mr. Rapisand became a director of DataMetrics Corporation, a designer and manufacturer of rugged electronic products.

         Andrea Goren has been a director of our company since December 2004. Mr. Goren is a Managing Director of SG Phoenix LLC, a private equity firm, and has served in that capacity since May 2003 and has been associated with Phoenix Enterprises LLC since January 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Goren served as Vice President of Shamrock International, Ltd., a private equity firm, from June 1999 to December 2002.

         Thomas F. Leonardis has been a director of our company since June 2005. Mr. Leonardis has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Ember Industries, Inc., a contract electronics manufacture, since November 2001. Mr. Leonardis has been a director of DataMetrics Corporation, a designer and manufacturer of rugged electronic products, since November 2001.

         Brian E. Usher-Jones has been a director of our company since 1996. Since 1992, Mr. Usher-Jones has been self-employed as a merchant banker. Mr. Usher-Jones is currently a director of Wireless Age

76



Communications Inc. From November 2000 to September 2006, Mr. Usher-Jones served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Oromente Resources Inc., a mining exploration company. From November 2002 to September 2005, Mr. Usher-Jones served as Chairman of Greenshield Resources Ltd., a mining exploration company. From April 1997 to June 2004, Mr. Usher-Jones served as a director of Calvalley Petroleum Inc., an oil exploration company. From June 2001 to July 2004, Mr. Usher-Jones served as a director of Pivotal Self-Service Technologies Inc., which installs ATM machines. From January 2001 to December 2003, Mr. Usher-Jones served as Chairman of International Vision Direct, an internet seller of contact lenses. Mr. Usher-Jones served as Treasurer and Interim Chief Financial Officer of our company from August 1996 to November 1997 and from August 2001 to December 2001.

        There are no family relationships between any director or executive officer of the Company.

Audit and Executive Committees

        We are required to have an Audit Committee, which presently consists of Brian E. Usher-Jones, Andrea Goren and Thomas Leonardis. Mr. Usher-Jones is Chairman of the Audit Committee. We also have an Executive Committee, which presently consists of Philip S. Sassower and Andrea Goren.

Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth, for each of our last three completed fiscal years, the compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and each of the four most highly compensated executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer (which we refer to as "Named Executive Officers") who were serving as executive officers at the end of the most recently completed fiscal year, where the total annual salary and bonus of such individual exceeded $100,000.


SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 
   
  Annual Compensation
  Long-Term Compensation
 
   
   
   
   
  Awards
  Payouts
Name and Principal
Position

  Fiscal
Year

  Salary
US($)

  Bonus
US($)

  Other Annual
Compensation
US($)(1)

  Restricted
Stock
Award(s)($)

  Securities
Under
Options/SARs
Granted(#)

  LTIP
payouts
($)

  All Other
Compensation
US$

Philip S. Sassower
Chief Executive Officer(2)
  2006
2005
2004
 

 

 

 

  150,000

 

 


Brian R. Groh(3)
President and Chief
Executive Officer

 

2006
2005
2004

 

84,642
201,002
107,546

 




 

144,108
54,643

(8)
(9)




 

300,000
367,328
562,000

 




 




Michael J. Rapisand(4)
Chief Financial Officer

 

2006
2005
2004

 

145,000
96,330

 

50,000


(10)





 




 


830,000

 




 




Richard Perley(5)
Senior Vice President

 

2006
2005
2004

 

140,000
130,000
116,000

 




 




 




 

200,000
340,420
255,000

 




 




Mark Holleran(6)
President and Chief Operating
Officer

 

2006
2005
2004

 

147,973
137,846
156,611

 

123,737
106,865

(11)
(11)




 




 

340,000
78,334
175,000

 




 




Steven Sienkiewcz(7)
Vice President of Operations

 

2006
2005
2004

 

56,341
143,346

 




 




 




 


830,000

 




 




(1)
Except as otherwise indicated, perquisites and other personal benefits, securities or property did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 and 10% of the total of the annual salary and bonus of the Named Executive Officer for the fiscal year.

77


(2)
Mr. Sassower was appointed Chief Executive Officer on February 17, 2006. Mr. Sassower does not receive a salary in connection with his services.

(3)
Mr. Groh resigned effective September 22, 2005. Mr. Groh received additional payments from us after his resignation pursuant to a settlement agreement.

(4)
Mr. Rapisand joined our company on August 9, 2004.

(5)
Mr. Perley resigned effective March 10, 2006. He continues to provide services to us pursuant to a consulting agreement.

(6)
Mr. Holleran joined our company on April 28, 2003 and was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer on February 17, 2006. He previously held the position of Vice President of Sales.

(7)
Mr. Sienkiewicz joined our company on April 12, 2004 and resigned effective June 24, 2005.

(8)
This payment was made pursuant to a settlement agreement entered into in connection with Mr. Groh's resignation.

(9)
Represents reimbursement for relocation costs.

(10)
This payment represents a one-time bonus made to Mr. Rapisand.

(11)
Represents sales commissions.

        The following table sets forth information concerning options granted to purchase common shares to the Named Executive Officers during the most recently completed fiscal year.


Option Grants During the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2006

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Potential
Relalizable Value
at Assumed Annual Rates
of Stock Price Appreciation
for Option Term(1)

   
 
   
   
   
  Market Value
of Securities
Underlying
Options on
the Date of
Grant C($)

   
   
 
   
  % of Total Options
Granted to
Employees in
Financial Year

   
   
   
Name

  Securities Under
Options
Granted(#)

  Exercise
Price C($)

   
   
  Expiration Date
  5%(C$)
  10%(C$)
   
Philip S. Sassower   150,000     9.5%   $0.93   $0.93   June 21, 2010   146,475   153,450    
Brian R. Groh   300,000   19.0%   $0.93   $0.93   June 21, 2010   292,950   306,900    
Michael J. Rapisand                  
Richard Perley   200,000   12.7%   $0.93   $0.93   June 21, 2010   195,300   204,600    
Mark Holleran   340,000   21.5%   $0.93   $0.93   June 21, 2010   332,010   347,820    
Steven Sienkiewicz                  

(1)
The amounts shown reflect hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the options if exercised at the end of the option term. These amounts represent assumed rates of appreciation in the value of our common stock from the fair market value on the date of grant. Potential realizable values in the table above are calculated by:

    Multiplying the number of shares of our common stock subject to the option by C$0.93.

    Assuming that the aggregate stock value derived from that calculation compounds at the annual 5% or 10% rates shown in the table for the entire 5-year term of the option.

    Subtracting from that result the total option exercise price.

         The 5% or 10% assumed rates of appreciation are suggested by the rules of the SEC and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future common stock price. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will be dependent on the future performance of our common stock.

        The following table sets forth information concerning the exercise of options to purchase common shares during the most recently completed fiscal year by each of the Named Executive Officers and the financial year-end value of unexercised options, on an aggregated basis.


Aggregated Options Exercises During the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2006
and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

Name

  Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)

  Aggregate
Value
Realized C($)

  Unexercised Options at
March 31, 2006
(#) Exercisable/
Unexercisable

  Value of
Unexercised
in-the-Money
Options at
March 31, 2006
C($) Exercisable/
Unexercisable(1)

Philip S. Sassower       0/150,000   $0/$0
Brian R. Groh       666,006/0   $0/$0
Michael J. Rapisand       394,167/435,833   $0/$0
Richard Perley       396,388/0   $0/$0
Mark Holleran       195,001/554,999   $0/$0
Steven Sienkiewicz       0/0   $0/$0

(1)
Based on the market value of Cdn.$0.45 for the underlying common shares as at March 31, 2006, less the exercise price.

78


Compensation of Directors

        In June 2006, our board of directors approved a compensation program for our directors pursuant to which we pay each of our directors who is not our employee, whom we refer to as a non-employee director, fees for attendance at board meetings. Each non-employee director receives $1,500 for each board meeting he attends in person and $750 for each board meeting he attends by teleconference. In addition, from time to time, we have granted options to our directors to purchase our common shares.

        We reimburse each director of our board of directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending our board and board committee meetings. Compensation for our directors, including cash and equity compensation, is determined, and remains subject to adjustment, by our board of directors.

Employee Agreements

Mark Holleran

        On June 30, 2006, we entered into an employment agreement with Mark Holleran, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement is for a period of two years, and may be renewed for an additional one year period. In consideration for his services, during the term Mr. Holleran is entitled to receive a base salary of $250,000 per year, subject to any increase as may be approved by our board of directors. Mr. Holleran is also entitled to receive a performance bonus of up to 100% of his base salary based on his achievement of defined objectives in the following categories: revenues, hiring new employees, product development, retention of staff, EBITDA performance and additional financing. In addition, we may award, in our sole discretion, Mr. Holleran additional performance bonuses in recognition of his performance. In connection with entering into the employment agreement, Mr. Holleran was awarded options to purchase 1.2 million of our common shares at a price of $0.34 per share. The options will vest in equal annual installments over a period of three years. As part of this grant, Mr. Holleran agreed to the extinguishment of any options previously granted to him that did not vest on or before June 22, 2006.

        Mr. Holleran is also eligible to participate in a transaction bonus pool in the event of the sale of our company during the term of Mr. Holleran's employment agreement. The amount of the transaction bonus pool will be based upon the total consideration received by our shareholders from the sale of our company, less our transaction expenses. Mr. Holleran will be entitled to receive 50% of the total amount of the transaction bonus pool, while 30% will be allocated to our Chief Financial Officer and the remaining 20% will be distributed among our senior management team as decided by our board of directors.

        If we do not renew Mr. Holleran's employment agreement after the initial period of two years, he will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary for an additional period of one year, less any amounts he earns from any employment or self-employment during that time. Mr. Holleran will also be entitled to receive an amount equal to the average of his performance bonus paid to him during the term of his employment agreement. In addition, Mr. Holleran may be eligible to continue to participate in our group health plans during this one year period.

        As part of the employment agreement, we agreed to reimburse Mr. Holleran up to $80,000 of his expenses incurred in connection with his relocation from Toronto, Canada to Austin, Texas. We also agreed that if we terminate Mr. Holleran's employment without cause during the term of his employment agreement, in addition to any payments due to him under the terms of the agreement, we will reimburse Mr. Holleran up to $80,000 of his expenses incurred in connection with his relocation back to Canada. The employment agreement also contains customary non-compete, non-solicitation, non-disparagement and confidentiality provisions.

79



Brian R. Groh

        Brian R. Groh, our former President and Chief Executive Officer, entered into a corporate relocation agreement with our company in September 2005. In addition to the reimbursement of certain relocation costs and expenses related to his relocation to Austin, Texas, the agreement provided for an annual salary of $200,000, of which $150,000 and $175,000 were paid in cash and $50,000 and $25,000 in stock compensation in the first year and second year, respectively. In 2004, Mr. Groh also received options to purchase 150,000 common shares under our Share Option Plan.

        Effective January 3, 2006, in connection with his resignation from our company, we entered into an agreement with Mr. Groh whereby, among other things, we agreed to pay him a total of $175,000, consisting of an up-front payment of $25,000 and 12 monthly payments of $12,500 each, and extend the maturity date of his options to purchase 95,672 of our common shares to April 28, 2006 and his options to purchase 570,334 of our common shares to November 1, 2006. In return, Mr. Groh agreed to terminate his prior agreement with us and acknowledged that he was not entitled to any payments or benefits from our company other than as set forth in the separation agreement. The agreement also contains provisions prohibiting Mr. Groh from soliciting any of our employees or competing against us for a period of one year. We made our last payment to Mr. Groh in October 2006 and on November 1, 2006, all of his options to purchase our common shares expired unexercised.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        The Compensation Committee currently consists of Andrea Goren, Brian E. Usher-Jones and Thomas F. Leonardis. Mr. Goren is co-manager of the managing member of Phoenix Venture Fund LLC, one of our principal shareholders. Mr. Usher-Jones served as our Interim Chief Financial Officer from August 1996 to November 1997 and from August 2001 to December 2001. For information concerning transactions between us and Phoenix Venture Fund, see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

        In April 2003, we raised gross proceeds of $2,000,000 through two private placements of 10% secured debentures and common share purchase warrants to acquire up to an aggregate of 9,090,912 common shares. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share at an exercise price of C$0.33 until April 2006. In connection with this financing, The Philip S. Sassower 1996 Charitable Remainder Annuity Trust (which we refer to as the Sassower Trust), of which Philip S. Sassower, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, is Trustee, purchased $502,500 aggregate principal amount of 10% secured debentures and common share purchase warrants to acquire up to an aggregate of 2,284,092 common shares.

        In March 2004, we raised gross proceeds of $3,234,000 through a private placement of 4,042,000 units at $0.80 per unit, each unit comprised of one common share and one common share purchase warrant. Kilgorie Investments Ltd., a corporation controlled by Richard Hamm, one of our former directors, purchased 156,250 units in this transaction. In addition, Phoenix Enterprises LLC, of which Philip S. Sassower, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, is Chief Executive Officer, assisted us with this financing and received an advisory fee of $90,000.

        During the year ended March 31, 2004, we issued warrants to Brian E. Usher-Jones, one of our directors, in consideration for a $270,000 bridge loan that he provided to us on October 18, 2002. These warrants entitled Mr. Usher-Jones to acquire up to 270,000 common shares at an exercise price of C$0.50.

        In September 2004, we issued a 10% senior secured debenture in the original principal amount of $1.05 million to the Sassower Trust. The principal and accrued interest under this debenture were paid in full with the proceeds from our December 2004 private placement of convertible debentures.

80


        In November 2004, we issued a 10% senior secured debenture in the principal amount of $1.6 million to Phoenix. Mr. Sassower and Andrea Goren, a director of our company, are the co-managers of the managing member of Phoenix. The principal and accrued interest under this debenture were paid in full with the proceeds from our December 2004 private placement of convertible debentures.

        In December 2004, we completed a $5 million private placement of 10% secured convertible debentures and common share purchase warrants to acquire an aggregate of 9,100,000 common shares at $0.55 per share. The principal amount of each debenture could be converted, at the holder's option, into common shares at a conversion price of $0.44 per share. Interest accrued on the debentures could be satisfied, at the option of the holder, by the issuance of our common shares. The debentures had an original maturity date of October 31, 2005. Pursuant to this transaction, we issued a $4.9 million debenture and a warrant to purchase 8,918,000 common shares to Phoenix.

        In May 2005, we raised $1.5 million through the issuance of a 10% secured promissory note to Phoenix. The original maturity date of the note, July 20, 2005, was subsequently amended to August 31, 2005 and then to September 15, 2005. The principal amount of this note was paid in full from the proceeds of our September 2005 private placement of debentures.

        In July 2005, we raised $1.5 million through the issuance of 10% secured promissory notes to Phoenix, the Sassower Trust and another lender. The original maturity dates of the notes, August 31, 2005, was subsequently amended to September 15, 2005. The principal amount of these notes was paid in full from the proceeds of our September 2005 private placement of debentures.

        On September 15, 2005, we entered into a debenture purchase agreement with Phoenix, the Sassower Trust and another lender (which we refer to as the Lenders), whereby the Lenders agreed to provide an aggregate of $5 million of financing to us. The debentures had an original maturity date of March 31, 2006, which was subsequently amended to June 30, 2006. Borrowings under those debentures bore interest at 10% per annum. We initially drew on the facility and issued debentures to the Lenders in the aggregate amount of $3 million. We used the gross proceeds to re-pay promissory notes in the aggregate amount of $3 million previously issued by our U.S. subsidiary in May and July 2005. On September 29, 2005, November 4, 2005 and November 7, 2005, we made additional draws on the facility and issued debentures to the Lenders in the aggregate amount of $2 million. The proceeds were used for working capital and general corporate purposes. In connection with this financing, the maturity date of all of our other outstanding debentures was extended to April 30, 2007. Of this $5 million facility, we issued debentures in an aggregate principal amount of $4.5 million to Phoenix and the Sassower Trust.

        Since the debentures issued pursuant to this debenture purchase agreement were not paid in full by March 31, 2006, in accordance with the terms of the agreement, we issued warrants to the holders of those debentures entitling the holder to purchase that number of our common shares equal to the number of dollars representing the aggregate amount then due on such holder's debenture. Thus, on April 10, 2006, we issued to Phoenix and the Sassower Trust warrants to purchase 4,724,144 of our common shares at an exercise price of Cdn.$0.45. The warrants are exercisable through April 10, 2008 and the exercise price of the warrants was based on the average current market price of our common shares for the five days before the date of issuance.

        On April 21, 2006, we entered into a financing agreement with Phoenix pursuant to which Phoenix agreed, at its sole discretion, to provide up to $5 million in financing to us. In connection with this financing, we issued a $1 million 10% secured debenture to Phoenix, which had a maturity date of June 30, 2006. The debenture (including accrued and unpaid interest) was exchanged for 2,970,185 Series A Preferred Shares as part of our recapitalization. The remaining $4 million balance under the financing could be funded at any time through June 30, 2006 (subsequently amended to July 31, 2006), in Phoenix's sole discretion, through the issuance of additional Series A Preferred Shares, at a purchase

81



price of $0.34 per share, to Phoenix and/or its assigns. Phoenix later assigned its right to purchase $2,703,800 of the remaining $4 million debentures to non-affiliated third parties (except for $50,000 which was assigned to Michael J. Rapisand, our Chief Financial Officer), which was subsequently exchanged for 7,952,353 Series A Preferred Shares, including 147,059 Series A Preferred Shares issued to Mr. Rapisand.

        On April 21, 2006, we entered into a purchase and exchange agreement with Phoenix and certain other debenture holders, whereby the debenture holders agreed to exchange their outstanding debentures for our Series A Preferred Shares at the rate of one Series A Preferred Share for every $0.34 of principal and accrued and unpaid interest. On May 30, 2006, we completed a recapitalization, pursuant to which approximately $18.9 million of indebtedness, representing all of our outstanding 10% secured debentures, including accrued interest (except for one debenture in the aggregate principal amount of $250,000), was exchanged for 55,520,542 of our Series A Preferred Shares. Pursuant to this recapitalization, we issued 45,012,677 Series A Preferred Shares to Phoenix, the Sassower Trust, Mr. Sassower and another entity controlled by Mr. Sassower in exchange for debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $14,307,500.

        In February 2007, Phoenix agreed to provide or arrange to provide us with additional financing, to the extent necessary, to fund our planned operations over the next 12 months.

82



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficially ownership of our capital stock as of January 31, 2007 by (i) each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each of our "named executive officers" and (iv) our directors and executive officers as a group.

 
  Common Shares
Beneficially Owned

  Series A Preferred Shares
Beneficially Owned

  Series B Preferred Shares
Beneficially Owned

   
 
Name of
Beneficial Owner(1)

  Number of
Common
Shares(2)

  Percentage of
Class(3)

  Number of
Series A
Preferred
Shares

  Percentage
of Class(4)

  Number of
Series B
Preferred
Shares

  Percentage
of Class(5)

  Percentage
of Combined
Classes(6)

 
Philip S. Sassower   2,839,917 (7) 4.6 % 13,676,370 (15) 21.5 %     12.2 %
Mark Holleran   366,668 (8) *           *  
Michael J. Rapisand   612,084 (9) *   147,059   *       *  
Brian E. Usher-Jones   413,750 (10) *           *  
Andrea Goren   60,000 (11) *           *  
Thomas F. Leonardis   50,000 (12) *           *  
Phoenix Venture Fund LLC
110 East 59 th Street
New York, NY 10022
  13,117,452 (13) 17.7 % 31,032,014 (16) 48.9 %     29.9 %
Alex and James Goren
150 East 52 nd Street
New York, NY 10022
      3,595,961 (17) 5.7 %     2.7 %
William Freas
c/o Joseph Gunnar & Co.
30 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
  47,516   *       2,941,177   29.4 % 2.2 %
Ross Irvine
c/o Sky Capital LLC
110 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005
  16,155   *       1,000,000   10.0 % *  
All directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons)   4,342,419 (7)(14) 6.9 % 13,823,429 (15)(18) 21.8 %     13.3 %

*
Represents less than 1% of class or combined classes.

(1)
Except as otherwise indicated above, the address of each shareholder identified is c/o Xplore Technologies Corp., 14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900, Austin, Texas 78728. Except as indicated in the other footnotes to this table, each person named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of stock beneficially owned by that person.

(2)
Options and warrants exercisable within 60 days of the record date are deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage of shares owned by that person, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage of shares owned by any other person.

(3)
Based on 60,890,900 common shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2007.

(4)
Based on 63,472,895 Series A Preferred Shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2007.

(5)
Based 9,988,513 Series B Preferred Shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2007.

(6)
Based on 60,890,900 common shares, 63,472,895 Series A Preferred Shares and 9,988,513 Series B Preferred Shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2007.

83


(7)
Includes 2 million common shares owned of record by Phoenix Enterprises Family Fund, LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Sassower, 50,000 common shares that Mr. Sassower has the right to acquire under outstanding options exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007 and 524,692 common shares that Mr. Sassower has the right to acquire under outstanding warrants exercisable within 60 days after October 31, 2006 owned of record by The Philip S. Sassower 1996 Charitable Remainder Annuity Trust, an entity controlled by Mr. Sassower. Does not include 13,117,452 common shares Phoenix Venture Fund LLC, of which Mr. Sassower is the co-manager of the managing member of, has the right to acquire under outstanding warrants exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007. Mr. Sassower disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by Phoenix Venture Fund LLC.

(8)
Includes 366,668 common shares that Mr. Holleran has the right to acquire under outstanding options exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007.

(9)
Includes 612,084 common shares that Mr. Rapisand has the right to acquire under outstanding options exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007.

(10)
Includes 150,000 common shares that Mr. Usher-Jones has the right to acquire under outstanding options exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007.

(11)
Includes 50,000 common shares that Mr. Goren has the right to acquire under outstanding options exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007. Does not include 13,117,452 common shares Phoenix Venture Fund LLC, of which Mr. Goren is the co-manager of the managing member of, has the right to acquire under outstanding warrants exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007. Mr. Goren disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by Phoenix Venture Fund LLC.

(12)
Includes 50,000 common shares that Mr. Leonardis has the right to acquire under outstanding options exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007.

(13)
Consists of 13,117,452 common shares that Phoenix Venture Fund LLC has the right to acquire under outstanding warrants exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007. Voting and investment power over these shares is held equally by Philip Sassower and Andrea Goren. Messrs. Sassower and Goren disclaim any beneficial ownership of the shares held by Phoenix Venture Fund LLC.

(14)
Includes 1,278,752 common shares our directors and executive officers have the right to acquire under outstanding options exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007 and 524,692 common shares our directors and executive officers have the right to acquire under outstanding warrants exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2007.

(15)
Includes 5,171,847 Series A Preferred Shares owned of record by Phoenix Enterprises Family Fund, LLC and 7,135,973 Series A Preferred Shares owned of record by The Philip S. Sassower 1996 Charitable Remainder Annuity Trust, entities controlled by Mr. Sassower. Does not include 31,032,014 Series A Preferred shares beneficially owned by Phoenix Venture Fund LLC, of which Mr. Sassower is the co-manager of the managing member. Mr. Sassower disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by Phoenix Venture Fund LLC.

(16)
Voting and investment power over these shares is held equally by Philip Sassower and Andrea Goren. Messrs. Sassower and Goren disclaim any beneficial ownership of the shares held by Phoenix Venture Fund LLC.

(17)
Consists of 2,497,976 Series A Preferred Shares owned of record by JAG Multi Investment LLC and 1,097,985 Series A Preferred Shares owned of record by Goren Brothers LP. Voting and investment power over these shares is held equally by Alex Goren and James Goren.

(18)
Does not include 31,032,014 Series A Preferred shares beneficially owned by Phoenix Venture Fund LLC, of which Philip S. Sassower and Andrea Goren are the co-manager of the managing member. Mr. Sassower and Mr. Goren each disclaim any beneficial ownership of the shares held by Phoenix Venture Fund LLC.

84



INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT IN THE DOMESTICATION

        No person who has been a director or executive officer of our company since the beginning of our last fiscal year nor any of their associates or affiliates has any material interest, direct or indirect, by way of beneficial ownership of securities or otherwise, in the domestication other than those interests arising from their ownership of our capital stock.


LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain legal matters under United States law relating to the issuance of shares of capital stock of Xplore Technologies in connection with the domestication and certain matters relating to the United States tax consequences of the domestication will be passed upon by Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP. Certain legal matters relating to the Canadian tax consequences of the domestication will be passed upon by Davis & Company LLP.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Xplore Technologies as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2006, have been included in this prospectus in reliance upon the report of Mintz & Partners LLP, independent registered auditors, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

        Any shareholder's proposal that is intended to be presented at the 2007 annual meeting of shareholders must be received by the company no later than August 10, 2007. The proposal can then be included in the proxy statement (or management information circular if the domestication is not approved or not consummated) and the proxy for the 2007 annual meeting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        This prospectus constitutes part of a registration statement on Form S-4 that we filed with the SEC. You may read and copy this prospectus at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of this prospectus by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at prescribed rates. To obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room, you can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, including Xplore Technologies, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC's Internet website is http://www.sec.gov.

        Additional information relating to our company is also available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. Financial information for our most recently completed financial year is provided in the comparative financial statements and management's discussion and analysis for our most recently completed financial year. Copies of our audited consolidated financial statements and management's discussion and analysis, may be obtained upon request from our Corporate Secretary at 14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900, Austin, Texas 78728.

        The contents and the sending of this circular have been approved by the board of directors of Xplore Technologies Corp.

DATED:                        , 2007.


 


Name:  Michael J. Rapisand
Title:    Corporate Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

85



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.


Interim Financial Statements

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2006 (unaudited)

 

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Loss for the three months and nine months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months and nine months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-4

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-5

Annual Financial Statements

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Auditors

 

F-12

Consolidated Balance Sheets as at March 31, 2006 and 2005

 

F-13

Consolidated Statements of Loss for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

F-14

Consolidated Statement of Stockholder's Deficiency for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

F-15

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

F-16

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-17

F-1



XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands of United States dollars)

 
  UNAUDITED
  AUDITED
 
 
  December 31, 2006
  March, 31, 2006
 
ASSETS              
CURRENT ASSETS:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 565   $ 56  
  Accounts receivable     5,782     4,613  
  Inventory     5,331     3,713  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     356     826  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     12,034     9,208  
   
 
 
Fixed assets, net     556     597  
Deferred charges (Notes 5 and 6)     77     1,419  
   
 
 
    $ 12,667   $ 11,224  
   
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)              

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $ 4,660   $ 7,042  
  Bank indebtedness (Notes 4 and 11)     739     1,672  
  Short-term debentures (Note 5)         5,000  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     5,399     13,714  
   
 
 
Debentures (Note 5)     250     12,005  
   
 
 
      5,649     25,719  
   
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 5 and 9)              

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Series A Preferred Shares (Notes 5, 6 and 7)     20,704      
  Series B Preferred Shares (Note 6)     2,707      
  Share capital—Common Shares (Note 6)     64,972     66,153  
  Additional paid-in-capital (Note 5)     4,637     1,340  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (2,474 )   (1,104 )
  Accumulated deficit     (83,528 )   (80,884 )
   
 
 
      7,018     (14,495 )
   
 
 
    $ 12,667   $ 11,224  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-2



XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Loss—Unaudited

(in thousands of United States dollars, except loss per common share)

 
  Three Months Ended
  Nine Months Ended
 
 
  December 31, 2006
  December 31, 2005
  December 31, 2006
  December 31, 2005
 
REVENUE (Note 8)   $ 8,114   $ 7,218   $ 25,953   $ 19,926  
COST OF REVENUE     5,871     5,450     18,788     15,037  
   
 
 
 
 
GROSS PROFIT     2,243     1,768     7,165     4,889  
   
 
 
 
 
EXPENSES:                          
Sales, marketing and support     1,411     1,403     4,538     3,645  
Product research, development and engineering     861     986     2,102     2,036  
General administration (Note 6)     1,477     782     3,215     3,453  
   
 
 
 
 
      3,749     3,171     9,855     9,134  
   
 
 
 
 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS     (1,506 )   (1,403 )   (2,690 )   (4,245 )
   
 
 
 
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):                          
Interest expense (Notes 4, 5
and 7)
    (27 )   (545 )   (423 )   (1,264 )
Amortization of deferred financing costs (Note 5)             (905 )   (635 )
Other income (expense)
(Note 10)
    8     (5 )   4     860  
   
 
 
 
 
      (19 )   (550 )   (1,324 )   (1,039 )
   
 
 
 
 
NET LOSS     (1,525 )   (1,953 )   (4,014 )   (5,284 )
Dividends attributable to Preferred Shares (Note 6)     (315 )       (683 )    
   
 
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to common shareholders (Notes 3 and 6)   $ (1,840 ) $ (1,953 ) $ (4,697 ) $ (5,284 )
   
 
 
 
 
LOSS PER SHARE     (0.03 )   (0.03 )   (0.07 )   (0.10 )
Dividends attributable to Preferred Shares (Note 6)             (0.01 )    
   
 
 
 
 
Loss per share attributable to common shareholders
(Note 6)
  $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.08 ) $ (0.10 )
   
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (Note 3)     60,897     56,455     58,973     55,485  
   
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-3



XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Unaudited

(in thousands of United States dollars)

 
  Three Months Ended
  Nine Months Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2006

  December 31,
2005

  December 31,
2006

  December 31,
2005

 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                          
Cash used in operations:                          
  Net loss   $ (1,525 ) $ (1,953 ) $ (4,014 ) $ (5,284 )
  Items not affecting cash:                          
    Depreciation and amortization     173     51     394     170  
    Net gain on sale of technology                 (877 )
    Amortization of deferred financing costs             981     635  
    Stock-based compensation expense     259     113     552     438  
    Equity instruments issued in exchange for services     172         212      
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                          
    Accounts receivable     (318 )   (973 )   (1,169 )   (1,790 )
    Inventory     632     683     (1,618 )   (1,007 )
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (229 )   (486 )   470     (217 )
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (2,485 )   1,479     (1,246 )   1,675  
   
 
 
 
 
      Net cash used in operating activities     (3,321 )   (1,086 )   (5,438 )   (6,257 )
   
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                          
  Net proceeds from sale of technology                 877  
  Additions to fixed assets     (58 )   (80 )   (353 )   (231 )
   
 
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (58 )   (80 )   (353 )   646  
   
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                          
  Proceeds from bank borrowings     4,000     4,855     17,825     7,752  
  Repayments of bank indebtedness     (3,261 )   (4,425 )   (18,758 )   (6,652 )
  Proceeds from notes payable to related parties                 3,000  
  Repayment of notes payable to related parties                 (3,000 )
  Proceeds from issuance of debentures         1,250     1,000     5,000  
  Proceeds on issuance of Common Shares         612     944     612  
  Net proceeds from issuance of Series A Preferred Shares             1,451      
  Net proceeds from issuance of Series B Preferred Shares             2,908      
  Proceeds on issuance of warrants             800      
  Proceeds from exercise of warrants             130      
   
 
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by financing activities     739     2,292     6,300     6,712  
   
 
 
 
 
CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     (2,640 )   1,126     509     1,101  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD     3,205     1,217     56     1,242  
   
 
 
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD   $ 565   $ 2,343   $ 565   $ 2,343  
   
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOWS:                          
  Payments for interest   $ 21   $   $ 268   $ 730  
   
 
 
 
 
  Payments for income taxes   $   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4



XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Xplore Technologies Corp. (the "Company"), a corporation amalgamated under the laws of Canada, is engaged in the business of the development, integration and marketing of rugged mobile wireless Tablet PC computing systems. The Company's products enable the extension of traditional computing systems to a range of field and on-site personnel, regardless of location or environment. Using a range of wireless communication mediums together with the Company's rugged computing products, the Company's end-users are able to receive, collect, analyze, manipulate and transmit information in a variety of environments not suited to traditional non-rugged computing devices. The Company's end-users are in the following markets: utility, warehousing/logistics, public safety, field service, transportation, manufacturing, route delivery, military and homeland security.

2.    BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        The unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Xplore Technologies Corporation of America.

        The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has accumulated significant losses as it has been developing its current and next generation rugged computer products. The Company has had recurring losses and expects to report operating losses through fiscal 2008. The Company believes that cash flow from operations, together with borrowings from its senior lender and financial support from the Phoenix Venture Fund LLC ("Phoenix"), its significant shareholder, if necessary, will be sufficient to fund the anticipated operations for the next 12 months. These financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires the use of management's estimates. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities at fiscal year end, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the fiscal year. Significant accounting estimates used in the preparation of these financial statements included assessment of the allowance for returns, the inventory valuation reserve and the warranty provision. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

3.    LOSS PER SHARE

        Loss per share has been computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares issued and outstanding during the period, and is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The options granted under the Company's share option plan, the effect of the exercise of outstanding options, the effect of the exercise of outstanding warrants and the effect of the conversion of convertible Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares and debentures were excluded from the loss per share calculation for the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 as their inclusion is anti-dilutive. Accordingly, diluted loss per share has not been presented.

F-5



4.    SHORT-TERM BANK INDEBTEDNESS

        On April 22, 2005, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank. Under the terms of this agreement, as amended, the Company could finance certain eligible accounts receivable up to a maximum $2,625. Borrowings yielded interest at prime rate plus 3%. The Company was obligated to repay each loan advance on the earliest of the date on which the financed receivable payment was received or the date to which the financed receivable became ineligible or 90 days past due. Borrowings were secured by all assets and intellectual property of the Company.

        On September 15, 2005, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with the same commercial bank which replaced the April 22, 2005 agreement. Under the terms of this two year agreement, the Company may finance certain eligible accounts receivable up to a maximum of $5,000. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at prime rate plus 2.25%. The Company is obligated to repay each loan advance on the earliest of the date on which the financed receivable payment is received or the date to which the financed receivable becomes ineligible or 90 days past due. The Company is committed to pay a fee equal to .25% of the unused portion of the credit facility. Borrowings are secured by all assets and intellectual property of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of various subordination agreements between the commercial bank, the Company's one debenture holder and one of its suppliers, the commercial bank has a first priority security interest in all of the assets of the Company, under certain circumstances the supplier has a priority security interest in certain trade debts of the Company, and the Company's one debenture holder has a security interest in all of the assets of the Company. The loan agreement contains a number of financial and operational covenants. As of February 5, 2007, the Company was in full compliance with these covenants and there was $1,351 of borrowings outstanding.

5.    DEBENTURES

        The Company had issued debentures as detailed in the tables below.

Debenture Issuance Date

  March 31,
2006
Balance

  New
Issuances

  Value
Assigned to
Warrants

  Payments
  Accretion of
Non-cash
Interest

  Converted to
Series A
Preferred
Shares
(Note 6)

  December 31,
2006
Balance

Short-term Debentures:                                    

September 15, 2005

 

$

3,000

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

(3,000

)

$

September 29, 2005     750               (750 )  
November 7, 2005     1,250               (1,250 )  
April 21, 2006         1,000           (1,000 )  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 5,000   $ 1,000           (6,000 ) $
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term Debentures:                                    

November 5, 2002

 

$

4,590

 

 


 


 


 


 

$

(4,590

)

$

December 6, 2002     970               (720 )   250
April 9, 2003     725               (725 )  
April 29, 2003     720               (720 )  
December 17, 2004     5,000               (5,000 )  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 12,005             $ (11,755 ) $ 250
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-6


        On April 21, 2006, the Company entered into a financing agreement with Phoenix. Under this agreement, Phoenix agreed, at its sole discretion, to provide up to $5,000 in financing to the Company. In connection with the financing, the Company initially issued a 10% secured debenture in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000 to Phoenix on April 21, 2006, which had a maturity date of June 30, 2006. The debenture and related accrued and unpaid interest were exchanged for 2,970,185 Series A Preferred Shares as part of the recapitalization discussed below. Of the remaining $4,000 of available financing, the Company received gross proceeds of approximately $800 in June 2006 and approximately $1,904 in July 2006 in exchange for a total of 7,952,353 Series A Preferred Shares issued to certain investors, as designated by Phoenix.

        On May 30, 2006, the Company completed a recapitalization pursuant to which approximately $18,877 of indebtedness, represented by 10% secured debentures in the original principal amount of $17,755 and accrued interest of $1,122 was exchanged for 55,520,542 shares of Series A Preferred Shares. The Series A Preferred Shares are convertible initially on a one-for-one basis into common shares of the Company at any time at the option of the holder and will convert upon the occurrence of specified events. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events. In the event that the Company issues additional securities at a purchase price less than the then current Series A Preferred Share conversion price, such conversion price will be adjusted in accordance with the formula specified in the share conditions set out in the Company's Articles of Incorporation. The Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company's shareholders, are entitled to appoint two directors, a cumulative 5% dividend that is paid quarterly in common shares, have certain protective provisions, and contain a liquidation preference over the common shares. One debenture in the amount of $250 and related accrued interest was not exchanged and remains outstanding. This debenture bears interest at 10% per annum and the interest is payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 31. In connection with the recapitalization, the maturity of the debenture was extended to April 30, 2009. The debenture purchase agreement contains a number of financial and operational covenants which the Company is in full compliance with.

        Warrants issued in connection with the certain debenture issuances have been valued separately at fair value using the Black-Scholes methodology. The fair value calculations relating to the warrants associated with the first $5,000 of short-term debentures assumed a discount rate of approximately 4.8%, volatility of approximately 127% and no dividends. The value of $1,329 assigned to these warrants issued in connection with the short-term debenture financings was initially recorded as a separate component of shareholders' deficiency and as a deferred charge that was amortized as additional non-cash interest expense during the remaining term of the debentures. During the nine months ended December 31, 2006, non-cash interest expense of $905 was recorded to reflect the amortization of the deferred financing costs through the date of the recapitalization when the related debentures were exchanged for Series A Preferred Shares. The remaining unamortized deferred financing cost of $424 was recorded as Series A Preferred Shares issuance costs. There was no non-cash interest expense for the three months ended December 31, 2006. Other Series A Preferred Shares issuance costs incurred as of December 31, 2006 were $453 and principally consist of charges associated with the special shareholders meeting and legal fees.

        In fiscal 2005, in connection with the issuance of the December 17, 2004 debentures and common share purchase warrants, the fair value calculations assumed a discount rate of approximately 3.4%, volatility of approximately 100% and no dividends. There was no non-cash interest expense for the

F-7



three months ended December 31, 2005. During the nine months ended December 31, 2005, there was $635 of non-cash interest expense representing the amortization of the debenture discount related to this funding.

6.    SHARE CAPITAL

        On August 9, 2006, the Company issued 9,988,513 Series B Preferred Shares on a private placement basis for gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $3,396. The Series B Preferred Shares issued in this private placement generally have the rights and preferences similar to those attached to the Series A Preferred Shares. The Series B Preferred Shares are convertible initially on a one-for-one basis into common shares of the Company at any time at the option of the holder, subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events. The Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company's shareholders, are entitled to a cumulative 5% dividend paid quarterly in common shares, have certain protective provisions, and contain a liquidation preference over the common shares.

        For the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006, there were accrued dividends of $272 and $616, respectively, for the Series A Preferred Shares and $43 and $67, respectively, for the Series B Preferred Shares. At December 31, 2006, the liquidation preference values of the Series A and Series B Preferred Shares was $21,581 and $3,396, respectively. The Series B Preferred Shares shall rank on parity with the Series A Preferred Shares with respect to a liquidation.

        On September 25, 2006, the Company issued 2,848,253 common shares on a private placement basis for gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $997.

        In connection with the Series B Preferred Shares and common shares private placements, the Company issued to a sales agent warrants to purchase 499,425 common shares at an exercise price of $0.58 per share and an expiration date of August 9, 2009 and warrants to purchase 142,412 common shares at an exercise price of $0.35 per share and an expiration date of September 23, 2009. The $239 value of these warrants was recorded as issuance costs. The Company also entered into a six-month agreement with the sales agent to provide consulting services related to the Company's corporate migration to the U.S. and future financings. As part of the agreement terms, the Company issued to the sales agent warrants to purchase 499,429 common shares at an exercise price of $0.58 per share and an expiration date of August 9, 2009 and warrants to purchase 142,416 common shares at an exercise price of $0.35 per share and an expiration date of September 23, 2009. The $239 value of these warrants and other cash compensation of $220 are recorded as general administrative expenses over the term of the agreement.

        The warrants issued to the sales agent have been valued separately at fair value using the Black-Scholes methodology. The fair value calculations relating to the warrants assumed a volatility of approximately 113%, a life of three years and no dividends.

7.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In the event that certain short-term debentures, which were issued in connection with the Company's September 2005 financing, were not paid in full on or prior to March 31, 2006, the Company agreed to issue warrants to the holders of such debentures, entitling each holder to purchase

F-8



that number of common shares equal to the number of dollars representing the aggregate amount then due on such holder's debenture. As the debentures were not repaid on March 31, 2006, on April 10, 2006 the Company issued to Phoenix and an affiliate of Phoenix warrants to purchase 4,724,144 common shares at an exercise price of Cdn.$0.45. The warrants are exercisable through April 10, 2008 and the exercise price of the warrants was based on the average current market price of the common shares for the five days before the date of issuance.

        There was no interest expense for the three months ended December 31, 2006 related to borrowings from Phoenix and its affiliates. Interest expense for the three months ended December 31, 2005 includes $286 related to Phoenix and its affiliates. Interest expense for the nine months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 includes $129 and $522, respectively, related to borrowings from Phoenix and its affiliates. Accrued dividends for the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006 includes $193 and $451, respectively, relating to the Series A Preferred Shares held by Phoenix and its affiliates. There were no accrued dividends in the corresponding periods for fiscal year 2006.

8.    SEGMENTED INFORMATION AND CONCENTRATIONS

        The Company operates in one segment, the sale of rugged mobile wireless Tablet PC computing systems. The majority of the Company's revenue is derived from sales in the United States of America. There were no countries, outside of the United States of America, that accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue during the three and nine month periods ended December 31, 2006. Canada was the only country, outside of the United States of America, that accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenues for both the three and nine month periods ended December31, 2005. The distribution of revenue by country is segmented as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended
  Nine Months Ended
 
  December 31, 2006
  December 31, 2005
  December 31, 2006
  December 31, 2005
Revenue by country:                        
  United States of America   $ 5,181   $ 4,570   $ 15,173   $ 12,022
  Canada   $ 339   $ 466   $ 2,231   $ 2,025
  All other countries   $ 2,594   $ 2,182   $ 8,549   $ 5,879
   
 
 
 
    $ 8,114   $ 7,218   $ 25,953   $ 19,926
   
 
 
 
Significant customers that represented more than 10% of revenue:                        
Number of customers     None     1     None     1
Percent of revenue     n/a     28.0%     n/a     12%
Country     n/a     USA     n/a     USA

        The Company has a variety of customers, however, in a given year a single customer can account for a significant portion of sales. For the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006, the Company had no one customer that accounted for more than 10% of total revenue. For the three and nine months ended December 31, 2005, the Company had one customer that accounted for more than 10% of total revenue and that customer was located in the United States.

F-9



        Substantially all of the Company's capital assets are owned by its wholly-owned subsidiary, Xplore Technologies Corporation of America, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. No country, other than the United States of America, had more than 10% of the Company's assets for each of the three and nine months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. At December 31, 2006 there was no one customer with a receivable balance that was greater than 10% of the outstanding receivables.

        The Company relies on a single source supplier for the majority of its finished goods. At December 31, 2006 and 2005 the Company owed $1,116 and $2,463, respectively, recorded as accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The year to date inventory purchases and engineering services for this supplier at December 31, 2006 and 2005, were $15,621 and $12,090, respectively.

9.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

        

    a)
    Premises

        The Company leases facilities in Austin, Texas. The annual lease commitment is $232 and the lease maturity is August 31, 2009. The Company also leases a satellite office in Helsinki, Finland, on a 3-month renewable basis.

        Minimum annual payments by fiscal year required under all of the Company's operating leases are:

2007   $ 232
2008     232
2009     229
2010     95
   
Total   $ 788
   
    b)
    Purchase commitment

        At December 31, 2006, the Company had purchase obligations of approximately $2,591 related to inventory and product development items.

    c)
    Litigation

        The Company and its subsidiary are engaged in legal actions, arising in the ordinary course of business. None of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, are expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

10.    SALE OF TECHNOLOGY

        On August 3, 2005, the Company sold a previously developed rugged handheld technology to a foreign value added reseller. The sale agreement provided for an initial payment of approximately $900 which the Company received on August 5, 2005, and a future payment of approximately $700, net of the Company's share of future development costs, upon completion of certain agreed upon production activities by a third party manufacturer. At December 31, 2006, the agreed upon production activities were not completed and it is uncertain as to whether the purchaser will complete its obligations under

F-10



the sale agreement. The proceeds received in August, net of related selling expenses, have been reflected in other income for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. The Company's investment in the rugged handheld technology was previously expensed when incurred since the expenditures were research and development related. The technology was in a development stage and did not account for any of the Company's revenue.

11.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        On February 7, 2007, the Company agreed with its senior lender to increase the revolving credit facility up to $8 million, subject to definitive documentation. Under the proposed terms of the amended facility, the borrowings formula will be increased to up to the lesser of $8 million or 80% of the Company's U.S. and Canadian accounts receivable outstanding for 90 days or less, plus 80% of the Company's foreign accounts receivable (up to $2,500) plus 25% of eligible inventory (up to $1,750). The interest rate on the borrowings will remain at prime plus 2.25% (or prime plus 2.5% in the case of borrowings related to our inventory). Under the proposed terms, the maturity date for borrowings under this facility will be extended to March 31, 2008. The amended agreement will include financial covenants that will require the Company to have a minimum tangible net worth of at least $3,750 at all times and a minimum excess availability of $750. The Company expects to enter into definitive documents with respect to this amended credit facility by March 2007.

        In February 2007, the Company's principal shareholder, Phoenix, has agreed to provide or arrange to provide additional financing, to the extent necessary, to fund the planned operations over the next 12 months.

F-11



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Xplore Technologies Corp.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Xplore Technologies Corp. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of loss, stockholders' deficiency and cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Xplore Technologies Corp. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ MINTZ & PARTNERS LLP
CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

North York, Ontario
June 20, 2006
(except for Notes 19(a) and 19(c), as to
which the date is November 8, 2006 and Note 2 for
which the date is February 6, 2007)

F-12



XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands of United States dollars)

 
  March 31,
 
 
  2006
  2005
 
ASSETS              
CURRENT ASSETS:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 56   $ 1,242  
  Accounts receivable (Note 13)     4,613     1,863  
  Inventory (Note 5)     3,713     2,954  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Note 5)     826     563  
   
 
 
      9,208     6,622  
Fixed assets, net (Note 6)     597     472  
Deferred charges (Note 9)     1,419      
   
 
 
    $ 11,224   $ 7,094  
   
 
 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Bank indebtedness (Note 7)   $ 1,672   $  
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (Note 8)     7,042     6,231  
  Short-term debentures (Notes 9 and 19)     5,000     11,450  
   
 
 
Total current liabilities     13,714     17,681  
Debentures (Notes 9 and 19)     12,005      
   
 
 
      25,719     17,681  
   
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 3, 13, 15 and 19)              

SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Share capital (Notes 10 and 19)     63,834     62,705  
  Additional paid-in capital (Notes 9, 10 and 19)     3,659     2,123  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,104 )   (454 )
  Accumulated deficit     (80,884 )   (74,961 )
   
 
 
      (14,495 )   (10,587 )
   
 
 
    $ 11,224   $ 7,094  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-13



XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Loss

(in thousands of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2006
  2005
  2004
 
REVENUE (Note 14)   $ 27,480   $ 17,530   $ 24,631  
COST OF REVENUE     20,671     13,860     20,880  
   
 
 
 
GROSS PROFIT     6,809     3,670     3,751  
   
 
 
 

EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Sales, marketing and support     5,284     4,839     4,504  
Product research, development and engineering     2,402     2,327     2,523  
General administration (Note 3)     4,143     4,179     4,616  
   
 
 
 
      11,829     11,345     11,643  
   
 
 
 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS     (5,020 )   (7,675 )   (7,892 )
   
 
 
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):                    
Interest expense (Notes 7, 9, 16 and 19)     (2,454 )   (1,208 )   (4,478 )
Other income (expense) (Note 17)     901     (8 )   (329 )
   
 
 
 
      (1,553 )   (1,216 )   (4,807 )
   
 
 
 
NET LOSS   $ (6,573 ) $ (8,891 ) $ (12,699 )
   
 
 
 

LOSS PER SHARE

 

$

(0.12

)

$

(0.18

)

$

(0.41

)
   
 
 
 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

 

55,938,753

 

 

50,091,486

 

 

30,832,656

 
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-14



XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficiency

(in thousands of United States dollars)

 
  Common Shares
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid in Capital

  Other
Comprehensive
Loss

  Accumulated
Deficit

   
 
 
  Number
  Amount
  Total
 
 
  (Notes 10 and 19)

  (Notes 9, 10 and 19)

   
   
   
 
Balances, March 31, 2003   23,269,941   $ 51,202   $ 3,096   $ 238   $ (54,064 ) $ 472  
Warrants issued in connection with financing           83             83  
Warrants exercised   10,418,181     2,744     (1,473 )           1,271  
Value assigned to warrants issued           924             924  
Issuance of shares, net of issuance costs of $125   5,114,520     3,877                 3,877  
Shares issued for services   143,608     98                 98  
Options issued to employees and directors           265             265  
Options exercised   42,000     15                 15  
Foreign currency translation adjustments               (271 )       (271 )
Net loss                   (12,428 )   (12,428 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balances, March 31, 2004   38,988,250     57,936     2,895     (33 )   (66,492 )   (5,694 )
Warrants exercised   11,806,131     2,550     (2,022 )           528  
Value assigned to warrants issued           945             945  
Issuance of shares, net of issuance costs of $47   3,975,041     2,062                 2,062  
Shares issued for services   65,360     101                 101  
Options issued to employees and directors           305             305  
Options exercised   150,835     56                 56  
Foreign currency translation adjustments               (421 )       (421 )
Net loss                   (8,469 )   (8,469 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balances, March 31, 2005   54,985,617     62,705     2,123     (454 )   (74,961 )   (10,587 )
Warrants exercised   2,067,330     963     (315 )           648  
Value assigned to warrants issued           1,329             1,329  
Shares issued for services   315,440     126                 126  
Options issued to employees and directors           522             522  
Options exercised   100,000     40                 40  
Foreign currency translation adjustments               (650 )       (650 )
Net loss                   (5,923 )   (5,923 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balances, March 31, 2006   57,468,387   $ 63,834   $ 3,659   $ (1,104 ) $ (80,884 ) $ (14,495 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompany notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-15



XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of United States dollars)

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2006
  2005
  2004
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITES:                    
Cash used in operations:                    
  Net loss   $ (6,573 ) $ (8,891 ) $ (12,699 )
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:                    
    Depreciation and amortization     464     645     683  
    Net gain on sales of technology     (877 )        
    Amortization of deferred financing costs     635     310     3,210  
    Stock-based compensation expense     522     305     265  
    Equity instruments issued in exchange for services     126     101     98  
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                    
    Accounts receivable     (2,750 )   3,452     (3,230 )
    Inventory     (759 )   (896 )   5,099  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     (353 )   (61 )   (188 )
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     897     (1,282 )   3,003  
   
 
 
 
      Net cash used in operating activities     (8,668 )   (6,317 )   (3,759 )
   
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                    
  Net proceeds from sales of technology     877          
  Additions to fixed assets     (589 )   (332 )   (310 )
   
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     288     (332 )   (310 )
   
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                    
  Proceeds on bank indebtedness     14,592          
  Repayment of bank indebtedness     (13,010 )       (1,969 )
  Proceeds from notes payable to related party     3,000     2,650      
  Repayment of notes payable to related party     (3,000 )   (2,650 )    
  Proceeds on issuance of debentures     5,000     5,000     1,828  
  Proceeds on issuance of shares     572     2,062     4,790  
  Proceeds from exercise of options     40     115     15  
   
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by financing activities     7,194     7,177     4,664  
   
 
 
 
CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     (1,186 )   528     595  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR     1,242     714     119  
   
 
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR   $ 56   $ 1,242   $ 714  
   
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOWS:                    
  Payments for interest   $ 730   $ 823   $ 843  
   
 
 
 
  Payments for income taxes   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-16



XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Xplore Technologies Corp. (the "Company"), a corporation amalgamated under the laws of Canada, is engaged in the business of the development, integration and marketing of rugged mobile wireless Tablet PC computing systems. The Company's products enable the extension of traditional computing systems to a range of field and on-site personnel, regardless of location or environment. Using a range of wireless communication mediums together with the Company's rugged computing products, the Company's end-users are able to receive, collect, analyze, manipulate and transmit information in a variety of environments not suited to traditional non-rugged computing devices. The Company's end-users are in the following markets: utility, warehousing/logistics, public safety, field service, transportation, manufacturing, route delivery, military and homeland security.

2.    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        The financial statements were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and reflect the following significant accounting policies:

    a)    Basis of consolidation and presentation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Xplore Technologies Corporation of America.

        The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has accumulated significant losses as it has been developing its current and next generation rugged computer products. The Company has had recurring losses and expects to report operating losses through fiscal 2008. The Company believes that cash flow from operations, together with borrowings from its senior lender and financial support from the Phoenix Venture Fund LLC, as described in Note 9, its significant shareholder, if necessary, will be sufficient to fund the anticipated operations for the next 12 months. These financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.

        Comparative amounts are reclassified to conform to the current year's financial statement presentation.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires the use of management's estimates. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities at fiscal year end, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the fiscal year. Significant accounting estimates used in the preparation of these financial statements included assessment of the allowance for returns, the inventory valuation reserve and the warranty provision. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

    b)    Cash and cash equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than ninety days. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates market value.

F-17


    c)    Inventory

        Inventory is recorded at the lower of average cost determined on a first-in-first-out basis or net realizable value. The valuation of inventory requires the use of estimates regarding the amount of current inventory that will be sold and the prices at which it will be sold based on an assessment of expected orders for these products from the Company's customers. Additionally, the estimates reflect changes in the Company's products or changes in demand because of various factors including the market for the Company's products, obsolescence, product discontinuation, technology changes and competition.

    d)    Fixed assets

        Fixed assets are recorded at cost. The straight line depreciation method is used to depreciate the recorded value of fixed assets over their estimated useful lives.

Fixed Asset

  Estimated Useful Lives
Tooling and fixtures   2 years
Office equipment   2 years
Machine equipment   5 years
Leasehold improvements   lesser of 5 years or lease term
Computer equipment   2 years
Computer software   2 years
Demonstration units   6 months

        The Company performs reviews for the impairment of fixed assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable.

    e)    Deferred charges

        Deferred charges represent deferred financing costs consisting of the value of warrants issued to holders of short-term debentures. The value of the warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes methodology. These charges are amortized over the remaining term of the short-term debentures. Also included in deferred charges are legal fees related to the Company's recapitalization discussed in Note 19.

    f)    Foreign currency translation

        The accounts of certain of the Company's subsidiaries are translated into United States dollars using the temporal method for integrated operations. Assets and liabilities of a monetary nature are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, with non-monetary assets and liabilities translated at historical rates. Exchange gains or losses are included in the determination of earnings for the period. Revenues and expenses are translated using weighted average rates. Foreign currency transactions are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency balances are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date.

F-18


    g)    Revenue recognition

        The Company's revenue is derived from the sale of its rugged mobile computers. The Company's customers are predominantly resellers, however, in limited circumstances, the Company's sells directly to end-users. Revenue is recognized, net of an allowance for estimated returns, when title and risk is transferred to the customer, all significant contractual obligations have been satisfied, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and the ability to collect is reasonably assured. The Company's revenue recognition criteria have been met generally when the product has been shipped. The shipping terms are FOB shipping point.

    h)    Cost of revenue

        The Company's cost of revenue consists of the costs associated with manufacturing, assembling and testing its products, related overhead costs, maintenance, compensation and other costs related to manufacturing support, including the depreciation of tooling assets. The Company uses contract manufacturers to manufacture the Company's products and supporting components, and a significant portion of the Company's cost of revenue is attributable to component costs and payments to these contract manufacturers.

        Cost of revenue also includes warranty costs. The Company records warranty liabilities at the time of sale for the estimated costs that may be incurred under its warranty. The specific warranty terms and conditions generally included are technical support, repair parts, and labor for a period that is generally three years. The Company re-evaluates its estimates to assess the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary and any change, based on current information, is recorded as a change in estimate.

    i)    Income taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the liability method. The determination of future tax assets and liabilities is based on the difference between financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. Future tax assets are recorded to recognize tax benefits only to the extent that, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that they will be realized.

    j)    Stock-based compensation

        The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), ("FAS No. 123 (R)"), Share-Based Compensation Cost in respect of the fair value method of accounting for all of its employee stock-based compensation on a prospective basis effective April 1, 2003.

    k)    Loss per share

        Loss per share has been computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares issued and outstanding during the period, and is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The options granted under the Company's share option plan, the effect of the exercise of outstanding options, the effect of the exercise of outstanding warrants and the effect of the exercise of convertible debentures were excluded from the

F-19


loss per share calculation for the years presented as their inclusion is anti-dilutive. Accordingly, diluted loss per share has not been presented.

    l)    Other comprehensive loss

        Other comprehensive loss consists solely of cumulative translation adjustments arising from changes in exchange rates and are accounted for as a separate component of shareholders' deficiency.

3.    ONTARIO SECURITIES COMMISSION NOTICE AND SETTLEMENT

        In June 2005, the Company, the Company's then Chief Executive Officer and the Company's former Chief Financial Officer received notices from the staff at the Ontario Securities Commission (the "OSC"). The notices indicated that the staff of the OSC had reviewed the facts and circumstances surrounding the recognition of revenue in fiscal year 2002 related to product returned from the Company's distribution channel in fiscal years 2003 and 2004 ("Revenue Recognition") and the Company's accounting treatment for the Revenue Recognition in its financial statements. The OSC staff position was that the Company did not account for certain transactions between the Company and some of its value added resellers or the Revenue Recognition in its financial statements in accordance with Canadian GAAP. As a result, the Company's 2002, 2003 and 2004 annual financial statements and 2004, 2005 and the first quarter of 2006 interim financial statements were required to be restated.

        The Company's Board of Directors formed a Special Committee to oversee the OSC matter and the Company dedicated significant resources to complete the restated financial statements that were filed and made available on SEDAR on November 9, 2005.

        As of January 27, 2006, the OSC approved a settlement agreement between the Company and the OSC that resolved the Company's outstanding regulatory issues with respect to its financial statements. Under the terms of settlement, the Company reimbursed the OSC CAD$20 towards the costs of the investigation and hearing, made a settlement payment of CAD$50 to the OSC for allocation to and for the benefit of third parties, was reprimanded for its failure to file financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and provided a letter of comfort to the OSC confirming, amongst other things, that the Company has instituted new practices and procedures related to preventing the future improper recognition of revenue.

        General administration expense for the year ended March 31, 2006 includes $1,025 for costs to address and resolve this matter. These costs consisted primarily of legal and audit fees and the aforementioned settlement payments to the OSC.

4.    RESTATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNDER CANADIAN GAAP

        The Company's 2004 annual consolidated financial statements and 2005 interim consolidated financial statements that were prepared under Canadian GAAP have been restated. The restatement generally adjusted revenue and expenses between the four annual periods ended March 31, 2005. While the restatement adjustments changed the Company's previously reported results of operations in each of the individual annual periods being reported, the adjustments did not change the cumulative results of operations for the four year period.

F-20



        The restatement adjustments were:

    1.    Revenue recognition

        In fiscal 2002 certain sales to resellers, originally accounted for as revenue, were restated and accounted for as inventory held by resellers and subsequently recognized as revenue when the Company was paid. The product returns were originally accounted for as reductions in revenue and cost of revenue in fiscal years 2003 and 2004, and under the restatement, adjustments were restated as inventory held by resellers. The impact of these adjustments increased revenue by $1,277 for fiscal 2004 and $742 for fiscal 2005.

    2.    Inventory valuation

        Under the restatement adjustments, an inventory write-down was made in fiscal 2002 due to the determination that sales demand for certain finished goods was less than the available inventory on-hand or on consignment with the Company's resellers. The write-down adjusted the carrying value of this inventory from its recorded cost to the lower net realizable value. This charge was previously recorded as an inventory write-down of $388 in fiscal 2004 and $811 in fiscal 2005.

        The Company originally recorded a $1,212 inventory write-down in the second quarter of fiscal 2005 for end-of-life products. Under the restatement adjustments, a $1,212 inventory write-down adjustment was made in fiscal 2004 to correct for accounting errors made in the valuation of certain component parts associated with end-of-life products that were obsolete because the components were incompatible with new or other existing products.

    3.    Warranty reserve

        The Company originally recorded a $755 increase in warranty reserves for end-of-life products in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. Under the restatement adjustments, fiscal year 2004 and prior years were restated by $486 and $269, respectively, to correct for accounting errors in the computation of warranty reserves and to match the expense to the related sales transactions.

    4.    Tooling depreciation expense

        The Company originally recorded tooling depreciation expense as an operating expense as opposed to in cost of revenue. Under the restatement adjustments, cost of revenue for fiscal 2005 and 2004 were restated by $456 and $591, respectively, to classify depreciation of tooling assets as a cost of revenue.

    5.    Other adjustments

        Other adjustments consist of corrections of accounting errors. Under the restatement adjustments, certain expenditures were restated in a different reporting period to match the restated revenues related to the expenditures. In addition, other expenses were accrued in earlier periods in which the obligation was incurred but not recognized. The net impact of these adjustments reduced fiscal 2005 operating expenses by $1,200 and increased fiscal 2004 operating expenses by $751.

F-21


        There are no material differences between U.S. and Canadian GAAP. Any differences between U.S. and Canadian GAAP have an insignificant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

5.    INVENTORY

 
  March 31,
 
  2006
  2005
Computer components   $ 1,422   $ 1,403
Finished goods     2,291     1,551
   
 
Total inventory   $ 3,713   $ 2,954
   
 

        Inventory sent to end-users for which revenue recognition attributes have not been completed is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and was $370 at March 31, 2005. There was none at March 31, 2006.

        Prepaid expenses and other current assets at March 31, 2006 include $580 representing advances to a supplier to secure the supply of components to be delivered in fiscal 2007.

        Inventory held by resellers represents finished goods located at various resellers. The majority of the amounts reported were physically returned to the Company in fiscal 2004. The Company discontinued this practice at the end of fiscal 2004, and accordingly, there was no inventory located at resellers at March 31, 2005.

        Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2004 includes inventory write-downs of $2.0 million (including adjustments discussed in note 4). In fiscal 2004, the inventory write-down charges arose from management's determination that certain component parts associated with end-of-life products were obsolete because the components were incompatible with new or other existing products. Accordingly, the write-down adjusts the carrying values of the inventory from its cost to the lower net realizable values and was applied against the computer components and finished goods categories above.

F-22


6.    FIXED ASSETS

 
  March 31,
 
  2006
  2005
Cost            
Tooling and fixtures   $ 1,246   $ 1,056
Office equipment and leasehold improvements     570     560
Computer equipment and demonstration units     1,014     703
Computer software     582     526
   
 
      3,412     2,845
   
 
Accumulated depreciation            
Tooling and fixtures     1,056     1,047
Office equipment and leasehold improvements     370     284
Computer equipment and demonstration units     869     572
Computer software     520     470
   
 
      2,815     2,373
   
 
Total fixed assets, net   $ 597   $ 472
   
 

7.    BANK INDEBTEDNESS

        On April 22, 2005, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank. Under the terms of this agreement, as amended, the Company could finance certain eligible accounts receivable up to a maximum $2,625. Borrowings yielded interest at prime rate plus 3%. The Company was obligated to repay each loan advance on the earliest of the date on which the financed receivable payment was received or the date to which the financed receivable became ineligible or 90 days past due. Borrowings were secured by all assets and intellectual property of the Company.

        On September 15, 2005, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with the same commercial bank which replaced the April 22, 2005 agreement. Under the terms of this two year agreement, the Company may finance certain eligible accounts receivable up to a maximum of $5,000. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at prime rate plus 2.25%. The Company is obligated to repay each loan advance on the earliest of the date on which the financed receivable payment is received or the date to which the financed receivable becomes ineligible or 90 days past due. The Company is committed to pay a fee equal to .25% of the unused portion of the credit facility. Borrowings are secured by all assets and intellectual property of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of various subordination agreements between the commercial bank, the Company's debentures holders and one of its suppliers, the commercial bank has a first priority security interest in all of the assets of the Company, under certain circumstances the supplier has a priority security interest in certain trade debts of the Company, and the Company's debenture holders have a security interest in all of the assets of the Company. The loan agreement contains a number of financial and operational covenants. As of June 20, 2006 the Company was in full compliance with these covenants. As of June 20, 2006, there was $2,183 of borrowings outstanding.

F-23



8.    ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 
  March 31,
 
  2006
  2005
Accounts payable   $ 4,309   $ 2,779
Accrued interest payable     981     304
Warranty accrual     525     675
Other accrued liabilities     1,227     2,473
   
 
Total   $ 7,042   $ 6,231
   
 

        The details of the Company's warranty accrual liability are as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  2006
  2005
 
Balance beginning of year   $ 675   $ 895  
Accruals     26      
Payments     (176 )   (220 )
   
 
 
Balance at end of year   $ 525   $ 675  
   
 
 

9.    DEBENTURES

        The Company had issued and outstanding debentures at March 31, 2006 and 2005, as detailed in the tables below.

Short-term Debentures:

Debenture Issuance Date

  Balance
  New
Issuances

  Value
Assigned to
Warrants

  Payments
  Accretion of
Non-cash
Interest

  Converted to
Shares

  Balance
 
  March 31,
2005

   
   
   
   
   
  March 31,
2006

September 15, 2005   $   3,000           $ 3,000
September 29,2005   $   750           $ 750
November 7, 2005   $   1,250           $ 1,250
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $   5,000           $ 5,000
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-24


Long-term Debentures:

Debenture Issuance Date

  Balance
  New
Issuances

  Value
Assigned to
Warrants

  Payments
  Accretion of
Non-cash
Interest

  Converted to
Shares

  Balance
 
  March 31,
2004

   
   
   
   
   
  March 31,
2005

November 5, 2002   $ 5,000   $   $   $   $   $ (335 ) $ 4,665
December 6, 2002     970                         970
April 9, 2003     790                     (65 )   725
April 29, 2003     790                     (65 )   725
December 17, 2004         5,000     (945 )       310         4,365
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 7,550   $ 5,000   $ (945 ) $   $ 310   $ (465 ) $ 11,450
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

March 31,
2005


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

March 31,
2006

November 5, 2002   $ 4,665   $   $   $   $   $ (75 ) $ 4,590
December 6, 2002     970                         970
April 9, 2003     725                         725
April 29, 2003     725                     (5 )   720
December 17, 2004     4,365                 635         5,000
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 11,450   $   $   $   $ 635   $ (80 ) $ 12,005
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        From November 2002 through March 2006, the Company raised aggregate gross proceeds of $18,000 through the issuance of 10% secured debentures and common share purchase warrants. As discussed in Note 19, on May 30, 2006, all of the short-term and long-term debentures (plus accrued interest), except for one debenture in the original principal amount of $250, were exchanged for Series A Preferred Shares of the Company.

        On September 15, 2005, the Company entered into a debenture purchase agreement with Phoenix Venture Fund LLC ("Phoenix") and other lenders, including an affiliate of Phoenix (collectively, the "Lenders"), whereby the Lenders provided an aggregate of $5,000 of financing to the Company through the issuance of short-term debentures. The Chairman and one Director of the Company are co-managers of Phoenix. The short-term debentures had an original maturity date of March 31, 2006 and borrowings under the short-term debentures bear interest at 10% per annum. Borrowings were secured by all of the Company's assets and were subordinated to the commercial bank credit facility and certain trade debts. The Company initially drew on the facility and issued short-term debentures to the Lenders in the aggregate amount of $3,000. The Company used the gross proceeds to re-pay promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3,000 previously issued by its U.S. subsidiary due on September 15, 2005. On September 29, 2005, the Company made another draw on the facility and issued short-term debentures to the Lenders in the aggregate principal amount of $750 to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. On November 7, 2005 a final draw in the principal amount of $1,250 was made that increased aggregate principal borrowings to $5,000.

F-25



        In the event that any outstanding short-term debentures were not paid in full on or prior to March 31, 2006, the Company agreed to issue warrants to the holder of such short-term debentures. The short-term debentures were not repaid and on April 10, 2006, the Company issued to the Lenders 5,235,343 warrants with an exercise price of CAD $0.45. The warrants will be exercisable through April 10, 2008 and the exercise price of the warrants was based on the average current market price of the Company's common shares for the five days before the date of issuance. The warrants have been valued separately at fair value using the Black-Scholes methodology. The fair value calculations assumed a discount rate of approximately 4.8%, volatility of approximately 127% and no dividends. The value of $1,329 assigned to these warrants issued in connection with the short-term debenture financings is reflected as a separate component of shareholders' deficiency and as a deferred charge that will be amortized as additional non-cash interest expense during the remaining term of the debentures. In connection with the Company's recapitalization (See Note 19), the maturity date of the short-term debentures was extended to June 30, 2006. These short-term debentures and accrued interest were exchanged for Series A Preferred Shares on May 30, 2006.

        The Company's other outstanding debentures bear interest at 10% per annum calculated on the outstanding face value amount. The interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 30 and December 31. The interest payable on the December 17, 2004 debentures is convertible, at the option of the holder, at a price per share equal to the volume weighted average trading price of the Company's common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange for the 10 trading days preceding the date of the interest payment, less the maximum discount permitted by the Toronto Stock Exchange. As of March 31, 2006, the Company had unpaid interest of approximately $400 to certain debenture holders that was due on December 31, 2005. As discussed in Note 19, on May 30, 2006, this interest amount and interest accrued since December 31, 2006 was exchanged for Series A Preferred Shares.

        The December 17, 2004 debentures also have a conversion feature which permits the holder to convert the principal amount of each debenture into common shares of the Company at a conversion price of $0.44 per share. This conversion price is subject to adjustment as provided by the debenture agreement for dividends, distributions, subdivisions, combinations and reorganizations of the Company. The maturity date of the outstanding debentures was October 31, 2005; however, in September 2005 the maturity date was extended to April 30, 2007, subject to acceleration on the occurrence of certain specified events.

        The December 17, 2004 debentures included the issuance of $4,900 in debentures to Phoenix. The debenture purchase agreements provide that, as long as any amounts owed under the debentures remain outstanding, Phoenix will have the right to designate two members of the Board of Directors of the Company and to designate two persons as members of each committee of the Board.

        The Company's outstanding debentures are secured by all assets and intellectual property of the Company. The December 17, 2004 debenture holders had a priority security interest over the security interest granted to the remaining debenture holders.

        The debenture purchase agreements contained a number of financial and operational covenants which, through June 20, 2006, and the Company was in full compliance with these covenants.

        The debentures and the warrants have been valued separately at fair value using the Black-Scholes methodology. In fiscal 2005, in connection with the issuance of the December 17, 2004 debentures and

F-26



common share purchase warrants the fair value calculations assumed a discount rate of approximately 3.4%, volatility of approximately 100% and no dividends. The debentures have been reflected in the financial statements at their discounted value of $4,055 and the difference between this discount amount and the face value of $5,000, which is repayable at maturity, will be amortized as additional non-cash interest expense during the term of the debentures. The value assigned to warrants issued in connection with the debenture financings are reflected as a separate component of shareholders' deficiency. Upon exercise of the warrants, the related value assigned to such warrants is reclassified into share capital. The 2005 warrants issued are reflected as a separate component of shareholders' deficiency with a value of $945.

        The calculations for issuances in fiscal 2004 assumed a discount rate of approximately 3.37% and volatility of approximately 106%. Warrants issued in connection with fiscal 2004 debenture financings had an assigned value of $942. In March 2004, the debenture holders and the Company agreed to extend the maturity date of the debentures to October 31, 2005. As a result of this amendment, the Company determined that the modification of the terms represented a settlement of the original debt. As a result, the balance of the unamortized debenture discount and the associated deferred financing costs were charged to expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, resulting in a $451 increase in interest expense.

        Upon exercise of the warrants, the related value assigned to such warrants is reclassified into share capital.

        During the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, certain of the debenture holders surrendered their debentures to the Company as consideration for the exercise price of warrants they held. As a result, the face value of the outstanding debentures was reduced by $80 in 2006, $465 in 2005 and $450 in 2004. Additionally, during the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the amounts of non-cash interest expense of $635, $310 and $3,210, respectively, were recorded relating to the amortization of debenture discount (see Note 19).

10.    SHARE CAPITAL

        The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares (see Note 19).

Year-ended March 31, 2006

        During the year ended March 31, 2006, a number of warrant holders elected to exercise their warrants. The Company issued 2,067,330 common shares upon the exercise by warrant holders of 2,067,330 warrants. The Company received cash proceeds of $572 and received surrendered debentures in the face amount of $80 as payment for the warrant exercise price.

Year-ended March 31, 2005

        During the year ended March 31, 2005, a number of warrant holders elected to exercise their warrants. The Company issued 1,853,408 common shares upon the exercise by warrant holders of 1,853,408 warrants. The Company received cash proceeds of $59 and received surrendered debentures in the face amount of $465 as payment for the warrant exercise price. Further, in fiscal 2005 the

F-27



Company issued 9,952,723 common shares upon the exercise, on a cashless basis in accordance with their terms, of 12,500,744 warrants.

        During the year ended March 31, 2005, the Company raised gross proceeds of $800 through the completion of a private placement of 1,000,030 units at $0.80 per unit, each unit comprised of one common share of the Company and one common share purchase warrant.

        In December 2004, the Company agreed with a key supplier to sell 2,975,011 common shares of the Company for approximately $1.3 million. In addition, the supplier entered into an intercreditor agreement with the debenture holders whereby the supplier was granted a priority security interest in certain trade debts of the Company in excess of $2 million.

        In connection with the issuance of the December 17, 2004 debentures in a private placement, the Company issued 9,100,000 warrants. The warrants are exercisable for common shares of the Company at an exercise price per share of $0.55 until the later of 36 months after December 17, 2004 and 24 months after the debentures are fully repaid or converted; provided, however, that in no event will any warrant be exercisable on or after December 17, 2009.

Year-ended March 31, 2004

        During the year ended March 31, 2004, a number of warrant holders elected to exercise their warrants. The Company issued 4,260,562 common shares upon the exercise by warrant holders of 4,260,562 warrants. The Company received cash proceeds of $900 and received surrendered debentures in the face amount of $450 as payments for the warrants exercise price. Included in warrants exercised are 270,000 warrants which were issued to a Director of the Company in consideration for a bridge loan in the amount of Cdn$270,000 provided to the Company in November 2003. The Director's warrants had an exercise price of Cdn$0.50. Further, the Company issued 6,157,619 common shares upon the exercise, on a cashless basis in accordance with their terms, of 8,664,226 warrants.

        In March 2004, the Company raised gross proceeds of $4,092 through the private placements of 5,114,520 units, at $0.80 per unit, each unit comprised of one common share of the Company and one common share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one common share of the Company at exercise prices in the range of $1.20 to $1.50 depending upon the exercise date, and expires in March 2006.

        During the year ended March 31, 2004, the Company issued 9,090,912 warrants in connection with its April 2003 debenture financings in the aggregate amount of $2.0 million and 250,000 warrants to a commercial bank. These warrants have an exercise price of Cdn$0.33 and expire in April 2006.

        The fair value of the warrants issued to the commercial bank and the Director of the Company were calculated using the Black-Scholes methodology and recorded as additional paid in capital in the amount of $83.

F-28



Warrants outstanding

        There were 15,789,919 warrants outstanding at March 31, 2006 as detailed in the table below:

Number Outstanding
  Exercise Price
  Expiry Date
454,546   C$0.33   April 9 – April 28, 2006(1)
1,000,030   US$1.30 – US$1.50   April 22, 2006(2)
9,100,000   US$0.55   December 17, 2007
5,235,343   C$0.45   April 10, 2008

(1)
These warrants were exercised subsequent to year-end.

(2)
These warrants were not exercised subsequent to year-end and expired.

11.    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLAN

        In 1995, the Board of Directors approved a Share Option Plan, as amended and restated in December 2004. The Share Option Plan is administered by the Board of Directors and provides that options may be granted to employees, officers, Directors and consultants to the Company. The exercise price of an option is determined at the time of grant and is to be based on the closing price of the common shares on The Toronto Stock Exchange, or other applicable Exchange, on the day preceding the grant. Unless otherwise provided for, the options are exercisable only during the term of engagement of the employee, officer or consultant or during the period of service as a Director of the Company. The maximum aggregate number of common shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of all options granted under the Share Option Plan, as amended, is not to exceed 11,400,000 common shares of the Company. The options under the plan generally vest over a 3-year period in equal annual amounts.

        The options have been valued separately using the Black-Scholes methodology and the calculations for issuances in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 assumed discount rates of approximately 4.2%, 3.8% and 3.37%, respectively, and volatility of approximately 127%, 83% and 106%, respectively, and no dividends for all years. The Company recorded compensation cost of $522 in fiscal 2006, $305 in fiscal 2005 and $265 in fiscal 2004 for option grants issued since April 1, 2003.

F-29



        A summary of the activity in the Company's Share Option Plan during the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:

 
  Year ended March 31,
 
  2006
  2005
  2004
 
  Options
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
(Cdn$)

  Options
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
(Cdn$)

  Options
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
(Cdn$)

Outstanding at beginning of year   6,821,588   $ 1.05   3,886,679   $ 1.63   1,461,826   $ 3.67
Granted   1,579,500   $ 0.88   4,409,748   $ 0.76   2,584,000   $ 0.54
Exercised   100,000   $ 0.47   150,835   $ 0.46   42,000   $ 0.46
Forfeited   2,769,738   $ 1.25   1,324,004   $ 1.83   117,147   $ 3.57
   
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at end of year   5,531,350   $ 0.91   6,821,588   $ 1.05   3,886,679   $ 1.63
   
 
 
 
 
 

        At March 31, 2006, the total number of common shares issued in connection with the exercise of options is 521,385 since the inception of the Share Option Plan.

        A summary of the options outstanding and exercisable as at March 31, 2006 is as follows:

 
  Options outstanding
  Options exercisable
 
   
  Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life
Range of Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding

  Number Exercisable
Cdn$

   
   
   
$0.40 – 0.47   1,469,669   1.4   1,175,672
$0.50 – $0.56   2,024,979   3.4   601,011
$0.65 – 1.18   1,222,500   3.8   159,837
$1.24 – 1.85   384,502   2.2   242,507
$2.29 – 7.10   429,700   0.1   429,367
   
     
    5,531,350       2,608,394
   
     

        During the year ended March 31, 2006, grants covering 300,000 common shares were issued to non-executive Directors of the Company at an exercise price of C$0.93.

F-30


12.    INCOME TAXES

        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to future income tax assets are as follows:

 
  March 31,
2006

  March 31,
2005

 
Future income tax assets:            
  Net operating losses     22,004   20,723  
  Inventory allowance     502   365  
  Warranty accrual     184   236  
Valuation allowance     (22,690 ) (21,324 )
Deferred tax asset   $    
   
 
 

        The provision for income taxes varies from the expected provision at statutory rates for the following reasons:

 
  2006
  2005
  2004
 
Combined basic Canadian statutory rates     37 %   37 %   37 %
   
 
 
 
Recovery of income taxes based on the above rates   $ (2,432 ) $ (3,289 ) $ (4,699 )
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:                    
  Effect of differences between US and foreign tax rates     73     179     254  
  Permanent difference—financing fees     235     115     1,188  
  Permanent difference—issuance costs         (17 )   (80 )
  Permanent difference—stock compensation     193     113     98  
  Non-recognition of loss carry forwards     1,931     2,899     3,239  
   
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 

        The Company has non-capital losses for income tax purposes totalling approximately $62,868, which under certain conditions, may be carried forward and applied to reduce future year's taxable income. The potential benefit associated with these losses is not reflected in these statements as

F-31



management does not believe that recovery is more likely than not. The right to claim these losses expires as follows:

Expiry Year

  Canada
  United States
  Total
2007     490         490
2008     1,857         1,857
2010     3,195         3,195
2014     4,823         4,823
2015     2,889         2,889
2016     1,707     1,282     2,989
2017         737     737
2018         5,293     5,293
2019         2,978     2,978
2020         1,486     1,486
2021         3,116     3,116
2022         6,412     6,412
2023         10,746     10,746
2024         4,433     4,433
2025         7,764     7,764
2026         3,660     3,660
   
 
 
    $ 14,961   $ 47,907   $ 62,868
   
 
 

13.    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    Fair value of financial instruments

        The estimated fair value of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and debentures is equal to the book value given their short-term nature and terms.

    Interest rate risk

        At March 31, 2006, all of the Company's debentures bear interest at a fixed rate of 10% and the Company is not exposed to future fluctuations in interest rates. At September 15, 2005, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a commercial bank and the interest rate has a variable component based on bank's prime rate. If the Company borrowed 100% of the facility's available line for a full year and the bank's prime rate increased by 1%, the Company's borrowing costs would increase by $50,000.

    Foreign exchange risk

        The United States dollar is the Company's reporting currency. As the majority of the Company's revenues and expenses are in United States dollars, foreign exchange is limited to non—U.S. dollar denominated revenues and net expenditures in Canadian dollars, which represents 2%, 1%, and 7% of revenues and 9%, 8% and 9% of net expenditures in each of the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

F-32


    Credit risk

        The Company's exposure to accounts receivable credit risk is as follows:

As of
March 31,

  Accounts Receivable
(in millions)

  Number of Customers
with Receivable Balance
> 10% of Total
Receivables

  Customer Share as a
Percent of Total
Receivables

  Percentage Share of
Total Receivables

 
2006   $ 4.6   1   42%   42 %
2005   $ 1.9   2   13% & 11%   24 %

        The receivable representing 42% of the accounts receivable balance at March 31, 2006 was subsequently collected on May 16, 2006.

        The Company relies on a single supplier for the majority of its finished goods. At March 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company owed $3,497 and $3,280, respectively, recorded as accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The inventory purchases and engineering services from this supplier for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $17,225, $9,088 and $8,737, respectively.

14.    SEGMENTED INFORMATION

        The Company operates in one segment, the sale of rugged mobile wireless Tablet PC computing systems. The majority of the Company's revenue is derived from sales in the United States of America. Other than the Netherlands with 12.5% of the total revenue, no other country outside of the United States of America accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue for the year ended March 31, 2006. The distribution of revenue by country is segmented as follows:

 
  Year ended March 31,
 
  2006
  2005
  2004
Revenue by country:                  
  United States of America   $ 14,839   $ 13,089   $ 20,335
  Netherlands   $ 3,467   $ 24   $
  All other countries     9,174     4,417     4,296
   
 
 
    $ 27,480   $ 17,530   $ 24,631
   
 
 

        The Company has a variety of customers, however, in a given year a single customer can account for a significant portion of sales. For the year ended March 31, 2006, the Company had one customer that had sales that were 10% or greater of total revenue and the customer was located in the Netherlands. In fiscal 2005, there were no customers who accounted for more than 10% of total revenue and in fiscal 2004, there were three customers, all located in the United States, who accounted

F-33



for more than 10% of total revenue. The percentages of total revenue from these customers are as follows:

Fiscal Year
  Total Revenue
(in millions)

  Number of Customers
with Revenue > 10%
of Total Revenue

  Customer Share as a
Percent of Total
Revenue

  Percentage Share of
Total Revenue

 
2006   $ 27.5   1   10%   10 %
2005   $ 17.5   None      
2004   $ 24.6   3   21%, 16% & 15%   52 %

        Substantially all of the Company's capital assets are owned by its wholly-owned subsidiary, Xplore Technologies Corporation of America, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. No country, other than the United States of America, had more than 10% of the Company's assets for the two years ended March 31, 2006.

15.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

        The Company leases facilities in Austin, Texas. The annual lease commitment is $232 and the lease maturity date was extended from May 31, 2007 to August 31, 2009. The Company also leases a satellite office in Helsinki, Finland, on a 3-month renewable basis.

        Minimum annual payments by fiscal year required under all of the Company's operating leases are:

2007   $ 244
2008     232
2009     229
2010     95
   
    $ 800
   

        On January 3, 2006, the Company entered into an agreement with the former Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") of the Company whereby the Company is obligated to pay the former CEO $175 over an eleven month period ending November 1, 2006. In addition, the expiration dates of approximately 666,000 vested option shares were extended to periods through November 1, 2006. Amongst other terms, the Company and former CEO agreed to certain confidentiality and non-compete provisions.

        At March 31, 2006, the Company had purchase obligations extending into fiscal 2007 of approximately $2,900 related to inventory and product development items.

        In December 2003, the Company received notice of a third party claim in connection with ongoing litigation between one of its value added resellers (VARs) and the VAR's customer. This third party

F-34



claim was made in connection with a subcontract performance bond issued by the Company in the amount of $1.7 million to its reseller during fiscal 2001 and the bond surety also made a claim against the Company in the matter. In April 2004, this VAR voluntarily dismissed its claim against the Company. In October 2004, the remaining parties to this litigation dismissed their claim against the Company.

        The Company and its subsidiaries are engaged in legal actions, arising in the ordinary course of business. None of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, are expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

16.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        On May 20, 2005, the Company raised $1,500 through the issuance of a 10% secured promissory note due August 31, 2005 (subsequently extended to September 15, 2005) in the original principal amount of $1,500 to Phoenix. The note was repaid on September 15, 2005.

        On July 19, 2005, the Company raised $1,500 through the issuance of 10% secured promissory notes due August 31, 2005 (subsequently extended to September 15, 2005) to Phoenix and other lenders, including an affiliate of Phoenix in the aggregate original principal amount of $1,500. The notes were repaid on September 15, 2005.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, the Company had short-term borrowings of $2,650 from Phoenix and affiliates. The 10% interest bearing notes were secured by assets of the Company and repaid with proceeds from the $5,000 December 17, 2004 private placement. A description of borrowings from Phoenix and other affiliates is included in Note 9.

        Interest expense for the fiscal years ended 2006, 2005 and 2004 includes $1,167, $520, and $378 respectively, related to borrowings from Phoenix and its affiliates. At March 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 outstanding debentures issued to such affiliates were $13,208, $8,708 and $3,808, respectively.

17.    SALE OF TECHNOLOGY

        On August 3, 2005, the Company sold previously developed rugged handheld technology to a foreign value added reseller. The sale agreement provided for an initial payment of approximately $900, which the Company received on August 5, 2005, and a future payment of approximately $700, net of the Company's share of future development costs, upon the completion of certain agreed upon production activities by a third party manufacturer. At March 31, 2006, the agreed upon production activities were not completed and it is uncertain as to whether the purchaser will complete its obligations under the sale agreement. The proceeds received in August, net of related selling expenses, have been reflected in other income for the year ended March 31, 2006. The Company's investment in the rugged handheld technology was previously expensed when incurred since the expenditures were research and development related. The technology was in a development stage and did not account for any of the Company's revenue.

F-35



18.    QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

        The following tables provide a summary of the Company's unaudited operating results for each of the quarters ended on the date indicated:

Quarter ended

  June 30,
2005

  September 30,
2005

  December 31,
2005

  March 31,
2006

 
Revenue   $ 6,125   6,583   7,218   7,554  
Gross profit     1,429   1,692   1,768   1.920  
Operating expenses     2,666   3,297   3,171   2,695  
Loss from operations     (1,237 ) (1,605 ) (1,403 ) (776 )
Other expenses     (607 ) 118   (550 ) (513 )
Net loss   $ (1,844 ) (1,487 ) (1,953 ) (1,289 )
Loss per common share   $ (0.03 ) (0.03 ) (0.03 ) (0.03 )
Average shares outstanding (000s)     54,986   55,008   56,455   57,326  
Quarter ended

  June 30,
2004

  September 30,
2004

  December 31,
2004

  March 31,
2005

 
Revenue   $ 4,479   3,052   4,881   5,118  
Gross profit     943   311   1,180   1,236  
Operating expenses     2,975   3,623   2,487   2,260  
Loss from operations     (2,032 ) (3,312 ) (1,307 ) (1,024 )
Other expenses     (194 ) (230 ) (275 ) (517 )
Net loss   $ (2,226 ) (3,542 ) (1,582 ) (1,541 )
Loss per common share   $ (0.05 ) (0.07 ) (0.03 ) (0.03 )
Average shares outstanding (000s)     43,212   49,900   52,303   54,983  

19.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        On April 21, 2006, the Company entered into a financing agreement with Phoenix pursuant to which Phoenix agreed, at its sole discretion, to provide up to $5,000 in financing to us. In connection with the financing, the Company issued a $1,000 10% secured debenture to Phoenix, which had a maturity date of June 30, 2006. The debenture and related accrued and unpaid interest were exchanged for 2,970,185 Series A Preferred Shares as part of the recapitalization discussed below. Of the remaining $4,000 of available financing, the Company received gross proceeds of approximately $800 in June 2006 and approximately $1,904 in July 2006 in exchange for a total of 7,952,353 Series A Preferred Shares issued to certain investors, as designated by Phoenix.

        On June 1, 2006, the Company announced that it completed a recapitalization pursuant to which $18,877 of indebtedness, represented by 10% secured debentures and accrued interest, was exchanged for 55,520,542 Series A Preferred Shares. The Series A Preferred Shares were issued on May 30, 2006 and are convertible initially on a one-for-one basis into common shares of the Company at any time at the option of the holder and will convert upon the occurrence of specified events. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events. In the event that

F-36



the Company issues additional securities at a purchase price less than the then current Series A Preferred Share conversion price, such conversion price will be adjusted in accordance with the formula specified in the Company's articles of incorporation. The Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company's shareholders, are entitled to appoint two of our directors, a cumulative 5% dividend that may be paid in preferred shares, have certain protective provisions, and contain a liquidation preference over the common shares. One debenture in the amount of $250 and related accrued interest was not exchanged and remains outstanding.

        On August 9, 2006, the Company issued 9,988,513 Series B Preferred Shares in a private placement for gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $3,396. The Series B Preferred Shares generally have the same rights and preferences as the Series A Preferred Shares. The Series B Preferred Shares are convertible initially on a one-for-one basis into common shares of the Company at any time at the option of the holder, subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events. The Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company's shareholders, are entitled to a cumulative 5% dividend paid quarterly in common shares, have certain protective provisions, and contain a liquidation preference over the common shares.

        On September 25, 2006, the Company issued 2,848,253 Common Shares in a private placement for gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $997.

F-37


EXHIBIT A

RESOLVED AS A SPECIAL RESOLUTION THAT:

A-1


EXHIBIT B


CERTIFICATE OF DOMESTICATION

OF

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.


        The undersigned, for the purposes of domesticating a corporation under Section 388 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does certify that:

         FIRST : The corporation was incorporated on August 20, 1996 and the jurisdiction of incorporation was the province of Ontario, Canada. The corporation was subsequently continued under the federal laws of Canada on March 22, 2000 and, on March 25, 2000, was amalgamated with its parent corporation under the federal laws of Canada to continue as Xplore Technologies Corp.

         SECOND : The name of the corporation immediately prior to the filing of this certificate is Xplore Technologies Corp.

         THIRD : The name of the corporation as named in the Certificate of Incorporation filed in accordance with Section 388(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law is Xplore Technologies Corp.

         FOURTH : The jurisdiction constituting the principal place of business of the corporation immediately prior to the filing of this certificate was Austin, Texas.

         FIFTH : The domestication has been approved by the shareholders of Xplore Technologies Corp. in accordance with Canadian law.

        Executed on this            day of                        , 2007.


 

 


Name:
Title:

B-1


EXHIBIT C

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

        The undersigned (the " Sole Incorporator "), for the purpose of organizing a corporation to conduct the business and promote the purposes hereinafter stated, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware hereby certifies that:

        FIRST:     The name of the corporation is Xplore Technologies Corp. (hereinafter called the " Corporation ").

        SECOND:     The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, Delaware 19904, County of Kent. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

        THIRD:     The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

        FOURTH:     The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is Three Hundred Ninety Million (390,000,000) shares of capital stock consisting of: (i) Three Hundred Million (300,000,000) shares of common stock, $.001 par value (the " Common Stock "), and (ii) Ninety Million (90,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value (the " Preferred Stock ").

        Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation (as defined below) relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

        FIFTH:     The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series and to file a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a " Preferred Stock Designation ") to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter, for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such shares and as may be permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation. The

C-1



authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each additional series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

        The first such series of Preferred Stock shall be designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (" Series A Preferred Stock ") and the number of shares constituting such series shall be Sixty-Four Million (64,000,000) shares. The Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following rights, designations, powers and privileges:

        1.     Dividends.     

C-2


C-3


        2.     Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.     

C-4


C-5


        3.     Voting.     

C-6


C-7


        4.     Optional Conversion.     The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the " Series A Conversion Rights "):

C-8


C-9


C-10


C-11


CP 2  = (CP 1 * (A + B)) ÷ (A + C)

C-12


C-13


C-14


C-15


        5.     Mandatory Conversion.     

C-16


        6.     Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares.     Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be immediately retired, upon the taking of appropriate action by the Board of Directors, and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. The Corporation shall not exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock following redemption.

        7.     Waiver.     To the fullest extent permitted by law, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of Series A Preferred Stock.

        8.     Notices.     Any notice required or permitted by the provisions hereto to be given to a holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing.

        9.     Withholding Rights.     Notwithstanding anything herein inconsistent with this Section 9 , the Corporation is entitled to deduct and withhold from any dividend or other amount payable to any holder of Series A Preferred Stock such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to such payment under any provision of provincial, federal, territorial, state, local or foreign tax law. Any amounts so deducted and withheld will be treated for all purposes hereof as having been paid to the holder of the Series A Preferred Stock in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

        The second such series of Preferred Stock shall be designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (" Series B Preferred Stock ") and the number of shares constituting such series shall be Ten Million (10,000,000) shares. The Series B Preferred Stock shall have the following rights, designations, powers and privileges:

C-17


C-18


        2.     Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.     

C-19


C-20


        3.     Voting.     

C-21


        4.     Optional Conversion.     The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the " Series B Conversion Rights "):

C-22


C-23


C-24


C-25


CP 2  = (CP 1 * (A + B)) ÷ (A + C)

C-26


C-27


C-28


C-29


        5.     Mandatory Conversion.     

C-30


        6.     Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares.     Any shares of Series B Preferred Stock which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be immediately retired, upon the taking of appropriate action by the Board of Directors, and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. The Corporation shall not exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock following redemption.

        7.     Waiver.     To the fullest extent permitted by law, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of Series B Preferred Stock.

        8.     Notices.     Any notice required or permitted by the provisions hereto to be given to a holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing.

        9.     Withholding Rights.     Notwithstanding anything herein inconsistent with this Section 9, the Corporation is entitled to deduct and withhold from any dividend or other amount payable to any holder of Series B Preferred Stock such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to such payment under any provision of provincial, federal, territorial, state, local or foreign tax law. Any amounts so deducted and withheld will be treated for all purposes hereof as having been paid to the holder of the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

        SIXTH:     For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

C-31



        SEVENTH:     A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable, to the fullest extent of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to this Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article Seventh shall not increase the liability of any director of the Company for any act or occurrence taking place prior to such repeal or modification, or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

        EIGHTH:     Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

        NINTH:     Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws of the Corporation may provide. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation. The books

C-32



of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws.

        TENTH:     Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, a majority of the whole Board shall be authorized to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware, and the stockholders shall also have the power to amend, alter, change, add to or repeal the By-Laws; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders to alter, amend or repeal any provision of the By-Laws.

        ELEVENTH:     The name and the mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

C-33


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has caused this Certificate of Incorporation to be executed on this            day of             2007.

   
Michael J. Rapisand
Sole Incorporator

C-34


EXHIBIT D


BY-LAWS

OF

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

(the "
Corporation ")


ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

        SECTION 1.1     Place of Meeting.     Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may determine.

        SECTION 1.2     Annual Meetings.     

        (a)    Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held, at a date, time and place fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting, to elect a Board of Directors and to transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

        (b)    Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation's notice with respect to such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) by any stockholder of record of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in subsections (c) and (d) of this Section 1.2 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

        (c)    For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 1.2(b), (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation; (ii) in the case of business other than nominations, such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action; (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as that term is defined herein), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the Corporation's voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial holder to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice; and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this Section 1.2, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 1.2. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not fewer than 45 days nor more than 75 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or delayed by more than 30 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the

D-1



adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the " Exchange Act ") and Rule 14a-11 thereunder, or any successor provisions, including such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner, (B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (C) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporation's voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation's voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a " Solicitation Notice ").

        (d)    Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 1.2(c) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least eighty days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required by these By-Laws shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

        SECTION 1.3     Special Meetings.     

        (a)    Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of these By-Laws, the term " Whole Board " shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting.

        (b)    Only such business as shall have been brought before the special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting pursuant to Section 1.4 of these By-Laws shall be conducted at such meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of record of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 1.3, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 1.2. Nominations by stockholders of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at such a special meeting of stockholders if the stockholder's notice required by Section 1.2 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.3, a stockholder shall also comply

D-2



with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 1.3. Nothing in this Section 1.3 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

        SECTION 1.4     Notice of Meetings; Waiver.     

        (a)    Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, the Secretary of the Corporation or any Assistant Secretary shall cause written notice of the place, if any, date and time of each meeting of the stockholders and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, to be given not fewer than ten nor more than sixty days prior to the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If such notice is mailed, it shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the record of stockholders of the Corporation or, if a stockholder shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices to such stockholder be mailed to some other address, then directed to such stockholder at such other address. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        (b)    A written waiver of any notice of any annual or special meeting signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed the equivalent of notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any annual or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in such a waiver of notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

        SECTION 1.5     Quorum; Adjournment.     

        (a)    Unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law, at any meeting of stockholders the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of capital stock representing a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

        (b)    In the absence of a quorum, the Chairman of the meeting shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is present. Notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders of the Corporation need not be given if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed pursuant to Section 1.10 of these By-Laws, a notice of the adjourned meeting, conforming to the requirements of Section 1.4 of these By-Laws, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At an adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.

        SECTION 1.6     Voting.     Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, all elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast and all other matters

D-3



submitted to a meeting of stockholders shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

        SECTION 1.7     Proxies.     Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders may authorize another person or persons to vote at any such meeting and express such vote on behalf of him or her by proxy. A stockholder may authorize a valid proxy by a transmission permitted by law or by executing a written instrument signed by such stockholder filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section 1.7 may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

        SECTION 1.8     Organization; Procedure.     At every meeting of stockholders the presiding officer shall be an officer chosen by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairman of the Board or, in the event of his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer. The order of business and all other matters of procedures of procedure may be determined by such presiding officer. The Chairman shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time. The Secretary of the Corporation or, in the event of his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary or such person as the Chairman of the meeting appoints, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

        SECTION 1.9     Stockholder Action By Written Consent.     

        (a)    Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action which may be taken or required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

        (b)    In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting (including by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission as permitted by law), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within 10 days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date (unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 1.9(b)). If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within 10 days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or any officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action

D-4



by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the date on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

        SECTION 1.10     Record Date.     In order to determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which shall not be more than sixty nor fewer than ten days before the date of such meeting. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided; however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights of the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which shall not be more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

        SECTION 1.11     Stockholder List.     The Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

        SECTION 1.12     Inspectors of Elections.     Preceding any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors shall appoint one or more persons to act as Inspectors of Elections, and may designate one or more alternate inspectors. In the event that no inspector or alternate is able to act, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of an inspector, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

        SECTION 1.13     General.     

        (a)    Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these By-Laws shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in these By-Laws. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in these By-Laws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these By-Laws, to declare that such defective nomination or proposal shall be disregarded.

D-5



        (b)    For purposes of these By-Laws, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

        (c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these By-Laws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these By-Laws. Nothing in these By-Laws shall be deemed to affect any substantive rights of (i) stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, or (ii) the holders of any series of the Corporation's Preferred Stock, if any, to elect directors if so provided under the Certificate of Incorporation or any applicable Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation).


ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        SECTION 2.1     Powers.     Except as may otherwise be required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the Corporation.

        SECTION 2.2     Number of Directors.     The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall at no time consist of fewer than three and no more than nine directors.

        SECTION 2.3     Election of Directors.     At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected to serve until the next annual meeting and until their respective successors are elected and qualified, or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

        SECTION 2.4     Vacancies; Removal of Directors.     Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting as a single class; provided, that Series A Directors (as that term is defend in the Certificate of Incorporation) may only be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Corporation's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock entitled to vote at an election of directors.

        SECTION 2.5     Chairman of the Board.     The directors shall elect from among the members of the Board a "Chairman of the Board." The Chairman of the Board shall be deemed an officer of the Corporation and shall have such duties and powers as set forth in these By-Laws or as shall otherwise be conferred upon the Chairman of the Board from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall, if present, preside over all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 2.6     Meetings.     

        (a)    Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors or as may be specified in a notice of meeting.

D-6


        (b)    Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time upon the call of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other executive officer if directed by a majority of the directors then in office.

        (c)    A meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 2.7     Notice of Meeting.     It shall be sufficient notice to a director to send notice (i) by mail at least 72 hours before the meeting addressed to such person at his usual or last known business or residence address, or (ii) in person, by telephone, facsimile transmission or electronic transmission at least 24 hours before the meeting. The requirement of notice to any director may be waived by a waiver of notice, executed or otherwise given by such person before or after the meeting or meetings, and filed with the records of the meeting, or by attendance at the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement that such meeting was not lawfully called or convened. A notice or waiver of notice of a directors' meeting need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

        SECTION 2.8     Quorum.     A majority of the total number of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until such a quorum is present. Except as otherwise required by law, the vote of at least a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 2.9     Action Without a Meeting.     Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all of the members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and such consent is filed with the minutes of the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 2.10     Action By Telephonic Communications.     Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

        SECTION 2.11     Resignations.     Any director may resign at any time by delivering a notice of resignation given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the Board or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

        SECTION 2.12     Reliance on Accounts and Reports.     A director, officer or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such director's, officer's or member's duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation's officers or employees, any committees designated by the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to the matters the director or the member reasonably believes are within such other person's professional or expert competence and who the director, officer or member reasonably believes or determines has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

        SECTION 2.13     Compensation.     Each director, in consideration of such person serving as a director, may be entitled to receive from the Corporation such amount per annum and such fees (payable in cash or stock-based compensation) for attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors or of committees thereof, or both, as the Board of Directors shall determine from time to time. In addition, each director may be entitled to receive from the Corporation reimbursement for the reasonable expenses incurred by such person in connection with the performance of such person's

D-7



duties as a director. Nothing contained in this Section 2.13 shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore.


ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES

        SECTION 3.1     Committees.     The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, may designate from among its members one or more committees of the Board of Directors, each committee to consist of such number of Directors as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors. Any such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall have the powers and duties delegated to it by the Board of Directors, subject to the limitations set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of any committee, who shall preside at meetings of any such committee.

        SECTION 3.2     Powers.     Each committee shall have and may exercise such powers of the Board of Directors as may be provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. No committee shall have the power or authority to approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to the stockholders for approval, or to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

        SECTION 3.3     Proceedings.     Each committee may fix its own rules of procedure and may meet at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), at such time and upon such notice, if any, as it shall determine from time to time. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings.

        SECTION 3.4     Quorum and Manner of Acting.     Except as may be otherwise provided in the resolution creating such committee or in the rules of such committee, at all meetings of any committee, the presence of members (or alternate members) constituting a majority of the total authorized membership of such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of the majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of such committee shall consent to such action in writing or by electronic transmission and such consent is filed with the minutes of the committee.

        SECTION 3.5     Actions by Telephonic Communications.     Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, members of any committee may participate in a meeting of such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

        SECTION 3.6     Absent or Disqualified Members.     In the absence or disqualification of a member of any committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

        SECTION 3.7     Resignations.     Any member of any committee may resign at any time by delivering a notice of resignation in writing or by electronic transmission, signed by such member, to the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

        SECTION 3.8     Removal.     Any member of any committee may be removed at any time, either for or without cause, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors then in office.

D-8



        SECTION 3.9     Vacancies.     Except as otherwise required by law, if any vacancy shall occur in any committee, by reason of disqualification, death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the remaining members shall continue to act, and any such vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.


ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

        SECTION 4.1     Chief Executive Officer.     The Board of Directors shall select a Chief Executive Officer to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors who shall (i) supervise the implementation of policies adopted or approved by the Board of Directors, (ii) exercise a general supervision and superintendence over all the business and affairs of the Corporation, and (iii) possess such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assignee to him or her by these By-Laws, as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors and as may be incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer. The Chairman of the Board may also be the Chief Executive Officer.

        SECTION 4.2     President of the Corporation.     The Board of Directors shall appoint a President of the Corporation to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The President of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws, as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and as may be incident to the office of President of the Corporation.

        SECTION 4.3     Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation.     The Board of Directors shall appoint a Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws, as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and as may be incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation.

        SECTION 4.4     Vice Presidents of the Corporation.     The Board of Directors may appoint one or more Vice Presidents of the Corporation to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. A Vice President of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws, as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and as may be incident to the office of a Vice President of the Corporation.

        SECTION 4.5     Secretary of the Corporation.     The Board of Directors shall appoint a Secretary of the Corporation to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Secretary of the Corporation shall (i) keep minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, (ii) authenticate records of the Corporation and (iii) in general, have such powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws, as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and as may be incident to the office of Secretary of the Corporation.

        SECTION 4.6     Other Officers Elected by Board of Directors.     At any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may elect a Chief Operating Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries, or such other officers of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Other officers elected by the Board of Directors shall have such powers to perform such duties as may be assigned to such officers by or pursuant to authorization of the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

        SECTION 4.7     Removal and Resignation; Vacancies.     Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering a notice of

D-9



resignation in writing or by electronic transmission, signed by such officer, to the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise shall be filled by or pursuant to authorization of the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 4.8     Authority and Duty of Officers.     The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be specified in these By-Laws, except that in any event, each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law.


ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK

        SECTION 5.1     Stock Certificates.     

        (a)    Each holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to a certificate representing the number of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation owned by such person in such form as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall be signed by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman or the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Any or all of the signatures of the officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles.

        (b)    If an officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed on, a certificate shall have ceased to be such before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue.

        SECTION 5.2     Transfer of Shares.     Title to a certificate of stock and to the shares represented thereby shall be transferred only on the books of the Corporation by delivery to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate properly endorsed, or by delivery of the certificate accompanied by a written assignment of the same, or a properly executed written power of attorney to sell, assign or transfer the same or the shares represented thereby. Upon surrender of a certificate for the shares being transferred, a new certificate or certificates shall be issued according to the interests of the parties.

        SECTION 5.3     Record Holders.     Except as otherwise required by law, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-Laws.

        SECTION 5.4     Transfer Agent and Registrar.     The Board of Directors may appoint a transfer agent and a registrar of the certificates of stock of the Corporation. Any transfer agent so appointed shall maintain, among other records, a stockholders' ledger, setting forth the names and addresses of the holders of all issued shares of stock of the Corporation, the number of shares held by each, the certificate numbers, if any, representing such shares, and the date of issue of the certificates representing such shares, if any. Any registrar so appointed shall maintain, among other records, a share register, setting forth the total number of shares of each class of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue and the total number of shares actually issued. The stockholders' ledger and the share register are hereby identified as the stock transfer books of the Corporation. The name and address of each stockholder of record, as they appear upon the stockholders' ledger, shall be the only evidence of who are the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the meetings of stockholders, to vote at such meetings, to examine a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at meetings.

D-10



        SECTION 5.5     Loss of Certificates.     In case of the loss, theft, mutilation or destruction of a stock certificate, a duplicate certificate will be issued by the Corporation upon notification thereof and receipt of a lost certificate affidavit and such proper indemnity as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors; provided, that in the case of a mutilated stock certificate, such mutilated stock certificate is returned to the Corporation.


ARTICLE VI
DIVIDENDS

        SECTION 6.1     Declaration of Dividends.     Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, declare what, if any, dividends shall be paid from the surplus or from the net profits of the Corporation for the current or preceding fiscal year, or as otherwise permitted by law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, in shares of the Corporation's stock, or in any combination thereof. Dividends shall be payable upon such dates as the Board of Directors may designate.

        SECTION 6.2     Reserves.     Before the payment of any cash dividend and before making any distribution of profits, the Board of Directors, from time to time and in its absolute discretion, shall have power to set aside out of the surplus or net profits of the Corporation such sum or sums as the Board of Directors deems proper and sufficient as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall deem to be in the best interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.


ARTICLE VII
POWERS OF OFFICERS TO CONTRACT
WITH THE CORPORATION

        No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director's or officer's votes are counted for such purpose; provided, that (i) the material facts of such relationship or interest as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or committee thereof which in good faith authorizes such contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to such person's relationship or interest as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by a vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Any director of the Corporation who is interested in any contract or transaction as aforesaid may nevertheless be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which shall authorize or ratify any such contract or transaction.

D-11



ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION

        SECTION 8.1     Right to Indemnification.     Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a " proceeding "), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an " indemnitee "), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 8.3 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

        SECTION 8.2     Right to Advancement of Expenses.     In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 8.1, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney's fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an " advancement of expenses "); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an " undertaking "), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a " final adjudication ") that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 8.2 or otherwise.

        SECTION 8.3     Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit.     If a claim under Section 8.1 or 8.2 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General

D-12



Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.

        SECTION 8.4     Non-Exclusivity of Rights.     The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or directors or otherwise.

        SECTION 8.5     Insurance.     The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        SECTION 8.6     Indemnification of Employees and Agents.     The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

        SECTION 8.7     Nature of Rights.     

        (a)   The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VIII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

        (b)   Notwithstanding anything in this Articles VIII or these By-Laws to the contrary, the indemnification and advancement rights provided under this Article VIII shall not apply to any former officer or director serving before            , 2007 or arising out of any act or transaction that occurred prior to such date.


ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        SECTION 9.1     Certificate of Incorporation.     All references in these By-Laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these By-Laws as in effect from time to time and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation as in effect from time to time, the provisions of such Certificate of Incorporation shall be controlling.

        SECTION 9.2     Fiscal Year.     Except as from time to time otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the 31st of March of each year.

        SECTION 9.3     Checks.     All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such executive officer or executive officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

        SECTION 9.4     Corporate Seal.     The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

D-13



        SECTION 9.5     Voting of Securities.     Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Chief Financial Officer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney-in-fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization whose securities are held by the Corporation.

        SECTION 9.6     Evidence of Authority.     A certificate by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors or any officer or representative of the Corporation shall, as to all persons who rely thereon in good faith, be conclusive evidence of such action.

        SECTION 9.7     Subject to Law and Certificate of Incorporation.     All powers, duties and responsibilities provided in these By-Laws, whether or not explicitly so qualified, are qualified by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and any applicable law.


ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS

        Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of the Corporation's Preferred Stock, a majority of the Whole Board shall be authorized to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal these By-Laws in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware, and the stockholders shall also have the power to amend, alter, change, add to or repeal these By-Laws; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders to alter, amend or repeal any provision of these By-Laws.

D-14


EXHIBIT E


Section 190 of the Canada Business Corporations Act


Right to dissent

 

190. (1) Subject to sections 191 and 241, a holder of shares of any class of a corporation may dissent if the corporation is subject to an order under paragraph 192(4) (d) that affects the holder or if the corporation resolves to

 

 

(a) amend its articles under section 173 or 174 to add, change or remove any provisions restricting or constraining the issue, transfer or ownership of shares of that class;

 

 

(b) amend its articles under section 173 to add, change or remove any restriction on the business or businesses that the corporation may carry on;

 

 

(c) amalgamate otherwise than under section 184;

 

 

(d) be continued under section 188;

 

 

(e) sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all its property under subsection 189(3); or

 

 

(f) carry out a going-private transaction or a squeeze-out transaction.

Further right

 

(2) A holder of shares of any class or series of shares entitled to vote under section 176 may dissent if the corporation resolves to amend its articles in a manner described in that section.

If one class of shares

 

(2.1) The right to dissent described in subsection (2) applies even if there is only one class of shares.

Payment for shares

 

(3) In addition to any other right the shareholder may have, but subject to subsection (26), a shareholder who complies with this section is entitled, when the action approved by the resolution from which the shareholder dissents or an order made under subsection 192(4) becomes effective, to be paid by the corporation the fair value of the shares in respect of which the shareholder dissents, determined as of the close of business on the day before the resolution was adopted or the order was made.

No partial dissent

 

(4) A dissenting shareholder may only claim under this section with respect to all the shares of a class held on behalf of any one beneficial owner and registered in the name of the dissenting shareholder.

Objection

 

(5) A dissenting shareholder shall send to the corporation, at or before any meeting of shareholders at which a resolution referred to in subsection (1) or (2) is to be voted on, a written objection to the resolution, unless the corporation did not give notice to the shareholder of the purpose of the meeting and of their right to dissent.
     

E-1



Notice of resolution

 

(6) The corporation shall, within ten days after the shareholders adopt the resolution, send to each shareholder who has filed the objection referred to in subsection (5) notice that the resolution has been adopted, but such notice is not required to be sent to any shareholder who voted for the resolution or who has withdrawn their objection.

Demand for payment

 

(7) A dissenting shareholder shall, within twenty days after receiving a notice under subsection (6) or, if the shareholder does not receive such notice, within twenty days after learning that the resolution has been adopted, send to the corporation a written notice containing

 

 

(a) the shareholder's name and address;

 

 

(b) the number and class of shares in respect of which the shareholder dissents; and

 

 

(c) a demand for payment of the fair value of such shares.

Share certificate

 

(8) A dissenting shareholder shall, within thirty days after sending a notice under subsection (7), send the certificates representing the shares in respect of which the shareholder dissents to the corporation or its transfer agent.

Forfeiture

 

(9) A dissenting shareholder who fails to comply with subsection (8) has no right to make a claim under this section.

Endorsing certificate

 

(10) A corporation or its transfer agent shall endorse on any share certificate received under subsection (8) a notice that the holder is a dissenting shareholder under this section and shall forthwith return the share certificates to the dissenting shareholder.

Suspension of rights

 

(11) On sending a notice under subsection (7), a dissenting shareholder ceases to have any rights as a shareholder other than to be paid the fair value of their shares as determined under this section except where

 

 

(a) the shareholder withdraws that notice before the corporation makes an offer under subsection (12),

 

 

(b) the corporation fails to make an offer in accordance with subsection (12) and the shareholder withdraws the notice, or

 

 

(c) the directors revoke a resolution to amend the articles under subsection 173(2) or 174(5), terminate an amalgamation agreement under subsection 183(6) or an application for continuance under subsection 188(6), or abandon a sale, lease or exchange under subsection 189(9), in which case the shareholder's rights are reinstated as of the date the notice was sent.

Offer to pay

 

(12) A corporation shall, not later than seven days after the later of the day on which the action approved by the resolution is effective or the day the corporation received the notice referred to in subsection (7), send to each dissenting shareholder who has sent such notice

 

 

(a)  a written offer to pay for their shares in an amount considered by the directors of the corporation to be the fair value, accompanied by a statement showing how the fair value was determined; or
     

E-2



 

 

(b) if subsection (26) applies, a notification that it is unable lawfully to pay dissenting shareholders for their shares.

Same terms

 

(13) Every offer made under subsection (12) for shares of the same class or series shall be on the same terms.

Payment

 

(14) Subject to subsection (26), a corporation shall pay for the shares of a dissenting shareholder within ten days after an offer made under subsection (12) has been accepted, but any such offer lapses if the corporation does not receive an acceptance thereof within thirty days after the offer has been made.

Corporation may apply to court

 

(15) Where a corporation fails to make an offer under subsection (12), or if a dissenting shareholder fails to accept an offer, the corporation may, within fifty days after the action approved by the resolution is effective or within such further period as a court may allow, apply to a court to fix a fair value for the shares of any dissenting shareholder.

Shareholder application to court

 

(16) If a corporation fails to apply to a court under subsection (15), a dissenting shareholder may apply to a court for the same purpose within a further period of twenty days or within such further period as a court may allow.

Venue

 

(17) An application under subsection (15) or (16) shall be made to a court having jurisdiction in the place where the corporation has its registered office or in the province where the dissenting shareholder resides if the corporation carries on business in that province.

No security for costs

 

(18) A dissenting shareholder is not required to give security for costs in an application made under subsection (15) or (16).

Parties

 

(19) On an application to a court under subsection (15) or (16),

 

 

(a) all dissenting shareholders whose shares have not been purchased by the corporation shall be joined as parties and are bound by the decision of the court; and

 

 

(b) the corporation shall notify each affected dissenting shareholder of the date, place and consequences of the application and of their right to appear and be heard in person or by counsel.

Powers of court

 

(20) On an application to a court under subsection (15) or (16), the court may determine whether any other person is a dissenting shareholder who should be joined as a party, and the court shall then fix a fair value for the shares of all dissenting shareholders.

Appraisers

 

(21) A court may in its discretion appoint one or more appraisers to assist the court to fix a fair value for the shares of the dissenting shareholders.

Final order

 

(22) The final order of a court shall be rendered against the corporation in favour of each dissenting shareholder and for the amount of the shares as fixed by the court.

Interest

 

(23) A court may in its discretion allow a reasonable rate of interest on the amount payable to each dissenting shareholder from the date the action approved by the resolution is effective until the date of payment.
     

E-3



Notice that subsection (26) applies

 

(24) If subsection (26) applies, the corporation shall, within ten days after the pronouncement of an order under subsection (22), notify each dissenting shareholder that it is unable lawfully to pay dissenting shareholders for their shares.

Effect where subsection (26) applies

 

(25) If subsection (26) applies, a dissenting shareholder, by written notice delivered to the corporation within thirty days after receiving a notice under subsection (24), may

 

 

(a) withdraw their notice of dissent, in which case the corporation is deemed to consent to the withdrawal and the shareholder is reinstated to their full rights as a shareholder; or

 

 

(b) retain a status as a claimant against the corporation, to be paid as soon as the corporation is lawfully able to do so or, in a liquidation, to be ranked subordinate to the rights of creditors of the corporation but in priority to its shareholders.

Limitation

 

(26) A corporation shall not make a payment to a dissenting shareholder under this section if there are reasonable grounds for believing that

 

 

(a) the corporation is or would after the payment be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or

 

 

(b) the realizable value of the corporation's assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities.

 

 

R.S., 1985, c. C-44, s. 190; 1994, c. 24, s. 23; 2001, c. 14, ss. 94, 134(F), 135(E).

E-4


EXHIBIT G

PROXY

Special Meeting of Shareholders
of Xplore Technologies Corp.
to be held on February     •    , 2007

        The undersigned holder of common shares and/or Series A preferred shares and/or Series B preferred shares (collectively, the "Shares") of Xplore Technologies Corp. (the "Corporation") hereby appoints Mark Holleran, the President and Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation, or failing him, Michael J. Rapisand, the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, or instead of either of the foregoing,                        , as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for and on behalf of the undersigned at the special meeting (the "Meeting") of shareholders of the Corporation to be held on February     •    , 2007, and at any adjournment thereof, to the same extent and with the same power as if the undersigned were personally present at the Meeting or such adjournment or adjournments thereof and, without limiting the generality of the power hereby conferred, the nominees named above are specifically directed to vote the Shares registered in the name of the undersigned at the Meeting as specified below:

1.
TO VOTE FOR [    ] OR AGAINST [    ] OR ABSTAIN  [     ]

    a special resolution authorizing the Corporation to make an application under Section 188 of the Canada Business Corporations Act and change its jurisdiction of incorporation from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to the State of Delaware, United States of America by way of a domestication under Section 388 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and to adopt the certificate of incorporation authorized in the special resolution to be effective as of the date of our continuance, in the form attached to as Exhibit C to the Management Information Circular/Prospectus of the Corporation dated February     •    , 2007; and

2.
To vote, at the discretion of the proxy holder named herein, on any amendment which may properly be put before the Meeting with respect to any matter identified in the notice of the meeting and on any other matter which may properly come before the Meeting.

        If any amendments or variations to the matters referred to or to any other matters identified in the notice of meeting are proposed at the Meeting or any adjournment or adjournments thereof or if any other matters which are not now known to management should properly come before the Meeting or any adjournment or adjournments thereof, this proxy confers discretionary authority on the person voting the proxy to vote on such amendments or variations or such other matters in accordance with the best judgement of such person.

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE MANAGEMENT OF THE CORPORATION. SHAREHOLDERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO APPOINT A PERSON OTHER THAN THE NOMINEES DESIGNATED ABOVE TO ATTEND AND ACT ON THE SHAREHOLDER'S BEHALF AT THE MEETING OR ANY ADJOURNMENT OR ADJOURNMENTS THEREOF AND MAY EXERCISE SUCH RIGHT BY INSERTING THE NAME OF THEIR NOMINEE IN THE BLANK SPACE PROVIDED ABOVE FOR THAT PURPOSE.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS OF THE SHAREHOLDER AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. HOWEVER, IF SUCH SPECIFICATION IS NOT MADE IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER, THIS PROXY SHALL BE DEEMED TO GRANT AUTHORITY TO VOTE FOR ANY SUCH MATTER.

G-1


        The undersigned hereby revokes any proxies heretofore given.

    DATED the            day of                        , 2007.

 

 


Signature of Shareholder

 

 


Name of Shareholder (please print)

 

 

NOTES:

 

 

1.

 

This form of proxy must be signed by the shareholder or his attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder is a corporation, under its seal or by an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized.

 

 

2.

 

Please fill in the date on this proxy form. If the date is not filled in, this form of proxy shall be deemed to be dated on the date it was mailed to you by management of the Corporation.

G-2



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Before Domestication.     Section 124 of the Canada Business Corporations Act provides that a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation, a former director or officer of the corporation or another individual who acts or acted at the corporation's request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the individual in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which the individual is involved because of that association with the corporation or other entity. A corporation may advance moneys to a director, officer or other individual for the costs, charges and expenses of such a proceeding. A corporation may not indemnify an individual under the Canada Business Corporations Act unless the individual: (a) acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation, or, as the case may be, to the best interests of the other entity for which the individual acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the corporation's request; and (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the individual had reasonable grounds for believing that the individual's conduct was lawful. A corporation may with the approval of a court, indemnify an individual referred to above, or advance moneys as described above, in respect of an action by or on behalf of the corporation or other entity to procure a judgment in its favor, to which the individual is made a party because of the individual's association with the corporation or other entity as described above against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the individual in connection with such action, if the individual fulfils the conditions set out in (a) and (b) above. An individual referred to above is entitled to indemnity from the corporation in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the individual in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding to which the individual is subject because of the individual's association with the corporation or other entity as described above if the individual seeking indemnity (i) was not judged by the court or other competent authority to have committed any fault or omitted to do anything that the individual ought to have done; and (ii) fulfils the conditions set out in (a) and (b) above.

        A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of an individual described above against any liability incurred by the individual (1) in the individual's capacity as a director or officer of the corporation; or (2) in the individual's capacity as a director or officer, or similar capacity, of another entity, if the individual acts or acted in that capacity at the corporation's request.

        By-Law No. 1 of Xplore Technologies provides that subject to the Canada Business Corporations Act, Xplore Technologies shall indemnify a director or officer, a former director or officer, or a person who acts or acted at Xplore Technologies' request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which Xplore Technologies is or was a shareholder or creditor, and his heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses and legal fees, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of Xplore Technologies or such body corporation, if (a) he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of Xplore Technologies, and (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful. Xplore Technologies shall also indemnify such person in such other circumstances as the Canada Business Corporations Act permits or requires. Nothing in By-Law No. 1 of Xplore Technologies limits the right of any person entitled to indemnity to claim indemnity apart from the provisions of that by-law.

        Insurance policies are maintained by Xplore Technologies under which its directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of the policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been such directors or

II-1



officers. In addition, Xplore Technologies will indemnify directors and officers in accordance with its specific indemnification agreements and to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law.

        After Domestication.     If the domestication is completed, the following provisions and laws will apply to Xplore Technologies and its directors and officers.

        Pursuant to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), the certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation may provide that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for (i) any breach of a director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) payment of a dividend or approval of a stock repurchase or redemption in violation of statutory limitations, or (iv) any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Under the DGCL, in the absence of a provision to that effect in the certificate of incorporation, directors can be held monetarily liable for damages resulting from decisions made on behalf of a corporation without the level of care, including reasonable inquiry, that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use. The proposed certificate of incorporation of Xplore Technologies after the domestication includes a provision limiting the liability of our directors as permitted by this provision of Delaware law.

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceeding (other than a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation in a similar position with another entity, against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and settlements incurred by him in connection with the proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Indemnification under Section 145 of the DGCL is limited in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with the proceeding, except that no indemnification shall be made if the indemnified person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless, and to the extent, the Delaware Court of Chancery or other court in which the proceeding was brought, despite the adjudication of liability, determines such person is entitled to indemnity.

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides that the indemnity determination shall be made in the specific case by (i) a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to the proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (ii) a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (iii) an independent legal counsel to the corporation if there are no such directors or if such directors so direct, or (iv) the stockholders.

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides that expenses incurred by an officer or director in connection with a proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition upon receipt of an undertaking by the person on whose behalf the expenses are to be paid to repay the expenses in the event he is not entitled to indemnity. Section 145 of the DGCL also provides that such expenses incurred by former officers and directors or other employees or agents may be paid in advance upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

        Delaware corporations also are authorized under the DGCL to obtain insurance to protect officers and directors from certain liabilities, including liabilities against which the corporation cannot indemnify its directors and officers. We intend to seek to obtain insurance which may protect our officers and directors against such liabilities.

        Our proposed by-laws provide for mandatory indemnification of our directors and officers to the extent permitted under Delaware law.

II-2



Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

        (a)   The following exhibits are filed with this registration statement.

Exhibit
Number

  Description
3.1***   Articles of Incorporation of Xplore Technologies Corp.

3.2*

 

By-Laws of Xplore Technologies Corp.

4.1***

 

Specimen Stock Certificate for Registrant's Common Stock

4.2***

 

Specimen Stock Certificate for Registrant's Series A Preferred Stock

4.3***

 

Specimen Stock Certificate for Registrant's Series B Preferred Stock

5.1***

 

Opinion of Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP regarding the legality of the securities registered

8.1***

 

Opinion of Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP

8.2***

 

Opinion of Davis & Company LLP

10.1***

 

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, by and between Xplore Technologies Corp. and Wistron Corporation

10.2*

 

Intercreditor, Trade Credit Restructuring and Security Agreement, dated December 17, 2004, by and among Xplore Technologies Corp., Phoenix Venture Fund LLC, The Philip S. Sassower 1996 Charitable Remainder Annuity Trust and Wistron Corporation

10.3*

 

December 2004 Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated December 17, 2004, by and among Xplore Technologies Corp., Phoenix Venture Fund LLC and each of the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 attached thereto

10.4*

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated September 15, 2005, between Silicon Valley Bank and Xplore Technologies Corporation of America

10.5*

 

September 2005 Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2005, by and among Xplore Technologies Corp., Xplore Technologies Corporation of America, Phoenix Venture Fund LLC and each of the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 attached thereto

10.6*

 

April 2006 Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated April 20, 2006, by and among Xplore Technologies Corp., Xplore Technologies Corporation of America, Phoenix Venture Fund LLC and each of the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 attached thereto

10.7*

 

Exchange and Purchase Agreement, dated April 21, 2006, by and among Xplore Technologies Corp., Xplore Technologies Corporation of America, Phoenix Venture Fund LLC and each of the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 attached thereto

10.8*

 

Relocation Agreement, dated September 6, 2005, by and between Xplore Technologies Corporation of America and Brian Groh

10.9*

 

Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2006, by and among Brian Groh, Xplore Technologies Corp. and Xplore Technologies Corporation of America

10.10*

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006, by and between Xplore Technologies Corp. and Mark Holleran

10.11*

 

Lease Agreement, dated April 10, 2003, between Summit Tech L.P. and Xplore Technologies Corp.

10.12***

 

Amended and Restated Share Option Plan, as amended December 6, 2006

12.1***

 

Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Fixed Charges to Earnings

16.1**

 

Letter Re: Change in Certifying Accountant

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of Xplore Technologies Corp.
     

II-3



23.1***

 

Consent of Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

23.2***

 

Consent of Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP (consent in Exhibit 8.1)

23.3***

 

Consent of Davis & Company LLP (consent in Exhibit 8.2)

23.4***

 

Consent of Mintz and Partners LLP

*
Previously filed on November 14, 2006.

**
Previously filed on November 22, 2006

***
Filed herewith.

        (b)   Financial Statement Schedules—No supporting schedules have been included because they are not required.

Item 22. Undertakings

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

        (a)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

            (i)    To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

            (ii)   To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

            (iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

        (b)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (c)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

        That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

            (i)    Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

            (ii)   Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

            (iii)  The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

            (iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-4



        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

            (a)   that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other Items of the applicable form; and

            (b)   every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (a) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in that Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Xplore Technologies Corp. has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of Texas on February 7, 2007.

    XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
MICHAEL J. RAPISAND       
        Name:   Michael J. Rapisand
        Title:   Chief Financial Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/   PHILIP S. SASSOWER*       
Philip S. Sassower
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   February 7, 2007

/s/  
MICHAEL J. RAPISAND       
Michael J. Rapisand

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) (Authorized Representative in the United States)

 

February 7, 2007

/s/  
BRIAN E. USHER-JONES*       
Brian E. Usher-Jones

 

Director

 

February 7, 2007

/s/  
ANDREA GOREN*       
Andrea Goren

 

Director

 

February 7, 2007

/s/  
THOMAS F. LEONARDIS*       
Thomas F. Leonardis

 

Director

 

February 7, 2007

*By:

 

/s/  
MICHAEL J. RAPISAND       
Michael J. Rapisand
Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

II-6



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

  Description
3.1***   Articles of Incorporation of Xplore Technologies Corp.

3.2*

 

By-Laws of Xplore Technologies Corp.

4.1***

 

Specimen Stock Certificate for Registrant's Common Stock

4.2***

 

Specimen Stock Certificate for Registrant's Series A Preferred Stock

4.3***

 

Specimen Stock Certificate for Registrant's Series B Preferred Stock

5.1***

 

Opinion of Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP regarding the legality of the securities registered

8.1***

 

Opinion of Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP

8.2***

 

Opinion of Davis & Company LLP

10.1***

 

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, by and between Xplore Technologies Corp. and Wistron Corporation

10.2*

 

Intercreditor, Trade Credit Restructuring and Security Agreement, dated December 17, 2004, by and among Xplore Technologies Corp., Phoenix Venture Fund LLC, The Philip S. Sassower 1996 Charitable Remainder Annuity Trust and Wistron Corporation

10.3*

 

December 2004 Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated December 17, 2004, by and among Xplore Technologies Corp., Phoenix Venture Fund LLC and each of the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 attached thereto

10.4*

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated September 15, 2005, between Silicon Valley Bank and Xplore Technologies Corporation of America

10.5*

 

September 2005 Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2005, by and among Xplore Technologies Corp., Xplore Technologies Corporation of America, Phoenix Venture Fund LLC and each of the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 attached thereto

10.6*

 

April 2006 Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated April 20, 2006, by and among Xplore Technologies Corp., Xplore Technologies Corporation of America, Phoenix Venture Fund LLC and each of the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 attached thereto

10.7*

 

Exchange and Purchase Agreement, dated April 21, 2006, by and among Xplore Technologies Corp., Xplore Technologies Corporation of America, Phoenix Venture Fund LLC and each of the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 attached thereto

10.8*

 

Relocation Agreement, dated September 6, 2005, by and between Xplore Technologies Corporation of America and Brian Groh

10.9*

 

Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2006, by and among Brian Groh, Xplore Technologies Corp. and Xplore Technologies Corporation of America

10.10*

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006, by and between Xplore Technologies Corp. and Mark Holleran

10.11*

 

Lease Agreement, dated April 10, 2003, between Summit Tech L.P. and Xplore Technologies Corp.

10.12***

 

Amended and Restated Share Option Plan, as amended December 6, 2006

12.1***

 

Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Fixed Charges to Earnings

16.1**

 

Letter Re: Change in Certifying Accountant
     


21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of Xplore Technologies Corp.

23.1***

 

Consent of Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

23.2***

 

Consent of Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP (consent in Exhibit 8.1)

23.3***

 

Consent of Davis & Company LLP (consent in Exhibit 8.2)

23.4***

 

Consent of Mintz and Partners LLP

*
Previously filed on November 14, 2006.

**
Previously filed on November 22, 2006.

***
Filed herewith.



QuickLinks

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP. 14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900 Austin, Texas 78728
NOTICE OF A SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
RISK FACTORS
EXCHANGE RATES
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
THE SPECIAL MEETING
THE DOMESTICATION
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF DOMESTICATION
UNITED STATES AND CANADIAN INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
MARKET PRICE AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
OUR BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
Option Grants During the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2006
Aggregated Options Exercises During the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2006 and Fiscal Year-End Option Values
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT IN THE DOMESTICATION
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.
XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands of United States dollars)
XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.
Consolidated Statements of Loss—Unaudited
(in thousands of United States dollars, except loss per common share)
XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Unaudited (in thousands of United States dollars)
XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP. Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in thousands of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED AUDITORS
XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP. Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands of United States dollars)
XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP. Consolidated Statements of Loss (in thousands of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)
XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP. Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficiency (in thousands of United States dollars)
XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands of United States dollars)
XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP. Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in thousands of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)
CERTIFICATE OF DOMESTICATION OF XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.
BY-LAWS OF XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP. (the " Corporation ")
ARTICLE I STOCKHOLDERS
ARTICLE II BOARD OF DIRECTORS
ARTICLE III COMMITTEES
ARTICLE IV OFFICERS
ARTICLE V CAPITAL STOCK
ARTICLE VI DIVIDENDS
ARTICLE VII POWERS OF OFFICERS TO CONTRACT WITH THE CORPORATION
ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
ARTICLE X AMENDMENTS
Section 190 of the Canada Business Corporations Act
PROXY
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 3.1

 

Industry Canada

 

Industrie Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificate
of Amalgamation

 

Certificat
de fusion

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada Business
Corporations Act

 

Loi canadienne sur
les sociétés par actions

 

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

373610-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Corporation number-Numéro de la société

 

 

 

I hereby certify that the above-named corporation resulted from an amalgamation, under section 185 of the Canadian Business Corporation Act , of the corporations set out in the attached articles of amalgamation.

 

Je certifie que le société susmentionnée est issue d’une fusion, en virtue de l’article 185 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , des sociétés dont les dénominations apparaissent dans les statuts de fusion ci-joints.

 

 

Director – Directeur

 

March 25, 2000 / le 25 mars 2000

 

 

Date of Amalgamation – Date de fusion

 



 

Industry Canada

 

FORM 9

 

 

Canada Business
Corporations Act

 

ARTICLES OF AMALGAMATION
(SECTION 185)

 

 

 

1.   Name of amalgamated corporation:

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

2.   The place in Canada where the registered office is to be situated:

Mississauga, Ontario

 

3.   The classes and any maximum number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue:

The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares.

 

4.   Restrictions, if any, on share transfers:

None

 

5.   Number (or minimum and maximum number) of directors:

Minimum of one (1), Maximum of seven (7)

 

6.   Restrictions, if any, on business the corporation may carry on:

None

 

7.   Other provisions, if any:

The directors may appoint one or more additional directors of the Corporation in accordance with the Canada Business Corporations Act .

 

8.     The amalgamation has been approved pursuant to the section or subsection of the Act which is indicated as follows:

 

o   183

 

x   184(1)

 

o   184(2)

 

 

9. Name of the amalgamating corporations

 

Corporation No.

 

Signature

 

Date

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

176653-8

 

/s/ Brian Groh

 

March 25, 2000

 

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3736091 Canada Ltd.

 

3736091

 

/s/ Brian Groh

 

March 25, 2000

 

President

 

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY
Corporation No.

373610-5

 

Paid

 

Mar 30 2000

 



 

Industry Canada

 

Industrie Canada

 

 

 

Certificate

 

Certificat

of Amendment

 

de modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada Business

 

Loi canadienne sur

Corporations Act

 

les societes par actions

 

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

373610-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Corporation number-Numéro de la société

 

 

 

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named corporation were amended:

 

Je certifie que les statuts de la société susmentionnée ont été modifies:

 

 

 

a)     under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act in accordance with the attached notice;

o

a)     en vertu de l’article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur les soci été par action, conformément à l’avis ci-joint;

 

 

 

b)    under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations Ac t as set out in the attached articles of amendment designating a series of shares;

o

b)    en vertu de l’article 27 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqué dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes désignant une série d’actions;

 

 

 

c)     under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations Act as set out in the attached articles of amendment;

x

c)     en vertu de l’article 179 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqu é dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes;

 

 

 

d)    under section 191 of the Canada Business Corporations Act as set out in the attached articles of reorganization;

o

d)    en vertu de l’article 191 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqu é dans les clauses de réorganisation ci-jointes;

 

 

 

 

 

Director - Directeur

 

September 21, 2000 / le 21 septembre 2000

 

 

Date of Amendment –Date de modification

 



 

Industry Canada

Industrie Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM 4

FORMULAIRE 4

Canada Business

Corporations Act

Loi canadienne sur

les sociétés par actions

ARTICLES OF
AMENDMENT

CLAUSES
MODIFICATRICES

(SECTION 27 OR 177)

(ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

 

 

 

 

1.   Name of corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

2.   Corporation number-N’ de la société

 

373610-5

 

 

 

3.  The articles of the above-named corporation are amended as follows:

Les statuts de la société mentoinnee ci-dessus sont modifiés de la facon suivante:

 

 

1.     to change every four issued and outstanding Common Shares into one Common Shares; and

 

2.     to provide that where the consolidation would otherwise result in a holder of Common Shares being entitled to receive a fractional Common Share, no such fractional share will be issued, and the fractional Common Share will be disregarded and cancelled without any repayment of capital or other compensation.

 

 

Date

 

Signature

 

Title - Titre

 

 

 

 

 

September 13, 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOR DEPARTMENT USE ONLY – ALUSAGE DU MINISTÒRE SEULEMENT

FILED - DEPOSÉE

 

SEP. 21, 2000

 



 

Industry Canada

 

Industrie Canada

 

 

 

Certificate

 

Certificat

of Amendment

 

de modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada Business

 

Loi canadienne sur

Corporations Act

 

les sociétés par actions

 

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

373510-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Corporation number-Numéro de la société

 

 

 

 

 

 

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named corporation were amended:

 

Je certifie que les statuts de la société susmentionnée ont été modifies:

 

 

 

a)     under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act in accordance with the attached notice;

o

a)   en vertu de l’article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur les soci été par action, conform ément à l’avis ci-joint;

 

 

 

b)    under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations Ac t as set out in the attached articles of amendment designating a series of shares;

o

b)   en vertu de l’article 27 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqué dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes désignant une série d’actions;

 

 

 

c)     under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations Act as set out in the attached articles of amendment;

x

c)   en vertu de l’article 179 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqu é dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes;

 

 

 

d)    under section 191 of the Canada Business Co r porations Act as set out in the attached articles of reorganization;

o

d)   en vertu de l’article 191 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqu é dans les clauses de réorganisation ci-jointes;

 

 

 

 

 

Director - Directeur

 

January 17, 2005 / le 17 janvier 2005

 

 

Date of Amendment –Date de modification

 



 

Industry Canada

Industrie Canada

ELECTRONIC
TRANSACTION

RAPPORT DE LA
TRANSACTION

 

 

REPORT

ELECTRONIQUE

 

 

Canada Business

Corporations Act

Loi canadienne sur

les sociétés par actions

ARTICLES OF
AMENDMENT

(SECTIONS 27 OR 177)

CLAUSES
MODIFICATRICES

(ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

 

 

Processing Type – Made de transitement:

 

E-Commerce/Commerce-È

[1]   Name of Corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

[2]   Corporation number-N’ de la société

 

373610-5

 

 

 

[3]   The articles of the above-named corporation are amended as follows:

Le status de la société ci-dessus sont modifié de la facon suivante:

 

to provide that meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation may be held at such places in Canada or in the United States of America as the directors of the Corporation may from time to time determine.

 

 

Date:

 

Name-Nom:

 

Signature

 

Capacity of – en qualité

2005-01-17

 

Michael J. Rapisand

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 



 

Industry Canada

 

Industrie Canada

 

 

 

Certificate

 

Certificat

of Amendment

 

de modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada Business

 

Loi canadienne sur

Corporations Act

 

les sociétés par actions

 

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

373610-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Corporation number-Numéro de la société

 

 

 

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named corporation were amended:

 

Je certifie que les statuts de la société susmentionnée ont été modifies:

 

 

 

a)   under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act in accordance with the attached notice;

o

a)   en vertu de l’article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur les soci été par action, conform ément à l’avis ci-joint;

 

 

 

b)   under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations Ac t as set out in the attached articles of amendment designating a series of shares;

x

b)   en vertu de l’article 27 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqué dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes désignant une série d’actions;

 

 

 

c)   under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations Act as set out in the attached articles of amendment;

o

c)   en vertu de l’article 179 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqu é dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes;

 

 

 

d)   under section 191 of the Canada Business Corporations Act as set out in the attached articles of reorganization;

o

d)   en vertu de l’article 191 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqu é dans les clauses de réorganisation ci-jointes;

 

 

 

 

Richard G. Shaw

 

May 29, 2006 / le 29 mai 2006

Director - Directeur

 

Date of Amendment –Date de modification

 



 

Industry Canada

Industrie Canada

FORM 4

FORMULAIRE 4

 

 

 

 

Canada Business
Corporations Act

Loi canadienne sur
les sociétés par actions

ARTICLES OF
AMENDMENT
(SECTIONS 27 OR 177)

CLAUSES
MODIFICATRICES
(ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

 

 

 

 

 

[1]   Name of Corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

[2]   Corporation number-Numéro de la société

 

373610-5

 

 

 

[3]   The articles of the above-named corporation are amended as follows:

Le status de la société ci-dessus sont modifié de la facon suivante:

 

 

To create:

 

a)   an unlimited number of Preferred Shares issuable in series having the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions set forth in Part A of the attached Schedule 1; and

 

b)  the first series of Preferred Shares consisting of an unlimited number of shares designated as “Series A Preferred Shares” and, in addition to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares as a class, having the designations, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions set forth in Part B of the attached Schedule 1.

 

 

Signature

 

Name-Nom:

 

Capacity of – en qualité

 

Tel. No. - No. de tél.

 

 

Michael J. Rapisand

 

CFO

 

(512) 336-7797

 


 

SCHEDULE 1

TO THE

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

OF XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

A.            PREFERRED SHARES

 

The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares are as follows:

 

1.             Issuance .

 

Preferred Shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions with respect thereto, as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as hereinafter provided.

 

2.             Preferred Shares .

 

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Shares in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of the shares thereof, to determine and fix such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation thereof, dividend rights, special voting rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the Canada Business Corporations Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Shares then outstanding, the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Shares may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to the Preferred Shares of any other series to the extent permitted by law.

 

B.            SERIES A PREFERRED SHARES

 

The first series of Preferred Shares (i) consists of an unlimited number of shares , (ii) shall be designated as “Series A Preferred Shares and (iii) in addition to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares as a class, will have the following designations, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

1.             Dividends .

 

(a)           From and after the date of the issuance of any Series A Preferred Shares, dividends at the rate per annum of 5% of the Series A Original Issue Price (as hereinafter defined) per share shall accrue on such Series A Preferred Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) (the “ Accruing Dividends ”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided , however , that except as provided herein, the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Accruing

 



 

Dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of shares in the capital of the Corporation unless the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding Series A Preferred Share in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such Series A Preferred Share and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on common shares of the Corporation (“ Common Shares ”) or any class or series that is convertible into Common Shares, that dividend per Series A Preferred Share as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Shares and (2) the number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of a Series A Preferred Share, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Shares, at a rate per Series A Preferred Share determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of shares by the original issuance price of such class or series of shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided , that if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of shares of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of shares that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Shares dividend. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean US$0.34 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares.

 

(b)           Any Accruing Dividends payable to a holder of a Series A Preferred Shares in accordance with the terms hereof may, at the election of such holder and subject to applicable law and the approval of the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “ TSX ”), be paid in that number of Series A Preferred Shares as is determined by dividing (a) the aggregate amount of the Accruing Dividends by (b) the volume weighted average trading price of the Common Shares on the TSX over the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding the dividend payment date less the maximum discount permitted by the TSX at that time. In order to be effective, any such election to receive all or any portion of Accrued Dividends in Common Shares shall be made in writing and received by the Corporation to the extent practicable not less than 30 days prior to the dividend payment date.

 

2.             Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

(a)           Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Shares . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders (on a pari passu basis with the holders of any series of Preferred Shares ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares), and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Shares or any other

 

2



 

class or series of shares ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A Preferred Shares by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) one (1) times the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share been converted into Common Shares pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of Series A Preferred Shares and any series of Preferred Shares ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2(a) , the holders of Series A Preferred Shares and any series of Preferred Shares ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

(b)           Distribution of Remaining Assets . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant hereto the holders of Series A Preferred Shares will not be entitled to share in any of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution.

 

(c)           Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

(i)            Each of the following events shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2 (a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”), unless the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares elect otherwise by written notice given to the Corporation at least five days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

(A)          a merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation in which

 

(I)                                     the Corporation is a constituent party, or

 

(II)                                 a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares pursuant to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation,

 

except any such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares in the capital of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares which represent, immediately following such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation at least a majority constituting at least 50%, by voting power (determined on a fully diluted basis assuming the exercise, conversion or exchange of all exercisable, convertible or exchangeable

 

3



 

securities, respectively), of the shares in the capital of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Subsection 2(c)(i) , all Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding Common Shares are converted or exchanged); or

 

(B)           the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

(ii)           The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2(c)(i)(A)(I) above unless the agreement or plan of merger, arrangement or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the shareholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of shares in the capital of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a) and 2(b) above.

 

(iii)          In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2(c)(i)(A)(II) or (B) above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the Canada Business Corporations Act within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (A) the Corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Series A Preferred Shares no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (B) to require the redemption of such Series A Preferred Shares, and (B) if the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) (the “ Net Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefore, on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event to redeem all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares and any other

 

4



 

series of Preferred Shares ranking on redemption on parity with the Series A Preferred Shares that is required to then be redeemed, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s Series A Preferred Shares based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2(c)(iii) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, as approved in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Series A Directors (as hereinafter defined).

 

(iv)          The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares upon any such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with the following guidelines:

 

(A)          For securities not subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability,

 

(I)                                     if traded on the TSX, the New York Stock Exchange, a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the 30-day period ending three trading days prior to the closing of such transaction;

 

(II)                                 if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three trading days prior to the closing of such transaction; or

 

(III)                             if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(B)           The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a shareholder’s status as an insider as defined in the Securities Act (Ontario) or as a holder of securities sufficient to constitute a distribution within the meaning of clause(c) of the definition of “distribution” in Section 1 of the Securities Act (Ontario)) shall take into account an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation)

 

5



 

from the market value as determined pursuant to clause (A) above so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

 

3.             Voting .

 

(a)           General . On any matter presented to the shareholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of shareholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Common Shares into which the Series A Preferred Shares held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the provisions of Subsection 3(b) or 3(c) below, holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall vote together with the holders of Common Shares, and with the holders of any other series of Preferred Shares entitled to vote at such meeting, as a single class.

 

(b)           Election of Directors . The holders of record of a majority constituting at least 50% of the Series A Preferred Shares, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Series A Directors ”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares given either at a special meeting of such shareholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of holders constituting at least 50% of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a Series A Director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall be filled only by written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares or appointed by any remaining director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Subsection 3(b) . The rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares to elect the Series A Directors shall permanently terminate on the first date following the Series A Original Issue Date (as defined below) on which there are issued and outstanding less than ten percent (10%) of the Series A Preferred Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) that were outstanding on the Series A Original Issue Date.

 

(c)           Protective Provisions . At any time when at least ten percent (10%) of the Series A Preferred Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) that were outstanding on the Series A Original Issue Date are issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Articles of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class:

 

6



 

(i)            liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(ii)           amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series A Preferred Shares;

 

(iii)          create, or authorize the creation of, or issue any additional class or series of shares unless the same ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Shares with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and the payment of dividends, or increase the authorized number of Series A Preferred Shares;

 

(iv)          purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares in the capital of the Corporation other than dividends or distributions on the Series A Preferred Shares as expressly authorized herein;

 

(v)           create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series A Directors;

 

(vi)          increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

 

(vii)         terminate the employment of the Corporation’s then current Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer or hire or appoint anyone to any such offices or their respective equivalents.

 

4.             Optional Conversion . The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

(a)           Right to Convert . Each Series A Preferred Share shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares equal to the sum of (i) the number determined by dividing the applicable Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion and (ii) subject to applicable law and the approval of the TSX, the number determined by dividing the Accruing Dividends by the volume weighted average trading price of the Common Shares on the TSX over the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding the conversion date less the maximum discount permitted by the TSX at that time. The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to the Series A Original Issue Price. Such initial Series A Conversion Price and the rate at which Series A Preferred Shares may be converted into Common Shares shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

(b)           Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion

 

7



 

Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares.

 

(c)           Fractional Shares . No fractional Common Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a Common Share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of Series A Preferred Shares the holder is at the time converting into Common Shares and the aggregate number of Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

 

(d)           Mechanics of Conversion .

 

(i)            In order for a holder of Series A Preferred Shares to voluntarily convert the Series A Preferred Shares into Common Shares, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such Series A Preferred Shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Shares (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the Series A Preferred Shares represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for Common Shares to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver to such holder of Series A Preferred Shares, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the full number of Common Shares issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, a certificate for the number (if any) of the Series A Preferred Shares represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Shares, and cash as provided in Subsection 4(c) in lieu of any fraction of a Common Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

 

(ii)           The Corporation shall at all times when the Series A Preferred Shares shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares, such number of its duly authorized Common Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion

 

8



 

of all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Articles of Incorporation.

 

(iii)          All Series A Preferred Shares which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any Series A Preferred Shares so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation (without the need for shareholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of Series A Preferred Shares accordingly.

 

(iv)          Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares surrendered for conversion or on the Common Shares delivered upon conversion.

 

(v)           The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of Common Shares upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of Common Shares in a name other than that in which the Series A Preferred Shares so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

(e)           Adjustments to Series A Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

 

(i)            Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4 , the following definitions shall apply:

 

(A)          “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Shares or Convertible Securities.

 

(B)           “ Series A Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first Series A Preferred Shares were issued.

 

(C)           “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, but excluding Options.

 

9



 

(D)          “ Additional Common Shares ” shall mean all Common Shares issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series A Original Issue Date, other than the following (“ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(I)                                     Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued or deemed issued as a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Shares;

 

(II)                                 Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Shares that is covered by Subsection 4(f) , 4(g) , 4(h) and 4(i) below;

 

(III)                             Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement either in effect as of the Original Series A Issue Date or approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Series A Directors; or

 

(IV)                             Common Shares or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options, or Common Shares actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security.

 

(ii)           No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Common Shares if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Common Shares.

 

(iii)          Deemed Issue of Additional Common Shares .

 

(A)          If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exerciseability, convertibility or exchangeability, but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case

 

10



 

of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Common Shares issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(B)           If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) below, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no re-adjustment pursuant to this clause (B) shall have the effect of increasing the Series A Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, and (ii) the Series A Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Common Shares (other than deemed issuances of Additional Common Shares as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(C)           If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(v) hereof) of the Additional Common Shares subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series A Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series A Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series A Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Shares subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4(e)(iii)(A) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(D)          Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted

 

11



 

(either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) below, the Series A Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security, or portion thereof, never been issued.

 

(E)           If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4(e)(iii) shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (B) and (C) of this Subsection 4(e)(iii) ). If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4(e)(iii) at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

(iv)          Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Common Shares . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series A Original Issue Date issue Additional Common Shares (including Additional Common Shares deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(iii) ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series A Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2 = (CP 1 * (A + B)) ¸ (A + C)

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(A)          “ CP 2 ” shall mean the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Common Shares

 

(B)           “ CP 1 ” shall mean the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Common Shares;

 

(C)           “ A ” shall mean the number of Common Shares outstanding and deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Common Shares (treating for this purpose as outstanding all Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible

 

12



 

Securities (including the Series A Preferred Shares) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Option therefore) immediately prior to such issue);

 

(D)          “ B ” shall mean the number of Common Shares that would have been issued if such Additional Common Shares had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

(E)           “ C ” shall mean the number of such Additional Common Shares issued in such transaction.

 

(v)           Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4(e) , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Shares shall be computed as follows:

 

(A)          Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(I)                                     insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(II)                                 insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

(III)                             in the event Additional Common Shares are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(B)           Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Common Shares deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(iii) , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

(I)                                     the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of

 

13



 

such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(II)                                 the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(vi)          Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Common Shares that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) above then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without additional giving effect to any adjustments as a result of any subsequent issuances within such period).

 

(f)            Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date combine the outstanding Common Shares, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

(g)           Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Shares in additional Common Shares, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall

 

14



 

have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

(1)           the numerator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(2)           the denominator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of Common Shares issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefore, the Series A Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (ii) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series A Preferred Shares simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of Common Shares in a number equal to the number of Common Shares as they would have received if all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event.

 

(h)           Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of Common Shares in respect of outstanding Common Shares) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Shares, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event.

 

(i)            Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Section 2(c) , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Shares (but not the Series A Preferred Shares) are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections (f) , (g) or (h) of this Section 4 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or merger, each Series A Preferred Share shall thereafter be convertible (in lieu of the Common Shares into which it was convertible prior to such event) into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of Common Shares of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one Series A Preferred Share immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as

 

15



 

determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Series A Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares.

 

(j)            Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) trading days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Shares a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series A Preferred Shares is convertible) and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Shares (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of Common Shares and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Shares.

 

(k)           Notice of Record Date . In the event:

 

(i)            the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Shares (or other shares or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(ii)           of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Shares of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(iii)          of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares a notice specifying, as the case may be, (A) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (B) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Shares (or such other shares or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares) shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares (or such other shares or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Series A Preferred Shares and the

 

16



 

Common Shares. Such notice shall be sent at least five (5) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

5.             Mandatory Conversion .

 

(a)           Trigger Events . Upon the earlier of:  (i) the closing of the sale of Common Shares to the public at a price of not less than US$0.85 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other similar recapitalizations affecting such shares), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a prospectus or an effective registration statement resulting in at least US$20,000,000 of proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation, and (ii) a date specified by vote or written consent, of the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the Series A Preferred Shares outstanding (the earlier of (i) and (ii) above being the “ Mandatory Conversion Date ”), each Series A Preferred Share shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares equal to the sum of (A) the number determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price then in effect on the Mandatory Conversion Date, and (B) subject to applicable law and the approval of the TSX, the number determined by dividing the Accruing Dividends by the volume weighted average trading price of the Common Shares on the TSX over the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding the conversion date less the maximum discount permitted by the TSX at that time, and such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

(b)           Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of Series A Preferred Shares shall be given written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Section 5 . Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of Series A Preferred Shares shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of Common Shares to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall be deemed to have been converted into Common Shares, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares so converted, including, without limitation, the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Shares), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefore, to receive certificates for the number of Common Shares into which such Series A Preferred Shares has been converted, and, if applicable, payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A Preferred Shares, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or on his, her or its nominees, a certificate or

 

17



 

certificates for the number of full Common Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4(c) in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Shares otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

 

(c)           Effect of Mandatory Conversion . All Series A Preferred Shares shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Date, no longer be deemed to be outstanding and, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares on or prior to such time, all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate on the Mandatory Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Such converted Series A Preferred Shares shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for shareholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of Series A Preferred Shares accordingly.

 

6.             Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any Series A Preferred Shares which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares following redemption.

 

7.             Waiver . Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Shares set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Shares by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding.

 

8.             Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions hereto to be given to a holder of Series A Preferred Shares shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing.

 

18


 

Industry Canada

 

Industrie Canada

 

 

 

Certificate

 

Certificat

of Amendment

 

de modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada Business

 

Loi canadienne sur

Corporations Act

 

les sociétés par actions

 

 

 

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

373610-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Corporation number-Numéro de la société

 

 

 

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named corporation were amended:

 

Je certifie que les statuts de la société susmentionnée ont été modifies:

 

 

 

a)   under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act in accordance with the attached notice;

o

a)   en vertu de l’article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur les soci été par action, conform ément à l’avis ci-joint;

 

 

 

b)   under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations Ac t as set out in the attached articles of amendment designating a series of shares;

x

b)   en vertu de l’article 27 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions, tel qu’il est indiqué dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes désignant une série d’actions;

 

 

 

c)   under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations Act as set out in the attached articles of amendment;

o

c)   en vertu de l’article 179 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqu é dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes;

 

 

 

d)   under section 191 of the Canada Business Corporations Act as set out in the attached articles of reorganization;

o

d)   en vertu de l’article 191 de la Loi can a dienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqu é dans les clauses de réorganisation ci-jointes;

 

 

 

 

 

Richard G. Shaw

 

August 4, 2006 / le 4 août 2006

Director - Directeur

 

Date of Amendment –Date de modification

 



 

Industry Canada

Industrie Canada

FORM 4

FORMULAIRE 4

 

 

 

 

Canada Business

Corporations Act

Loi canadienne sur

les sociétés par actions

ARTICLES OF
AMENDMENT
(SECTIONS 27 OR 177)

CLAUSES
MODIFICATRICES
(ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

 

 

 

 

 

[1]   Name of Corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

[2]   Corporation number-Numéro de la société

 

373610-5

 

 

 

[3]   The articles of the above-named corporation are amended as follows:

Le status de la société ci-dessus sont modifié de la facon suivante:

 

 

To create the second series of Preferred Shares consisting of an unlimited number of shares designated as “Series B Preferred Shares” and, in addition to the rights, privileges and conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares as a class, having the designations, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions set forth in the attached Schedule 1.

 

 

Signature

 

Name-Nom:

 

Capacity of – en qualité

 

Tel. No. – no. de tél.

 

 

Michael J. Rapisand

 

CFO

 

(512) 336-7797

 


 

SCHEDULE 1

TO THE

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

OF XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

C.            SERIES B PREFERRED SHARES

 

The second series of Preferred Shares (i) consists of an unlimited number of shares , (ii) shall be designated as “ Series B Preferred Shares and (iii) in addition to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares as a class, will have the following designations, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

1.             Dividends .

 

(a)           From and after the date of the issuance of any Series B Preferred Shares, dividends at the rate per annum of 5% of the Series B Original Issue Price (as hereinafter defined) per share shall accrue on such Series B Preferred Shares (the “ Series B Dividends ”). Series B Dividends shall accrue, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of shares in the capital of the Corporation, other than the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Shares and any other series of Preferred Shares entitled to receive dividends in priority to or concurrently with the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares, unless the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, the Series B Dividends. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean US$0.34 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares.

 

(b)           The Series B Dividends shall be paid quarterly on the first day Business Day (as defined below) of March, June, September, and December of each year (each a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), commencing on the first Business Day next succeeding the Initial Dividend Period (as defined below). Subject to the Canadian Business Corporations Act and the approval of the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “ TSX ”) or such other Canadian or United States securities exchange or quotation system which on the date of determination constitutes the principal securities market for the Common Shares (the “ Principal Securities Market ”), the Series B Dividends shall be paid in that number of Common Shares as is determined by dividing (i) the aggregate amount of the Series B Dividends then payable by (ii) the U.S. dollar equivalent (as determined based on the noon rate of exchange posted by the Bank of Canada on the third trading day immediately preceding the Dividend Payment Date) of the volume weighted average trading price of the Common Shares on the Principal Securities Market over the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding the Dividend Payment Date less the maximum discount permitted by the TSX at that time. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event of a Liquidation (as defined in Section 2(a) below), all accrued but unpaid Series B Dividends shall be paid in cash. If any Series B Dividend is not paid on a Dividend Payment Date, then the amount of such unpaid dividend shall continue to accrue from the applicable Dividend Payment Date until paid.

 



 

(c)           For greater certainty, the amount of Series B Dividends payable for each full Dividend Period (as defined below) for the Series B Preferred Shares shall be 1.25% of the Series B Original Issue Price. For greater certainty, the amount of Series B Dividends payable for (i) the Initial Dividend Period shall be equal to 1.25% of the Series B Original Issue Price multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing the number of days in the period for which the Series B Preferred Shares were outstanding by 90, and (ii) any other period shorter than a full Dividend Period shall be equal to 1.25% of the Series B Original Issue Price multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing the number of days elapsed by 90.

 

(d)           Fractional Common Shares will not be issued upon payment of any Series B Dividends and any amount of fractional Common Shares otherwise issuable upon payment of any Series B Dividends shall, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, either be paid in cash or continue to accrue until the next Dividend Payment Date.

 

(e)           Series B Dividends to be paid on a Dividend Payment Date shall be paid to the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Shares as they appear on the share register of the Corporation at the close of business fifteen (15) days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. Holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive dividends in preference to and in priority over dividends upon the Common Shares and any other series or class of the Corporation’s share capital that ranks junior as to dividends to the Series B Preferred Shares, and shall be on parity as to dividends with any series or class of the Corporation’s share capital that does not rank senior or junior as to dividends with the Series B Preferred Shares. The Series B Preferred Shares shall rank on parity with the Series A Preferred Shares with respect to dividends. The holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to dividends in excess of full cumulative dividends as herein provided.

 

(f)            The term “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. The term “ Dividend Period ” shall mean quarterly dividend periods commencing on the first day of March, June, September and December of each year and ending on and including the day preceding the first day of the next succeeding Dividend Period (other than the Initial Dividend Period). The term “ Initial Dividend Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Series B Original Issue Date and ending on (and including) August 31, 2006.

 

2.             Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

(a)           Payments to Holders of Series B Preferred Shares . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (a “ Liquidation ”), the holders of Series B Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders (on a pari passu basis with the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other series of Preferred Shares ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series B Preferred Shares), and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Shares or any other class or series of shares ranking on liquidation junior to the Series B  Preferred Shares by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) one (1) times the Series B  Original Issue

 

2



 

Price, plus any Series B Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, which dividends shall be paid in cash (and not in Common Shares), and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share been converted into Common Shares pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such Liquidation (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such Liquidation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares and any other series of Preferred Shares ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series B Preferred Shares the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2(a) , the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares and any other series of Preferred Shares ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series B Preferred Shares shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. The Series B Preferred Shares shall rank on parity with the Series A Preferred Shares with respect to a Liquidation or a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below).

 

(b)           Distribution of Remaining Assets . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Shares pursuant hereto and holders of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other series of Preferred Shares ranking on liquidation on parity with or priority to the Series B Preferred Shares, the holders of Series B Preferred Shares will not be entitled to share in any of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution.

 

(c)           Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

(i)            Each of the following events shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2 (a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”), unless the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Shares elect otherwise by written notice given to the Corporation at least five days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

(A)          a merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation in which

 

(I)                                     the Corporation is a constituent party, or

 

(II)                                 a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares pursuant to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation,

 

except any such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares in the capital of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares which represent,

 

3



 

immediately following such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation at least a majority constituting at least 50%, by voting power (determined on a fully diluted basis assuming the exercise, conversion or exchange of all exercisable, convertible or exchangeable securities, respectively), of the shares in the capital of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Subsection 2(c)(i) , all Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding Common Shares are converted or exchanged); or

 

(B)           the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

(ii)           The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2(c)(i)(A)(I) above unless the agreement or plan of merger, arrangement or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the shareholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of shares in the capital of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a) and 2(b) above.

 

(iii)          In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2(c)(i)(A)(II) or (B) above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the Canada Business Corporations Act within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (A) the Corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Series B Preferred Shares no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (B) to require the redemption of such Series B Preferred Shares, and (B) if the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Shares so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) (the “ Net Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefore, on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event to redeem all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares at a

 

4



 

price per share equal to the Series B Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and any other series of Preferred Shares (including the Series A Preferred Shares) ranking on redemption on parity with the Series B Preferred Shares that is required to then be redeemed, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem the pro rata portion of each holder’s Series B Preferred Shares and any other series of Preferred Shares (including the Series A Preferred Shares) ranking on redemption on parity with the Series B Preferred Shares on a pari passu basis based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2(c)(iii) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, as approved in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(iv)          The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of Series B Preferred Shares upon any such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with the following guidelines:

 

(A)          For securities not subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability,

 

(I)                                     if traded on the TSX, the New York Stock Exchange, a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the 30-day period ending three trading days prior to the closing of such transaction;

 

(II)                                 if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three trading days prior to the closing of such transaction; or

 

(III)                             if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(B)           The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by

 

5



 

virtue of a shareholder’s status as an insider as defined in the Securities Act (Ontario) or as a holder of securities sufficient to constitute a distribution within the meaning of clause(c) of the definition of “distribution” in Section 1 of the Securities Act (Ontario)) shall take into account an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) from the market value as determined pursuant to clause (A) above so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

 

3.             Voting .

 

(a)           General . On any matter presented to the shareholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of shareholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Common Shares into which the Series B Preferred Shares held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the provisions of Subsection 3(b) below, holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall vote together with the holders of Common Shares, and with the holders of any other series of Preferred Shares entitled to vote at such meeting, as a single class.

 

(b)           Protective Provisions . At any time when at least ten percent (10%) of the Series B Preferred Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend paid to all holders of Common Shares, stock split, combination, subdivision or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) that were outstanding on the Series B Original Issue Date are issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly, by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Articles of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series B  Preferred Shares, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class:

 

(i)            amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B  Preferred Shares;

 

(ii)           create, or authorize the creation of, or issue any additional class or series of shares unless the same ranks junior to the Series B  Preferred Shares with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and the payment of dividends, or increase the authorized number of Series B  Preferred Shares; or

 

(iii)          purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares in the capital of the Corporation other than dividends or distributions on the Series A Preferred Shares and the Series B Preferred Shares as expressly authorized herein.

 

4.             Optional Conversion . The holders of the Series B Preferred Shares shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

6



 

(a)           Right to Convert . Each Series B Preferred Share shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares calculated by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. Subject to the Canadian Business Corporations Act and the approval of the TSX, the Series B Preferred Shares that are converted into Common Shares pursuant to this Section 4 shall be entitled to receive any accrued but unpaid Series B Dividends thereon through the Conversion Time, calculated in accordance with Section 1 and payable to the holders of such Series B Preferred Shares in accordance with Section 4(d) concurrently with the issuance and delivery of certificates representing Common Shares issuable upon such conversion. The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to the Series B Original Issue Price. Such initial Series B Conversion Price and the rate at which Series B Preferred Shares may be converted into Common Shares shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

(b)           Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series B Preferred Shares.

 

(c)           Fractional Shares . No fractional Common Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a Common Share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of Series B Preferred Shares the holder is at the time converting into Common Shares and the aggregate number of Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

 

(d)           Mechanics of Conversion .

 

(i)            In order for a holder of Series B Preferred Shares to voluntarily convert the Series B Preferred Shares into Common Shares, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such Series B Preferred Shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Shares (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the Series B Preferred Shares represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for Common Shares to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in

 

7



 

writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver to such holder of Series B Preferred Shares, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the full number of Common Shares issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, a certificate for the number (if any) of the Series B Preferred Shares represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Shares, and cash as provided in Subsection 4(c) in lieu of any fraction of a Common Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

 

(ii)           The Corporation shall at all times when the Series B Preferred Shares shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares, such number of its duly authorized Common Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Articles of Incorporation.

 

(iii)          All Series B Preferred Shares which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any Series B Preferred Shares so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation (without the need for shareholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of Series B Preferred Shares accordingly.

 

(iv)          Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares surrendered for conversion or on the Common Shares delivered upon conversion.

 

(v)           The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of Common Shares upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of Common Shares in a name other than that in which the Series B Preferred Shares so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

8



 

(e)           Adjustments to Series B Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

 

(i)            Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4 , the following definitions shall apply:

 

(A)          “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Shares or Convertible Securities.

 

(B)           “ Series B Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first Series B Preferred Shares were issued.

 

(C)           “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, but excluding Options.

 

(D)          “ Additional Common Shares ” shall mean all Common Shares issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series B Original Issue Date, other than the following (“ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(I)                                     Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued or deemed issued as a dividend or distribution on the Series A or Series B Preferred Shares;

 

(II)                                 Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Shares that is covered by Subsection 4(f) , 4(g) , 4(h) and 4(i) below;

 

(III)                             Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement either in effect as of the Original Series B Issue Date or approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including those directors appointed by the holders of Series A Preferred Shares; or

 

(IV)                             Common Shares or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options, or Common Shares actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security.

 

9



 

(ii)           No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Series B Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Common Shares if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Shares agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Common Shares.

 

(iii)          Deemed Issue of Additional Common Shares .

 

(A)          If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exerciseability, convertibility or exchangeability, but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Common Shares issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(B)           If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) below, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series B Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series B Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no re-adjustment pursuant to this clause (B) shall have the effect of increasing the Series B Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, and (ii) the Series B Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Common Shares (other than deemed issuances of Additional Common Shares as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(C)           If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to

 

10



 

the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(v) hereof) of the Additional Common Shares subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series B Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series B  Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series B Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Shares subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4(e)(iii)(A) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(D)          Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) below, the Series B Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series B Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security, or portion thereof, never been issued.

 

(E)           If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4(e)(iii) shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (B) and (C) of this Subsection 4(e)(iii) ). If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4(e)(iii) at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

(iv)          Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Common Shares . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series B Original Issue Date issue Additional Common Shares (including Additional Common Shares deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(iii) ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series B Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price

 

11



 

(calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2 = (CP 1 * (A + B)) ¸ (A + C)

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(A)          “ CP 2 ” shall mean the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Common Shares

 

(B)           “ CP 1 ” shall mean the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Common Shares;

 

(C)           “ A ” shall mean the number of Common Shares outstanding and deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Common Shares (treating for this purpose as outstanding all Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Series B Preferred Shares) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Option therefore) immediately prior to such issue);

 

(D)          “ B ” shall mean the number of Common Shares that would have been issued if such Additional Common Shares had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

(E)           “ C ” shall mean the number of such Additional Common Shares issued in such transaction;

 

provided , howeve r, that in no event shall the Series B Conversion Price be adjusted to an amount less than US$0.255.

 

(v)           Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4(e) , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Shares shall be computed as follows:

 

(A)          Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(I)                                     insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(II)                                 insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

12



 

(III)                             in the event Additional Common Shares are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(B)           Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Common Shares deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(iii) , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

(I)                                     the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(II)                                 the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(vi)          Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Common Shares that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) above then, upon the final such issuance, the Series B Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without additional giving effect to any adjustments as a result of any subsequent issuances within such period).

 

13



 

(f)            Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares, the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date combine the outstanding Common Shares, the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

(g)           Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Shares in additional Common Shares, then and in each such event the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series B Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

(1)           the numerator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(2)           the denominator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of Common Shares issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series B Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series B Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (ii) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series B Preferred Shares simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of Common Shares in a number equal to the number of Common Shares as they would have received if all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event.

 

(h)           Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of Common Shares in respect of outstanding Common Shares) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event

 

14



 

the holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Shares, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event.

 

(i)            Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Section 2(c) , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Shares (but not the Series B Preferred Shares) are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections (f) , (g) or (h) of this Section 4 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or merger, each Series B Preferred Share shall thereafter be convertible (in lieu of the Common Shares into which it was convertible prior to such event) into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of Common Shares of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one Series B  Preferred Share immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series B  Preferred Shares, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series B Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares.

 

(j)            Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series B Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) trading days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series B Preferred Shares a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series B Preferred Shares is convertible) and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Series B Preferred Shares (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series B Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of Common Shares and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Shares.

 

(k)           Notice of Record Date . In the event:

 

(i)            the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Shares (or other shares or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other

 

15



 

distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(ii)           of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Shares of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(iii)          of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares a notice specifying, as the case may be, (A) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (B) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Shares (or such other shares or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares) shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares (or such other shares or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Series B Preferred Shares and the Common Shares. Such notice shall be sent at least five (5) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

5.             Mandatory Conversion .

 

(a)           Trigger Events . Upon the earlier of:  (i) the closing of the sale of Common Shares to the public at a price of not less than US$0.85 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, combinations and other similar recapitalizations affecting such shares), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a prospectus or an effective registration statement resulting in at least US$20,000,000 of proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation, (ii) the conversion of 100% of the Corporation’s outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, and (iii) a date specified by vote or written consent, of the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the Series B Preferred Shares then outstanding (the earlier of (i), (ii) and (iii) above being the “ Mandatory Conversion Date ”), each Series B Preferred Share then outstanding shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares calculated by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price then in effect on the Mandatory Conversion Date, and such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation. Subject to the Canadian Business Corporations Act and the approval of the TSX, the Series B Preferred Shares that are converted into Common Shares pursuant to this Section 5 shall be entitled to receive any accrued but unpaid Series B Dividends through the Mandatory Conversion Date, calculated in accordance with Section 1 ; and payable to the holders of such Series B Preferred Shares in accordance with Section 5(b) concurrently with the issuance and delivery of certificates representing Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

 

(b)           Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of Series B Preferred Shares shall be given written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such Series B Preferred Shares pursuant to this Section 5 . Upon

 

16



 

receipt of such notice, each holder of Series B Preferred Shares shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of Common Shares to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares shall be deemed to have been converted into Common Shares, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares so converted, including, without limitation, the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Shares), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefore, to receive certificates for the number of Common Shares into which such Series B Preferred Shares has been converted, and, if applicable, payment of any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series B Preferred Shares, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or on his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Common Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4(c) in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Shares otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

 

(c)           Effect of Mandatory Conversion . All Series B Preferred Shares shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Date, no longer be deemed to be outstanding and, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares on or prior to such time, all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate on the Mandatory Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends accrued but unpaid thereon. Such converted Series B Preferred Shares shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for shareholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of Series B Preferred Shares accordingly.

 

6.             Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any Series B Preferred Shares which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Series B Preferred Shares following redemption.

 

7.             Waiver . Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Shares set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Shares by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the Series B Preferred Shares then outstanding.

 

17



 

8.             Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions hereto to be given to a holder of Series B Preferred Shares shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing.

 

9.             Withholding Rights . Notwithstanding anything herein inconsistent with this Section 9, the Corporation is entitled to deduct and withhold from any dividend or other amount payable to any holder of Series B Preferred Shares such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to such payment under any provision of provincial, federal, territorial, state, local or foreign tax law. Any amounts so deducted and withheld will be treated for all purposes hereof as having been paid to the holder of the Series B Preferred Shares in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

 

18


 

Industry Canada

 

Industrie Canada

 

 

 

Certificate

 

Certificat

of Amendment

 

de modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada Business

 

Loi canadienne sur

Corporations Act

 

les sociétés par actions

 

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

373610-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Corporation number-Numéro de la société

 

 

 

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named corporation were amended:

 

Je certifie que les statuts de la société susmentionnée ont été modifies:

 

 

 

a)     under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act in accordance with the attached notice;

o

a)  en vertu de l’article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur les soci été par action, conform ément à l’avis ci-joint;

 

 

 

b)    under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations Ac t as set out in the attached articles of amendment designating a series of shares;

o

b)  en vertu de l’article 27 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions, tel qu’il est indiqué dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes désignant une série d’actions;

 

 

 

c)     under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations Act as set out in the attached articles of amendment;

x

c)  en vertu de l’article 179 de la Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqu é dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes;

 

 

 

d)    under section 191 of the Canada Business Corporations Act as set out in the attached articles of reorganization;

o

d)  en vertu de l’article 191 de la Loi can a dienne sur les sociétés par actions , tel qu’il est indiqu é dans les clauses de réorganisation ci-jointes;

 

 

 

 

 

Richard G. Shaw

 

December 21, 2006 / le 21 decembre 2006

Director - Directeur

 

Date of Amendment –Date de modification

 



 

Industry Canada

Industrie Canada

FORM 4

FORMULAIRE 4

 

 

 

 

Canada Business
Corporations Act

Loi canadienne sur
les sociétés par actions

ARTICLES OF
AMENDMENT
(SECTIONS 27 OR 177)

CLAUSES
MODIFICATRICES
(ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[4]   Name of Corporation-Dénomination de la société

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

 

[5]   Corporation number-Numéro de la société

 

373610-5

 

 

 

[6]   The articles of the above-named corporation are amended as follows:

Le status de la société ci-dessus sont modifié de la facon suivante:

 

 

To amend and restate the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions of the first series of Preferred Shares designated as “Series A Preferred Shares” by replacing paragraph B of Schedule 1 to the articles of amendment of the Corporation dated May 29, 2006 with Schedule 1 annexed hereto.

 

 

Signature

 

Name-Nom:

 

Capacity of – en qualité

 

Tel. No. – no. de tél.

 

 

Michael J. Rapisand

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

(512) 336-7797

 


 

SCHEDULE 1

TO THE

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

OF XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

SERIES A PREFERRED SHARES

 

The first series of Preferred Shares (i) consists of an unlimited number of shares , (ii) shall be designated as “Series A Preferred Shares” and (iii) in addition to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares as a class, will have the following designations, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

1.             Dividends.

 

(a)           From and after the date of the issuance of any Series A Preferred Shares, dividends at the rate per annum of 5% of the Series A Original Issue Price (as hereinafter defined) per share shall accrue on such Series A Preferred Shares (the “ Series A Dividends ”). Series A Dividends shall accrue, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of shares in the capital of the Corporation, other than any other series of Preferred Shares entitled to receive dividends in priority to or concurrently with the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, unless the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, the Series A Dividends. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean US$0.34 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares.

 

(b)           The Series A Dividends shall be paid quarterly on the first day Business Day (as defined below) of March, June, September, and December of each year (each a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), commencing on the first Business Day next succeeding the Initial Dividend Period (as defined below). Subject to the Canada Business Corporations Act and the approval of the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “ TSX ”) or such other Canadian or United States securities exchange or quotation system which on the date of determination constitutes the principal securities market for the Common Shares (the “ Principal Securities Market ”), the Series A Dividends shall be paid in that number of Common Shares as is determined by dividing (i) the aggregate amount of the Series A Dividends then payable by (ii) the U.S. dollar equivalent (as determined based on the noon rate of exchange posted by the Bank of Canada on the third trading day immediately preceding the Dividend Payment Date) of the volume weighted average trading price of the Common Shares on the Principal Securities Market over the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding the Dividend Payment Date, less the maximum discount permitted by the TSX at that time. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event of a Liquidation (as defined in Section 2(a) below), all accrued but unpaid Series A Dividends shall be paid in cash. If any Series A Dividend is not paid on a Dividend Payment Date, then the amount of such unpaid dividend shall continue to accrue from the applicable Dividend Payment Date until paid.

 



 

(c)           For greater certainty, the amount of Series A Dividends payable for each full Dividend Period (as defined below) for the Series A Preferred Shares shall be 1.25% of the Series A Original Issue Price. For greater certainty, the amount of Series A Dividends payable for (i) the Initial Dividend Period shall be equal to 5% of the Series A Original Issue Price multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing the number of days in the period for which the Series A Preferred Shares were outstanding by 365, and (ii) any other period shorter than a full Dividend Period shall be equal to 1.25% of the Series A Original Issue Price multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing the number of days elapsed since the first day of the applicable Dividend Period by 90.

 

(d)           Fractional Common Shares will not be issued upon payment of any Series A Dividends and any amount of fractional Common Shares otherwise issuable upon payment of any Series A Dividends shall, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, either be paid in cash or continue to accrue until the next Dividend Payment Date.

 

(e)           Series A Dividends to be paid on a Dividend Payment Date shall be paid to the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Shares as they appear on the share register of the Corporation at the close of business fifteen (15) days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. Holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive dividends in preference to and in priority over dividends upon the Common Shares and any other series or class of the Corporation’s share capital that ranks junior as to dividends to the Series A Preferred Shares, and shall be on parity as to dividends with any series or class of the Corporation’s share capital that does not rank senior or junior as to dividends with the Series A Preferred Shares. The holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to dividends in excess of full cumulative dividends as herein provided.

 

(f)            The term “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. The term “ Dividend Period ” shall mean quarterly dividend periods commencing on the first day of March, June, September and December of each year and ending on and including the day preceding the first day of the next succeeding Dividend Period (other than the Initial Dividend Period). The term “ Initial Dividend Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Series A Original Issue Date and ending on (and including) February 28, 2007.

 

2.             Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

(a)           Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Shares . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (a “ Liquidation ”), the holders of Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders (on a pari passu basis with the holders of any series of Preferred Shares ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares), and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Shares or any other class or series of shares ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A Preferred Shares by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) one (1) times the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any Series A Dividends accrued but

 

2



 

unpaid thereon, which dividends shall be paid in cash (and not in Common Shares), and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share been converted into Common Shares pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such Liquidation (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such Liquidation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of Series A Preferred Shares and any series of Preferred Shares ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2(a) , the holders of Series A Preferred Shares and any series of Preferred Shares ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

(b)           Distribution of Remaining Assets . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant hereto the holders of Series A Preferred Shares will not be entitled to share in any of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution.

 

(c)           Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

(i)            Each of the following events shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2 (a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”), unless the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares elect otherwise by written notice given to the Corporation at least five days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

(A)          a merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation in which

 

(I)                                     the Corporation is a constituent party, or

 

(II)                                 a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares pursuant to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation,

 

except any such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares in the capital of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares which represent, immediately following such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation at least a majority constituting at least 50%, by voting power (determined on a fully diluted basis assuming the exercise, conversion or exchange of all exercisable, convertible or exchangeable securities, respectively), of the shares in the capital of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or

 

3



 

consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Subsection 2(c)(i) , all Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding Common Shares are converted or exchanged); or

 

(B)           the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

(ii)           The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2(c)(i)(A)(I) above unless the agreement or plan of merger, arrangement or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the shareholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of shares in the capital of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a) and 2(b) above.

 

(iii)          In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2(c)(i)(A)(II) or (B) above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the Canada Business Corporations Act within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (A) the Corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Series A Preferred Shares no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (B) to require the redemption of such Series A Preferred Shares, and (B) if the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) (the “ Net Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefore, on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event to redeem all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares and any other series of Preferred Shares ranking on redemption on parity with the Series A Preferred Shares that is required to then be redeemed, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s Series A Preferred Shares based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be

 

4



 

payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2(c)(iii) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, as approved in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Series A Directors (as hereinafter defined).

 

(iv)          The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares upon any such merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with the following guidelines:

 

(A)          For securities not subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability,

 

(I)                                     if traded on the TSX, the New York Stock Exchange, a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the 30-day period ending three trading days prior to the closing of such transaction;

 

(II)                                 if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three trading days prior to the closing of such transaction; or

 

(III)                             if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(B)           The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a shareholder’s status as an insider as defined in the Securities Act (Ontario) or as a holder of securities sufficient to constitute a distribution within the meaning of clause(c) of the definition of “distribution” in Section 1 of the Securities Act (Ontario)) shall take into account an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) from the market value as determined pursuant to clause (A) above so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

 

5



 

3.             Voting .

 

(a)           General . On any matter presented to the shareholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of shareholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Common Shares into which the Series A Preferred Shares held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the provisions of Subsection 3(b) or 3(c) below, holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall vote together with the holders of Common Shares, and with the holders of any other series of Preferred Shares entitled to vote at such meeting, as a single class.

 

(b)           Election of Directors . The holders of record of a majority constituting at least 50% of the Series A Preferred Shares, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Series A Directors ”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares given either at a special meeting of such shareholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of holders constituting at least 50% of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a Series A Director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall be filled only by written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares or appointed by any remaining director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Subsection 3(b) . The rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares to elect the Series A Directors shall permanently terminate on the first date following the Series A Original Issue Date (as defined below) on which there are issued and outstanding less than ten percent (10%) of the Series A Preferred Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) that were outstanding on the Series A Original Issue Date.

 

(c)           Protective Provisions . At any time when at least ten percent (10%) of the Series A Preferred Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend paid to all holders of Common Shares, stock split, combination, subdivision or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) that were outstanding on the Series A Original Issue Date are issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Articles of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class:

 

(i)            liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

6



 

(ii)           amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series A Preferred Shares;

 

(iii)          create, or authorize the creation of, or issue any additional class or series of shares unless the same ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Shares with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and the payment of dividends, or increase the authorized number of Series A Preferred Shares;

 

(iv)          purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares in the capital of the Corporation other than dividends or distributions on the Series A Preferred Shares as expressly authorized herein;

 

(v)           create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series A Directors;

 

(vi)          increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

 

(vii)         terminate the employment of the Corporation’s then current Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer or hire or appoint anyone to any such offices or their respective equivalents.

 

4.             Optional Conversion . The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

(a)           Right to Convert . Each Series A Preferred Share shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares calculated by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. Subject to the Canada Business Corporations Act and the approval of the TSX, the Series A Preferred Shares that are converted into Common Shares pursuant to this Section 4 shall be entitled to receive any accrued but unpaid Series A Dividends thereon through the Conversion Time, calculated in accordance with Section 1 and payable to the holders of such Series A Preferred Shares in accordance with Section 4(d) concurrently with the issuance and delivery of certificates representing Common Shares issuable upon such conversion. The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to the Series A Original Issue Price. Such initial Series A Conversion Price and the rate at which Series A Preferred Shares may be converted into Common Shares shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

(b)           Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the

 

7



 

payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares.

 

(c)           Fractional Shares . No fractional Common Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a Common Share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of Series A Preferred Shares the holder is at the time converting into Common Shares and the aggregate number of Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

 

(d)           Mechanics of Conversion .

 

(i)            In order for a holder of Series A Preferred Shares to voluntarily convert the Series A Preferred Shares into Common Shares, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such Series A Preferred Shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Shares (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the Series A Preferred Shares represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for Common Shares to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver to such holder of Series A Preferred Shares, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the full number of Common Shares issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, a certificate for the number (if any) of the Series A Preferred Shares represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Shares, and cash as provided in Subsection 4(c) in lieu of any fraction of a Common Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

 

(ii)           The Corporation shall at all times when the Series A Preferred Shares shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares, such number of its duly authorized Common Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding

 

8



 

Series A Preferred Shares, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Articles of Incorporation.

 

(iii)          All Series A Preferred Shares which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends accrued but unpaid thereon. Any Series A Preferred Shares so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation (without the need for shareholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of Series A Preferred Shares accordingly.

 

(iv)          Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price shall be made for any accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares surrendered for conversion or on the Common Shares delivered upon conversion.

 

(v)           The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of Common Shares upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of Common Shares in a name other than that in which the Series A Preferred Shares so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

(e)           Adjustments to Series A Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

 

(i)            Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4 , the following definitions shall apply:

 

(A)          “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Shares or Convertible Securities.

 

(B)           “ Series A Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first Series A Preferred Shares were issued.

 

(C)           “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, but excluding Options.

 

(D)          “ Additional Common Shares ” shall mean all Common Shares issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the

 

9



 

Corporation after the Series A Original Issue Date, other than the following (“ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(I)                                     Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued or deemed issued as a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Shares or Series B Preferred Shares;

 

(II)                                 Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Shares that is covered by Subsection 4(f) , 4(g) , 4(h) and 4(i) below;

 

(III)                             Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement either in effect as of the Original Series A Issue Date or approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Series A Directors; or

 

(IV)                             Common Shares or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options, or Common Shares actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security.

 

(ii)           No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Common Shares if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority constituting at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Common Shares.

 

(iii)          Deemed Issue of Additional Common Shares .

 

(A)          If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exerciseability, convertibility or exchangeability, but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible

 

10



 

Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Common Shares issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(B)           If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) below, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no re-adjustment pursuant to this clause (B) shall have the effect of increasing the Series A Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, and (ii) the Series A Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Common Shares (other than deemed issuances of Additional Common Shares as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(C)           If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(v) hereof) of the Additional Common Shares subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series A Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series A Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series A Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Shares subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4(e)(iii)(A) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(D)          Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) below, the Series A Conversion

 

11



 

Price shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security, or portion thereof, never been issued.

 

(E)           If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4(e)(iii) shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (B) and (C) of this Subsection 4(e)(iii) ). If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4(e)(iii) at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

(iv)          Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Common Shares . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series A Original Issue Date issue Additional Common Shares (including Additional Common Shares deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(iii) ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series A Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2 = (CP 1 * (A + B)) ¸ (A + C)

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(A)          “ CP 2 ” shall mean the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Common Shares

 

(B)           “ CP 1 ” shall mean the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Common Shares;

 

(C)           “ A ” shall mean the number of Common Shares outstanding and deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Common Shares (treating for this purpose as outstanding all Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Series A Preferred Shares) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Option therefore) immediately prior to such issue);

 

12



 

(D)          “ B ” shall mean the number of Common Shares that would have been issued if such Additional Common Shares had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

(E)           “ C ” shall mean the number of such Additional Common Shares issued in such transaction.

 

(v)           Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4(e) , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Shares shall be computed as follows:

 

(A)          Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(I)                                     insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(II)                                 insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

(III)                             in the event Additional Common Shares are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(B)           Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Common Shares deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(iii) , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

(I)                                     the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the

 

13



 

case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(II)                                 the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(vi)          Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Common Shares that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(e)(iv) above then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without additional giving effect to any adjustments as a result of any subsequent issuances within such period).

 

(f)            Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date combine the outstanding Common Shares, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

(g)           Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Shares in additional Common Shares, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

14



 

(1)           the numerator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(2)           the denominator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of Common Shares issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefore, the Series A Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (ii) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series A Preferred Shares simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of Common Shares in a number equal to the number of Common Shares as they would have received if all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event.

 

(h)           Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of Common Shares in respect of outstanding Common Shares) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Shares, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event.

 

(i)            Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Section 2(c) , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Shares (but not the Series A Preferred Shares) are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections (f) , (g) or (h) of this Section 4 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or merger, each Series A Preferred Share shall thereafter be convertible (in lieu of the Common Shares into which it was convertible prior to such event) into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of Common Shares of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one Series A Preferred Share immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Series A Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, to the end that the

 

15



 

provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares.

 

(j)            Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) trading days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Shares a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series A Preferred Shares is convertible) and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Shares (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of Common Shares and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Shares.

 

(k)           Notice of Record Date . In the event:

 

(i)            the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Shares (or other shares or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(ii)           of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Shares of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(iii)          of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares a notice specifying, as the case may be, (A) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (B) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Shares (or such other shares or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares) shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares (or such other shares or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Series A Preferred Shares and the Common Shares. Such notice shall be sent at least five (5) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

16



 

5.             Mandatory Conversion .

 

(a)           Trigger Events . Upon the earlier of:  (i) the closing of the sale of Common Shares to the public at a price of not less than US$0.85 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, combinations and other similar recapitalizations affecting such shares), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a prospectus or an effective registration statement resulting in at least US$20,000,000 of proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation, and (ii) a date specified by vote or written consent, of the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the Series A Preferred Shares outstanding (the earlier of (i) and (ii) above being the “ Mandatory Conversion Date ”), each Series A Preferred Share shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares calculated by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price then in effect on the Mandatory Conversion Date, and such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation. Subject to the Canada Business Corporations Act and the approval of the TSX, the Series A Preferred Shares that are converted into Common Shares pursuant to this Section 5 shall be entitled to receive any accrued but unpaid Series A Dividends through the Mandatory Conversion Date, calculated in accordance with Section 1 ; and payable to the holders of such Series A Preferred Shares in accordance with Section 5(b) concurrently with the issuance and delivery of certificates representing Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

 

(b)           Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of Series A Preferred Shares shall be given written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Section 5 . Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of Series A Preferred Shares shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of Common Shares to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall be deemed to have been converted into Common Shares, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares so converted, including, without limitation, the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Shares), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefore, to receive certificates for the number of Common Shares into which such Series A Preferred Shares has been converted, and, if applicable, payment of any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A Preferred Shares, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or on his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Common Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance

 

17



 

with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4(c) in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Shares otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

 

(c)           Effect of Mandatory Conversion . All Series A Preferred Shares shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Date, no longer be deemed to be outstanding and, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares on or prior to such time, all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate on the Mandatory Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends accrued but unpaid thereon. Such converted Series A Preferred Shares shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for shareholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of Series A Preferred Shares accordingly.

 

6.             Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any Series A Preferred Shares which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares following redemption.

 

7.             Waiver . Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Shares set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Shares by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority constituting at least 50% of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding.

 

8.             Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions hereto to be given to a holder of Series A Preferred Shares shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing.

 

18




Exhibit 4.1

 

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

 

300,000,000 AUTHORIZED SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE

 

Number

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

 

Shares

 

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

 

** SPECIMEN **

 

 

CUSIP: 983950 20 5

is the registered holder of

 

 

** xxx **

 

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001, OF

 

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

Registration of the transfer of the shares of Common Stock represented by this certificate may be made on the appropriate register of the Corporation in person or by Attorney upon presentation and surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.

 

This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Corporation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

 

 

DATED

 

 

 

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED by

 

Equity Transfer & Trust Company Toronto, Ontario, Canada

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Mark Holleran

 

Michael J. Rapisand

 

 

President

 

Secretary

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

 

The Shares represented by this Certificate are transferable at the offices of Equity Transfer & Trust Company,

Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

 



 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF TRANSFEREE

 

 

 

(Name and address of transferee)

 

 

 

                                                                                                              shares registered in the name of the undersigned on the books of the Corporation named on the face of this certificate and represented hereby, and irrevocably constitutes and appoints

 

                                                                                                              Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-5.

 

Signature Guaranteed by:

 

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUEST THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF OF THE CORPORATION, AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.

 

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

 

 

 

TEN COM

-as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT

Custodian 

 

TEN ENT

-as tenants by the entireties

 

(Cust)

 

(Minor)

 

JT ENT

-as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common.

 

under Uniforms Gifts to Minors Act

 

 

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used in the above list.

 

(State)

 

 

RESTRICTIONS

 




Exhibit 4.2

 

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

 

64,000,000 AUTHORIZED SHARES OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK,
PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE

 

Number

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

 

Shares

 

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

 

 

** SPECIMEN **

 

 

CUSIP: 983950 30 4

is the registered holder of

 

** xxx **

 

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE

PREFERRED STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001, OF

 

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

Registration of the transfer of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock represented by this Certificate may be made on the appropriate register of the Corporation in person or by Attorney upon presentation and surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

 

This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Corporation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

 

 

DATED

 

 

 

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED by

 

Equity Transfer & Trust Company Toronto, Ontario, Canada

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Mark Holleran

 

Michael J. Rapisand

 

 

President

 

Secretary

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

 

The Shares represented by this Certificate are transferable at the offices of Equity Transfer & Trust Company, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

 



 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF TRANSFEREE

 

 

 

(Name and address of transferee)

 

 

                                                                                                                 shares registered in the name of the undersigned on the books of the Corporation named on the face of this certificate and represented hereby, and irrevocably constitutes and appoints

 

                                                                                                                 Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-5.

 

Signature Guaranteed by:

 

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUEST THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF OF THE CORPORATION, AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.

 

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

 

 

 

TEN COM

-as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT

Custodian 

 

TEN ENT

-as tenants by the entireties

 

(Cust)

 

(Minor)

 

JT ENT

-as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common.

 

under Uniforms Gifts to Minors Act

 

 

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used in the above list.

 

(State)

 

 

RESTRICTIONS

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

 

10,000,000 AUTHORIZED SHARES OF SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK,
PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE

 

Number

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

 

Shares

 

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

 

** SPECIMEN **

 

 

CUSIP: 983950 40 3

is the registered holder of

 

 

** xxx **

 

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF SERIES B CONVERTIBLE

PREFERRED STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001, OF

 

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

Registration of the transfer of the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock represented by this Certificate may be made on the appropriate register of the Corporation in person or by Attorney upon presentation and surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

 

This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Corporation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

 

 

DATED

 

 

 

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED by

 

Equity Transfer & Trust Company Toronto, Ontario, Canada

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Mark Holleran

 

Michael J. Rapisand

 

 

President

 

Secretary

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

 

The Shares represented by this Certificate are transferable at the offices of Equity Transfer & Trust Company, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

 



 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF TRANSFEREE

 

 

 

(Name and address of transferee)

 

 

 

                                                                                                                 shares registered in the name of the undersigned on the books of the Corporation named on the face of this certificate and represented hereby, and irrevocably constitutes and appoints

 

                                                                                                                 Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-5.

 

Signature Guaranteed by:

 

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUEST THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF OF THE CORPORATION, AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.

 

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

 

 

 

TEN COM

-as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT

Custodian 

 

TEN ENT

-as tenants by the entireties

 

(Cust)

 

(Minor)

 

JT ENT

-as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common.

 

under Uniforms Gifts to Minors Act

 

 

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used in the above list.

 

(State)

 

 

RESTRICTIONS

 




Exhibit 5.1

 

Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP

875 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

February 6, 2007

Xplore Technologies Corp.

14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900

Austin, Texas 78728

Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special United States counsel to Xplore Technologies Corp., a corporation organized under the federal laws of Canada (the “Company”), in connection with the Company’s filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (as such may be further amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of 61,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value (the “Common Stock”), 64,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), and 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value (the “Series B Preferred Stock,” and with the Common Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock, the “Shares”). The Shares are being registered in connection with the change of the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to the State of Delaware pursuant to Section 388 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “Delaware Domestication”).

In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals, or certified, conformed or reproduction copies, of (i) the Registration Statement, (ii) the certificate of domestication (the “Certificate of Domestication”) and certificate of incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) of the Company proposed to be filed by the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (iii) the proposed by-laws of the Company, and (iv) such other records, agreements, certificates, instruments and other documents, as we have deemed relevant or necessary as the basis for the opinion expressed below. In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. As to any facts material to this opinion, we have, without independent investigation, relied on certificates of public officials and certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company.

For purposes of our opinion, we have also assumed that:

(i)            immediately prior to the effective time of the Delaware Domestication  (the “Effective Time”), the Company was a duly incorporated and validly existing corporation of Canada in good standing under the laws thereof and pursuant to its Articles of Incorporation;



 

(ii)           each of the issued and outstanding common shares, no par value (the “Common Shares”), Series A Preferred Shares, no par value (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), and Series B Preferred Shares, no par value (the “Series B Preferred Shares”) of the Company, respectively, was a duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of the Company under the Canada Business Corporations Act, as amended (the “Act”), and other applicable laws of Canada;

(iii)          the Company had full corporate power and authority to domesticate to Delaware pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 388 of the Delaware General Corporation Law;

(iv)          the Delaware Domestication was validly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company as required pursuant to the Act and other applicable laws of Canada;

(v)           all necessary action was taken under the Act and other applicable laws of Canada to authorize the Delaware Domestication; and

(vi)          the Company had filed all notices, reports, documents or other information required to be filed by it pursuant to, and had obtained any and all authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, licenses, certificates, permits, registrations or qualifications required to be obtained under, and had otherwise complied with all requirements of, the Act and other applicable laws of Canada in connection with the consummation of the Delaware Domestication.

Based on the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that each Common Share, Series A Preferred Share and Series B Preferred Share of the Company that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, when treated as described in the Registration Statement, will become a validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, upon domestication of the Company in Delaware.

The opinion set forth herein is limited to the matters specifically addressed herein, and no other opinion or opinions are expressed or may be implied or inferred. We have not made any separate investigation of the laws of Canada and no opinion is expressed herein with respect thereto.

We do not express, or purport to express, any opinion with respect to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and the reported judicial decisions interpreting the Delaware laws.

We assume no obligation to advise you of any changes to this opinion that may come to our attention after the date hereof.  This opinion may not be relied upon or furnished to any other person except the addresses hereof without the express written consent of this firm.

 

2



 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus that forms a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the SEC.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP

 

 

JJR/PWP/CDV

 

 

3




Exhibit 8.1

 

Thelen Reid Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP

875 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

 

 

February 6, 2007

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900

Austin, Texas 78728

 

Re:                                Registration Statement on Form S-4

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as United States counsel for Xplore Technologies Corp., a corporation organized under the federal laws of Canada (the “ Company ”) in connection with its change of jurisdiction of incorporation from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to the State of Delaware (the “ Domestication Transaction ”) as described in the Management Information Circular/Prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) included in the registration statement of the Company on Form S-4 (File No. 333-138675), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including each amendment thereof (the “ Registration Statement ”). Any capitalized term not defined herein shall have the definition given such term in the Registration Statement.

 

You have requested our opinion regarding the summary of United States federal income tax matters addressed in the discussion entitled “United States and Canadian Income Tax Considerations – United States Tax Consequences” in the Registration Statement. Based on our review of the Registration Statement and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, limitations and qualifications set forth therein, the discussion entitled “United States and Canadian Income Tax Considerations – United States Tax Consequences” in the Registration Statement to the extent it states matters of law or legal conclusions, represents our opinion with respect to the material United States federal income tax consequences of the Domestication Transaction. No opinion is expressed as to any matter not addressed herein.

 

This opinion is based upon existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury Regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) and the courts, all of which are subject to change with prospective or retroactive effect, and our opinion could be adversely affected or rendered obsolete by any such change. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS as to the federal income tax consequences of any aspect of the Domestication Transaction. The opinion expressed herein is not binding on the IRS or any court, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court of competent jurisdiction, will not disagree with such opinion. Further, no assurance can be given that future legislative, judicial or administrative changes would not adversely affect the accuracy of the conclusions stated herein. The opinions expressed herein are as the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update or supplement such opinions

 



 

to reflect any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in law that may hereafter occur or become effective.

 

No opinion is expressed as to any transaction other than the Domestication Transaction (whether or not undertaken in connection with the Domestication Transaction) or as to any transaction whatsoever, including the Domestication Transaction, if all the transactions described in the Prospectus are not consummated in accordance with such terms and without waiver or breach of any material provisions thereof or if all of the statements, representations, warranties and assumptions upon which we relied are not true and accurate at all relevant times. In the event any one of the statements, representations, warranties or assumptions upon which we have relied to issue this opinion is incorrect, our opinion might be adversely affected and may not be relied upon.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference of our firm in the Registration Statement under the caption “United States and Canadian Income Tax Considerations – United States Tax Consequences” and under the caption “Legal Matters.”  In giving this consent, however, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ THELEN REID BROWN RAYSMAN
& STEINER LLP

 

 

2




Exhibit 8.2

 

Davis & Company LLP

1 First Canadian Place

100 King Street West

Toronto, Ontario

M5X 1E2

 

February 6, 2007

 

Xplore Technologies Corp.

14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900

Austin, Texas 78728

 

Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-4

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as Canadian tax counsel for Xplore Technologies Corp., a corporation organized under the federal laws of Canada (the “Company”), in connection with the Company’s filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (as such may be further amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statement”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in connection with the change of the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation from the federal jurisdiction of Canada to the State of Delaware (the “Domestication”).

 

You have requested our opinion regarding the summary of Canadian federal income tax matters addressed in the discussion entitled “United States and Canadian Income Tax Considerations – Canadian Tax Consequences” in the Registration Statement. Based on our review of the Registration Statement and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, limitations and qualifications set forth therein, the discussion entitled “United States and Canadian Income Tax Considerations – Canadian Tax Consequences” in the Registration Statement to the extent it states matters of law or legal conclusions, represents our opinion with respect to the material Canadian federal income tax consequences of the Domestication.  No opinion is expressed as to any matter not addressed herein.

 

This opinion represents and is based upon our best judgment as of the date hereof regarding the application of the Income Tax Act (Canada), the present income tax convention between Canada and the United States of America, existing reported decisions of Canadian courts, and published administrative policies or rulings of the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”). Our opinion is not binding upon the CRA or the courts, and there is no assurance that the CRA will not successfully assert a contrary position. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that future legislative, judicial or administrative changes, on either a prospective or retroactive basis, would not adversely affect the accuracy of the conclusions stated herein. Moreover, we undertake no responsibility to advise you of any new developments in the application or interpretation of the federal income tax laws of Canada occurring after the date hereof.

 



 

No opinion is expressed as to any transaction other than the Domestication (whether or not undertaken in connection with the Domestication) or as to any transaction whatsoever, including the Domestication, if all the transactions described in the Registration Statement are not consummated in accordance with such terms and without waiver or breach of any material provisions thereof or if all of the statements, representations, warranties and assumptions upon which we relied are not true and accurate at all relevant times.  In the event any one of the statements, representations, warranties or assumptions upon which we have relied to issue this opinion is incorrect, our opinion might be adversely affected and may not be relied upon.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to the reference of our firm in the Registration Statement under the caption “United States and Canadian Income Tax Considerations – Canadian Tax Consequences” and under the caption “Legal Matters.”  In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the SEC.

 

Yours very truly,

 

DAVIS & COMPANY LLP

 

/s/ DAVIS & COMPANY LLP

 

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

THIS TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”), effective this 1 day of July 2003 (the “Effective Date”), is made and entered into by and between XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION of AMERICA and its subsidiaries and affiliates (“ XPLORE ”), a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900, Austin, Texas 78728 U.S.A. and WISTRON CORPORATION (“ WISTRON ”), and its subsidiaries and affiliates, a Taiwan corporation having its principal place of business at 21F, 88, Sec. 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd., Hsichih, Taipei Hsien 221, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

W I T N E S E T H :

 

WHEREAS , XPLORE is proceeding to develop ruggedized mobile PC computer tablet(s) for its next generation of Products (as defined herein); and

 

AND WHEREAS WISTRON desires to provide to XPLORE design, manufacturing and support services in respect of the Products and sell to XPLORE the Products;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , intending to be legally bound hereby, XPLORE and WISTRON agree as follows.

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

Defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth below:

 

1.1                                Class Failure ” shall mean the occurrence of (i) a Material Defect, experienced in test or in the field, in greater than two and one-half percent (2.5%) monthly of all Products purchased by XPLORE hereunder over a rolling ninety (90) day period, or (ii) a defect in the Products causing a safety hazard which threatens life, equipment or property.

 

1.2                                Dead on Arrival ” shall mean any Products that are discovered to contain a Material Defect or non-conformance to Product Specification within thirty (30) calendar days from the WISTRON invoice date.

 

1.3                                Deliverable(s) ” shall mean the design and/or work product, including Material, resulting from performance of the Design Services as set forth on the Statement of Work in Exhibit A.

 

1.4                                Design Process ” shall mean any Material created by WISTRON in executing to this Agreement that relates to the implementation of the Design Services or any Deliverable.

 

1.5                                Design Services ” shall mean the product design, development and redesign services in respect of the Products, including but not limited to those services facilitating fabrication, tooling, fixtures, documentation, assembly, soldering production and delivery.

 



 

1.6                                Data Package ” shall mean all Documentation and/or Materials either created or designed by either or both Parties under this Agreement, which are fisted under Exhibit H.

 

1.7                                Documentation ” shall mean user manuals, training materials, product descriptions, drawings and specifications, technical manuals, supporting materials, import/export control documents and other information relating to any Product, is shipped by WISTRON.

 

1.8                                End-of-Life of XPLORE Product ” shall mean any XPLORE Product the production of which is discontinued by XPLORE, as the Parties mutually agree as defined in Section 4.17.

 

1.9                                End-User ” shall mean any party that purchases Products from XPLORE, directly or indirectly through Resellers and Distributors, for such party’s own internal use and not for redistribution.

 

1.10                         Equipment ” shall mean tooling, tools, samples, consigned materials or components, molds, and dyes required to produce Product.

 

1.11                         Hardware ” shall mean components and subassemblies that go into the Products.

 

1.12                         Intellectual Property Rights ” shall mean all forms of intellectual property rights and protections that may be obtained in respect of the Products, and Documentation and includes, without limitation:

 

(i)                                      All right, title and interest in and to all Letters Patent and all filed, pending or potential applications for Letters Patent, including any reissue, reexamination, division, continuation or continuation-in-part applications throughout the world now or hereafter filed;

 

(ii)                                   All right, title and interest in and to all trade secrets, and all trade secret rights and equivalent rights arising under common law, state law, federal law and laws of foreign countries;

 

(iii)                                All right, title and interest in and to all mask works, copyrights, other literary property or authors’ rights, whether or not protected by copyright or as a mask work, under common law, state law, federal law and laws of foreign countries; and

 

(iv)                               AII right, title and interest in and to all proprietary indicia, trademarks, trade names, symbols, logos and/or brand names under common law, state law, federal law and laws of foreign countries.

 

1.13                         Lead Time ” shall mean the time period between the acceptance by WISTRON of a Purchase Order and the ship date of the Products ordered under such Purchase Order.

 

1.14                         Manufacturing Services ” shall mean pre-production manufacturing engineering, and prototype and first article manufacturing, and finished product volume manufacturing of any Product.

 

2



 

1.15                         Marks ” shall mean all proprietary indicia, trademarks, trade names, logos and/or brand names either party may adopt from time to time to identify themselves, the Products or any related parties or materials. XPLORE will notify WISTRON in writing of all proprietary Marks as indicated above.

 

1.16                         Material ” shall mean: (a) any net list, schematic, diagram, circuitry, technology, invention, idea, discovery, improvement, design, concept, technique, algorithm, formula, method, process, configuration, mechanism, model, system, network, data, plan, library, work of authorship, file, media, record, report, copy, pictorial work, graphic work, audiovisual work, hardware, firmware, computer interface (including for example but not limited to programming interfaces), computer language, computer protocol, computer software program or application (irrespective of whether source code or object code), flow chart, blueprint, drawing. graph, information, material, research or development, irrespective of whether patentable, or (b) any portion, copy or extract of such Material, irrespective of whether in tangible or intangible form, and irrespective of such Material’s media.

 

1.17                         Material Defect ” shall mean any malfunction, error or other defect in a Product(s) that constitutes a nonconformity with the Specifications and where such nonconformity causes such Product(s) to fail to meet form, fit and/or function requirements for such Product(s) under conditions of normal use.

 

1.18                         Normal and Customary Actions ” shall mean all actions associated with design technique or implementation and should be assumed as part of WISTRON effort and agreed upon fee schedule, including without limitation value engineering part reduction, fastening schemes or alternate material selection.

 

1.19                         Object Code ” shall mean machine-readable program code that is expressed in a form that is not generally suitable for modification by humans without reverse engineering.

 

1.20                         Parties ” shall mean XPLORE and WISTRON.

 

1.21                         Party ” shall mean either XPLORE or WISTRON.

 

1.22                         Plant Shutdowns ” shall mean those incidents where WISTRON’s manufacturing plant or WISTRON’s subcontractor’s plants has published down-time or holiday schedules resulting in plant closures. WISTRON will notify XPLORE via Email or FAX of holiday or plant shut downs at least forty-five (45) days before they are planned to occur. The plant shutdowns are not to occur more than two times per year, each period not to exceed 10 calendar days.

 

1.23                         Product Requirements Document ” or “ PRD ” shall mean the technical requirements provided by XPLORE for the Deliverables, as set forth in Exhibit C.

 

1.24                         Products ” shall mean products jointly developed by XPLORE and WISTRON under this Agreement, as further described in the PRO. As mutually agreed, XPLORE may add Products to Exhibit C during the term of this agreement.

 

3



 

1.25                         Purchase Order ” shall mean a written or electronic purchase order that is delivered to WISTRON in accordance with Section 4.5.

 

1.26                         Purchase Price ” shall mean the amount to be paid by XPLORE for the Products as determined in accordance with Exhibit E.

 

1.27                         Reseller ” or “ Distributor ” shall mean any party that purchases Products from XPLORE either directly or indirectly for such parties’ own use or for resale to the End-User.

 

1.28                         Safety Standard Change ” shall mean changes made to the Products required to conform the Products to all applicable governmental and regulatory agency requirements.

 

1.29                         Software ” shall mean each software program in Object Code form included as part of the Products.

 

1.30                         Source Code ” shall mean program code expressed in a form suitable for modification by humans.

 

1.31                         Specifications ” shall mean the specifications applicable to the Products as set forth in the PRD.

 

1.32                         Statement of Work ” or “ SOW ” - shall mean a documented description of the work and services to be performed by WISTRON as set forth in Exhibit A.

 

1.33                         Term ” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and terminating on the date this Agreement is terminated under the conditions specified in Section 12.

 

2.                                       PURPOSE OF THIS AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions for the design, development, pre-production manufacturing engineering, prototype, first article manufacturing, and finished product volume manufacturing and services related to Products.

 

3.                                       SERVICES AND PAYMENTS FOR SERVICES

 

3.1                                Design Services

 

As set forth in Exhibit D, XPLORE shall reimburse WISTRON as defined within the milestone schedule in the SOW, WISTRON guarantees that the Product meets specifications and the criteria set forth in the PRD.

 

A complete Data Package as specified in Exhibit H must he delivered in its specified format to XPLORE at production release.

 

3.1.1                      Failure to Deliver XPLORE Specifications or Change in Scope After PRD Locked

 

In the event XPLORE fails to deliver the Specifications for the Product in accordance with the PRD in Exhibit C, or makes changes to the Specifications after the PRD is

 

4



 

locked as defined by the milestone schedule in the SOW, WISTRON may negotiate with XPLORE a new delivery schedule and associated costs for delivery of the Design Services.

 

The Parties agree that Normal and Customary Actions apply.

 

3.1.2                      Acceptance of Design Deliverables

 

Unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties, within thirty (30) days from the receipt by XPLORE or WISTRON of any Deliverable pursuant to Exhibit A or Exhibit C, XPLORE and WISTRON shall provide written notice to each other of any failure of any Deliverable which deviates from the Specifications. WISTRON and XPLORE shall review the deviations and WISTRON will use commercially reasonable efforts to correct any nonconformity with the Specifications and provide the other Party with a revised deliverable within thirty (30) days. If after a subsequent 30 days, the WISTRON deliverable does not conform to specifications, then the Parties will mutually discuss and agree on a discount plan for the associated milestone payment as specified in Exhibit D.

 

Notwithstanding the above provisions, if WISTRON does not achieve Acceptance of Design Deliverables as specified above, then a material breach would have occurred due to WISTRON’S non-performance and the provisions of Section 12.4 apply.

 

3.2                                Design Services” and “Manufacturing Services” Payments

 

Payment for Design Services and Manufacturing Services will be made as set forth in Exhibit D. The Parties agree that the NRE and tooling payment schedules represent “ not to exceed ” prices. Purchase orders for the agreed upon Design Services and Manufacturing Services shall be made by XPLORE to WISTRON in US Dollars. WISTRON will invoice XPLORE for the Design Services and Manufacturing Services milestones in Exhibit D. The payments will be made via wire transfer to WISTRON specified bank account within five (5) business days after XPLORE acceptance of the milestone and receipt of invoice(s).

 

XPLORE has the right to review all tooling costs, evaluate and approve all tooling vendors, and review and approve all tooling materials used as it relates to the Product. WISTRON agrees to provide “ open book pricing ” to XPLORE for all tooling elements as referenced in Exhibit D for the Products, including all cost savings. Likewise, tooling costs greater than items referenced in the tooling schedule in Exhibit D will require approval in writing from XPLORE before WISTRON produces said tool. All tooling associated with the production of Products either at WISTRON or its subcontractor(s) will be the property of XPLORE’s.

 

4.                                       TERMS OF PURCHASE OF PRODUCTION PRODUCTS BY XPLORE

 

4.1                                Terms and Conditions

 

All purchases of Products by XPLORE from WISTRON during the Term shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless agreed to in writing by both Parties.

 

5



 

4.2                                Purchase Price

 

Throughout the Term, the Purchase Price for any Product and Accessories purchased hereunder shall be as set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto. For the first twelve (12) months following Product release to volume production, the Purchase Price will remain fixed for each product configuration but will be further reduced by volume pricing incentives as specified in Exhibit E to establish the actual Purchase Price for the next month of production. Production volumes are based on the total number of Product units shipped not by specific product configurations. Beginning with the second year and subsequent years of volume production for the Product. The Purchase Price automatically includes applicable cost reduction defined in Section 7.9 plus the application of the volume incentives as specified in Exhibit E.

 

The parties agree to review the volume incentive schedule at mutually agreeable intervals, but at a minimum once per year, for the application to the Purchase Price. It is further understood between the Parties that the formulation of volume incentive discounts is an equitable combination of actual cost reduction plus economic benefits of volume production quantities for the establishment of an updated volume incentive schedule.

 

4.2.1                      Cost Reduction

 

WISTRON shall make available to XPLORE a cost table listing which includes its major components and assemblies for each Product so that XPLORE can assist in cost reduction efforts defined in Section 7.9 for the Products. In addition, WISTRON will share and help implement its detailed action plans for product cost reduction efforts.

 

4.3                                Payment

 

Full payment of the Purchase Price for each Product or Accessories (including any freight, taxes or other applicable costs initially paid by WISTRON but to be borne by XPLORE) shall be made by XPLORE to WISTRON in United States dollars, net thirty (30) calendar days from XPLORE’s receipt of an invoice from WISTRON which follows shipment. WISTRON will not invoice XPLORE unless shipment occurs pursuant to Section 4.8. XPLORE agrees to pay one percent (1.0%) monthly interest on all late payments as per Exhibit D. XPLORE will issue an irrevocable standby letter of credit or Assignment of Receivable (AoR) in an amount equivalent to its product requirement for the initial 60 days of production. In the event that XPLORE fails to pay within the agreed 30 days other than amounts in dispute or subject to credits, WISTRON shall have the right to draw on the letter of credit or AoR to effect payment of its account. As XPLORE’s production requirement increases, additional letters of credit shall be issued to maintain an amount equivalent to the production requirement for the next 60 days. After six (6) months following production release, WISTRON and XPLORE will review payment terms with the objective of removing the requirement for letter of credit. The irrevocable standby letter of credit will terminate after six (6) months following production release provided that XPLORE is current on its payments.

 

4.3.1                      Payment for Unique or Long-Lead Inventory

 

XPLORE will put in place a Letter of Credit in the amount of $200,000 to cover unique inventory for six (6) months to he set up thirty days prior to mass production and to last for six (6) months into production. WISTRON shall have the right to draw on the letter of

 

6



 

credit to effect payment in the event said unique material is deemed obsolete. After six (6) months following production release, WISTRON and XPLORE will review payment terms with the objective of removing the requirement for letter of credit.

 

4.4                                Taxes

 

XPLORE’s Purchase Price does not include any foreign, federal, state or local sales, use or other similar taxes, however designated, levied against the sale, licensing, delivery or use of the Products. XPLORE shall pay, or reimburse WISTRON for, all such taxes imposed on XPLORE or WISTRON; provided, however, that XPLORE shall not be liable for any taxes based on WISTRON’s net income or capital. When WISTRON has the legal obligation to collect such taxes, the appropriate amount shall he added to XPLORE’s invoice and paid by XPLORE unless XPLORE provides WISTRON with a valid tax exemption certificate authorized by the appropriate taxing authority. XPLORE shall promptly notify WISTRON of any amendment or revocation of such certificate.

 

4.5                                Purchase Order Procedure

 

All orders for Products submitted by XPLORE shall be initiated by a Purchase Order sent to WISTRON and requesting a delivery date. These purchase orders shall include, at a minimum, a) the WISTRON part number; b) a description of the product; c) the product quantity; d) the Product price; e) the requested delivery date of the Product (“ Scheduled Delivery Date ”); f) logistics shipping preference; g) a reference to the Agreement and h) any other instructions or requirements reasonably requested by XPLORE. If a purchase order submitted by XPLORE (i) conforms to the requirements of this Agreement, (ii) contains a Product order for the price or prices specified in Exhibit E, (iii) does not purport to make a change to any of the terms of this Agreement, and (iv) has a commercially reasonable delivery date for the quantities specified, then WISTRON shall acknowledge and accept the purchase order using reasonable best efforts within two (2) business days but in any case not to exceed five (5) business days of receipt. If XPLORE is not notified of WISTRON’s acceptance or proper rejection within two (2) business days of receipt of the Purchase Order by WISTRON, the Purchase Order shall be deemed accepted by WISTRON. Nothing contained in any Purchase Order shall in any way modify this Agreement or add any additional terms or conditions thereto, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Products are greater than thirty (30) days late from the accepted delivery dates on accepted Purchase Orders by WISTRON, then XPLORE will receive a 2% discount on the Product for every week that the Product is late up to 8 weeks for a maximum discount of 16% on the next Product delivery of an equivalent quantity of Products. After 8 weeks, XPLORE has the right to declare Non-Performance as specified in Section 12.4 and subsequently may cancel the Purchase Order and the associated liabilities with no penalty.

 

4.6                                Forecast

 

XPLORE shall, on a monthly basis, provide WISTRON with a six (6) month rolling projection of orders by XPLORE of the Products (“ Forecast ”). The initial Forecast shall be delivered to WISTRON within sixty (60) calendar days prior to initial production. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the parties acknowledge and agree that

 

7



 

the Forecast can in no way he construed as a commitment on XPLORE’s part to purchase any Products. XPLORE shall also have the right to increase or decrease Forecast quantity by the quantities listed in the chart set forth in Section 4.10 of this Agreement.

 

4.7                                Lead Time

 

To facilitate WISTRON’s production scheduling, XPLORE shall submit Purchase Orders to WISTRON consistent with a Lead Time of forty five (45) calendar days for volumes within the Forecast. In the event that the volume of Products ordered by XPLORE during any calendar quarter exceeds the volume projected by XPLORE in the Forecast, WISTRON shall ship such excess volume of Products consistent with a Lead Time of forty five (45) calendar days; provided, however, WISTRON shall use reasonable best efforts to reduce the Lead Time for such excess volume to twenty (20) calendar days. WISTRON shall use reasonable best efforts to reduce all Lead Times during the Term, including, without limitation, implementing such demand-pull or direct ship programs as reasonably requested by XPLORE. The Parties shall meet at mutually agreeable intervals during the Term to review, in good faith, the Lead Times, including, without limitation, reviewing material management procedures with WISTRON’s suppliers, including demand-pull or direct ship programs. For long lead list of parts, the Parties will mutually review these parts and determine which parts get ordered as a risk purchase. XPLORE will give written authorization to WISTRON and approve the purchase and specified quantity of these long lead parts. Long lead materials not consumed within 6 months will be purchased by XPLORE provided that these parts could not be consumed by other products manufactured by WISTRON.

 

4.8                                Shipping

 

All Purchase Prices are FCA WISTRON’s manufacturing plant in Taiwan. All Products delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be packed pursuant to the packaging requirements set forth in the SOW, marked for shipment to an address designated by XPLORE, and delivered to a carrier designated by XPLORE, or if no carrier is designated by XPLORE to a carrier chosen by WISTRON, F.O.B., WISTRON’s manufacturing plant. XPLORE requires a shipment acknowledgment via FAX or Email attachment which contains the Purchase Order number, the quantity and type of product shipped, including serial numbers, the customer address and contact information, and shipment carrier with tracking numbers. Upon delivery to the carrier, risk of loss with respect to the Products (and title to the Hardware included in such Products) shall pass to XPLORE. All freight, insurance and other shipping expenses shall be paid by XPLORE. Items shipped after their scheduled shipment date plus 2 business days will be shipped by WISTRON on an expedited basis (primarily air freight) with the surcharge for such expedited delivery being at WISTRON’s sole expense. Provided that XPLORE places orders for Products for delivery within the applicable Lead Times as per Section 4.7, WISTRON shall, in the aggregate during each calendar quarter, deliver at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the Products so ordered by the XPLORE specified delivery date. In the event WISTRON fails for two consecutive calendar year quarters to deliver by the XPLORE specified delivery date at least ninety-five percent (95%) of Product ordered, for any reason other than a Force Majeure Event, then in addition to all other rights and remedies that XPLORE may have at law or in equity, WISTRON shall (i) immediately allow XPLORE to audit WISTRON’s order fulfillment process and discuss the reasons for such failure, (ii) evaluate and consider any

 

8



 

recommendations proposed by XPLORE to alleviate such problems, and (iii) at XPLORE’s request, use reasonable best efforts to facilitate communication between XPLORE and any WISTRON supplier(s) that is/are causing such failure. If the aforementioned provisions do not remedy the situation, XPLORE has the right to invoke the Non-performance provisions as stated in Section 12.4 of this Agreement. XPLORE will notify WISTRON of the Non-performance in writing.

 

4.8.1                      Dock to Customer Shipments

 

XPLORE requires WISTRON to implement a dock-to-customer shipping model as defined in the SOW.

 

4.8.2                      Palletized Volume Shipments:

 

XPLORE requires WISTRON to implement palletized volume shipments for delivery to a consolidation center or to specific customers who have purchased a large quantity of XPLORE Products as defined in the SOW.

 

4.8.3                      Shipment of Field Replacement Units

 

WISTRON agrees to provide XPLORE with pricing for Product subassemblies as set forth in Exhibit G. XPLORE requires WISTRON to accept purchase orders to ship components, boards, and/or sub-assemblies to a XPLORE designated consolidation center. XPLORE shall have a small inventory of spare parts and components for internal XPLORE field and demo repairs.

 

4.9                                Cancellation

 

XPLORE may, in its sole discretion, cancel all or any part of any Purchase Order by providing written notice without incurring any cancellation charges according to the chart set forth below in Section 4.10 of this Agreement. If XPLORE does not have the right to cancel a purchase order without incurring any cancellation charge, XPLORE may still cancel such order but shall pay WISTRON a cancellation charge equal to WISTRON’s all incurred costs for raw materials, work in process, handling and reworking costs incurred by WISTRON on the Products under the cancelled Purchase Order, provided that there will be no cancellation charge for any materials that within ninety (90) days of the cancellation are subsequently used to fulfill a XPLORE purchase order or that are capable of being used in other products sold by WISTRON. In no event shall such costs exceed the Purchase Price for such cancelled Products. In the event that XPLORE cancels all or any part of a Purchase Order for which it is obligated to pay a cancellation charge, WISTRON shall use reasonable best efforts to mitigate the costs associated with such cancellation. If XPLORE pays a cancellation charge it shall own all materials subject to such charge, and the price for any future Product that includes such materials shall be reduced by the amount of the cancellation charge but shall add any incurred reworking costs.

 

9



 

4.10                         Rescheduling

 

XPLORE shall have the right, by providing written notice to WISTRON prior to the scheduled shipment date, to reschedule or change the shipment date only once per Purchase Order without penalty, per the chart set forth below in this Section 4.10:

 

Lead
Time

 

Allowable
Quantity
Increase

 

Percent
Cancelable

 

Percent
Reschedule

 

Maximum
Reschedule
Date

0-45 days

 

25% over unit volume

 

0%

 

25%

 

30 days

46-60 days

 

60% over unit volume

 

25%

 

40%

 

60 days

61-90 days

 

80% over unit volume

 

50%

 

50%

 

90 days

over 90 days

 

100% over unit volume

 

100%

 

100%

 

indefinite

 

WISTRON will use its reasonable best efforts, including long lead time material management, to produce any increased quantities in Product requested by XPLORE as set forth above.

 

4.11                         Audit, Inspection and Acceptance

 

XPLORE has the right to approve any change, production startup, sub-contractor, tooling acceptance process or procedural acceptance relating to the Products. For the case where it is not practical for Xplore to have access to a WISTRON sub–contractor, then WISTRON will act on XPLORE’s behalf and report written results required by XPLORE.

 

4.11.1               Audit & Inspection (Exhibit F, Sec. 7)

 

XPLORE may, in its sole discretion, perform, or cause its agents or representatives to perform, audits and inspections of WISTRON’s, or its vendors, design, test, and manufacturing processes during normal business hours and by giving two (2) business days advance notice for any reason reasonably related to this Agreement, including, without limitation, to confirm compliance with the quality procedures and requirements set forth in Exhibit F. WISTRON shall provide assistance to XPLORE in conducting such inspections as may be reasonably requested by XPLORE.

 

4.11.2               First Article Acceptance Testing (Exhibit F, Sec. 9)

 

XPLORE may conduct first article acceptance testing on any Product (i) that XPLORE has not previously accepted via first article testing, (ii) in which WISTRON has introduced a modification or enhancement not previously tested by XPLORE under a first article inspection, or (iii) in the event any Product is manufactured at a site other than WISTRON’s location. WISTRON shall provide assistance to XPLORE in conducting such first article acceptance testing as may reasonably be requested by XPLORE. Within fifteen (15) calendar

 

10



 

days of XPLORE’s receipt of a first article Product, XPLORE will provide WISTRON with a written notice of acceptance of such Product or a written statement detailing the Specifications, which such Product has failed to meet. If such Product fails to conform to the Specifications or applicable first article testing and acceptance criteria, XPLORE shall notify WISTRON in writing of such failure, detailing the nature of the failure, and the Parties will immediately discuss means to resolve such failure; WISTRON shall then deliver to XPLORE, pursuant to an agreed-upon schedule, a Product that meets the applicable Specifications or applicable first article testing and acceptance criteria. Upon re-delivery, XPLORE shall have an additional five (5) business day period to first article acceptance test the Product and provide either written acceptance of the Product or a written statement detailing the Specifications or applicable first article testing and acceptance criteria such Product failed to meet. If after two (2) such cycles, XPLORE again reasonably rejects such Product, XPLORE may elect to continue the process of modification and first article acceptance testing or determine an alternate action plan without incurring any further liability hereunder, provided that XPLORE shall remain liable to pay (or be entitled to a refund if the Advance Payment has not been consumed) with regard to any Purchase Orders that were filled with conforming Products. Notwithstanding the above provisions, if WISTRON does not achieve Acceptance of First Articles as specified above, then a material breach would have occurred due to WISTRON’s Non-Performance and the provisions of Section 12.4 apply.

 

4.11.3               Product Acceptance

 

WISTRON shall develop, qualify, test and release to production the Products set forth on Section 1.23 of this Agreement according to the timetable set forth in the SOW. The Parties acknowledge and agree that XPLORE shall have no obligation to pay for any Product until such Product has been accepted by XPLORE in accordance with this Section. Product Acceptance shall mean that the Product shall meet all design requirements per the PRD and all regulatory and certification testing on the Product has been completed and test reports have been filed by WISTRON. The Data Package shall transfer to XPLORE in full as per Exhibit H.

 

4.12                         Failure Analysis. (Exhibit F, Sec. 6)

 

WISTRON shall, at WISTRON’s sole expense, conduct a failure analysis on all defective Products to determine the cause of failure in accordance with Exhibit E.

 

4.13                         Dead on Arrival

 

In the event that any Product is found to be Dead-on-Arrival (DOA), WISTRON shall ship, at WISTRON’s sole expense, a replacement Product to XPLORE in Austin, Texas within forty eight (48) hours of receipt of notice by XPLORE in accordance with Exhibit G, and XPLORE shall return the original product to WISTRON at WISTRON’s expense. All Product not rejected by XPLORE within thirty (30) days of invoice shall be deemed accepted. XPLORE’s acceptance of any Product is without prejudice to or waiver of any of its rights and remedies under the Agreement. If the Product(s) turned over by XPLORE to WISTRON as DOA but no defect is found in the Product by WISTRON, then under the conditions set forth in

 

11



 

Exhibit G hereto, XPLORE shall reimburse WISTRON for such shipment costs and pay the No Fault Found (NFF) fee for testing and handling at the fixed price specified in Exhibit G.

 

4.14                         Field Performance

 

Products received from WISTRON shall not exceed a 1% failure rate for the complete WISTRON assembled unit within thirty (30) days of delivery to End-User. WISTRON shall establish a mutually agreed to Quality Improvement Plan so as to meet the intent of Exhibit F within 30 days.

 

4.15                         Quality Control

 

4.15.1               Sampling Procedures

 

The Product and all associated assemblies and subassemblies shall be subject to sampling in accordance with Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes (ANSI/ASQC Z1.4-1993). XPLORE reserves the right to define the acceptable quality level (AQL) used for sampling at any time. It is an objective to achieve an AQL of 2.

 

4.15.2               Lot Rejection

 

XPLORE reserves the right of lot rejection in the event of failure to meet the AQL specified by XPLORE. In the event of lot rejection, WISTRON shall be responsible for all shipping and repair/replacement costs. Lot inspections shall be performed at the discretion of XPLORE without prior notification.

 

4.16                         Safety Stock

 

WISTRON shall provide XPLORE with inventory of finished Products in the amount equal to two percent (2%) of the preceding quarter’s average monthly film orders, at the WISTRON’s premises and at WISTRON’s expense (the “ Safety Stock ”). XPLORE shall use this inventory as necessary to replace Products that arrive at a customer Dead on Arrival or that are not accepted.

 

4.17                         Product Discontinuance

 

WISTRON may provide XPLORE with at least nine (9) months prior written notice of any intention to discontinue production of any Product if minimum volume requirements are not achieved for two (2) consecutive quarters, then within 30 calendar days, WISTRON will notify XPLORE in writing. During such nine month period, WISTRON will work with XPLORE to transition manufacturing to an alternate manufacturer including the full Data Package as specified in Exhibit H and any Equipment owned by XPLORE. The transition period will be completed and formal Product Discontinuance is achieved when the alternate manufacturer is able to produce and ship the Product. During such nine (9) month period, in addition to Purchase Orders issued pursuant to Section 4.5, XPLORE shall, in its sole discretion, have the right to make a one-time purchase, and WISTRON shall produce such quantities, of the End-of-Life Product. XPLORE shall have the right to schedule shipment of such one-time buy over a period of eighteen (18) months from the effective date of discontinuance of the End-of-

 

12



 

Life Product based upon mutually acceptable terms and conditions to be negotiated based upon the volume of one-time buy and like Products purchased by XPLORE. If the parties cannot agree on mutually acceptable terms and conditions, then XPLORE may make the End-of-Life one-time buy at the price set forth in this Agreement and shall take delivery of such Products within six (6) months of the effective date of the discontinuance of the End-of-Life Product. WISTRON shall provide the support services described in Exhibit G for the End-of-Life Product for a period of three (3) years after the later of the effective date of discontinuance of the Product or shipment of the last discontinued Product.

 

4.18                         Future Development and Most Favored Nations

 

WISTRON agrees that throughout the term of this Agreement, each of the prices offered to XPLORE for the purchase or other disposition of any Product and all other material terms and conditions shall be at least as favorable as each of the price and other material terms and conditions offered to any other entity for the purchase of similar quantities of Products for comparable time periods. XPLORE may request a written certificate attesting to the fact that WISTRON is in compliance with this Section 4.18 for the previous calendar year based upon a WISTRON internal review. Within 10 business days, WISTRON will comply with XPLORE’s written request.

 

4.19                         Compliance With Law

 

The Products as supplied by WISTRON shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. If the Product or a Service covered by this Service and Support Addendum relates to a prime contract with the United States Government, and/or is within the jurisdiction of a Department or Agency of the United States, WISTRON agrees to work with XPLORE in good faith to review the applicable provision of Federal Acquisitions Regulations and to provide agreement or feedback to such terms in a timely fashion. WISTRON agrees to indemnify and hold XPLORE harmless from any loss, damage, liability, claim fine, penalty, or expense which results from WISTRON’s failure to comply with any procurement law, rule, or regulation.

 

5.                                       LIMITED WARRANTY

 

5.1                                Products

 

WISTRON warrants that (i) WISTRON has all Intellectual Property Rights necessary to perform services set forth herein, sell the Products to XPLORE, and to license the Software, to XPLORE in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (ii) each Product (including all Software contained in or accompanying such Product) will be free from Material Defects for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of shipment of the Product to XPLORE; (iii) the Products shipped under this Agreement will be free from any Liens, encumbrances or defects in title; (iv) all Products (and all components and subassemblies thereof) sold under this Agreement are new and (v) the Product when delivered to XPLORE will comply with all Specifications for such Product.

 

13



 

5.2                                Defective Product Procedures

 

For defective Products, WISTRON will perform warranty service at WISTRON’s designated facilities, provided XPLORE return the Product in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Subject to the statements above, WISTRON’s sole responsibility under this warranty provisions shall be, at WISTRON’s option, to either repair or replace the Product upon XPLORE’s return of the defective Product, unless the Product cannot be repaired or replaced with a working Product meeting Specifications within a reasonable time, in which case WISTRON shall promptly refund to XPLORE the purchase price of the Product. XPLORE shall, at WISTRON’s sole expense, return defective Products to WISTRON m accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and WISTRON shall, at WISTRON’s sole expense, repair or replace the defective Product and ship the repaired or replaced Product to XPLORE in accordance with and at the time frames specified in Exhibit G. WISTRON shall also assume responsibility for repairing or replacing Products or components in inventory under Section 7.13. At all times while in transit shipping to and from WISTRON, or in WISTRON’s facility, the risk of loss shall remain with WISTRON, and all defective products or defective components thereof returned under this warranty and subsequently replaced shall become WISTRON’s property. All shipping costs for such defective Products will be borne by WISTRON. If the defective Product(s) are not covered by the terms of the warranty or the Products(s) are outside of the warranty term, XPLORE will reimburse WISTRON for such shipment costs. In addition, if no defect is found in the Product by WISTRON, then tinder the conditions set forth in Exhibit G hereto, XPLORE shall reimburse WISTRON for such shipment costs and pay the No Fault Found (NFF) fee for testing and handling at the fixed price specified in Exhibit G. If XPLORE requests to assume warranty and repair services, the parties will agree on a commercially reasonable schedule and terms to transfer these responsibilities to XPLORE, under the procedures set forth in Section 7.1.

 

5.3                                Warranty Provisions

 

The procedures set forth in Section 5.2 do not cover damage resulting from the following:

 

(i)                                      abuse, accident or misuse;

 

(ii)                                   modifications and/or alterations of the Product not approved by XPLORE and WISTRON through certified service center repair training or not performed by XPLORE or WISTRON;

 

(iii)                                the use of parts not produced or approved by XPLORE and WISTRON;

 

(iv)                               as a result of service work undertaken by anyone other than XPLORE or WISTRON as an authorized service center for International repairs as outlined above;

 

(v)                                  as a result of improper installation, improper testing or operation and use or handling of the Product,

 

(vi)                               normal wear and tear, and

 

14



 

(vii)                            loss of data.

 

5.4                                Disclaimer

 

EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES STATED HEREIN, EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ON PRODUCTS FURNISHED HEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

6.                                       UNIT COST PRICING

 

XPLORE agrees to pay WISTRON’s Prices (Prices) for Products as outlined in Exhibit E. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, all Prices quoted by WISTRON shall remain in effect for a period of three (3) months ah writing from the date of quotation, with update Pricing provided to XPLORE on a quarterly basis. The Parties agree to mutually review and approve all Product Prices prior to the beginning of each calendar quarter. Such Prices shall he exclusive of all applicable taxes. Provided that in the event that there is a change in market conditions or pricing from suppliers in connection with any raw materials to be purchased by WISTRON then either Party shall give written particulars of same to the other Party following which either party may give notice to the other requesting amendment to any quoted price, provided that such notice must be given at a minimum of thirty (30) days prior to any effective price change. The Parties shall then use their best efforts to attempt to negotiate, in good faith, an amendment to any such initially quoted price(s) so as to fairly reflect the change in market conditions and an appropriate adjustment shall be made to the price for each unit of product incorporating any devices subject to the price change from initial quoted prices.

 

7.                                       ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF WISTRON

 

7.1                                Support Services

 

WISTRON shall provide, during the Term and for a period of three (3) years following the later of the date of shipment of the last Product to XPLORE or termination of this Agreement, the support services for the Products as set forth in Exhibit G. After the three (3) year term, the support services for the Products can be renewed for 1 additional year up to 2 years. XPLORE reserves the right to define and implement an alternate service strategy using WISTRON’s support services during the Term. XPLORE will notify WISTRON in writing at least 45 days in advance of establishing a revised support arrangement and the Parties will mutually agree to an implementation plan and schedule. This specific action would require an amendment to Exhibit G.

 

Should XPLORE desire to change established warranty and service provisions the following practices and notifications shall apply:

 

(a)                                   XPLORE shall notify WISTRON with written advance notice, at least 45 days, prior to planned modification or change of Support Services.

 

15



 

(b)                                  XPLORE may elect in this change process to purchase warranty coverage for unique assemblies for the PRODUCT and potentially leave other assemblies without warranty coverage.

 

(c)                                   For the Parties to determine who has warranty responsibility for the Product, post Support Service change; this will be determined by the Wistron serial number database referencing against the serial numbers shipped under the specific Support Services at that time. Both Parties will need to have assess to this serial number database. This data will be used to determine financial “warranty” responsibility for Products covered under the warranty provisions.

 

(d)                                  Prior to implementation of changes to the Support Services; both Parties agree to meet to reconcile disposition of “spare” materials intended for warranty support by either 1) purchasing said materials, 2) upgrading said materials, 3) transferring said materials, 4) redistributing said materials to other areas of acceptable use or directing said materials to other products, or 5) paying for unususable spare materials.

 

7.2                                Class Failure

 

In the event of a Class Failure, WISTRON will provide to XPLORE the following additional remedies:

 

(a)                                   WISTRON will strive to provide to XPLORE, no later than five (5) business days following the declaration of a Class Failure, a root cause analysis and corrective action plan (Exhibit F, Sec. 6.4, 6.5). XPLORE will make available such information and assistance reasonably required to allow WISTRON to conduct its root cause analysis and to provide its corrective action plan.

 

(b)                                  If, after review of the root cause analysis and corrective action plan, XPLORE determines, in its reasonable opinion, that the Class Failure necessitates a field stocking recall or customer-based recall or retrofit, XPLORE may then elect to have the Products:

 

1)                                       returned to WISTRON for repair or replacement; or

 

2)                                       repaired or replaced by XPLORE in the field, including products in XPLORE and WISTRON’s inventory, in XPLORE’s distributors’ inventory and in XPLORE’s installed base; if XPLORE chooses to perform a field repair, WISTRON will provide the appropriate Safety Stock of Products, parts or upgrades free of charge to XPLORE; such Products, parts or upgrades will be shipped with the highest shipping priority utilized by WISTRON.

 

(c)                                   WISTRON will, within ninety (90) days after completion of the foregoing actions, reimburse XPLORE for its reasonable and direct costs in

 

16



 

performing such services, including, without limitation, all shipping charges. WISTRON will reimburse for any labor charges provided that XPLORE notifies WISTRON in writing of the estimated labor charges 15 days in advance of the labor beginning and both Parties mutually agree to the total labor charges incurred.

 

7.3                                Inquiries

 

Each Party shall respond to all inquiries from the other Party concerning matters pertaining to this Agreement within the time periods set forth in this Agreement or, in the event no time period is specified, within a commercially reasonable time period.

 

7.4                                Return Material Authorization

 

WISTRON requires a return materials authorization (“ RMA ”) number in order for XPLORE to return any Product to WISTRON. WISTRON shall immediately assign an RMA number to XPLORE upon XPLORE’s request. XPLORE shall be the only Party authorized to request an RMA number from WISTRON for Products purchased under this Agreement. WISTRON shall pay the shipping expenses for the shipment of repaired or replaced Products to XPLORE and XPLORE shall pay the shipping expenses for returning defective Products to WISTRON, except for Products that are Dead-on-Arrival (DOA). DOA shipment expenses are handled in accordance with Section 4.13. If a Product is returned by XPLORE to WISTRON and no fault is found, the Product(s) defect is not covered under the terms of the warranty, or the warranty term has expired, then XPLORE shall reimburse WISTRON for the shipping and insurance costs of returning said Product.

 

7.5                                Engineering Change Notification

 

In the event that WISTRON makes any modifications or enhancements to the Products or Documentation during the Term, WISTRON shall immediately notify XPLORE of such modifications or enhancements in accordance with the change control procedures set forth in Section 2.1 of Appendix E of Exhibit G attached hereto. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, in the event that such modification or enhancement alters the form, fit or function of the Products, XPLORE shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such notification to approve or reject such modification or enhancement. In the event that XPLORE, in its sole discretion, rejects such modification or enhancement, WISTRON shall not implement such modification or enhancement and shall continue to supply the unaltered Products to XPLORE during the Term in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

7.5.1                      Modification and Approval

 

In order to ensure appropriate records are maintained by XPLORE for regulatory, service, and document control procedure reasons, WISTRON shall provide XPLORE with all proposed Engineering Change Orders (each, and “ ECO ”) to Products and Subassemblies purchased hereunder at least thirty days prior to their proposed implementation for review, and to the extent that such ECO pertains to a modified standard product or custom product for approval by XPLORE. Following review or approval by XPLORE, as the case may be, WISTRON shall, within fifteen (15) business days after issue of the ECO by WISTRON, provide XPLORE with a

 

17



 

final copy of each ECO or like documentation issued by WISTRON with respect to operation or maintenance of the applicable Product. This cost shall be borne by WISTRON if, due to the sole fault of WISTRON, the ECO is initiated at WISTRON’s initiative.

 

7.6                                Safety Standard Changes

 

In the event that Safety Standard Changes are required to be made to the Products, WISTRON shall implement such Safety Standard Changes as soon as possible, but in no event later than the date required by the regulating agency. WISTRON shall immediately provide XPLORE with written notice of the requirement for such Safety Standard Changes when WISTRON becomes aware of such requirement. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, WISTRON shall be responsible for any and all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, materials, labor and XPLORE’S reasonable and direct costs, associated with implementing the Safety Standard Changes for Products in XPLORE’s inventory, in XPLORE’s Resellers’ and Distributors’ inventory and in XPLORE’s End-User install base.

 

7.7                                Quality Program

 

WISTRON agrees to apply and be bound by the quality procedures for all Products shipped pursuant to this Agreement as set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto.

 

7.8                                Functional Specifications

 

WISTRON shall, at WISTRON’S sole expense, provide to XPLORE during the Term those WISTRON Product functional specifications, test plans and test procedures reasonably required by XPLORE to (i) perform interoperability, compatibility, functional and audit testing on the Products, (ii) perform system design work incorporating the Products, per the Specification of each Product.

 

7.9                                Product Cost Reduction

 

It is understood between the Parties that the formulation of volume incentive discounts is an equitable combination of actual cost reduction plus economic benefits of volume production quantities for the establishment of an updated volume incentive schedule. The Price determination will be based in part on the cost reduction activities at WISTRON who recognizes that it is XPLORE’s policy to work with its suppliers on a cost reduction program, revised on a quarterly basis, which targets a 10% annual cost reduction. WISTRON recognizes such policy of XPLORE and will make its reasonable best efforts to implement such policy and achieve such cost reduction. It is the Parties’ expectations, that prior to each quarter or at any other time as agreed to by the parties, the parties will work a revised pricing for the Product, including revised pricing for direct materials, that will result from a cost reduction plan applicable to the Products to be prepared by WISTRON within the bounds agreed upon in Exhibit E. Cost reduction plan shall contemplate alternative suppliers and/or components, design, process changes and cost saving procedures. Such new Product unit price will apply to subsequent orders or shipments yet to be delivered as of date to be agreed for implementation by the Parties.

 

18



 

7.10                         Certifications and Regulatory Approvals

 

WISTRON will ensure that the Product will have passed regulatory certifications as defined in the SOW by the Product Release Date in the mutually agreed upon schedule, in the countries listed in Exhibit I. WISTRON will be responsible to complete all Product safety, EMC and other testing as required for the release of the Product by Product Release as part of the NRE. For any additional countries requested by XPLORE, the patties will negotiate the payment responsibility. WISTRON shall record the XPLORE names for the Products in any filings for regulatory certifications of the Products ( i.e., dual listings) and immediately provide XPLORE with copies of all such certifications and test results upon issuance. WISTRON shall provide XPLORE with a copy of WISTRON’s homologation schedule on or before the Effective Date and immediately notify XPLORE in writing of any change or update to said homologation schedule during the Term.

 

7.11                         Non-Compete

 

For a period of 12 months from start of production and during each quarter thereafter the target volumes are being met, WISTRON agrees not to directly or indirectly design, engineer, produce, manufacture or sell any rugged mobile tablet that is competitive other than those ordered by XPLORE from the start of volume production except as expressly agreed to by XPLORE in writing. Beginning with the second full quarter volume production, should the average monthly volume per quarter fall below 2000 units, then this term may be removed, but all conditions specified in Section 14 remain in full force.

 

7.12                         Transfer of Ownership

 

For any third party relationships for parts, subcontracted services, or licenses that need to be transferred, WISTRON will notify XPLORE by Email or FAX of this proposed change and the reasons for the change. XPLORE has five (5) business days to respond with its approval, rejection, or need for more information.

 

7.13                         Inventory Responsibility

 

The Inventory held by WISTRON on behalf of XPLORE to meet the finished Product volumes contained in the Purchase Orders and the six (6) month rolling forecast, that are defined as customer specific or Non-Cancelable or Non-Returnable (NCNR), shall be XPLORE’s responsibility in the event of any variation or termination of the Agreement subject directly to Section 12.0 of this Agreement. XPLORE also acknowledges and agrees that at the end of the life of a product or upon cancellation of this Agreement that some quantity of Inventory would be deemed excess and obsolete clue to Minimum Purchase Quantities (MPQ) set by various component suppliers as well as requirements necessary for WISTRON’s automated manufacturing processes and that XPLORE would have certain liability for this inventory as outlined in this Section. A list detailing the NCNR, obsolete, excess and/or customer specific material/Inventory will be provided to XPLORE in written format on a monthly basis and is included as part of this Agreement. Modifications to the NCNR report must be mutually agreed to on a monthly basis by authorized personnel of each Party. WISTRON will at all times try to minimize the level of Inventory to support the manufacture of XPLORE Products. When extraordinary purchases must be made ( i.e. long lead-time, allocation, supplier-imposed etc.) WISTRON will seek written authorization from XPLORE prior to doing so as

 

19



 

defined in Section 4.7 (Lead-time). XPLORE will not be responsible for charges that are not pre-approved by an authorized XPLORE manager, nor will XPLORE be responsible for any charges listed in this Section that do not comply with the schedule of delivery article outlined in the SOW.

 

7.14                         Notification

 

WISTRON agrees to notify XPLORE and request written authorization prior to issuing purchase orders for NCNR items that have lead times in excess of thirty (30) days.

 

7.15                         Equipment

 

WISTRON acknowledges and agrees that the Equipment will at all times remain the property of XPLORE. WISTRON will ensure that the Equipment is kept free and clear of any liens or other encumbrances. WISTRON will keep the Equipment adequately insured, and will be responsible for any loss or damage to it while on the WISTRON premises. WISTRON will use the

 

Equipment only for purposes required to perform this Agreement, and will not use it on behalf of any third party without XPLORE’s prior written consent.

 

8.                                       APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORITY

 

8.1                                Independent Contractors

 

The relationship of XPLORE and WISTRON established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to (i) give either Party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other, (ii) constitute the Parties as partners, joint venturers, co-owners or otherwise as participants in a joint or common undertaking, or (iii) allow either Party to create or assume any obligation on behalf of the other Party for any purpose unless expressly provided herein.

 

8.2                                Representations and Warranties

 

WISTRON hereby represents and warrants to XPLORE as follows:

 

WISTRON is not subject to any agreement, contract, commitment, statute, judgment or decree which would prohibit or be violated by WISTRON’s execution or delivery of this Agreement or by WISTRON’s performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

WISTRON has the right, power and authority to grant the rights and licenses granted by WISTRON hereunder and to perform WISTRON’s obligations hereunder.

 

WISTRON shall provide its services and meet its obligations hereunder in a timely and workmanlike manner, and will exercise a standard of care equal to, or superior to, care used by similar service providers on similar projects.

 

20



 

Neither WISTRON nor any of its employees, representatives or agents shall cause or permit any of WISTRON’s work product hereunder to include or incorporate any material in which any third party shall have any registered or unregistered copyrights, patent rights, trade secrets, trademarks or other proprietary rights or interests, and XPLORE’s use of such work product as contemplated hereby will not infringe upon any copyright, patent, trade secret, trademark or other proprietary right, moral right or contract right of any third party.

 

Neither WISTRON nor any of its employees, representatives or agents shall cause or permit any of WISTRON’s work product hereunder to include or incorporate any time or date bombs, viruses, or other intentionally disabling code of any type whatsoever. Each Product incorporating WISTRON technology will conform to all of the specifications and requirements set forth herein, including without limitation those reflected in the SOW or hereafter established in accordance with the procedures described herein.

 

9.                                       INDEMNIFICATION, REMEDIES, PRODUCT LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION

 

9.1                                Indemnification

 

XPLORE and WISTRON agree to indemnify one another as follows:

 

9.2                                Indemnification

 

By WISTRON . (a) WISTRON shall defend, indemnify and hold XPLORE harmless against any claim, suit, action or proceeding threatened, brought or asserted against XPLORE or any of XPLORE’s subsidiaries, affiliates, parents, directors, officers and employees (hereinafter “ Indemnitees ”) to the extent that any claim, suit, action or proceeding threatened, brought or asserted against any Indemnitee is based on a claim that any of the Products infringes any patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or other third party intellectual property, contract or moral rights (a “ Claim ”), and WISTRON shall indemnify the Indemnitees from any royalties, judgments, costs and expenses (including attorney fees), damages, losses, liabilities, and fees suffered by such Indemnitee which are attributable to such Claim. XPLORE agrees to notify WISTRON promptly in writing of any Claim, to permit WISTRON exclusively to defend, compromise or settle the Claim and to provide all available information and reasonable assistance regarding such Claim, all at WISTRON’s sole expense. In no event shall XPLORE consent to any judgment or decree or settle the Claim without the prior written consent of WISTRON, in WISTRON’s sole discretion. All settlements by WISTRON shall obtain a complete release for XPLORE, at no expense to XPLORE. (b) Exclusions. Such indemnification shall not apply to infringement to the extent that (a) the infringement is required to comply with the specifications for the WISTRON Product supplied by XPLORE, (b) the alleged infringement is based solely on use by XPLORE, without WISTRON’s permission, of the WISTRON Product as sold by XPLORE in combination with another item not sold by WISTRON, where the alleged infringement arises solely from the combination or from the practice of a method made possible by the combination, (c) the alleged infringement is based on the Claim that the WISTRON Product has been used for a purpose other than that for which is was intended, (d) the infringement arises from XPLORE’s continued use of an WISTRON Product after WISTRON has: i) given notice to XPLORE that such Product or the use thereof are alleged to be infringing,

 

21



 

and ii) provided XPLORE with the remedy set forth in Section 9.4 of this Agreement, or (e) the alleged infringement is based solely on a modification made by XPLORE to the Product without WISTRON’s permission.

 

9.3                                Indemnification

 

By XPLORE . XPLORE shall defend, indemnify and hold WISTRON harmless against any claim, suit, action or proceeding threatened, brought or asserted against WISTRON or any of WISTRON’s subsidiaries, affiliates, parents, directors, officers and employees (hereinafter “ WISTRON Indemnitees ”) to the extent that any claim, suit, action or proceeding threatened, brought or asserted against any WISTRON Indemnitee is based on a claim (a “ Claim ”) that (i) XPLORE made any misrepresentation in the sales, marketing or other promotion and distribution of the Product, unless such misrepresentation was based on information provided by WISTRON to XPLORE. XPLORE shall indemnify the WISTRON Indemnitees from any judgments, costs and expenses (including attorney fees), damages, losses, liabilities, and fees finally awarded against any such WISTRON Indemnitee which are attributable to such Claim. WISTRON agrees to notify XPLORE promptly in writing of any Claim, to permit XPLORE to defend, compromise or settle the Claim and to provide all available information and reasonable assistance regarding such claim, all at XPLORE’s sole expense. If the claim is based on information provided to XPLORE by WISTRON, then WISTRON shall provide the foregoing indemnity to XPLORE. All settlements by XPLORE will obtain a complete release for WISTRON, at no expense to WISTRON.

 

9.4                                Remedies

 

Each of the parties hereto agrees that damages alone could not adequately compensate the other party hereto in the event of such party’s breach of any of its obligations set forth herein. Accordingly, each of the parties hereto agrees that in the event of any such breach by such party, the other party hereto shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against such breaching party, without bond but upon due notice, in addition to such other relief as may appertain at law or in equity. Obtainment of any such injunction shall not be deemed to be an election of remedies or a waiver of any right to assert any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity.

 

10.                                LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

EXCEPT FOR THE INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 9 AND THE OBLIGATIONS IN RESPECT OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 14.1.2, 14.1.3, 14.1.4, or14.1.5, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS OR REVENUE, HOWEVER CAUSED, ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THESE LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.

 

22



 

11.                                EXPORT CONTROL

 

WISTRON and XPLORE will not use, distribute, transfer or transmit any Products, software or technical information (even if incorporated into other products) provided under this Agreement except in compliance with U.S. and Canadian export laws and regulations (the “ Export Laws ”). WISTRON and XPLORE will not, directly or indirectly, export or re-export the following items to any country which is in the then current list of prohibited countries specified in the applicable Export Laws: (a) software or technical data disclosed or provided to XPLORE by WISTRON or XPLORE’s subsidiaries or affiliates; or (b) the direct product of such software or technical data. WISTRON and XPLORE mutually agree to promptly inform the other Party in writing of any written authorization issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce or Canadian office of export licensing to export or re-export any such items referenced in (a) or (b). The obligations stated above in this clause will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

12.                                TERM AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

 

12.1                         Term

 

This Agreement shall continue in force for an initial term of five (5) years from the Effective Date (“ Initial Term ”) and shall automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms (“ Renewal Terms ”) unless either Party terminates this Agreement by providing at least one-hundred twenty (120) calendar days written notice prior to the expiration of any Renewal Term.

 

12.2                         Termination

 

In the event of any material breach of this Agreement, the non-breaching Party may terminate this Agreement by giving fifteen (15) calendar days prior written notice to the other Party; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not terminate if the other Party has cured the breach prior to the expiration of such fifteen (15) calendar day period, or if such breach cannot be cured within such fifteen (15) calendar day period, the other Party has taken reasonable steps within such fifteen (15) calendar day period to cure the breach and thereafter cured such breach as soon as practicable, but not to exceed 20 calendar days.

 

This Agreement may also be terminated by either Party upon one hundred and twenty (120) days written notice to the other but only after mass production of Product has begun. In the event of such termination, the “ Data Package ” shall be delivered by WISTRON to XPLORE in its current and most updated form as defined in Exhibit H. WISTRON will work with XPLORE to transition manufacturing to an alternate manufacturer under the provision of Section 4.17.

 

12.3                         Termination for Insolvency

 

This Agreement shall terminate, upon notice by either Party, (i) if the other Party files voluntary bankruptcy proceedings or the Canadian or Taiwanese equivalent thereof, (ii) if involuntary insolvency, receivership or bankruptcy proceedings, or the Canadian or Taiwanese equivalent thereof, are instituted against the other Party are not dismissed within sixty (60)

 

23



 

calendar days of such institution, (iii) upon the other Party’s making an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the Canadian or Taiwanese equivalent thereof, or (iv) upon the other Party’s dissolution or ceasing to do business.

 

12.4                         Non Performance

 

As used in this Agreement, “ Non Performance ” shall mean: (a) the termination of this Agreement by XPLORE pursuant to Sections 12.3 or 12.4 hereof; (b) WISTRON is unable, for any reason other than a to fulfill its product delivery or support obligations for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during the Term, or (c) WISTRON has failed to satisfy its obligations under Section 4 of the Service and Warranty agreement as specified in Exhibit G between the Parties. XPLORE Technologies shall not issue a notice of Non Performance unless the provisions as specified in Termination have been executed.

 

Should a material breach occur and the requirements of Termination and Non Performance apply then WISTRON shall within ten (10) business days (a) return all monies paid by XPLORE for Products or services not yet accepted by XPLORE, (b) provide a complete and current Data Package as specified in Exhibit H to XPLORE, (c) ship at WISTRON’s expense, (including all freight, taxes, duties, and insurance) all tools, all Products and all inventory of raw materials, work in progress or finished goods relating to Products which has been paid for by XPLORE.

 

XPLORE shall within ten (10)-business days pay WISTRON any and all monies incurred for Products or services completed or accepted by XPLORE. Material breach by WISTRON shall not effect any and all payment due by XPLORE to WISTRON.

 

13.                                EFFECT OF TERMINATION:

 

Upon termination of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                   WISTRON shall fulfill its obligations as contained in paragraphs 13 (b), (c), (d), (e) and XPLORE shall then immediately assume responsibility for the payment of all XPLORE material, work in process, finished Product and all other outstanding XPLORE inventory then being held by WISTRON, including the inventory being held pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof together with all other monies due and owing pursuant to this Agreement providing that such items meet the terms and conditions of Section 7.13;

 

(b)                                  The Parties shall facilitate the transfer of all of XPLORE property, Inventory, Products, Equipment, and Data Package as defined in Exhibit H then being held by WISTRON to XPLORE including all documentation relating thereto;

 

(c)                                   WISTRON shall immediately return all original design drawings, copies of drawings, specifications, written descriptions, and other recorded technical information furnished to WISTRON by XPLORE pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  Each Party shall cease to use the documentation and information provided to it by the other Party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement;

 

24



 

(e)                                   WISTRON agrees to fulfill all Purchase Orders received and accepted but not yet fulfilled upon written request by XPLORE; and

 

(f)                                     Return of Materials. Except as required under the SOW or for WISTRON to provide support services to End-Users, upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, each Party shall return to the other Party, or destroy and certify as to such destruction, all Confidential information, and Documentation of the other Party in their possession.

 

13.1                         Survival

 

Sections 1, 4.3, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.19, 5.0, 7.2, 7.4, 7.10, 7.11, 8.1, 10, 11, 13.1, 14, 15, Exhibit G shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

14.                                INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND NON-DISCLOSURE

 

14.1                         Intellectual Property Rights and Licenses

 

14.1.1               Pre-Existing Material

 

If either party creates and/or owns Material prior to the date of this Agreement or independently of its performance under this Agreement (“ Pre-existing Material ”): (a) such party (“ owning party ”) shall solely own such Pre-existing Material (subject to any right of any third party), notwithstanding disclosure or delivery to the other party of such Pre-existing Material; (b) the owning party shall have the right to obtain and hold in its own name all Intellectual Property Rights that may be available in (or result from) such Pre-existing Material; and (c) the other party shall have no license, sub-license, right or immunity, either directly or indirectly, or by implication, estoppel or otherwise, under such Intellectual Property Rights, except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement or in a separate written agreement.

 

14.1.2               License to WISTRON Pre-existing Material

 

WISTRON hereby grants to XPLORE a perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive, transferable, royalty-free license to use, modify and copy the WISTRON Pre-existing Materials as may be required in the design, manufacture, use, support or distribution of the Products. WISTRON does not have the right to Mark or brand the Product as their own without obtaining licenses or rights from XPLORE in writing.

 

14.1.3               New Developments

 

Except for WISTRON’s existing intellectual property including, without limitation, WISTRON’ design tools, methodologies, software, algorithms, or other means that may be used to design production means or the processes by which products are manufactured, assembled, or tested, WISTRON agrees that all designs, plans, reports, specifications, drawings, schematics, prototypes, models, inventions, copyrights, and all other information and items made

 

25



 

or conceived by WISTRON or by its employees, contract personnel, or agents during the course of this Agreement alone or in conjunction with others and related to the Products and Services shall be and are assigned to XPLORE as its sole and exclusive property immediately upon the creation thereof. Upon XPLORE’s request WISTRON agrees to assist XPLORE, at XPLORE’s expense, to obtain patents for any such inventions, including the disclosure of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, and assignments, and all other instruments and papers which XPLORE shall deem necessary to apply for and to assign or convey to XPLORE, its successors and assigns or nominees, the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in such inventions, copyrights, applications and patents. WISTRON agrees to obtain or has obtained written assurances from its employees and contract personnel of their agreement to substantially the same terms as contained herein with regard to confidential information and such new developments.

 

14.1.4               Confidential Information

 

The subject matter of this Agreement, in its entirety, and all information relating to all Products will remain confidential during Term and for five (5) years thereafter, during which time each party will not disclose, without the permission of the other party, such information or any of the other party’s information which is conspicuously marked to indicate its confidential or proprietary nature or which the other party has otherwise instructed in writing to maintain as confidential. This paragraph shall not apply to any information which is publicly available or which is available from a third party without similar restrictions on disclosure. Upon written request of a party, the other shall return all such confidential information of the requesting party and shall destroy all copies thereof In the event the parties have executed an agreement related to confidential information prior to this agreement the terms and conditions of that agreement shall govern confidential information.

 

14.1.5               Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

Each party (the “ Receiving Party ”) acknowledges and agrees that any know-how, ideas, techniques, writings, information relating to marketing strategies, pricing policies or characteristics, customers, suppliers and customer and supplier information, customer and supplier lists, product or product specifications, intellectual property, designs, manufacturing, testing or assembly processes or costs, costs of materials, business or business prospects, plans, proposals, codes, marketing studies, research, reports, investigations and other proprietary information furnished to such Receiving Party or any affiliate thereof by the other party or any affiliate thereof prior to and during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and during the Term (“ Confidential Information ”), regardless of the form or format of such Confidential Information and regardless of whether such Confidential Information is labeled or marked as “ secret, ” “ confidential ” or otherwise, is and will be the sole and exclusive property of the other party and/or its affiliate(s), as applicable.

 

The Receiving Party will (and will cause its employees, agents and affiliates, and the employees and agents of such affiliates to) maintain the confidentiality of the other party’s Confidential Information and not sell, license, publish, display, distribute, disclose or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any third party, nor use such Confidential Information, except as expressly authorized by this Agreement. The Receiving

 

26



 

Party will take at least such steps to protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information as the other party takes to protect its own proprietary information and data. The Receiving Party will not disclose any Confidential Information, including without limitation any flow charts, logic diagrams, user manuals and screens, or otherwise, to persons other than employees of the Receiving Party with a need to know such information without the prior written consent of the other party. Receiving Party shall obtain written approval from the other party before releasing any Confidential Information to any third party in the performance of work to be executed as part of this Agreement.

 

The foregoing Sections 14.1.5, 14.1.4 and this Section 14.1.5 will not prohibit or limit a Receiving Party’s use of information, including but not limited to ideas, concepts, know how, techniques and methodologies, which: (i) is or becomes pad of the public domain through no breach of these Sections 14.1.3, 14.1.4 or 14.1.5; (ii) is rightfully obtained by the Receiving Party from a third party without restriction; (iii) is required to be disclosed in response to a valid order by a court having proper jurisdiction over the parties; or (iv) the Receiving Party already possesses without an obligation of confidentiality.

 

15.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

15.1                         Governing Law

 

This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions. The parties agree to attorn to the jurisdiction of the courts of Travis county and WISTRON agrees it will not bring a claim against XPLORE except in the courts of Travis county.

 

15.2                         Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement and any Exhibits hereto sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Party to be charged. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, in the event that either Party assigns this Agreement to a legal successor in interest in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 15.2 and the other Party determines, in its sole discretion, that such assignee is a competitor of the other Party, then such other Party may, upon one hundred twenty (120) calendar days prior written notice, terminate this Agreement without incurring any further liability hereunder.

 

15.3                         Notices

 

Any and all notices and other communications necessary or desirable to be served in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either sent by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the intended recipient at the address for such intended recipient set forth below, or sent to facsimile telecopier to the intended recipient at the facsimile telecopier for such intended recipient set forth below. The addresses and facsimile telecopiers for the parties hereto are as follows:

 

27



 

For communications to XPLORE:

 

XPLORE Technologies Corporation of America

11675 Jollyville Road, #150

Austin, Texas 78759

Attention: Mr. Michael Ross

 

Facsimile Telecopier: (512) 336-7791

 

with a copy to:

 

XPLORE Technologies Corp.

6535B Mississauga Road

Mississauga, Ontario L5N lA6 Canada

Attention: Mr. David Belbeck

 

Facsimile Telecopier: (905) 814-9124

 

For communications to WISTRON:

 

WISTRON

with a copy to:

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Facsimile telecopier:

 

or to such other addresses or facsimile telecopier numbers as either party hereto may designate for itself from time to time in a notice served upon the other party hereto in accordance herewith. Any notice sent by facsimile telecopier as provided above shall be deemed delivered on the next business day following confirmation of successful transmission of such notice by the transmitting facsimile telecopier system. Any notice sent by mail as provided above shall he deemed delivered on the third (3 rd ) business day next following the postmark date which it bears.

 

15.4                         Force Majeure

 

Except for the obligation to make payments, non-performance of either Party shall be excused to the extent the performance is rendered impossible by strike, fire, flood, governmental acts or orders or restrictions, component shortages or any other reason where failure to perform is beyond the reasonable control of and is not caused by the negligence of the nonperforming Party (each a “Force Majeure Event”) provided, however, that the Party so affected shall take all reasonable steps to avoid or remove such cause of non-performance and shall resume performance hereunder with dispatch whenever such causes are removed. Failure of WISTRON’s subcontractors to perform shall not be considered a Force Majeure Event, unless they have a Force Majeure Event as defined above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Force

 

28



 

Majeure Event continues for more than 30 consecutive days, the other party may terminate this Agreement.

 

15.5                         Legal Expenses

 

The prevailing Party in any legal action brought by one Party against the other and arising out of this Agreement shall be entitled, in addition to ally other rights and remedies it may have, to reimbursement for its expenses, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

15.6                         Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

15.7                         Publicity

 

Upon execution of this Agreement, XPLORE and/or WISTRON may issue one (1) or more joint and/or individual press releases regarding this Agreement; provided, however, such press releases must be approved by both Parties in writing prior to release. Neither Party may make any subsequent press release or other public statement concerning this Agreement without obtaining the prior written consent of the other Party, except as may be required by law. In a situation where one Party is required by law to make a press release or other public statement concerning this Agreement, the disclosing Party shall provide the other Party with reasonable notice and an opportunity to comment prior to making such disclosure.

 

15.8                         Conflict

 

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, in the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Exhibits and/or appendices attached hereto or referenced herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control and prevail.

 

15.9                         Severability

 

If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law, then the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

 

15.10                  Waiver

 

No delay or omission by either Party to exercise any right or power it has under this Agreement shall impair or be construed as a waiver of such right or power. A waiver by any Party of any breach of any covenant or provision of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of any other covenant or provision. All waivers must be in writing and signed by the Party waiving its rights.

 

29



 

15.11                  Benefit

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party hereto shall have any right to assign or delegate its rights or obligations hereunder except that a party hereto may assign or delegate its rights including any license granted herein or obligations hereunder (a) to the extent that the other party hereto shall have expressly consented to such assignment or delegation, which consent may be granted or withheld at such other party’s discretion, (b) to any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such party, and (c) to any person or entity acquiring all or substantially all of such party’s assets as are associated with the business that is the subject matter of this Agreement, whether by purchase, merger, acquisition of shares, or other means.

 

30



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have signed this Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

XPLORE Technologies Corporation

WISTRON Corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Groh

 

By:

/s/ Simon Lin

 

 

 

Printed Name:

Brian Groh

 

Printed Name:

Simon Lin

 

 

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

Title:

Chairman & CEO

 

 

 

Date:

July 22, 2003

 

Date:

July 22, 2003

 

 

31


 

EXHIBIT A

STATEMENT OF WORK

BETWEEN

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES AND WISTRON

FOR

WILDCAT LYNX DESIGN AND MANUFACTURE

Prepared for:
WISTRON CORPORATION

Prepared by:
XPLORE — PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Date

 

Signature

 

Written by

 

C. Carson

 

1/18/2002

 

/S/

 

Checked by

 

 

 

 

 

/S/

 

Checked by

 

 

 

 

 

/S/

 

Approved by

 

 

 

 

 

/S/

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1



 

CHANGES

 

CHANGE
INDEX

 

DESCRIPTION

 

A

 

First Draft creation 1/18/2002

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

Revisions based on visit to WISTRON in Taipei and changes to Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

C

 

Revisions by WISTRON on 3/6/02

 

 

 

 

 

D

 

Revisions by C. Carson at XPLORE on 7/7/02. General cleanup of document, removal of modem references, addition of dock to customer shipment requirements and volume palletized shipments, add Tooling information in Section 6.1.3. Removal of schedule milestones — need to get new dates from Wistron based on new schedule.

 

 

 

 

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G

 

 

 

 

2



 

 

1    PURPOSE

 

The purpose of this Statement of Work (SOW) is to explain the scope of work for the design, development and manufacture of the Wildcat Lynx tablet. This document details the roles and responsibilities of XPLORE and the turnkey design/manufacturer, the tasks to be completed and the deliverables of each organization, including program details, schedule and milestones.

 

2    PROJECT DESCRIPTION

 

2.1    PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

 

The Wildcat family of products represents the third generation of tablet/handheld computer products developed by XPLORE. There are three proposed models within the Wildcat family distinguished by display size. The tablet models within the Wildcat family consist of the following:

 

Lynx, 10.4” Display (current project development)
Cougar, 12.1” Display (1 quarter follow-on project development)
Tiger, 14.1” Display (future development)

 

The Wildcat docking product line includes two docking station solutions allowing operation either in an office desktop environment or mounted on a mobile platform. These docking solutions are designed to share common components with optional installation kits providing the customization needed to adapt them to the user’s operating environment.

 

For this SOW, WISTRON will only work on the Lynx product itself and not the Docking stations.

 

For both the tablet and the docking station technical specifications, refer to Attachment A of this document. Detailed technical specifications and system architecture are found in Exhibit C of the Agreement, called the Product Requirements Document (PRD). The PRD is the governing design document.

 

3    PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES

 

3.1    PROGRAM MANAGEMENT/RESOURCE TEAMS:

 

WISTRON and XPLORE shall each designate a Program Manager that is responsible to coordinate all of the pertinent activities in this product development activity and is the main contact for both organizations. The WISTRON Program Manager shall have access to all of WISTRON’s technical, operational, support, and executive management teams. In this role, the Program Manager will lead a core team comprised of subject matter experts from design and test engineering, engineering services, supply chain management, manufacturing production engineering, operations, quality, and customer support. Additionally, the WISTRON Program Manager will collaborate with the XPLORE Program Manager to plan, coordinate, and conduct all design and operational reviews.

 

Both Program Managers are expected to meet with the WISTRON and XPLORE core teams on an agreed to scheduled basis to discuss and review: 1) the program plan; 2) resource allocation and personnel tasks assignments; 3) schedule and status for upcoming project milestones; 4) technical issues; 5) engineering documentation and proposed change orders; 6) program budget and variance analysis to support design to unit cost objectives; 7) supply chain and manufacturing schedules and issues; and 8) customer support plans, and 9) quality and warranty issues.

 

Resource Teams will be assigned at the onset of the project and a published list of team members will be made available to all parties.

 

 

3



 

3.2    COMMUNICATION CHANNELS AND PROJECT DOCUMENTATION:

 

Because of the distance involved between the development teams in Taipei, in Temple and in Austin, thorough and effective written and verbal communication is paramount. Below is a description of the communication flow between the teams and how this communication will be documented.

 

3.2.1    Team Communication Flow:

 

There is a WISTRON team located in Taipei, Taiwan and a WISTRON team located in Temple, Texas. The Taiwan team should communicate directly with the XPLORE team, engineer to engineer if necessary, but the Taiwan, Temple, and Austin Program Managers must be notified of the meeting in case they wish to attend. Anytime the scope, schedule or budget is affected, the Program Managers must be notified and be in attendance. Meeting minutes must be taken noting the action items and owners assigned including deliverable due dates. These meeting minutes must be emailed to the participants with the program managers copied and then posted to the electronic Project Bulletin Board maintained by WISTRON.

 

The XPLORE Program Manager is the only authority that can approve a change in scope. Any change in scope shall be documented within 48 hours to all parties. WISTRON will send a revised schedule and associated costs to XPLORE within five (5) business days where both companies will negotiate a resolution in good faith.

 

The authority for design actions/clarifications/changes reside with the XPLORE Senior Technical Lead and the XPLORE Program Manager. These are the only XPLORE contacts authorized to give design direction or clarification from XPLORE to WISTRON.

 

3.2.2    Main Contact Information

 

WISTRON Program Mgmt:

Mark Rendon

Account Executive

Tel: (254) 298-4868

 

mark_rendon@WISTRON.com

 

 

 

WISTRON Engineering:

Sally Huang

Senior Engineer, System Dev.

Direct: 886-2-8691-1986

Telephone: 886-2-8691-2888 x1986

sally_yp_huang@WISTRON.com.tw

 

 

 

XPLORE Program Mgmt:

Carolyn Carson

Program Manager

Tel: (512) 336-7797 x103

 

ccarson@XPLOREtech.com

 

 

 

XPLORE Engineering:

Phillip Bagwell

Lead Engineer

Tel: (512) 336-7797 x218

 

pbagwell@XPLOREtech.com

 

3.2.3    Escalation Path

 

All issues that cannot be resolved will first be brought to the Program Managers for resolution. If the Program Managers are unable to resolve an issue within five (5) calendar days of written notice by one Party to the other Party of such issue, the matter shall be escalated to the upper management contacts. These upper management sponsors will then have five (5) calendar days to resolve the issue or the matter will then be escalated to the next levels of organizational management of each company for resolution.

 

 

4



 

Wistron Escalation Contact Information

 

 

President — Robert Hwang

 

886-2-8691-1381
robert_hwang@wistron.com.tw

 

 

 

VP PM — Brian Chong

 

886-2-8691-1344
brian_chong@wistron.com.tw

 

 

 

VP AM — Emily Hong

 

886-2-8691-1810
emily_hong@wistron.com.tw

 

 

 

GM — Rex Karl

 

254-298-4856
rcx_karl@wistron.com

 

 

 

PM — Benjamin Teng

 

886-2-8691-1369
benjamin_teng@wistron.com.tw

 

 

 

AM — David Shen

 

886-2-8691-1661
david_shen@wistron.com.tw

 

 

 

PM — Sally Huang (Taipei)

 

886-2-8691-1986
sally_yp_huang@wistron.com.tw

 

 

 

AM — Carrie Huang

 

886-2-8691-1359
carrie_hm_huang@wistron.com

 

 

 

Wildcat Project Team

 

12/12/01

 

 

5



 

Xplore Technologies Escalation Contact Information

 

President/CEO — Brian Groh

 

905-814-9122 x202
bgroh@xploretech.com

 

 

 

COO — Michael Ross

 

512-336-7797 x211
mross@xploretech.com

 

 

 

PM — Carolyn Carson

 

512-336-7797 x103
ccarson@xploretech.com

 

 

 

Technical Lead — Phil Bagwell

 

512-336-7797 x218
pbagwell@xploretech.com

 

 

 

Wildcat Project Team

 

12/12/01

 

 

3.2.4    Project Documentation:

 

The governing design document is the XPLORE Product Requirements Document (PRD), Exhibit C of the Agreement. Any changes to the PRD must be made by the XPLORE Program Manager or by the XPLORE Lead Design Engineer. The PRD will be placed under revision control.

 

Project files, technical documentation, project status reports and meeting minutes must be posted on an electronic Project Bulletin Board on a weekly basis so all parties can access the latest updates. WISTRON is responsible for establishing, maintaining and updating this electronic Bulletin Board and must supply password-protected access to all core team members.

 

3.2.5    Design Reviews :

 

WISTRON shall support the initial program kick-off design review held at WISTRON’s Taipei location at the onset of the project. WISTRON shall participate in design reviews with XPLORE at alternating locations, at their facilities in Taipei, and XPLORE’s in Austin, Texas. See Section 6 for milestone schedule and phase reviews. A written record of the design review outcome must be created and provided to all parties involved.

 

 

6



 

3.3    DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT RESPONSIBILITIES:

 

3.3.1    Industrial Design :

 

WISTRON will complete the Industrial Design (ID) work that was started by XPLORE using the concept generation sketches and hard models that XPLORE has. XPLORE will supply the drawings, any relevant files or databases, and hard model design to WISTRON at the Effective Date of the Agreement. XPLORE will collaborate with the WISTRON industrial design team to finalize the industrial design. At the Critical Design Review milestone (see section 6.0), the ID will be finalized and presented to the program Core Team and XPLORE Senior staff for review and final signoff. Upon approval, the final industrial design will be documented and be made available to XPLORE. At CDR, all project timelines and costs will be finalized for the ID design.

 

3.3.2    Electrical Design:

 

WISTRON is responsible for the electrical design of the Main Logic Board “MLB” for the Lynx tablet using the components and block diagrams called out in the XPLORE provided Product Requirements Document (PRD). It is required that the MLB designed for use in the Lynx 10.4” tablet be used in the follow-on 12.1” and 14” tablet designs.

 

WISTRON is responsible for the detailed design analysis, thermal analysis, schematic capture and layouts, qualification and certification testing to prove out the functional design. There will be scheduled design reviews for the electrical design.

 

WISTRON Engineering will perform Engineering Evaluation Testing (EET) on the engineering and prototype MLB’s and will perform verification testing with the peripherals as provided by XPLORE, WISTRON and XPLORE will each perform engineering verification testing on the MLB’s. WISTRON shall provide on-call telephone support to the XPLORE Product Engineering department during the EET/verification tests.

 

WISTRON shall be responsible for correcting any design or workmanship deficiencies of the MLB found during XPLORE EET/compatibility tests. Additionally, WISTRON shall be responsible for correcting any quality or workmanship deficiencies of the MLB found during the acceptance test procedure performance of the System level acceptance test. WISTRON and XPLORE will define the System level acceptance test procedure.

 

WISTRON shall provide any required repairs within one week upon receipt to XPLORE’s engineering and prototype MLB during XPLORE’s engineering testing.

 

3.3.3    Mechanical Design:

 

WISTRON is responsible for designing for manufacture (DFM) the complete mechanical enclosure, design and implementation of the Lynx tablet using the block diagram called out in the Product Requirements Document. The XPLORE Mechanical Engineer will work with the WISTRON mechanical design teams to implement the ruggedization elements per the specification in the PRD. WISTRON responsibilities include:

 

Mechanical designs:

                             sealing of digitizer, case, and connectors in tablet

                             shock mounting of digitizer /LCD assembly, MLB, HDD in tablet

                             initial tablet models to determine preliminary fit of all components including digitizers, display, battery, MLB, antennas and BTO modules.

                             The tablet must be fully compatible with both the vehicle and desk docking interfaces designed by a third-party. The program managers will collaborate to ensure that both the docking interface implementation details and logistics do not jeopardize the development and delivery of the tablet.

 

7



 

Detailed design of all components developed in concept phase including:

                             Material and process selection for all manufactured components

                             Solid modeling of all manufactured and standard parts & assemblies

                             Finite Element Modeling (FEM) and Finite Element Analysis (FEA) for structural and thermal solutions. FEM and FEA are required to determine if the design can meet shock, drop, vibration, and thermal specifications.

                             Drawings including all critical dimension and notes specifying key part requirements.

                             Development and documentation of all assembly procedures and fixtures.

 

XPLORE and WISTRON design teams will participate in the scheduled Mechanical Design Review(s) per the master program schedule.

 

3.3.4    Software Development (BIOS development):

 

WISTRON will utilize their in-house software development staff for the BIOS development for the product. The BIOS development will adhere to the specifications called out in the Product Requirements Document. WISTRON will furnish pre-release versions of the customized BIOS to XPLORE to use in their Engineering Evaluation Testing. At the production release of the project, WISTRON will maintain the development code (build tools, software test documentation and test code, software documentation, customized source files, linkable library files required for build, and the core BIOS object files required for full code build) generated for the Lynx project for the term of the Agreement. XPLORE will have the option to contract WISTRON’s services to make additional changes (Enhancements) as needed in the customized BIOS. Contract rates are approximately [***] In the event there is a problem with the BIOS. WISTRON will provide a warranty to the BIOS and correct the BIOS free of charge for 7 months from production start, after which changes shall be termed Enhancements, except for defects found to be in non-compliance with the PRD. Acceptance of requests for Enhancements and charges associated to those Enhancements shall be negotiated in good faith between WISTRON and XPLORE. Per the program schedule and with XPLORE technical personnel present, WISTRON will hold a high-level software design review, a module level code review and a final software design review after integration. WISTRON shall create and maintain a Software Tracking Report (STR) system to identify and track software integration issues. The STR will identify the problem, the steps required to recreate the problem, the hardware configuration in use at the time of the problem, the party responsible for resolution, the final resolution and documentation that the code fix was implemented, tested and verified. STR’s may only be closed by a combined signoff of both WISTRON engineering and XPLORE engineering.

 

3.3.5    Internal and External Cable Design & Development

 

WISTRON is responsible for designing and sourcing all internal and external cables associated with the Lynx tablet as required in the PRD. External cabling, if any, shall be sourced and provided by WISTRON against forecast and PO by XPLORE.

 

3.3.6    Supply Chain Management:

 

3.3.6.1    BOM & AVL:

WISTRON is responsible for creating the costed Bill of Materials for all assemblies and Approved Vendor List (AVL) at all phases of the project, from early component selection, through new product introduction (NPI), and volume production. “Components” shall mean any inventory item or sub-assembly that WISTRON needs to purchase in support of the project. XPLORE must approve in writing all BOM components and reserves the right to change the component selection at its discretion per the provisions as specified in the Agreement. WISTRON must identify the Approved Vendor List. XPLORE shall identify critical items requiring second sourcing for which WISTRON shall make reasonable effort to source. If there is a critical item single source component, WISTRON shall notify XPLORE and XPLORE will aid WISTRON in the search for an alternate source, if one is available. In the event that a second source does not exist, XPLORE will submit written approval of the single source critical component prior to its use. WISTRON and XPLORE will hold monthly reviews to analyze the costed Bill of Materials and AVL up through New Product Introduction to the extent provided in the Agreement. Beginning 15 months from the date the product begins shipping, quarterly business reviews will be held per the Agreement to determine applicable cost adjustments

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

 

8



 

based on updated cost of material. All BOM or AVL changes shall be subject to the normal document change control process in the Agreement and must be approved in writing by XPLORE.

 

3.3.7    Prototyping (Early Prototypes, EVT & DVT units)

 

WISTRON will then be responsible for initial board bring up with a Test BIOS. WISTRON will be responsible for all hardware/software integration. WISTRON will be responsible for providing pre-release code drops to support factory Test and Integration and Qualification/Regulatory compliance testing and to support production.

 

WISTRON is responsible for prototype scheduling, quoting, release, fabrication, technical support & review.

 

WISTRON is responsible for DVT & EVT quoting, scheduling, release, technical support, specification review, fabrication, assembly, test, and documentation.

 

WISTRON will manufacture the early prototypes, EVT and DVT units in the WISTRON Taipei manufacturing facility. XPLORE’s unit cost for these prototypes is determined by Exhibit D of the Agreement.

 

XPLORE will arrange through the third party the required number of docking station modules needed for tablets for both EVT and DVT.

 

Electrical Verification Test (EVT) Units (Qty 15):

 

EVT units will be functional electrical prototypes. Early EMI certification testing will be conducted to expose potential problems with the design and software BIOS development. Subsequent re-spins of the electrical board design may be necessary to correct the problems found and to pass the early test scans. The table below shows how these units will be allocated:

 

 

Allocated to

 

Qty

 

Purpose

 

XPLORE Engineering

 

3

 

Electrical Evaluation Testing in Austin

 

XPLORE Testing

 

3

 

Early testing (EMI scans) and Environmental Testing

 

WISTRON SW Development

 

2

 

BIOS development

 

WISTRON Temple Engineering

 

1

 

Electrical Testing in Temple

 

WISTRON Taipei Engineering

 

2

 

Electrical Testing in Taipei

 

WISTRON Test Development

 

2

 

Manufacturing and Test Development

 

WISTRON Regulatory Testing

 

2

 

First Pass Regulatory and Environmental Testing

 

Total

 

15

 

 

 

 

Design Verification Test (DVT) Units (Qty 87):

 

DVT units will be functional representatives of the final product. DVT units will be manufactured with the option of using soft tools to prove the electrical and mechanical elements meet all product specifications as defined in the PRD. In addition, DVT units will be used for XPLORE demo purposes and to generate demand from its sales channels. Configurations and Build-To-Order options for the DVT units will be given to WISTRON one quarter before DVT delivery for component planning and purchasing.

 

Allocated to

 

Qty

 

Purpose

 

XPLORE Engineering

 

5

 

Electrical Evaluation Testing in Austin

 

XPLORE Testing

 

12

 

MIL standard Environmental Testing

 

SW Development

 

5

 

BIOS development

 

WISTRON Temple Engineering

 

1

 

Electrical Testing in Temple

 

WISTRON Taipei Engineering

 

5

 

Electrical Testing in Taipei

 

WISTRON Test Development

 

2

 

Manufacturing and Test Development

 

WISTRON Regulatory Testing

 

25

 

Regulatory and Environmental Testing

 

XPLORE demo units

 

32

 

Demo purposes

 

Total

 

87

 

 

 

 

9



 

 

3.3.8    Soft and Hard Tooling (Facilities and equipment)

 

WISTRON will be responsible for producing the soft and hard tool design and test equipment. All tooling associated with the production of Wildcat either at WISTRON or its subcontractor(s) will be the property of XPLORE’s. Exhibit D of the Agreement shows not-to-exceed cost estimates for tooling and payments for tooling development. Refer to Section 3.2 of the Agreement for tooling payment guidelines.

 

3.4    WISTRON MANUFACTURING RESPONSIBILITIES:

 

3.4.1    Production Procurement

 

The provisions for procurement are specified in the Agreement.

 

3.4.2    New Product Introduction

 

WISTRON services include Design for Manufacture (DFM) and New Product Introduction (NPI) to facilitate the introduction of new products into the manufacturing facility for volume production. XPLORE agrees to work within WISTRON’s NPI guidelines.

 

3.4.3    Build-to-Order Options

 

The Wildcat tablet design shall accommodate certain Build-to-Order (BTO) optional components that may be factory installed to customize the tablet to a customer’s specific requirements. The items identified in Table 3-0 represent Build-to-Order (BTO) optional components that may be ordered and factory installed in the Wildcat tablet. These BTO components may be mounted in the internal PCMCIA slot, in the internal Mini-PCI slot, in the OEM module location or may represent components populated on the MLB.

 

MLB combinations
Processor:
800MHz processor (or 866MHz processor if available at launch)
933MHz processor (post-launch)

 

Assembly combinations
Displays:
10.4” XGA Transflective (1024x768)
10.4” XGA Transmissive (1024x768)

 

Digitizer (Touch Screens):
Resistive
RF {pen based}

 

 

10


 

Table 3-0 — Build to Order Components

 

Ref

 

Component

 

Description

 

Suggested Supplier

 

PN

 

 

WLAN

 

PCMCIA WLAN Adapter

 

Symbol

 

Spectrum 24 (11 Mbps & 54 Mbps)

 

 

WLAN

 

PCMCIA WLAN Adapter

 

Cisco Systems

 

Aeronet 350

 

 

BTR

 

Bluetooth Radio Module

 

Custom Design

 

TBD

 

 

CDPD

 

CDPD PCMCIA Adapter

 

Sierra

 

Aircard 300

 

 

CDMA 1x

 

CDMA PCMCIA Adapter & OEM

 

Sierra

 

Aircard 500

 

 

GPRS

 

GPRS PCMCIA Adapter & OEM

 

Sierra

 

SB 555

 

 

PDR/GPRS

 

PDR OEM Module

 

RIM

 

1902G

 

 

GPS

 

Integrated GPS Module

 

Custom Design

 

TBD

 

 

Modem

 

Mini-PCI or PCMCIA

 

Various (note 2)

 

 

 

 

Antenna (2)

 

Wideband 800 MHz to 2.4 GHz

 

XPLORE Technologies

 

TBD

 

 

Antenna

 

GPS, 1.57542 GHz

 

Sarantel

 

PowerHelix

 

 

Hard Disk Drive

 

Toshiba 20 GB

 

Toshiba

 

MK2018GAP (20gb)

 

 

Hard Disk Drive

 

Toshiba 40 GB

 

Toshiba

 

MK4018GAP (40gb)

 

 

SDRAM SODIMM

 

128 MB

 

Various (note 2)

 

 

 

 

SDRAM SODIMM

 

256 MB

 

Various (note 2)

 

 

 

 

SDRAM SODIMM

 

512 MB

 

Various (note 2)

 

 

 

 

CPU

 

Optional 933MHz Low Voltage

 

Intel note 1

 

TBD

 

 

XPL Module

 

Fingerprint Scanner

 

note 3

 

TBD

 

 

XPL Module

 

Digital Camera

 

note 3

 

TBD

 


Notes:

1.    This option is soldered directly onto the MLB and may only be installed at the factory during initial assembly or at an authorized service repair facility.

2.    The specific vendor is not critical. These components may be selected by the design agency and compatibility confirmed during engineering development

3.    The XPL modules will be mechanically designed as part of the Lynx development program. XPLORE Technologies will complete module electrical design in partnership with specific OEM manufacturers. Lynx program integration of the XPL modules shall be limited to verifying module installation and fit and conformance to tablet environmental requirements.

 

3.4.4    Build-to-Order Configuration Matrix

 

The BTO options may be installed in the combinations shown in Table 3.1 below. The individual components may occupy any of the three (3) available BTO locations (PCMCIA, Mini-PCI or OEM) as appropriate. Each of these configurations shall be tested with the specific components identified in Table 3-0 and verified during engineering development.

 

11



 

Table 3-1 — BTO Configuration Matrix

 

 

BTO
Options

 

WLAN

 

CDMA 1x

 

CDPD

 

GPRS

 

PDR

 

BTR

1

 

X

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

4

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

5

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

6

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

X

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

X

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

X

9

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

X

10

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

X

11

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

3.4.5    Optional Qualified Components

 

The Wildcat product line contains a number of optional components that can be ordered for use with the tablet. The tablet qualification program shall include these components during product development to ensure operational compatibility as well as environmental and regulatory compliance. The baseline set of optional components with which the tablet shall be qualified is shown in Table 3-2. WISTRON is responsible for procurement, and shipment of these items against forecast and Purchase Order by XPLORE.

 

Table 3-2 — Optional Qualified Components

 

Component

 

Description

 

Suggested
Supplier

 

PN

USB Mini Keyboard

 

Color Coordinated, Branded

 

TBD

 

 

Wireless Keyboard

 

Backlit for Mobile Applications

 

TBD

 

 

USB Floppy Drive (external)

 

Color Coordinated, Branded

 

TBD

 

 

USB CDROM Drive (external)

 

Color Coordinated, Branded

 

TBD

 

 

Active Pen

 

Replacement for Wacom Digitizer

 

TBD

 

 

Battery Li-polymer 4120 mA

 

 

 

TBD

 

 

Battery Li-polymer 8240 mA

 

 

 

TBD

 

 

AC/DC Charger

 

Desktop Charger, 12V, 5 amp

 

TBD

 

 

Microphone/Headset

 

Stereo Headset and Boom Mic

 

TBD

 

 

Fingerprint Scanner

 

XPL Module (Mechanical fit only)

 

TBD

 

 

Digital Camera

 

XPL Module (Mechanical fit only)

 

TBD

 

 

 

3.4.6    Product Packaging

 

3.4.6.1    Carton Artworks:

XPLORE will provide the artwork for the carton packaging. The artwork for the outer packaging will be provided by XPLORE to WISTRON once the outer carton dimensions and details of the box size are determined. There will be a commercial box designed for a single unit and a multi-pack carton for volume shipments. There will also be special artwork and cartons needed for ODM customers for which WISTRON will source at XPLORE’s expense.

 

12



 

3.4.6.2    Carton Construction:

The type of carton construction will be determined by XPLORE and WISTRON. The shipping specifications can be found in the PRD.

 

3.4.6.3    Serial Numbers, Part Numbers, and Unit Types Requirements:

Serial number, part numbers and unit type schemes will be devised by XPLORE and implemented by WISTRON to assist with unit identification and modification or upgrade level(s). As the product rollout will involve different phases of hardware for several of the key components, it will be crucial for the serial number to reflect which phase the unit is associated with, Serial and unit type labels should be provided on each unit, positioned on each unit at a consistent position, for easy identification. In addition, a barcode reflecting these details is also required.

 

3.4.6.4    Serial Number Logging and Reporting :

WISTRON will provide the serial number and part number of the specific unit at the time a shipment is being prepared. WISTRON will maintain a database providing a serial number and will furnish this information to XPLORE within one week upon written request.

 

3.4.7    Labeling Requirements

 

3.4.7.1    Unit Labeling :

Individual part numbers are assigned by WISTRON to each item that can be replaced. Units that are contained within a part numbered unit and would only be replaced at the factory need not be numbered.

 

3.4.7.2    External Package Labeling :

All external packaging shall be labeled to help identify sub-component levels without opening the box or the units contained within using:

 

1)                         Color-coded labels to help identify the contents

2)                         To: and From: addresses with a highlighted To: address

3)                         Description of type or version of contents using agreed-to codes or part numbers rather than text to keep contents of package anonymous.

4)                         Serial number or numbers of units within package.

5)                         Barcode identification

6)                         Duplicate labels may be needed to affix to each side of shipping carton to easily identify package contents.

 

Individual items can be mass-shipped in one pallet, if each individual item within the container is separately packaged and follows the external packaging guidelines, as above. This is required to allow items to be moved and shipped to individual installers without the internal packaging being opened.

 

3.4.7.3    Internal Package Documentation :

Internal documentation should be provided to guard against the removal of external labels during transit and should reflect the external packaging guidelines.

 

3.4.7.4    Labeling Environmental Protection :

All labels must be made of materials appropriate for their environments and expected lifetimes.

 

13



 

3.4.8    Shipping

 

3.4.8.1    Dock to Customer Shipments :

XPLORE requires WISTRON to implement a dock-to-customer shipping model in the case where WISTRON has built the Product to its final configuration state as specified in a XPLORE Purchase Order. Generally, this means the Build-to-Order options were installed at the factory at build time and do not require further integration at a consolidation center. Purchase Order guidelines can be found in Section 4.5 of the Agreement. Shipping guidelines can be found in Section 4.8 of the Agreement. Refer to Sections 3.4.6 and 3.4.7 of the SOW for product packaging and labeling requirements.

 

3.4.8.2    Palletized Volume Shipments :

XPLORE requires WISTRON to implement palletized volume shipments for delivery to a consolidation center or to specific customers who have purchased a large quantity of XPLORE Products. Products shipped in this manner may require Build-To-Order components to be added at a consolidation center or by an XPLORE Value Added Reseller prior to being shipped to the End-User. Minimum lot quantities for palletized shipments will be mutually agreed upon by XPLORE and WISTRON. Shipping guidelines can be found in Section 4.8 of the Agreement. Refer to Sections 3.4.6 and 3.4.7 of the SOW for product packaging and labeling requirements.

 

3.4.9    Product Enhancements or Follow-ons

 

Product enhancements not a part of the original project scope will be re-bid by WISTRON as a separate project and specific NRE will be estimated and negotiated.

 

3.5    TESTING RESPONSIBILITIES:

 

3.5.1    Testing & Certification (Test sites and equipment)

 

XPLORE Wildcat Test Development Chart

 

 

 

 

Test Type

 

Ownership for
Specification

 

Ownership for
Fixture Development

Barebone

 

ICT

 

WISTRON

 

WISTRON

 

 

PCB Functional

 

XPLORE

 

WISTRON

 

 

Assembly

 

XPLORE

 

WISTRON

 

 

ORT/ESS

 

XPLORE

 

WISTRON

CTO

 

Radio

 

XPLORE

 

XPLORE

 

 

Final/Functional

 

XPLORE

 

WISTRON

 

 

ESS

 

XPLORE

 

XPLORE

 

 

Disk Image

 

XPLORE

 

XPLORE

 

14



 

XPLORE Wildcat Compliance Matrix

 

 

 

 

Conformance
Requirements

 

Verification
Method

 

Responsible
Party

 

Budgetary Cost
US Dollars

 

Environmental

 

Operating temperature

 

Test

 

WISTRON

 

in NRE

 

 

 

Storage temperature

 

Test

 

WISTRON

 

in NRE

 

 

 

Thermal shock

 

Test

 

WISTRON

 

in NRE

 

 

 

Relative humidity

 

Test

 

WISTRON

 

in NRE

 

 

 

Solar radiation

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

 

Rain

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

 

Sand and dust

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

 

Salt fog

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

 

Contamination by fluids

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

 

Low pressure

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

 

Vibration (Integrity)

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

 

Vibration (vehicle)

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

 

Mechanical shock

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

 

Crash shock

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

 

Transit shock

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

Electromagnetic

 

Electrostatic discharge

 

Test

 

WISTRON

 

in NRE

 

 

 

Radiated emissions

 

Test

 

WISTRON/XPLORE

 

in NRE

 

 

 

Conducted emissions

 

Test

 

WISTRON/XPLORE

 

in NRE

 

 

 

Radiated immunity

 

Test

 

WISTRON

 

in NRE

 

 

 

Conducted immunity

 

Test

 

WISTRON

 

in NRE

 

Regulatory

 

CISPR 22

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

CE Mark

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

UL/CUL

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

CB

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

CSA

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

TUV

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

PSB

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

SABS

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

A-Tick

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

C-Tick

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

CCC

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

KTL

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

NOM

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

SII

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

FCC

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

VCCI

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

BSMI

 

Test and Certification

 

WISTRON

 

$

[***

]

 

 

RRL

 

Need more information

 

WISTRON

 

TBD

 

 

 

Bluetooth

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

RF

 

Defined in PRD table 2-4

 

Test

 

XPLORE

 

N/A

 

 

Payment Schedule:

100% due by Tooling Start Date

 

 

 

 

 

$

[***]

 

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

 

 

15




Notes:

1.

Above test costs do not include prototype sample costs oftest units.

 

2.

Above tests are conducted in-house; if third party is required by XPLORE, cost will be separately quoted.

 

3.6    WISTRON SERVICE AND SUPPORT RESPONSIBILITIES :

 

3.6.1    Spares Depot

 

See Exhibit G of the Agreement for requirements.

 

4    WISTRON DELIVERABLES

 

4.1    DATA PACKAGE

 

WISTRON will provide access to all data files as listed below throughout the development cycle. In addition, WISTRON will deliver a full disclosure Data Package to XPLORE as specified in the Agreement.

 

The Data Package is expected to include:

 

                             Finalized product specifications and functional requirements

                             All industrial design documentation and models

                             Complete electrical schematics and associated specifications (Cadence OrCAD format)

                             Complete component specifications/datasheets for any component used in Lynx, including cables and optional accessories

                             All component data, costed Bills of Materials and approved vendor list for all assemblies

                             All drawings, including “critical to function” drawings for QA acceptance of mechanical parts/assemblies

                             All PCB design and layout files, schematics, drawings and associated component and pad libraries (Cadence or Allegro format)

                             Board artwork files and drill drawings (Extended Gerber 274x format). Fab and layer stack-up drawings.

                             Mechanical databases and drawings including all production tooling drawings (PRO-E format)

                             Test equipment, hardware/software design documentation and drawings (PRO-E format)

                             Factory acceptance test specifications and procedures

                             All software design documentation, specifications and source code and libraries for any custom software developed specifically for the Lynx project, all software test requirements, procedures and test code, linkable libraries necessary for BIOS code build, linkable libraries for all core BIOS object code required for BIOS build, all build tools and documentation, description of all software tools required to reproduce the software build environment.

                             All artwork (films) for any Lynx labeling, artwork, or images on XPLORE related documentation and packaging containers

                             All container specifications and associated drawings

                             Functional test specifications and electrical/functional test procedures

                             All mechanical & electrical drawings and schematics for any custom test equipment and test adapters

(including embedded microcontroller code, Windows device driver code, Windows control panel software and all utility software.)

                             part and assembly files for all components

                             drawing files showing all material and critical dimensions/tolerances

                             part, assembly and drawing files of all tooling components

                             Prototype parts and soft tooling

                             DVT and EVT parts/assemblies and soft tooling

 

 

16



 

                             Assembly methods documents and assembly drawings

                             First Article parts and accompanying measurements

                             Failure Effects and Methods Analysis documentation (spreadsheet)

                             Finite Element Modeling (stress and thermal) results

                             Test reports from environmental testing (shock, drop, vibration, thermal, salt, etc.)

                             Certified copies of all testing, regulatory and certification reports

                             All other analyses (tolerance, assembly timing, workflow layouts)

                             Any product characterization reports derived from the product development

                             Cost quotations for parts and tooling

                             Product tooling database(s) to completely and accurately reproduce any product tooling or test fixtures

                             Fabrication and assembly fixtures

                             Mean Time Between Failures analysis

                             List of equipment used for testing the DVT/EVT and production units

                             Outline of production flow, including equipment required to produce the Product

                             Quality control procedures

 

 

17



 

5    PROGRAM SCHEDULE

 

The Program Schedule will be based on WISTRON’s “C stage” project development cycle. XPLORE and WISTRON will collaborate on a Microsoft Project Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) and schedule. This will be generated at the beginning of the project that details the tasks in each functional area in each phase of the project. For purposes of generating the detailed WBS, the following milestone schedule can be used:

 

XPLORE Wildcat Program Proposed Milestones

 

07/18/2002

 

 

Milestone

 

XPLORE

 

WISTRON EE schedule

 

WISTRON ME schedule

 

WISTRON C
stage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRD Scrubbed

 

12/31/01

 

 

 

 

 

C0/C1

MOU Signed

 

02/28/02

 

 

 

 

 

SOW/Contract Signed

 

MOU signed + 30 days
(Target no later than 03/28/02)

 

 

 

 

 

PRD Locked, Key Components Selected, Concept Schematics/ Cost, Design Review

 

3/27/02

 

 

 

 

 

PDR (Preliminary Design Review)

 

4/10/02

 

 

 

 

 

C2

Confirm ME 1st Draft

 

04/25/02

 

 

 

 

 

Critical Design Review

 

5/25/02

 

 

 

 

 

ID 3D completed

 

06/21/02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ID fix (confirmed by WISTRON)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Functional Electrical Prototype

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C3

EVT Boards/Mechanical Soft Model (15 units)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DVT (Beta) units built (87 units)

 

10/03/02

 

 

 

 

 

C4

XPLORE Marketing Launch

 

September

 

 

 

 

 

Certification Testing Start

 

10/04/02

 

 

 

 

 

Production Readiness Review (Final Product Acceptance by Xplore)

 

11/28/02

 

 

 

 

 

First Pilot Runs

 

12/26/02

 

 

 

 

 

 

18



 

6   DEVELOPMENT PROCESS

 

6.1.1   C0/C1 — Design Concepts & Specifications:

 

Duration: 4 weeks . During this phase, XPLORE will complete the PRD with as much detail as possible. XPLORE will get WISTRON’s input to complete those sections where XPLORE needs WISTRON’s technical expertise. This includes finalizing the electronic architecture and electronic concept schematics based on the XPLORE system requirements as identified in the PRD and application considerations.

 

 

Responsibility

 

Deliverable

XPLORE

 

A fully detailed Product Requirements Document (PRD) for the product

WISTRON

 

Concept schematics, both electronic and printed formats — 3 copies in printed format

WISTRON

 

Identification of BIOS code development and application development required and a copy of the preliminary Software Requirements Document (SRD)

WISTRON

 

Costed Bill of Materials (BOM) — Best Estimates based on then current components in conformance to Agreement.

WISTRON & XPLORE

 

Detailed list of milestones and deliverables for C2 & C3 phases

WISTRON & XPLORE

 

Final Schedule for all Phases, including milestones and deliverables

WISTRON & XPLORE

 

Completion of a Preliminary Design Review verifying the conceptual designs against the PRD requirements, format to be mutually agreed to between XPLORE and WISTRON

 

6.1.2   C2 — Detailed Development (Engineering & Mechanical Design):

 

Duration: 12 weeks . This is the detailed design and development phase by which initial concept schematics, developed as part of Phase 1, will be finalized, and first run EVT MLB’s will be developed and tested. Engineering Model software functionality will be limited to that which is necessary to verify the electrical hardware design.

 

Deliverables:

Responsibility

 

Deliverable

WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

 

Final design documentation and electrical schematics (electronic and printed formats) completed and approved

WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

 

Final Mechanical Design documentation and drawings complete (Pro-E format) and approved.

WISTRON

 

All preliminary tooling drawings completed and approved

WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

 

Engineering Acceptance Test Specifications and Test Procedures completed and approved

WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

 

Electrical and Mechanical Design Review completed and approved with any required changes made

WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

 

BIOS and Application Code Development Complete, Software design review completed and approved with any required changes made.

WISTRON & XPLORE

 

SLA models completed and approved by Business Development and ODM partners

WISTRON & XPLORE

 

Completion of a Critical Design Review verifying the final mechanical, electrical, and software designs against the PRD requirements, format to be mutually agreed to between XPLORE and WISTRON

 

19



 

6.1.3   C3 — Product Assurance (Prototyping and Test):

 

Duration: 8 weeks. Based on a full evaluation of the Engineering model MLB, all resulting design changes will be factored into the design at this point. Prototype PC boards will be ordered. Tooling drawings will be completed by WISTRON and approved by XPLORE. Tooling vendors, materials, and quotes will be received by WISTRON and their costs reviewed with XPLORE. Final approval by XPLORE will result in a Tooling Start Date. Final prototypes will be built and allocated per the allocation table in Section 3.3.7 of the prototypes will be shipped to XPLORE for functional and environmental testing. Implementation of full software functionality, and interfacing with the XPL OEM will be completed during this phase. XPLORE’s approval of these prototypes, together with finalization and release of the production documentation and data package, and the final tooling package as defined in the Agreement, will constitute completion of this phase of the product development.

 

Responsibility

 

Deliverable

WISTRON; Approved byXPLORE

 

Final design documentation and electrical schematics (electronic and printed formats) completed and approved with changes identified in EVT & DVT

WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

 

Final Mechanical Design documentation and drawings complete (PRO-E format) and approved with any changes identified in EVT & DVT

WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

 

All final tooling drawings completed and approved

WISTRON/XPLORE

 

All Engineering Acceptance Test results complete with no anomalies identified

WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

 

All peripheral qualification/compatibility testing complete and approved

WISTRON/XPLORE

 

Final Electrical and Mechanical Design Review completed and approved with any required EVT & DVT changes made

WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

 

Final Production BOM completed and approved

WISTRON/XPLORE

 

All Custom Component qualification & performance testing complete and approved

WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

 

BIOS and Application Code Integration Complete, final Software design review completed and approved with any required EVT & DVT changes made.

XPLORE

 

DVT units reviewed and approved by Business Development and ODM partners.

WISTRON/XPLORE

 

Qualification and Regulatory Compliance Testing complete and approved

WISTRON

 

Final factory software image configurations identified and certified, master factory images complete, released and approved

WISTRON & XPLORE

 

Completion of a Design Verification Review verifying that the final design meets all functional and performance requirements identified in the PRD, format to be mutually agreed to between XPLORE and WISTRON

 

20


 

6.1.4   C4 — New Product Introduction, Manufacturing, Support:

 

This phase includes all items and tasks associated with preparing for the Production Readiness Review and the Production Release of volume shipments. After the Production Readiness Review, the Data Package as specified in Exhibit H of the Agreement will be delivered to XPLORE. At the completion of NPI, a Production Readiness Review meeting shall be held to verify that the design has been completed, verified and is ready for production. The format for this review shall be mutually agreed to by XPLORE and WISTRON.

 

7   SERVICE & SUPPORT

 

See Exhibit G of this Agreement.

 

8   COSTS, EXPENSES, AND PAYMENT TERMS

 

NRE charges and the NRE payment schedule are defined in the Exhibit D of this Agreement.

 

9   ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

 

9.1   PHASE C0/C1

 

                            All deliverables identified in section 6.1.1 to be completed and delivered to XPLORE

                            Product Specification to be reviewed jointly and approved in writing by XPLORE.

                            Sign-off in writing by XPLORE signifying completion of these steps.

 

9.2   PHASE C2

 

                            All deliverables identified in section 6.1.2 to be completed and delivered to XPLORE.

                            Completion of Design Review by XPLORE and any resulting follow-up actions.

                            Sign-off in writing by XPLORE signifying completion of these steps.

 

9.3   PHASE C3

 

                            All deliverables identified in section 6.1.3 to be completed and delivered to XPLORE.

                            Completion of Design Review by XPLORE and any resulting follow-up actions.

                            Sign-off in writing by XPLORE signifying completion of these steps.

 

9.4   PHASE C4

 

                            All deliverables identified in section 6.1.4 to be completed and delivered to XPLORE.

                            Completion of Design Review by XPLORE and any resulting follow-up actions.

                            Sign-off in writing by XPLORE signifying completion of these steps.

 

9.5   PHASE C5

 

                            All deliverables identified in section 6.1.5 to be completed and delivered to XPLORE.

                            Completion of Design Review by XPLORE and any resulting follow-up actions.

                            Sign-off in writing by XPLORE signifying completion of these steps.

 

21



 

EXHIBIT B

 

TO THAT CERTAIN

 

TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

DATED July 1, 2003

 

BY AND BETWEEN XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND WISTRON CORPORATION.

 

Irrevocable Standby Letters Of Credit or Assignment of Receivable

 

Pursuant to the terms specified in Section 4.3 (Payment) of the main agreement, Xplore Technologies will issue an Irrevocable Standby Letter Of Credit or Assignment of Receivable (AoR) through a Canadian Chartered bank in the amount equivalent to its product requirement for the initial 60 days of production. This Letter of Credit or AoR may be drawn upon by Wistron only under the following condition; Xplore Technologies has received valid invoices from Wistron and failed to make payment of these invoices which the 30 day period specified in the contract for finished complete products shipped pursuant to Xplore Technologies Purchase Orders.

 

Xplore Technologies will renew the Letter of Credit or AoR amount for the subsequent 60 day period. The amount of the Letter of Credit or AoR will be adjusted to reflect product received, invoiced and paid in full, and shall be increased by the amount of product scheduled by accepted purchase orders over the next sixty (60) day window.

 

This Letter of Credit or AoR process shall continue for 6 months from the start of production. After six months the Parties agree to review payment terms.

 

Pursuant to the terms specified in Section 4.3a (Payment for Unique and Long-Lead Inventory) of the main agreement, Xplore Technologies will issue an Irrevocable Standby Letter Of Credit through a Canadian Chartered bank in the amount of $300,000 USD. Wistron is obligated to show proof of documentation of the following prior to drawing upon this Letter of Credit: 1) materials purchased were charged against Xplore Technologies purchase orders issued to Wistron by Xplore Technologies including the material description, quantity, amount paid, and actual receipt of said materials, 2) proof of written authorization by Xplore purchasing agent to purchase said materials, 3) and documentation from Wistron that said materials purchased are obsolete.

 

This Letter of Credit process shall continue for 6 months from the start of production. After six months the Parties agree to review payment terms.

 

1



 

Product Requirements Document

 

For

 

Wildcat Tablet PC

 

 

Written By:

 

Xplore Technologies Corporation

 

 

 

APPROVALS

TITLE

 

NAME

 

SIGNATURE

 

DATE

Originator

 

Phil Bagwell

 

 

 

 

Program Manager

 

Carolyn Carson

 

 

 

 

COO

 

Michael Ross

 

 

 

 

VP Marketing

 

Rich Perley

 

 

 

 

 

Xplore Technologies Proprietary and Confidential

This document contains confidential information or trade secrets or both, which are the property of Xplore Technologies Corporation. This document may not be copied, reproduced, or transmitted to others in any manner, nor may any use of the information on this document be made, except for the specific purposes for which it is transmitted to the recipient without the prior written consent of Xplore Technologies Corporation.

 

 

 

1



 

NOTICE OF REVISION

 

REV

 

DATE

 

DESCRIPTION

 

AUTHOR

1.0

 

01/24/2002

 

Initial Release

 

P. Bagwell

1.1

 

02/14/2002

 

Revised Table 2-4 to add Sierra Aircard 750

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Figure 2-2 —Wildcat Functional Block Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-7 to reflect changes to Figure 2-2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.4 to change desired number of backlight levels

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-4 to include AMBIT Modem Daughter Card

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.6.1.2 to change Wacom interface to USB

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.7.8.3.2 to allow alternate Bluetooth antennas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.7.8.4 to include 5GHz support for 802.11a

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.8 to specify a custom memory module

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised sections 2.5.1.7.2 and 2.5.1.9 to allow boot block functionality

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.18.3 to include switching COAX interface

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-16 to add COAX interface to dock connector

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.18.4 to remove pin count requirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-17 to eliminate specific pin count requirement

 

P. Bagwell

 

 

 

 

Revised sections 2.5.1.18.5 to 2.5.1.18.5.7 to relieve requirements and allow the use of an XPL port replicator module

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-18 and Table 2-19 to redefine connector groupings

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Figure 2-5 to include external radio antenna

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.2.1.9 to include REM over-temperature LED

 

 

 

 

 

 

Added section 2.5.2.1.10 to cover external antenna connector

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.2.2.4 to add over/under temperature protection

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.2.3 to make height a configurable adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.7.2 to allow for alternative software solutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.7.4.4 to modify ‘resume from S3’ boot timing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.11.5 to remove type ‘UR’ coating as an option

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 3-3 to add European ‘E Mark’ compliance

 

 

1.2

 

04/05/2002

 

Revised Table 2-4 — Build to Order Components

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-5 — BTO Qualification Configuration Matrix

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Figure 2-2 — Wildcat Functional Block Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-7 to reflect changes to Figure 2-2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.4, LCD Backlight

 

 

 

 

 

 

Added section 2.5.1.4.1, LCD Backlight Manual Control

 

 

 

 

 

 

Added section 2.5.1.4.2, LCD Backlight Automatic Control

 

 

 

 

 

 

Added Figure 2-3 — Backlight Control State Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.5, Added Wake Up from Sleep Req’mt

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.6.1.3 to require keyboard compatibility

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-8 — Function Key Interface

 

P. Bagwell

 

 

 

 

Deleted section 2.5.1.7.8.2, Embedded GPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.7.8.3, Embedded Bluetooth Radio

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.7.8.3.1, Bluetooth Receiver

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.7.8.3.2, Bluetooth Antenna

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.8, Added Ruggedized Req’mt for SODIMM

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.17.1, Updated Baseline Battery Specifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.18.3, Added Antenna loop back discrete

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-16 to incorporate docking station interface changes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-17 to update XPL port signal list

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-18 to revise tablet I/O connectors requirements

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deleted Table 2-19 — Side Port Connectors, Group 2 (DELETED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.18.5 to eliminate 2 groups of I/O connectors

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.18.5.1 to change DVI port to VGA

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deleted Figure 2-4 — DVI Connector (DELETED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deleted Table 2-20 — DVI Connector Pinout (DELETED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deleted section 2.5.1.18.5.2 to eliminate RJ11 modem requirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.1.18.5.4, Modified Audio Connector Size to 3.5mm

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.2 to reference Docking Station PRD

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Figure 2-5 incorporate docking station interface changes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.2.1.3 to delete 1 USB port from the DIM

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.5.2.1.10 to add antenna switching discrete

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.6.1, revised to allow fan cooling with Xplore approval

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.6.1.1 to revise critical component list

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.6.1.2 to define high temperature operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Added Table 2-24 — Thermal State Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.6.1.3 to define low temperature operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.6.1.4 to modify high temperature alarm operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.6.1.5 to modify low temperature alarm operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.6.1.6 to modify temperature histogram processing

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.7.2.1 to allow customizing standard Windows control

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.7.2.2 to eliminate need for digitizer control panel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.7.2.4 to require the keypad to appear as USB keyboard

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Table 2-26 — Physical Characteristics

 

 

1.2.1

 

04/22/2002

 

Revised Table 2-4 to add Intel PIII 933 MHz, ULV

 

 

 

 

 

 

Updated Figure 2-2 to remove DVI Connector

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Figure 2-3 to add Backlight OFF State

 

 

 

 

 

 

Added Figure 2-6 — Tablet Thermal State Diagram

 

P. Bagwell

 

 

 

 

Added Figure 2-7 — Battery Charger Thermal State Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised section 2.6.2.2 to add Battery high temperature shutdown

 

 

Note : All revisions are subject to formal document control.

 

 

2



 

Table of Contents

 

1.0 INTRODUCTION

8

1.1

 

Preface

 

1.2

 

Scope

8

1.3

 

Precedence

8

1.4

 

Distribution

8

1.5

 

Change Control

8

1.6

 

Document Overview

8

 

 

 

 

 

8

2.0 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

8

2.1

 

Product Description

8

2.2

 

External Features

10

2.3

 

Major Components

11

 

2.3.1

Wildcat Tablet

11

 

2.3.2

Docking Stations

12

 

2.3.3

Build-to-Order Options

12

 

 

2.3.3.1

 

Build-to-Order Configuration Matrix

13

 

 

2.3.3.2

 

Optional Qualified Components

14

2.4

 

Microsoft PC Compliance

15

 

2.4.1

MS PC 2001 Compliance

15

 

2.4.2

MS Tablet PC Compliance

16

2.5

 

Design Requirements

17

 

2.5.1

Tablet Requirements

17

 

 

2.5.1.1

 

Functional Block Diagram

17

 

 

2.5.1.2

 

Main Logic Board Primary Components

18

 

 

2.5.1.3

 

Liquid Crystal Display Interface

19

 

 

2.5.1.4

 

LCD Backlight

19

 

 

2.5.1.5

 

Front Panel Interface

21

 

 

2.5.1.6

 

Digitizer Interface

21

 

 

2.5.1.7

 

Built-to-Order Provisions

24

 

 

2.5.1.8

 

System Memory Interface

27

 

 

2.5.1.9

 

Firmware Memory

28

 

 

2.5.1.10

 

Graphics Memory Interface

28

 

 

2.5.1.11

 

Embedded Speaker Requirements

28

 

 

2.5.1.12

 

Embedded Microphone Requirements

28

 

 

2.5.1.13

 

Status Indicator LED Requirements

29

 

 

2.5.1.14

 

Mechanical Power Switch

29

 

 

2.5.1.15

 

Reset Switch

30

 

 

2.5.1.16

 

Theft Protection

30

 

 

2.5.1.17

 

Battery Requirements

30

 

 

2.5.1.18

 

Interface Port Requirements

31

 

2.5.2

Docking Station Requirements

36

 

 

2.5.2.1

 

Docking Interface Module (DIM)

36

 

 

2.5.2.2

 

Remote Electronics Module (REM)

38

 

 

2.5.2.3

 

Desktop Adapter Kit

41

 

 

2.5.2.4

 

Vehicle Adapter Kit

42

 

 

2.5.2.5

 

General Interface Requirements

42

 

2.5.3

Desktop Power Supply

43

2.6

 

Functional Requirements

43

 

2.6.1

Thermal Management

43

 

 

2.6.1.1

 

Temperature Monitoring

43

 

 

2.6.1.2

 

High Temperature Operation

44

 

 

2.6.1.3

 

Low Temperature Operation

45

 

 

3



 

 

 

2.6.1.4

 

Over Temperature Alarm

45

 

 

2.6.1.5

 

Low Temperature Alarm

45

 

 

2.6.1.6

 

Temperature Histogram

45

 

2.6.2

Battery Charge Regulation

46

 

 

2.6.2.1

 

Normal Operation

46

 

 

2.6.2.2

 

High Temperature Operation

47

 

 

2.6.2.3

 

Low Temperature Operation

47

 

2.6.3

Power Consumption

47

 

 

2.6.3.1

 

Battery Run Time

47

 

 

2.6.3.2

 

Battery Suspend Time

48

 

 

2.6.3.3

 

Low Battery Operation

48

 

2.6.4

Hot Docking Support

48

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.7

 

Software Requirements

48

 

2.7.1

Operating System Software

48

 

2.7.2

Application Software

48

 

 

2.7.2.1

 

Power Management Control Panel

49

 

 

2.7.2.2

 

Digitizer Control Panel

50

 

 

2.7.2.3

 

Monitor Control Panel

50

 

 

2.7.2.4

 

Keypad Control Panel

50

 

2.7.3

Utility Software

50

 

 

2.7.3.1

 

BIOS Setting Utility

50

 

 

2.7.3.2

 

Firmware Reprogramming Utility

51

 

 

2.7.3.3

 

Hardware Diagnostics Utility

51

 

 

2.7.3.4

 

Charger Control Utility

51

 

2.7.4

BIOS Software

51

 

 

2.7.4.1

 

Configuration

54

 

 

2.7.4.2

 

Reprogrammability

55

 

 

2.7.4.3

 

ACPI Support

55

 

 

2.7.4.4

 

Boot Timing

55

 

 

2.7.4.5

 

SpeedStep Processing

55

 

 

2.7.4.6

 

IEEE1394 Support

55

 

 

2.7.4.7

 

USB 2.0 Support

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.8

 

Testability Requirements

56

2.9

 

Reliability

56

2.10

 

Physical Characteristics

57

2.11

 

Design and Construction

58

 

2.11.1

Socketed Microcircuits

58

 

2.11.2

Materials

58

 

 

2.11.2.1

 

Flammability & Safety Requirements

58

 

 

2.11.2.2

 

Compatibility Requirements

58

 

 

2.11.2.3

 

Corrosion Resistance

58

 

2.11.3

Electrical Wire

58

 

2.11.4

Fasteners and Hardware

58

 

2.11.5

Conformal Coating

58

 

2.11.6

Seals and Gaskets

59

 

2.11.7

EMI Sealing Requirements

59

 

2.11.8

Bonding and Grounding

59

 

2.11.9

User Information

59

 

2.11.10

Product Marking

59

 

2.11.11

Workmanship

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.0 CONFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

61

3.1

 

General Requirements

61

 

3.1.1

Ambient Conditions

61

 

 

4



 

 

3.1.2

Accuracy and Calibration

61

 

3.1.3

Samples

61

 

3.1.4

Sample Inspection

61

 

3.1.5

Test Coverage

61

 

3.1.6

Acceptance Criteria

61

 

3.1.7

Test Reports

61

3.2

 

Environmental Requirements

62

 

3.2.1

Operating Temperature

62

 

3.2.2

Storage Temperature

62

 

3.2.3

Thermal Shock

62

 

3.2.4

Relative Humidity

62

 

3.2.5

Solar Radiation

62

 

3.2.6

Rain

62

 

3.2.7

Rain

62

 

3.2.8

Sand & Dust

62

 

3.2.9

Salt Fog

62

 

3.2.10

Contamination by Fluids (note 2)

62

 

3.2.11

Low Pressure (Altitude)

62

 

3.2.12

Vibration (Integrity)

62

 

3.2.13

Vibration (Vehicle)

62

 

3.2.14

Mechanical Shock

62

 

3.2.15

Crash Shock (note 3)

62

 

3.2.16

Transit Shock

62

3.3

 

Electromagnetic Compatibility

63

 

3.3.1

Electrostatic Discharge

63

 

3.3.2

Radiated Susceptibility

63

 

3.3.3

Radiated Emissions

63

 

3.3.4

Conducted Susceptibility

63

 

3.3.5

Conducted Emissions

63

3.4

 

Regulatory Compliance

63

 

3.4.1

CISPR 22

63

 

3.4.2

CE Mark

63

 

3.4.3

E Mark

63

 

3.4.4

VCCI

63

 

3.4.5

BMSI

63

 

3.4.6

TUV

63

 

3.4.7

RRL

63

 

3.4.8

C-Tick Mark

63

 

 

 

 

4.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE

64

4.1

 

Environmental Stress Screening

64

 

4.1.1

Highly Accelerated Life Test (HALT)

64

 

4.1.2

Highly Accelerated Stress Screening (HASS)

64

 

4.1.3

Audits

65

4.2

 

Compliance Matrix

66

4.3

 

Factory Acceptance Test

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.0 APPENDIX

68

5.1

 

EMI Test Limits

68

 

5.1.1

CE102 Conducted Emissions, Power Leads, 10 kHz to 10 MHz

68

 

5.1.2

CS101 Conducted Susceptibility, Power Leads, 30 Hz to 150 kHz

69

 

5.1.3

CS114 Conducted Susceptibility, Bulk Cable Injection, 10 kHz to 200 MHz

70

 

5.1.4

CS115 Conducted Susceptibility, 30 ns Impulse Excitation, 30Hz

72

 

5.1.5

CS116 Conducted Susceptibility, Damped Sinusoidal Transients, 10kHz to 100MHz

73

 

5.1.6

RE102 Radiated Emissions, Electric Field Radiation, 2MHz to 10GHz

74

 

 

5



 

 

5.1.7

RS103 Radiated Susceptibility, Electric Field, 2 MHz to 40 GHz

74

5.2

 

List of Acronyms

75

5.3

 

PC Sleep State Definitions

78

5.4

 

System Global State Definitions

78

5.5

 

Reference Documents

81

 

 

6


List of Tables

 

TABLE 2-1 — OPERATOR INTERFACES

 

10

 

TABLE 2-2 — MAJOR LYNX TABLET COMPONENTS

 

11

 

TABLE 2-3 — MAJOR WILDCAT DOCKING STATION COMPONENTS

 

12

 

TABLE 2-4 — BUILD TO ORDER COMPONENTS

 

13

 

TABLE 2-5 — BTO QUALIFICATION CONFIGURATION MATRIX

 

14

 

TABLE 2-6 — OPTIONAL QUALIFIED COMPONENTS

 

14

 

TABLE 2-7 — WILDCAT MLB COMPONENTS

 

18

 

TABLE 2-8 — FUNCTION KEY INTERFACE

 

22

 

TABLE 2-9 — FUNCTION KEY MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

 

22

 

TABLE 2-10 — STICK SWITCH MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

 

23

 

TABLE 2-11 — OEM INTERFACE CONNECTOR PINOUT

 

25

 

TABLE 2-12 — CUSTOM BTO CONNECTOR PINOUT

 

26

 

TABLE 2-13 — BLUETOOTH RADIO MODULE REQUIREMENTS

 

26

 

TABLE 2-14 — BTO RADIO ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS

 

27

 

TABLE 2-15 — BATTERY PORT INTERFACES

 

32

 

TABLE 2-16 — DOCK TO TABLET INTERFACES

 

32

 

TABLE 2-17 — XPL PORT INTERFACES

 

33

 

TABLE 2-18 — SIDE PORT CONNECTORS

 

34

 

TABLE 2-19 — SIDE PORT CONNECTORS, GROUP 2 (DELETED)

 

34

 

TABLE 2-20 — DVI CONNECTOR PINOUT (DELETED)

 

34

 

TABLE 2-21 — REMOTE ELECTRONICS MODULE MLB COMPONENTS

 

39

 

TABLE 2-22 — REM EXTERNAL CONNECTORS

 

40

 

TABLE 2-23 — CAN BUS ADAPTER

 

41

 

TABLE 2-24 — THERMAL STATE DEFINITIONS

 

44

 

TABLE 2-25 — ESTIMATED POWER CONSUMPTION

 

47

 

TABLE 2-26 — PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

 

57

 

TABLE 3-1 — ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

 

62

 

TABLE 3-2 — ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY

 

63

 

TABLE 3-3 — REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

 

63

 

TABLE 4-1 — QUALIFICATION COMPLIANCE MATRIX

 

66

 

TABLE 5-1 — CS114 TEST LIMIT SELECTION

 

70

 

TABLE 5-2 — SUMMARY OF GLOBAL POWER STATES

 

80

 

List of Figures

 

FIGURE 2-1 — WILDCAT OPERATOR INTERFACES

 

10

 

FIGURE 2-2 — WILDCAT FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM

 

17

 

FIGURE 2-3 — BACKLIGHT CONTROL STATE DIAGRAM

 

20

 

FIGURE 2-4 — DVI CONNECTOR (DELETED)

 

34

 

FIGURE 2-5 — DOCKING STATION FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM

 

36

 

FIGURE 2-6 — TABLET THERMAL STATE DIAGRAM

 

44

 

FIGURE 2-7 — BATTERY CHARGER THERMAL STATE DIAGRAM

 

46

 

FIGURE 5-1 — CE102 TEST LIMITS

 

68

 

FIGURE 5-2 — CS101 TEST LIMITS

 

69

 

FIGURE 5-3 — CS114 TEST LIMIT CURVES

 

71

 

FIGURE 5-4 — CS115 TEST LIMITS

 

72

 

FIGURE 5-5 — CS116 TEST LIMITS

 

73

 

FIGURE 5-6 — RE102 TEST LIMITS

 

74

 

 

 

7



 

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Preface

This document is derived, in part, from the Wildcat Marketing Requirements Document (MRD) and is intended to supplement all Statements of Work (SOW), design specifications and other technical documentation associated with the Wildcat product line.

1.2 Scope

This document defines the technical requirements for the Wildcat family of tablet computer devices and all associated configuration items. Associated documents are defined in the documentation table below:

 

Title

 

Originator

 

Wildcat Marketing Requirement Document (MRD)

 

Dwayne Lum

 

Wildcat Program Management Plan (PMP)

 

Carolyn Carson

 

Wildcat Product Test Plan

 

Phil Bagwell

 

Wildcat Product Quality Plan

 

Steve Fridley

 

1.3 Precedence

In the event of conflict between this specification and contracts with manufacturers or other documents, the following order of precedence shall apply:

1.         This Document

2.         Other Documents

1.4 Distribution

This document may only be distributed outside the company upon approval from Xplore Technologies Corporation. Distribution will require an authorized Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) with the recipient. All NDAs shall be filed with Xplore Technologies prior to distribution. All requests for distribution should be directed to the Wildcat Program Manager. The current distribution list for this document is provided at the end of this document.

1.5 Change Control

This document is defined as an engineering specification and is therefore subject to formal change control. Changes to this document shall only be permitted upon written approval from Xplore Technologies Corporation.

1.6 Document Overview

This document includes product, conformance and quality requirements based, in part, upon established industry standards for handheld telecommunication equipment intended for use in indoor, outdoor and mobile environments. Xplore Technologies subscribes to standards prescribed by the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), and Telcordia (formerly Bellcore) tailored, in part, for this application. This document is divided into the following general categories:

2.0 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

2.1 Product Description

The following specification document details the requirements for a new line of ruggedized mobile computer products, code named Wildcat, being developed by Xplore Technologies Corporation. The Wildcat family of products represents the third generation of tablet/handheld computer products

 

 

8



 

developed by Xplore. There are three proposed models within the Wildcat family distinguished by display size. The models within the Wildcat family consist of the following:

                            Lynx, 10.4” Display

                            Cougar, 12.1” Display

                            Tiger, 14.1” Display

All members of the Wildcat family feature sunlight-viewable LCDs, a high resolution touch-screen, 5 programmable function keys, two mouse buttons and a five way jog control housed in a proprietary ruggedized chassis. Internally, the wildcat family of tablet PCs share a common architecture consisting of an advanced low-power Intel Mobile CPU based main logic board (MLB), a high capacity rechargeable lithium-polymer battery, and a shock mounted 2.5” or 1.8” hard disk drive. The Wildcat MLB features an 866 MHz Ultra-Low Voltage Intel Pentium PIII Mobile processor, a single 144-pin SODIMM memory expansion connector allowing expansion to 512 MB, a Type II PCMCIA slot, integrated 10/100 Base T Ethernet controller, integrated AC97 audio, integrated USB 1.1 and 2.0 support and integrated 1394 Firewire support.

The Wildcat family of PCs is a versatile, multi-purpose device that may be adapted to suit a wide variety of vertical markets through use of numerous configurable options. Options are available either as built-to-order custom tablet configurations or as shop-replaceable kits for field upgrades. The open architecture of the Wildcat family is scalable and flexible in order to satisfy a wide range of customer requirements while remaining competitive with other products. The Wildcat products share the following characteristics:

                            Light weight handheld design with integral shock protection

                            Studied Ergonomics (reduced volume, portable, low weight)

                            Enhanced, high-bright, sunlight viewable 10.4” to 14.1” displays

                            Rugged, high resolution touch screen with enhanced handwriting recognition software

                            Ruggedized design for harsh outdoor portable or mobile applications

                            Expandable architecture with expansion ports and docking station interface

                            Enhanced connectivity with integrated 10/100 Base T Ethernet and Firewire support

                            Advanced Li-Polymer battery technology with extended battery life

                            Choice of Operating System software (Windows 2000, Windows XP)

                            Qualified to Military environmental standards for enhanced reliability

 

9



 

Figure 2-1 — Wildcat Operator Interfaces

2.2                   External Features

Table 2-1 — Operator Interfaces

 

Item

 

Description

 

Characteristics

 

Features

 

Ref

1

 

Display

 

10.4”, XGA, Lynx 12.1” XGA, Cougar 14.1” XGA+, Tiger

 

High Contrast Transflective and Transmissive,
Sunlight Viewable,
Variable
intensity Backlight,
LVDS Interface

 

2.5.1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Digitizer

 

High Resolution, 4 Wire

 

Touch/Pen Capable, High Endurance Design,
Supports Handwriting Recognition Software

 

2.5.1.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Function
Keys

 

8 Independent Switches

 

5 Software Programmable, 2 Dedicated Mouse
Buttons, 1 Multi-Function Power Button

 

2.5.1.6.1.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Joystick

 

5 position (up, down, left, right, press)

 

PC Mouse Compatible

 

2.5.1.6.1.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Speaker

 

1.0 watt/channel, Stereo

 

Auto-off upon external headphone detection

 

2.5.1.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Microphone

 

Noise Canceling Electret

 

Active noise cancellation, auto off on external microphone detection

 

2.5.1.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Stylus

 

Pen style

 

Built in mount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Status LED

 

Three-color
(red/green/yellow)

 

Power On, Battery Charge, Low Battery and Alert functions

 

2.5.1.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Light
Sensor

 

Analog Output = Ambient Light Level

 

May be enabled in BIOS to switch off LCD backlight in bright ambient light conditions to conserve battery power

 

2.5.1.4

 

 

10



2.3                   Major Components

The Wildcat development program includes the development of the ruggedized tablet, docking stations for desktop and vehicle operation, build to order options for installed wireless option, and miscellaneous additional equipment items. These major program components are identified in the following sections.

2.3.1         Wildcat Tablet

The Wildcat tablet PCs contain the major functional components shown in Table 2-2 and identified in Figure 2-2 on page 18. Many of these components are common across all members of the Wildcat family. The primary differences between members of the Wildcat tablets are the size of the LCD display and associated digitizer. The case designs, while similar in styling, materials and construction, are different sizes based on the size of the LCD installed.

Table 2-2 — Major Lynx Tablet Components

 

Ref

 

Component

 

Description

 

Suggested
Supplier

 

PN

2.5.1.3

 

Display, 10.4”

 

>250-nit, XGA Transmissive >150-nit, XGA Transflective CCFL Backlight, 6 watt max. 240mm x 175mm x 6mm max.

 

Toshiba or Equivalent

 

LTM10C321K Transmissive LTM10C323S Transflective

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.6.1.1

 

Digitizer (Resistive)

 

flex-on-glass (FG), 4 wire design (min), 80% Transmissibility, Hardcoat

 

Dynapro or Equivalent

 

4-wire Minimum 8-wire Preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.6.1.2

 

Digitizer (RF) (Optional)

 

High Resolution, Tablet PC Compliant

 

Wacom or
Equivalent

 

TBD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.6.1.1

 

Functions Keys

 

5 fixed keys (200g Force) 5 way stick switch (jog control) 2 fixed mouse keys 1 multi-function power key

 

Panasonic

 

EVQWH (1) EVQP2 (8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.11

 

Speakers (2)

 

1 watt, 4 ^ Response 500 Hz - 16 kHz SPL (1m/1W) 75 dB

 

TBD

 

TBD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.12

 

Microphone

 

Noise Canceling, Sensitivity -50 dB ± 5 dB Response 100 Hz to 10 kHz, SNR > 50 dB

 

Panasonic or Equivalent

 

WM-66DC103 or equiv.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stylus

 

Ruggedized, Polycarbonate or RF Active Pen

 

TBD

 

TBD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enclosure

 

Material TBD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.2

 

Main Logic Board

 

See Section 2.5.1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.7

 

Hard Disk Drive

 

Shock/Vibration Isolated 2.5” 20GB, 40GB

 

Toshiba or Equivalent

 

MK4018GAP (40gb) MK2018GAP (20gb)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating System

 

Windows 2000, Windows XP

 

Microsoft

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.17.2

 

Bridge Battery

 

45 mAH (min), 7.2 volt Nickel-Metal Hydride, 6 cell

 

Gold Peak, UL MH16088 (or equiv)

 

GP40BVH6BMX (or equiv)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.14

 

Primary Battery

 

4500 mAH, 7.6V Li-Polymer, 9000 mAH, 7.6 volt (optional)

 

Valence or Equivalent

 

2x or 4x Valence
VP647214C cells (or equiv)

 

11


 

2.3.2       Docking Stations

 

The Wildcat docking product line includes two docking station solutions allowing operation either in an office desktop environment or mounted on a mobile platform. These docking solutions are designed to share common components with optional installation kits providing the customization needed to adapt them to the user’s operating environment. The major components that constitute the docking station options are summarized in Table 2-3.

 

Table 2-3 — Major Wildcat Docking Station Components

 

Ref

 

Component

 

Description

 

PN

2.5.2.1

 

Docking Interface Module (DIM)

 

Provides a universal locking mount for the tablet with an interface designed to connect to the tablet’s docking connector. May be used standalone as a simple port replicator.

 

TBD

2.5.2.1.8

 

Remote Electronics Module (REM)

 

Provides additional expansion capability with the addition of integrated DVD/CDROM, optional HDD and optional FDD. Provides additional I/O expansion with four (4) USB 2.0 ports and two (2) IEEE1394a serial ports. Self contained 9 to 36 volt power supply for mobile 12v or 24 volt operation.

 

TBD

2.5.2.2.6.5

 

DIM Desktop Mounting Kit

 

Mounting adapter to provide desktop mounting of the DIM. This adapter kit provides the ability to adjust height and tilt of the tablet for optimum desktop operation.

 

TBD

2.5.2.4

 

DIM Vehicle Mounting Kit

 

Mounting adapter to provide vehicle mounting of the DIM. This adapter kit provides a crash survivable interface for attachment of the DIM to the vehicle mounting structure.

 

TBD

2.5.2.2.6.5

 

REM Desktop Kit

 

Provides a customized and color coordinated housing to allow stylish desktop operation of the REM module. The kit includes a custom enclosure, custom bezel and internal adapter cables to interconnect the REM with industry standard I/O ports on the desktop enclosure. The kit also includes a 1 meter interconnecting cable assembly.

 

TBD

2.5.2.4

 

REM Vehicle Kit

 

Provides a mounting bracket and weather tight bezel assembly to allow mounting of the REM module in a mobile vehicular environment.

 

TBD

 

2.3.3       Build-to-Order Options

 

The Wildcat tablet design shall accommodate certain Build-to-Order (BTO) optional components that may be factory installed to customize the tablet to a customer’s specific requirements. Design Requirements for the Build-to-Order options are covered in section 2.5.1.7.

 

The items identified in Table 2-4 represent Build-to-Order (BTO) optional components that may be ordered and factory installed in the Wildcat tablet. These BTO components may be mounted in the internal PCMCIA slot, in the internal Mini-PCI slot, in the OEM module location or may represent components populated on the MLB.

 

12



 

Table 2-4 — Build to Order Components

 

Ref

 

Component

 

Description

 

Supplier

 

PN

 

 

WLAN

 

PCMCIA WLAN Adapter

 

Symbol

 

Spectrum 24 (11 Mbps & 54 Mbps)

 

 

WLAN

 

PCMCIA WLAN Adapter

 

Cisco Systems

 

Aeronet 350

 

 

BTR

 

Bluetooth Radio Module

 

Custom Design

 

TBD

 

 

CDPD

 

CDPD PCMCIA Adapter

 

Sierra

 

Aircard 300

 

 

CDMA 1x

 

CDMA PCMCIA Adapter & OEM

 

Sierra

 

Aircard 500

 

 

GSM/GPRS

 

GPRS PCMCIA Adapter

 

Sierra

 

Aircard 750

 

 

PDR/GPRS

 

PDR OEM Module

 

RIM

 

1902G

 

 

GPS

 

Integrated GPS Module

 

Custom Design

 

TBD

 

 

Modem

 

USB External Modem

 

TBD

 

TBD

 

 

Antenna (2)

 

Wideband 800 MHz to 5.8 GHz

 

Xplore Technologies

 

TBD

 

 

Hard Disk Drive

 

Toshiba 20 GB

 

Toshiba

 

MK2018GAP (20gb)

 

 

Hard Disk Drive

 

Toshiba 40 GB

 

Toshiba

 

MK4018GAP (40gb)

 

 

SDRAM SODIMM

 

128 MB

 

Various (note 2)

 

 

 

 

SDRAM SODIMM

 

256 MB

 

Various (note 2)

 

 

 

 

SDRAM SODIMM

 

512 MB

 

Various (note 2)

 

 

 

 

CPU

 

Optional 933MHz ULV

 

Intel (note 1)

 

TBD

 

 

XPL Module

 

Fingerprint Scanner

 

note 3

 

TBD

 

 

XPL Module

 

Digital Camera

 

note 3

 

TBD

 

 

XPL Module

 

GPS Module

 

note 3

 

TBD

 

Notes:

 

1.             This option is soldered directly onto the MLB and may only be installed at the factory during initial assembly or at an authorized service repair facility. Projected availability is Q2 2003.

 

2.             The specific vendor is not critical. These components may be selected by the design agency and compatibility confirmed during engineering development

 

3.             The XPL modules will be mechanically designed as part of the Lynx development program. Xplore Technologies will complete module electrical design in partnership with specific OEM manufacturers. Lynx program integration for the XPL modules shall be limited to verifying module installation and fit and conformance to tablet environmental requirements.

 

2.3.3.1    Build-to-Order Configuration Matrix

 

The BTO options may be installed in various combinations as shown in Table 2-5 below. The individual components may occupy any of the three (3) available BTO locations (PCMCIA, Mini-PCI or OEM) as appropriate. However, full qualification against all possible combinations of vendor component need not be qualified since only specific BTO components may be ordered and installed in the Wildcat tablet. Based on the specific BTO components identified in Table 2-4 (as revised during product development), the corresponding configurations from Table 2-5 shall be functionally qualified and verified against the functional, EMI/EMC, and regulatory requirements of this document.

 

13



 

Table 2-5 — BTO Qualification Configuration Matrix

 

BTO Options

 

WLAN

 

CDMA 1x

 

CDPD

 

GPRS

 

PDR

 

BTR

1

 

X

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

4

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

5

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

6

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

X

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

X

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

2.3.3.2    Optional Qualified Components

 

The Wildcat product line contains a number of optional components that can be ordered for use with the tablet. The tablet qualification program shall include these components during product development to ensure operational compatibility as well as environmental and regulatory compliance. The baseline set of optional components with which the tablet shall be qualified is shown in Table 2-6. Responsibility for component development, manufacturing and/or procurement, and factory shipment of these items shall be defined in the product development contract and associated statement of work.

 

Table 2-6 — Optional Qualified Components

 

Component

 

Description

 

Suggested Supplier

 

PN

USB Mini Keyboard

 

Color Coordinated, Branded

 

TBD

 

 

Wireless Keyboard

 

Backlit for Mobile Applications

 

TBD

 

 

USB Floppy Drive (external)

 

Color Coordinated, Branded

 

TBD

 

 

USB CDROM Drive (external)

 

Color Coordinated, Branded

 

TBD

 

 

Active Pen

 

Replacement for Wacom Digitizer

 

TBD

 

 

Battery Li-polymer 4500 mA

 

 

 

TBD

 

 

Battery Li-polymer 9000 mA

 

 

 

TBD

 

 

AC/DC Charger

 

Desktop Charger, 12V, 5 amp

 

TBD

 

 

Microphone/Headset

 

Stereo Headset and Boom Mic

 

TBD

 

 

Fingerprint Scanner

 

XPL Module (Mechanical fit only)

 

TBD

 

 

Digital Camera

 

XPL Module (Mechanical fit only)

 

TBD

 

 

GPS Module

 

XPL Module (Mechanical fit only)

 

TBD

 

 

 

14



 

2.4          Microsoft PC Compliance

 

The Wildcat family of tablet PC products is designed to provide a full-featured Microsoft Windows based desktop replacement system for use in field application and harsh outdoor environments. Therefore, the Wildcat tablet products shall be compliant with Microsoft’s design guidelines for Windows based computer systems as identified below.

 

2.4.1       MS PC 2001 Compliance

 

The Wildcat tablet must meet the requirements specified in the Microsoft PC2001 System Design technical reference. Specifically, the Wildcat shall be compliant with the following requirements:

 

                            SYS—0001. System performance meets PC 2001 minimum requirements

                            SYS—0002. System design meets ACPI 1.0b specification and PC 2001 requirements

                            SYS—0003. Hardware design supports OnNow and Instantly Available PC initiatives

                            BIOS—0004. BIOS meets PC 2001 requirements for OnNow/Instantly Available PC support

                            BIOS—0005. BIOS includes local boot support

                            BIOS—0006. BIOS supports SMBIOS 2.3

                            BIOS—0007. BIOS and CMOS properly accommodate all dates

                            BIOS—0008. BIOS supports security

                            BIOS—0009. BIOS supports BIOS updates and revisions

                            BIOS—0010. System BIOS supports debug port

                            BIOS—0011. System BIOS and option ROMs support Int 13h Extensions

                            BIOS—0012. ROM BIOS interrupt handlers preserve values in all registers

                            BIOS—0014. BIOS supports remote boot

                            BIOS—0015. BIOS supports ACPI legacy-free reporting mechanism

                            BIOS—0016. BIOS does not configure I/O systems to share PCI interrupts

                            BIOS—0017. BIOS configures boot device IRQ and writes to the interrupt line register

                            BIOS—0018. System BIOS supports ATA

                            BIOS—0019. BIOS enumeration of all ATAPI devices complies with ATA/ATAPI-5

                            SYS—0020. System and component design practices follow accessibility requirements

                            SYS—0021. PC 2001 system includes USB with two user-accessible USB ports, minimum

                            SYS—0022. If IEEE 1394 is implemented, all components meet PC 2001 requirements

                            SYS—0023. System buses meet PC 2001 requirements

                            SYS—0024. If CardBus is implemented, all components meet PC 2001 requirements

                            SYS—0025. Each device, device driver, and installation of either device or driver, meet PC 2001 requirements

                            SYS—0026. Each bus and device meets Plug and Play specifications

                            SYS—0027. Unique Plug and Play device ID provided for each system device and add-on device

                            SYS—0029. Minimal user interaction needed to install and configure devices

                            SYS—0030. Hot-plugging capabilities for buses and devices meet PC 2001 requirements

                            SYS—0032. Multifunction device meets PC 2001 device requirements for each device

                            SYS—0033. Each bus meets written specifications and PC 2001 requirements

                            SYS—0037. If Digital Video Interface is implemented, components comply with PC 2001 requirements

                            SYS—0038. PC 2001 system includes hard disk and controller

                            SYS—0041. System does not include ISA expansion devices or slots

                            SYS—0042. Preinstalled components and upgrades do not require MS-DOS or legacy interfaces

                            SYS—0067. Secondary boot and upgrade capability is independent of FDC-based floppy disk drive

                            BIOS—0043. BIOS supports required interrupts

                            BIOS—0013. BIOS supports legacy removal

                            BIOS—0045. No legacy ports detected

 

15



 

                            SYS-0040. If implemented, floppy disk capabilities do not use legacy FDC

                            SYS-0047. A20M# is always de-asserted (pulled high) at the processor

                            SYS-0046. System supports legacy-free debug capabilities

                            SYS-0048. System supports WHIIG

 

In addition to the basic PC2001 System specifications, the Wildcat tablet shall also comply with all requirements for Mobile PCs. Specifically, the Wildcat shall be compliant with the following Mobile PC requirements:

 

                            MOBL-0061. Mobile PC performance meets Mobile PC 2001 minimum requirements

                            MOBL-0062. Mobile PC supports Smart Battery or ACPI Control Method battery

                            MOBL-0063. Mobile PC includes at least one USB port

                            MOBL-0064. If implemented, Mobile PC includes compliant IEEE 1394

                            MOBL-0065. Mobile PC includes CardBus

                            MOBL-0066. Mobile PC keyboard and pointing device meet PC 2001 Mobile requirements

                            MOBL-0069. Mobile PC meets PC 2001 Mobile graphics and video requirements

                            MOBL-0070. Mobile PC includes PC 2001 hard disk as primary boot device

                            MOBL-0071. Communications capabilities meet Mobile PC 2001 requirements

                            MOBL-0072. If implemented, CD or DVD drive meets PC 2001 requirements

                            MOBL-0073. Docked mobile PC has the ability to identify the specific model of the dock and to uniquely identify the dock itself

                            MOBL-0074. Docked mobile PC combination meets PC 2001 Mobile requirements

                            MOBL-0075. Docking station includes driver support

                            MOBL-0076. Docked mobile PC meets PC 2001 BIOS requirements

                            MOBL-0077. Pre-PC 2001 docking station requirements

                            MOBL-0078. Mobile/docking station interface uses ACPI-defined mechanisms

                            MOBL-0079. Docking station supports warm docking

                            MOBL-0080. Docking system supports fail-safe docking

 

2.4.2       MS Tablet PC Compliance

 

The Wildcat family of tablet PCs shall meet the supplementary hardware requirements identified by Microsoft to be compatible with the Windows XP Tablet PC Specification. Specifically, these requirements pertain to active digitizer selection, digitizer resolution, quick boot from power state S3 to S0 in less than 2 seconds, automatic transition from S3 to S4 on low battery detection, XGA screen resolution, surprise docking and undocking and legacy free BIOS requirements. The digitizer requirements shall be met when using the active RF digitizer interface.

 

16



 

2.5          Design Requirements

 

The following sections define the requirements for all of the input/output interfaces including board-to-board interconnections, tablet to peripheral interconnections and tablet to docking station interconnections.

 

2.5.1       Tablet Requirements

 

The following sections identify the functional requirements for the Wildcat tablet.

 

[***]

 

Figure 2-2 — Wildcat Functional Block Diagram

 

2.5.1.1    Functional Block Diagram

 

The breakdown of the internal functions of the Wildcat tablet is shown in Figure 2-2. The baseline Wildcat tablet internal arrangement includes the following Printed Circuit Board (PCB) assemblies: 1) a Main Logic Board (MLB), 2) a Power Supply Board (PSB), and 3) a Keypad Controller Board (KCB). The remaining components are connected to the main PCBs with custom flex harnesses.

 

 


[***]    Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

17



 

2.5.1.2     Main Logic Board Primary Components

 

The Wildcat tablet PC is based on the Intel Mobile Pentium III-M processor and the associated Intel 830M chipset. This combination provides power saving SpeedStep support, high speed integrated 2D/3D graphics, integrated AC’97 Audio, integrated 10/100 Ethernet and integrated 6 port USB hub. The primary MLB components selected for the Wildcat tablet are shown in Table 2-7.

 

Table 2-7 — Wildcat MLB Components

 

Ref

 

Component

 

Description

 

Suggested Supplier

 

PN

 

 

CPU

 

PIII 866 MHz, ULV, BGA (Primary) (PGA Optional)

 

Intel PIII-M

 

TBD

 

 

Graphics/Memory Controller Hub

 

1GB PC133 SDRAM Support Integrated 2D/3D Graphics Integrated 330 MHz RAMDAC Direct RDRAM Interface

 

Intel GMCH-M

 

82830M

 

 

I/O Controller Hub

 

PCI 2.2 Bridge
Ultra ATA 100/66 BMIDE IEEE 802.3x LAN with WOL 6 x USB 1.1 Ports AC97 Audio, SMBus 2.0

 

Intel ICH-3

 

82801 CAM

 

 

Firmware Hub

 

LPC Controller, Super I/O

 

 

 

PC87591

 

 

LAN Connect

 

10/100 LAN

 

Reltek

 

TBD

 

 

Memory

 

1 x 144 pin PC133 SODIMM, 3.3v, 128MB/256MB/512MB

 

Various, ruggedized

 

TBD

 

 

BIOS

 

Legacy Free

 

Phoenix or equivalent

 

 

 

 

Audio Codec

 

AC’97 Rev 2.1 Compliant

 

 

 

ALC-201

 

 

Audio Amplifier

 

2.2 Watt, Headphone Support

 

National Semiconductor

 

LM4835

 

 

USB 2.0 Hub

 

5 x USB 2.0 Ports

 

NEC

 

µPD720100A

 

 

Front Panel Interface

 

USB, on Front Panel Flex

 

MicroChip

 

PIC16C745

 

 

Digitizer Controller

 

4 or 8-Wire Controller, USB, Integrated into MLB

 

Semtech

 

UR7HCTS2-U860

 

 

Digitizer Controller

 

RF Inductive, USB,
Integrated into MLB

 

Microchip (USB Port), National Semiconductor

 

PIC16C745 µPD780024

 

 

LVDS Encoder

 

Direct GMCH Support

 

Intel

 

FW82807A

 

 

DVI Transmitter

 

Direct GMCH Support

 

Texas Instruments

 

TFP410

 

 

PCI/OHCI Controller

 

Type II Low Profile PCMCIA

 

Texas Instruments

 

PCI1410A

 

 

IEEE1394a

 

Firewire Tranceiver, 2 channel

 

Texas Instruments

 

TSB43AB22

 

 

PCMCIA Power

 

PCMCIA Power Switch

 

Texas Instruments

 

TPS2211A

 

 

Graphics Controller

 

Integrated into 830M chipset

 

Intel

 

 

 

 

Graphics Memory

 

32 MB

 

Shared with System RAM

 

 

 

 

GPS Receiver

 

Integrated Build-to-Order Option

 

Custom Module or XPL

 

 

 

 

Bluetooth Radio

 

Integrated Build-to-Order Option

 

Custom Module or XPL

 

 

 

18



 

2.5.1.3     Liquid Crystal Display Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include a Liquid Crystal Display of appropriate size for the family member as identified in section 2.1. The display mounting shall accommodate displays using either Transmissive or Transflective construction. The type of display shall be handled as a Build-to-Order option. The interface to the display shall utilize Low Voltage Differential Signaling (LVDS) to minimize radiated emissions.

 

2.5.1.4     LCD Backlight

 

The display shall be fitted with a cold cathode fluorescent backlight with an adjustment range of 0 to 100% in a minimum of 16 steps (256+ steps desired). The backlight illumination level corresponding to these 16 steps shall be determined during engineering development. On its highest setting, the brightness of the display shall be equal to or greater than the display’s specified brightness. On its lowest setting, the backlight shall be off.

 

The backlight level shall be adjustable either automatically, based on ambient light level, or manually using a front panel control switch. The backlight operating mode shall be selectable to either MANUAL or AUTO mode using the front panel controls as identified below and illustrated in Figure 2-3. An green LED shall be provided near the front panel controls to indicate the backlight control operating mode. When the system is operating in AUTO mode, the LED shall be illuminated. When the system is operating in MANUAL mode, the LED shall be off. The default operating mode to be used at system boot shall be selectable in the system BIOS.

 

The tablet shall include an additional front panel control switch to override the backlight control to switch the backlight off and on with a single command. The backlight on/off control shall be multiplexed with the power control key and shall function as identified in section 2.5.1.6.1.5. The on/off control shall not affect the backlight control mode in effect and shall restore control to the proper mode when the backlight is toggled on. When operating in MANUAL mode, the on/off control shall save the illumination level in effect when the backlight is toggled OFF and shall restore that level when the backlight is toggled ON.

 

2.5.1.4.1   LCD Backlight Manual Control

 

When the backlight control is in MANUAL mode, illumination level shall be selectable by the user. To provide for manual control, the tablet shall include SPST brightness slew switches to allow the user to adjust the backlight brightness both up and down. The slew switches shall be located in a position that is readily accessible to the user when using the tablet in either landscape or portrait mode. The backlight operating mode may be switched to AUTO by simultaneously pressing both slew switches.

 

If the MANUAL control mode is selected as the default mode in the system BIOS, the tablet shall enter MANUAL mode upon system boot as shown in Figure 2-3. The backlight illumination level shall be set to the level in effect at the previous system shutdown or to 50% if no previous level has been recorded. Upon system shutdown, if the MANUAL mode is selected as the default mode in the system BIOS and the backlight operating mode at shutdown is MANUAL, then the system shall record the illumination level in effect at shutdown and use this value as the default at the next system boot. If the operating mode at shutdown is AUTO, then the system shall ignore the illumination level in effect at shutdown, and shall maintain the previously recorded default backlight level

 

19



 

2.5.1.4.2   LCD Backlight Automatic Control

 

When the backlight control is in AUTO mode, the tablet BIOS software shall control illumination level. To provide for automatic control, the Wildcat tablet software shall be equipped with a front panel mounted light sensor to monitor and measure the ambient background illumination level. When operating in AUTO mode, the system BIOS shall provide a minimum of four (4) different LCD backlight power levels to correspond to different ambient illumination levels. The specific illumination levels corresponding to these power levels shall be determined during design and engineering test. The preprogrammed illumination levels shall be reprogrammable through the system BIOS. The backlight operating mode may be switched to MANUAL by pressing either brightness slew switch.

 

If the AUTO control mode is selected as the default mode in the system BIOS, the tablet shall enter AUTO mode upon system boot as shown in Figure 2-3. The backlight illumination level shall be set automatically based on measured ambient light level. Upon system shutdown, if the backlight control is operating in AUTO mode or AUTO mode is selected as the default operating mode in the system BIOS, then the system shall ignore the illumination level in effect at shutdown and shall maintain the previously recorded default backlight level.

 

Figure 2-3 — Backlight Control State Diagram

 

 

20



 

2.5.1.5    Front Panel Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain integrated circuitry to interface with a resistive display digitizer (touch screen), an RF active pen digitizer and a multi-function keypad, as identified below. These functions shall be accessed through the integrated USB 1.1 interface and shall include driver software for Windows 2000 and Windows XP. Each of these functions shall use a dedicated USB 1.1 channel provided by the Intel ICH-3. The front panel controls and digitizers shall support Windows ‘wake up from sleep’ functionality.

 

2.5.1.6    Digitizer Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain integrated digitizer controllers to interface with a front panel digitizer (touch screen). One of the integrated controllers shall be capable of operating a resistive touch screen. The other integrated controller shall be capable of interfacing with an active pen, RF touch screen. The detailed controller requirements are defined in the following sections. The tablet MLB design shall allow for the simultaneous installation of both digitizer types.

 

Each digitizer controller design shall be fully compliant with Windows USB HID specifications and shall work with all native Windows 2000 and Windows XP drivers. The controller design shall support handwriting recognition, through the touch screen interface, using either type of touch screen technology. The software shall include a Windows based Control Panel application to provide for multi-point digitizer calibration and diagnostics. The number of calibration points and the calibration layout shall be selectable by the user during calibration.

 

2.5.1.6.1.1   Resistive Digitizer

 

The digitizer controller shall support both a 4-wire and 8-wire resistive touch screen, as a minimum. The controller shall interface with the CPU through one of the integrated USB 1.1 serial data ports. The digitizer controller shall provide for at least 1000 points resolution in both the X and Y axes. The data conversion rate shall be adequate to support handwriting recognition through the touch screen interface.

 

The baseline design includes a custom Dynapro or equivalent 4-Wire touch panel combined with the Semtech UR7HCTS2-U860 or equivalent controller. The Semtech controller includes an integrated USB 1.1 compliant SIE, a four channel 10-bit A/D converter and a supporting microcontroller in a single 36-pin SSOP package.

 

2.5.1.6.1.2   Active Pen Digitizer

 

The active digitizer controller shall provide support for an active pen, RF digitizer. The active pen interface shall provide a touch screen resolution of at least 600 points/inch in compliance with Windows Tablet PC specifications. The active controller shall interface with the CPU through one of the integrated USB 1.1 serial data ports.

 

The baseline design includes the Wacom Integrated Sensor Device (ISD) electromagnetic resonance sensor. The Wacom sensor is designed to interface with the Wacom W8001 controller IC that comes mounted to the RF antenna assembly. The Wacom W8001 reference design includes an embedded microprocessor for driving the interface from a standard USB 1.1 serial data port. Wacom provides all embedded and Windows HID driver software for their digitizer that is customized to the specific application. The system developer is responsible for integrating the Wacom code into the tablet and ensuring proper integration and operation with the operating system.

 

21


2.5.1.6.1.3   Function Keypad Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain a set of function keys on the front panel. These function keys may be programmed by the user to perform special purpose functions. The keypad shall also contains a five-way stick switch control and two associated buttons that may be used to emulate a standard three-button mouse control. The front panel key switches and mouse control shall be controlled by a dedicated front panel controller. The front panel controller shall interface with the MLB through connector containing, as a minimum, the interface signals identified in Table 2-8. The front panel controller shall communicate with the operating system software through one of the ICH-3 integrated USB 1.1 serial data ports. The function key interface shall be programmed to appear to the Windows Operating System as a Microsoft compatible USB keyboard device with integrated mouse control.

 

Table 2-8 — Function Key Interface

 

No.

 

Signal

 

Description

 

Tolerance

 

Remarks

 

1

 

PWR

 

+5 Vdc Power

 

±10

%

 

 

2

 

GND

 

Power Ground

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

CLK

 

24 MHz System Clock

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

PWRON

 

Power On Signal

 

On = <200 milliohms to ground
Off = >10 Meg Ohms

 

Ground/Open Discrete

 

5

 

D+

 

USB 1.1 Interface

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

D-

 

USB 1.1 Interface

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.6.1.4    Programmable Function Keys

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include 6 function keys located on the front panel display. The function keys shall meet the requirements of Table 2-9. One of the keys shall be hardwired as a dedicated Power/Display key. The other keys shall be programmable to emulate any of the standard F1 through F12 keyboard function keys. The mapping of the key switch to function key shall be programmable from within a Windows Control Panel application.

 

Table 2-9 — Function Key Mechanical Requirements

 

Item

 

Requirement

Operating Force

 

>200 grams (2.0 N)

Travel

 

>0.5mm

Operating Life

 

>1 million cycles

Operating Temperature

 

-40°C to +85°C

Switching Capability

 

>= 20 mA, 15 Vdc

Contact Resistance

 

<100 m Ohms

Contact Bounce

 

<10 ms

Switch Contact Arrangement

 

SPST, Momentary, Normally Open

Suggested Source of Supply

 

Panasonic EVQP2

 

 

22



 

2.5.1.6.1.5    Front Panel Power Switch

 

The power key shall be used to turn the tablet on and off (soft off). The power key shall also be used to switch the LCD backlight on and off. The operation of the power switch shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACPI Specification 2.0 and shall cause a signal to be sent to the CPU requesting a power down event. The effect of the request on system operation shall be selectable by the user. The power key shall function in accordance with the following:

 

·                   Press and hold the key for > four (4) seconds shall cause an ACPI power change request to be sent to the operating system. This request shall have the effect of causing the tablet to change operating mode. If the tablet is in a mechanically off state (G3) or in a low power state (S1-S5), this action shall cause the tablet to enter the normal run state (G0). If the tablet is in a running state (G0), this action shall cause the tablet to enter one of the low power states (S1-S5 or G3). By default, this action shall be to enter a soft-off state (G2/S5). The specific low power state resulting from the power change request shall be programmable in the tablet BIOS and selectable through a Windows Control Panel application to be any of the sleep states (S1-S5) or the mechanically off state (G3).

 

·                   Press and release the key within 2 seconds shall cause the tablet to toggle the LCD backlight. This operation shall not send an ACPI power change request to the operating system. If the backlight is on, this action shall cause the backlight to be switched off. The brightness level at which the display was operating shall be saved. If the backlight is off, this action shall cause the backlight to be switched on. The brightness level shall be set to be the same as the level in effect when the backlight was switched off. If no brightness level was set, then this action shall cause the backlight to be switched on at predetermined brightness. The brightness level to be used shall be programmable in the tablet BIOS and selectable through a Windows Control Panel application.

 

2.5.1.6.1.6    Embedded Joystick Mouse

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include a five-way stick switch and two associated key switches located on the front panel. The stick switch control shall meet the functional requirements of Table 2-10. The associated single action key switches shall meet the functional requirements of Table 2-9. These controls shall be programmable to emulate a standard Windows compatible three-button mouse. The four (4) pivot switch positions shall be used as a slew control to set the Windows cursor position. The sensitivity (scaling) of the slew control shall be programmable through a Windows Control Panel application. The stick switch press position and the two separate keypad switches shall be used to emulate the three mouse buttons. The three switches shall be programmable to emulate the left, center or right button of a three-button mouse. The mapping of switch to mouse button shall be selectable through a Windows Control Panel application.

 

Table 2-10 — Stick Switch Mechanical Requirements

 

Item

 

Requirement

Operating Force

 

>200 grams (2.0 N) Push, >120 grams (1.2 N) Lean

Travel

 

>0.1mm Push, 5° Lean

Operating Life

 

>300k cycles, all axes

Operating Temperature

 

-40°C to+85°C

Switching Capability

 

>= 20 mA 15 Vdc

Contact Resistance

 

<100 m Ohms

Contact Bounce

 

<10 ms

Switch Contact Arrangement

 

SPST, Momentary, Normally Open

Suggested Source of Supply

 

Panasonic EVQWH

 

23



 

2.5.1.7    Built-to-Order Provisions

 

The Wildcat tablet design shall provide for the installation of optional Build-to-Order components as identified in Table 2-4. The following requirements pertain to all BTO components installed in the PCMCIA, Mini-PCI and OEM locations, any associated radio antennas, as well as the HDD and system memory modules. BTO options soldered directly on the MLB (i.e., graphics memory D-RDRAM) are exempt from this requirement and may only be installed at the factory or at an authorized repair center.

 

2.5.1.7.1    Build-to-Order Access

 

The Wildcat tablet design shall provide an isolated compartment with an access cover in the back surface to allow for routine system maintenance, installation and replacement of the Build-to-Order (BTO) components. Opening of the BTO access cover and removal, installation or replacement of BTO components shall not require breaking the environmental seal for the main electronics area of the tablet. Custom flex harnesses or dedicated connectors shall be provided in the BTO area for connection of the BTO options. The BTO compartment may be fitted with a removable EMI shield inside the tablet enclosure to meet the regulatory requirements of section 3.3 and 3.4. The following sections detail the specific BTO access options required to be provided within the BTO compartment.

 

2.5.1.7.2    BIOS Reprogramming Connector

 

The BTO compartment shall contain dedicated header style programming connectors to allow for remote programming of all system BIOS flash memory components. This shall include the main system BIOS, the keyboard BIOS (if used) and any other customizable embedded firmware required to allow the system to boot normally into the Windows operating system. One time programmable and UV erasable devices, and embedded controllers which may be reprogrammed after the system boots normally are exempt from this requirement. The design of the MLB shall allow the flash memory components to be powered through the programming connector without the need to power the entire MLB. Reprogramming of the internal flash components shall be possible through the programming connector without the need to open the tablet’s main electronics enclosure. If the system design includes a system boot block capability allowing the BIOS to be flashed through the integrated USB port, then the requirements of this section are waived.

 

2.5.1.7.3    HDD Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall implement an industry standard ATAPI interface compatible with existing ruggedized ATA/IDE 2.5” hard disk drives. The BTO compartment shall include a 50-pin ATAPI interface connector for connection of a Master ATA/IDE device. The BTO drive enclosure area shall accommodate mounting a single standard 2.5” HDD (9.5mm x 100mm x 70mm) within the tablet enclosure. The drive enclosure area shall include vibration isolation sufficient to limit the vibration input to the disk drive to a maximum of 1g-rms, 5 - 500 Hz when exposed to the vibration environment specified in section 3.2. The isolation shall limit the peak shock input to the drive to 150g’s when exposed to the shock environment specified in section 3.2. The mounting of the hard disk drive shall allow for shop replacement of the drive without special tools. Installation and/or replacement of the HDD shall be through the BTO access panel without opening the tablet electronics enclosure.

 

24



 

2.5.1.7.4    PCMCIA Interface

 

The BTO compartment shall include a single Type II PCMCIA slot to accommodate Build-to-Order options. The tablet’s PCMCIA power control circuitry shall be capable of supplying up to 1 amp continuously through the card slot AVCC input (both 5Vdc and 3.3Vdc) and up to 150 ma. continuously through the AVPP input (3.3Vdc, 5Vdc and 12Vdc). The card slot shall be CardBus compatible. The card slot shall allow for shop replacement of the BTO options and shall be accessible through the BTO access panel without opening the tablet electronic enclosure.

 

2.5.1.7.5    Mini-PCI Interface

 

The BTO compartment shall include a single Mini-PCI port to allow for the installation of Build-to-Order options. The tablet shall provide power control circuitry to protect power to the Mini-PCI port. The tablet’s power control circuitry shall be capable of providing up to 1 amp continuously through the port’s 3.3Vdc and 5Vdc inputs. The Mini-PCI slot shall allow for shop replacement of the BTO options and shall be accessible through the BTO access panel without opening the tablet electronic enclosure.

 

2.5.1.7.6    OEM Module Interface

 

The BTO compartment shall include space for mounting standard OEM modules to allow for the installation of Build-to-Order options. The interface to the OEM modules shall be through a dedicated connector. The pinout of the OEM connector is identified in Table 2-11. The OEM module attachment shall allow for shop replacement of the BTO options and shall be accessible through the BTO access panel without opening the tablet electronic enclosure.

 

Table 2-11 — OEM Interface Connector Pinout

 

 

No.

 

Signal

 

Description

 

Tolerance

 

Destination

 

 

 

TBD

 

Signals to be compatible with selected OEM Modules as determined during development

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.7.7    XPL Modules

 

The Wildcat development program shall include the development of custom external modules to be used with the XPL expansion ports defined in section 2.5.1.18.4. These modules will be populated by external OEM manufacturers to construct the BTO expansion modules identified in Table 2-4. The Wildcat program shall be responsible for all industrial and mechanical design of these modules to ensure physical compatibility with the tablet enclosure. The minimum internal size of the modules shall be defined by Xplore Technologies during the engineering development program. Electrical design and construction of the modules shall be the responsibility of Xplore Technologies and its outside OEM partners.

 

2.5.1.7.8   Custom BTO Modules

 

The Wildcat tablet product line shall include custom designed interface modules to provide specific BTO radio options as identified below. These custom modules shall be developed as part of the overall Wildcat tablet development program.

 

2.5.1.7.8.1   Interface Connector

 

The custom BTO modules shall be designed to interface with the integrated USB 1.1 ports provided by the Intel 830M chipset. These modules shall interface with two (2) custom 10-pin header connectors provided in the BTO area of the tablet. The pinouts of these two (2) connectors shall be identical and shall conform to the requirements of Table 2-12. The custom module interface shall

 

25



 

provide up to 300 ma. at 3.3 Vdc and up to 300 ma. at 5.0 Vdc to power the custom modules. The power connections shall be current limited and over voltage protected in accordance with the requirements of section 2.5.1.18.1.

 

Table 2-12 — Custom BTO Connector Pinout

 

No.

 

Signal

 

Description

 

Tolerance

 

Remarks

 

1

 

PWR3

 

+3.3 Vdc Power

 

±10%

 

 

 

2

 

PGND

 

Power Ground

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

RTCPWR

 

+3.3 Vdc RTC Power

 

1.85 Vdc to 3.6 Vdc

 

Keep Alive Power

 

4

 

D+

 

USB 1.1 Interface

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

D-

 

USB 1.1 Interface

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

DGND

 

Digital Ground

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Spare

 

Spare

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Spare

 

Spare

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

PGND

 

Power Ground

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

PWR5

 

+5 Vdc Power

 

±10%

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.7.8.2   Embedded GPS

 

(This requirements has been deleted for Revision 1.2)

 

2.5.1.7.8.3   Embedded Bluetooth Radio

 

The BTO compartment shall contain provision for installing a custom Bluetooth radio. The Bluetooth radio module shall interface with the Wildcat tablet through one of the USB 1.1 serial data channels provided by the ICH-3. The Wildcat shall be designed and qualified with the Bluetooth radio module installed. However, factory installation of the Bluetooth module shall be a Build-to-Order option.

 

2.5.1.7.8.3.1   Bluetooth Receiver

 

The Wildcat Bluetooth radio module shall include a chipset or multi-chip module meeting the requirements of Table 2-13. Installation of the Bluetooth radio module in production shall be a Build-to-Order option.

 

Table 2-13 — Bluetooth Radio Module Requirements

 

Item

 

Description

Suggested Supplier

 

Ericsson

Link

 

http://www. ericsson.com/

Model

 

Bluetooth Multi-chip Module

Part Number

 

ROK 104001

Form factor

 

Multi-Chip Module

Operating frequency

 

2.4 GHz

Dimensions

 

10.5 x 15.5 x 2.1 mm

Power

 

3.3 Vdc +- 10%, <50 ma. max

Input Impedance

 

50 Ohms

Operating Temperature

 

-20°C to +75°C

Interface

 

USB 1.1

 

26



 

2.5.1.7.8.3.2    Bluetooth Antenna

 

The Bluetooth module shall utilize one of the high band antennas identified in section 2.5.1.7.9.

 

2.5.1.7.8.4    RF Switch

 

The BTO compartment shall contain provision for installing an RF switching module to allow for switching between one of the internal antennas and an external antenna connected through the docking connector interface. The switching module shall receive a ground/open ANTENNA discrete from the docking station to control switching of the antenna. The RF switching module may be combined with the Bluetooth module if desired. Factory installation of the Bluetooth module shall be a Build-to-Order option.

 

2.5.1.7.9    Embedded BTO Antenna Requirements

 

The tablet shall include provision for installing two (2) custom antennas to support the installation of Build-to-Order radio options. It is highly desired that the antennas shall both be broadband types capable of covering the entire spectrum from 800 MHz to 5.8 GHz. As a minimum, both of the antennas shall support the low band frequencies from 800 MHz to 1990 MHz supporting GSM, DCS and PCS applications. At least one of the antennas shall support the 2.4 GHz industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) band supporting 802.11b LAN and Bluetooth applications. At least one of the antennas shall support the 5.2 GHz industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) band supporting 802.11a LAN applications. The two antennas shall be capable of simultaneous operation (on different bands) and shall allow operation of the radios when using the tablet in either the portrait or the landscape orientation. The antennas shall be integrated into the tablet housing with minimal protrusion beyond the tablet envelope to maintain the ruggedness of the overall tablet design. It is acceptable to have a custom antenna solution for each of the Build-to-Order options. However, within each category, the mounting of the antennas shall be compatible. A potential common antenna solution is identified in the Table 2-14.

 

Table 2-14 — BTO Radio Antenna Requirements

 

Item

 

Description

Suggested Supplier

 

Moteco

Link

 

http://www.moteco.com

Model

 

Multi-Band, Embedded, (custom design)

Frequency Band

 

800 MHz to 5800 MHz

Gain

 

>0 dBi

Connector

 

 

VSWR

 

<3.0:1

Impedance

 

50 ohm unbalanced

Dimensions

 

Approx. 36 x 35 x TBD mm (custom designed to fit Lynx enclosure)

 

2.5.1.8    System Memory Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall accommodate a single custom multi-chip memory module. The memory module shall support industry standard 3.3v, PC-133 registered SDRAM memory components and allow expansion up to a maximum capacity of 1024 MB in the following configurations: 128MB, 256MB, 512MB, 1024MB. The memory module shall be mounted to the MLB by means of impedance matched board-to-board connector(s) to provide reliable operation in a high ‘g’ shock and vibration environment. The location of the memory connector(s) shall allow for factory and depot level

 

27



 

replacement through the Build-to-Order access panel. Removal of an environmental seal within the BTO compartment to access the MLB is allowed but removal and replacement of the system memory shall not require disassembly of the tablet or opening of the main electronics enclosure.

 

2.5.1.9    Firmware Memory

 

The Wildcat tablet product shall maintain an unused memory reserve to accommodate future software revisions. Electrically Erasable flash memory shall be used for all System BIOS, Keyboard BIOS (if used), and system setup parameter storage. No battery backed or other volatile memory shall be used for the storage of system configuration and setup data including system data required to resume from an S4 sleep state. The internal BIOS memory shall be in circuit reprogrammable either through a dedicated programming connector, as identified in section 2.5.1.7.2, or by means of a BIOS boot block capability. The BIOS memory shall also be reprogrammable using a DOS utility program as identified in section 2.7.3.2. The flash memory shall be sized to provide at least a 50% unused memory reserve at the completion of system integration testing. Code size estimates shall be presented as a part of the Preliminary Design Review (PDR) to show that the 50% reserve requirement is met. The 50% growth reserve shall not be used without the expressed written consent of Xplore Technologies. In addition to the system flash memory requirements identified above, all embedded processors used in the Wildcat MLB design shall provide at least a 30% memory reserve.

 

The Engineering Verification Test (EVT) tablets shall be fitted with socketed BIOS flash memory to simplify the initial system debug and integration tasks.

 

2.5.1.10    Graphics Memory Interface

 

The Intel GMCH-M controller supports using shared SDRAM system memory to provide its display memory buffers. The Wildcat tablet design shall include a system utility to allow the user to select the amount of system memory dedicated for graphics memory storage in 16 MB increments from a minimum of 16 MB to a maximum of 64 MB. The baseline design shall default to the minimum value.

 

2.5.1.11   Embedded Speaker Requirements

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain two (2) internal speakers to provide AC’97 compatible stereo audio output. Each speaker shall have a minimum power output rating of 1.0 watt with a frequency response of at least 200 Hz to 16 KHz. Each speaker shall have a sound pressure level output of at least 77 dB measured at 1 meter with one watt input power. The internal speakers shall be disabled when an external headset is connected to the tablet’s side speaker output jack. The internal speakers shall also be disabled when the tablet is docked. The speaker enclosure area shall be isolated from the tablet’s main electronics enclosure to ensure environmental integrity.

 

2.5.1.12    Embedded Microphone Requirements

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain one (1) internal noise-canceling microphone to provide for monaural voice input. The microphone shall have a frequency response of at least 100 Hz to 10 kHz. Microphone sensitivity shall be at least -50 dB. The signal to noise ration for the microphone shall be greater than 50 dB. The microphone shall be interlocked with the microphone jack to disconnect the internal microphone when an external microphone is in use. The internal microphone shall also be disabled when the tablet is docked. The microphone enclosure area shall be isolated from the tablet’s main electronics enclosure to ensure environmental integrity.

 

28



 

2.5.1.13    Status Indicator LED Requirements

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain a three color LED on the front panel to indicate operating status to the user. The status LED shall be maintained in one of six (6) states whenever the tablet is operating. The status LED states are defined as follows:

                  ST1 State, Normal Operation, Steady Green: The status LED shall be shown in the ST1 State when the tablet is running, the battery is fully charged and all tablet function are operating normally. In the ST1 State, the status LED shall show a steady green.

                  ST2 State, Battery Charging, Pulsing Green: The status LED shall be shown in the ST2 State when the tablet is running and the battery is charging. In the ST2 State, the status LED shall show green and shall pulse at a steady 0.5 Hz rate with a 50% duty cycle (one second on, one second off).

                  ST3 State, Low Battery Charge, Pulsing Red: The status LED shall be shown in the ST3 State when the tablet is running on battery power and the battery capacity remaining is below 10%. In the ST3 State, the status LED shall show red and shall pulse at a steady 1 Hz rate with a 50% duty cycle (one-half second on, one-half second off). The battery level at which the status LED is switched to the ST3 State shall be settable through the BIOS and through a Windows utility program.

                  ST4 State, Fault Condition, Steady Red: The status LED shall be shown in the ST4 State when a fault condition is detected that is preventing normal operation of the tablet. This state may be triggered due to an excessive over/under temperature condition, a voltage out of range condition, a memory fault or other hardware fault that is preventing the tablet from operating normally. The status LED shall also enter this state when running on battery power and less than 3% battery capacity is remaining. The battery level at which the status LED is switched to the ST4 State shall be settable through the BIOS and through a Windows utility program. In the ST4 State, the status LED shall show a steady red.

                  ST5 State, Warm Up, Steady Yellow: The status LED shall be shown in the ST5 State when the tablet is running but the LCD is disabled due to its temperature being below operational limits. The status LED shall remain in the ST5 state until the LCD reaches operating temperature and them shall switch to the ST1 state. In the ST5 State, the status LED shall show a steady yellow.

                  ST6 State, Suspend, Pulsing Yellow: The status LED shall be shown in the ST5 State when the tablet is in a suspend or sleep state. In the ST5 State, the status LED shall show yellow and shall pulse at a steady 0.5 Hz rate with a 50% duty cycle (one second on, one second off).

 

2.5.1.14    Mechanical Power Switch

 

The Wildcat tablet shall incorporate a SPST switch to force the tablet into a mechanically powered down state (G3). Activation of the power switch shall remove all electrical power from the CPU, Memory and supporting hardware. A small amount of power to the system Real Time Clock is allowed but total power consumption must be less than 1ma in the powered down state. The switch shall be located in a protected location to avoid inadvertent operation by the user but must be accessible in a field environment. It is recommended that the switch be located within the battery compartment. The switch must be accessible without opening the tablet enclosure. Remote activation of the switch is allowed to meet the requirements of this section.

 

29



 

2.5.1.15    Reset Switch

 

The Wildcat tablet shall incorporate a momentary SPST switch to force the tablet into a reset state. Activation of the reset switch shall momentarily remove all electrical power from the CPU, Memory and supporting hardware and simulate a cold boot from a G3 state. The switch shall be located in a protected location to avoid inadvertent operation by the user but must be accessible in a field environment. The switch shall be activated by inserting the stylus tip through an opening in the tablet enclosure. The opening shall be sealed to meet the environmental requirements of section 3.2.

 

2.5.1.16    Theft Protection

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include attachment points for installing a standard notebook PC security cable. The attachment points shall allow the unit to be locked when mounted to the desktop docking station in either a portrait or landscape configuration.

 

2.5.1.17    Battery Requirements

 

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with two battery systems as identified below.

 

2.5.1.17.1    Primary Battery

 

The Wildcat tablet shall incorporate an internal rechargeable Lithium chemistry battery. The battery solution shall allow for a battery capacity suitable to meet the runtime requirements of section 2.6.3. The battery shall contain protection, control and diagnostic circuitry and shall contain an SMBus 2.0 compliant serial interface for communication with the tablet charging circuitry. The battery shall be field replaceable and shall support hot swapping in accordance with section 2.5.1.17.3.

 

The primary battery enclosure area shall be isolated from the tablet’s main electronics enclosure to ensure environmental integrity and allow for changing the battery is a harsh outdoor environment without degradation to the tablet electronics.

 

The baseline battery of choice is a 7.6 volt lithium-polymer battery to allow for direct charging of the battery from vehicle 12-volt power without the need for an external power supply adapter. The baseline battery is based on two (2) of the Valence 74J cell2, rated at 4120 mAH, connected in series. This yields a nominal battery capacity of 7.6 volts, 4120 mAH or 31.3 Watt-Hours. The tablet design shall support an optional high capacity battery composed of four (4) of the Valence cells, providing a nominal battery capacity of 7.6 volts, 8240 mAH or 62.6 Watt-Hours. The installation of the higher capacity battery may result in a larger tablet thickness than specified in section 2.9. The system shall be qualified with both battery configurations.

 

2.5.1.17.2    Bridge Battery

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain a bridge battery to allow the primary battery to be changed without requiring power to be cycled to the tablet. The bridge battery shall be capable of operating the tablet in a low power mode for a minimum of 2 minutes. The bridge battery is not required to be field serviceable and removal or replacement shall be at the factory or depot level only. The bridge battery shall meet the hot swapping requirements of section 2.5.1.17.3.

 

2.5.1.17.3    Hot Swap Battery

 

The Wildcat tablet shall implement a bridge battery in accordance with section 2.5.1.17.2 to allow for the hot swapping of the primary battery. It shall be possible to remove the primary battery and replace it without having to cycle power to the tablet. The primary battery cover shall implement an interlock switch to cause the system to automatically enter the Suspend-to-RAM state (S1 or S3) when the

 

30



 

cover is removed. Recovery from the S3 state shall be by means of the front panel power control key. Recovery from the S3 state shall meet the timing requirements of section 2.7.4.4. The bridge battery shall be trickle charged whenever external power is supplied to the tablet.

 

2.5.1.18    Interface Port Requirements

 

The following sections detail the individual signal characteristics of the signals and connectors that interface between the tablet electronics and external peripherals.

 

2.5.1.18.1    General Interface Requirements

 

2.5.1.18.1.1    Power Input Requirements

 

The tablet shall accept an input voltage range from 9 VDC to 18VDC. All power inputs shall include over voltage and over current protection circuitry to protect the tablet circuitry against input voltages that fall outside the nominal voltage range. The power inputs shall be capable of withstanding input voltages up to 36 volts continuously, up to 50 volts for transients of 50 milliseconds or less and surge transients of up to 100 volts for 50 microseconds or less. The power inputs shall also contain surge suppression circuitry to clamp the input voltage to 100 volts or less up to a peak pulse power rating of 1500 watts. The power input protection circuitry shall automatically reset upon removal of the out of tolerance condition. No fuses or circuit interruption devices shall be used which require the unit to be opened to reestablish proper operation after exposure to over voltage or over current conditions. All over voltage and surge voltage circuit protection features shall be operational with the tablet either operational or shut down.

 

2.5.1.18.1.2    I/O Over/Under Voltage Protection

 

All external inputs and outputs from the Wildcat tablet shall include protection from under voltage, over voltage and external shorts to ground. All external I/O shall be protected against input voltage spikes of three (3) times the associated maximum working voltage for a period of 50 milliseconds. As a minimum, all external I/O connections shall have catch diodes to Vcc and Ground to limit input voltages to Vcc + 0.6 VDC and Vss — 0.5 VDC.

 

2.5.1.18.1.3    EMI Protection Requirements

 

All external inputs and outputs from the Wildcat tablet shall include circuitry to minimize the conduction of EMI to the outside. In addition, all inputs and outputs shall contain protection from externally generated EMI up to the susceptibility levels identified in Section 3.3.3. All signal I/O shall include input and/or output filtering to meet the radiated and conducted susceptibility requirements of section 3.3.

 

2.5.1.18.2    Battery Port

 

The following table lists the signals between the tablet electronics and the internal battery. The battery shall implement a standard SMBus 2.0 interface to allow communication with the tablet processor. The battery shall also include fuel gauge circuitry to allow the processor to monitor the battery charge state and charge/discharge rate. An internal thermister shall be provided in the battery to allow the processor to monitor battery temperature.

 

The battery port shall be installed in an isolated battery compartment within the tablet enclosure to allow for changing the battery in harsh outdoor environments without compromising the integrity of the tablet enclosure. The battery port connectors shall be sealed against water and dust intrusion to the requirements of section 3.2. The battery compartment shall contain weep holes to allow any water captured within the battery compartment to drain to the outside of the tablet.

 

31


 

Table 2-15 — Battery Port Interfaces

 

No.

 

Signal

 

Description

 

Tolerance

 

Destination

 

1

 

BATT

 

Battery Nominal 7.45 VDC

 

6.0VDC to 8.4VDC

 

Primary Power

 

2

 

GND

 

Battery Return

 

 

 

Primary Power

 

3

 

Clk

 

Battery SMBus Clock

 

 

 

SMBus

 

4

 

Data

 

Battery SMBus Data

 

 

 

SMBus

 

5

 

RTH

 

Battery Thermister

 

 

 

Battery Charger

 

 

2.5.1.18.3   Tablet Docking Port

 

The Docking Port interface shall be implemented through custom connectors on the bottom surface of the tablet enclosure containing the signals identified in Table 2-16. These connectors shall be recessed into the enclosure to reduce the possibility of physical damage. The Docking Port interface shall be sealed against water and dust intrusion to the environmental requirements of section 3.2. All docking signals shall be protected up to the protection requirements of section 2.5.1.18.1.2. All signals shall include EMI protection as specified in section 2.5.1.18.1.3.

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include internal switching circuitry on the Docking Port interface such that the docking port connections are electrically isolated except while the tablet is docked in the docking station. The presence of the Dock Indicator shall be used to enable signals to the docking interface. To allow for safe operation in the presence of flammable or explosive atmospheres, the internal switching circuitry shall ensure that no signals are activated until the tablet is firmly docked and all electrical connections have been made to reduce the chance of arcing of the contacts.

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include internal RF switching circuitry, as identified in section 2.5.1.7.8.4, such that the external antenna COAX connection is switched to the radio when the tablet is docked. When the tablet is not docked, the radio shall be switched to the tablet’s internal antenna. The docking interface shall provide a loop back connection to allow for control of the RF switching function.

 

Table 2-16 — Dock to Tablet Interfaces

 

No.

 

Signal

 

Description

 

Tolerance

 

Destination

 

1

 

PWR

 

9-18 VDC (Nominal 15VDC@ 4 A)

 

 

 

Dock

 

2

 

GND

 

PWR RTN

 

 

 

Dock

 

3

 

SHIELD

 

Chassis Ground

 

 

 

Dock

 

4

 

1394Tx+

 

P1394a Transmit

 

 

 

External 1394a

 

5

 

1394Tx-

 

P1394a Transmit

 

 

 

External 1394a

 

6

 

1394Rx+

 

P1394a Receive

 

 

 

External 1394a

 

7

 

1394Rx-

 

P1394a Receive

 

 

 

External 1394a

 

8

 

DGND

 

Digital Ground

 

 

 

Dock

 

9

 

USB1+

 

USB 2.0

 

 

 

External USB

 

10

 

USB1-

 

USB 2.0

 

 

 

External USB

 

11

 

USB2+

 

USB 2.0

 

 

 

External USB

 

12

 

USB2-

 

USB 2.0

 

 

 

External USB

 

13

 

TX+

 

LAN Transmit

 

 

 

10/100 LAN

 

14

 

TX-

 

LAN Transmit

 

 

 

10/100 LAN

 

 

32



 

15

 

RX+

 

LAN Receive

 

 

 

10/100 LAN

 

16

 

RX-

 

LAN Receive

 

 

 

10/100 LAN

 

17

 

LT_AUDIO

 

Audio Left Channel

 

 

 

Audio Out

 

18

 

RT_AUDIO

 

Audio Right Channel

 

 

 

Audio Out

 

19

 

MIC

 

Audio Microphone

 

 

 

Audio In

 

20

 

AGND

 

Audio Ground

 

 

 

Audio Ground

 

21

 

Dock

 

Dock Indicator/Interlock

 

Ground/Open

 

Dock

 

22

 

VIDEO-R

 

Analog Video Red

 

 

 

External Monitor

 

23

 

VIDEO-G

 

Analog Video Green

 

 

 

External Monitor

 

24

 

VIDEO-B

 

Analog Video Blue

 

 

 

External Monitor

 

25

 

VIDEO-HSYNC

 

Analog Video H. Sync

 

 

 

External Monitor

 

26

 

VIDEO-VSYNC

 

Analog Video V. Sync

 

 

 

External Monitor

 

27

 

VIDEO-GND

 

Analog Video Ground

 

 

 

External Monitor

 

28

 

+5Vdc

 

5Vdc, 500ma. Power to USB 1 ports on DIM

 

±10%

 

 

 

29

 

Antenna Coax

 

CDPD/GPRS External Antenna

 

 

 

External Antenna

 

30

 

ANTENNA+

 

Antenna switching loop back discrete

 

 

 

External jumper

 

31

 

ANTENNA-

 

Antenna switching loop back discrete

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.18.4   XPL Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with two (2) XPL ports to allow the attachment of custom OEM modules. One XPL port shall be located on the top edge of the tablet. The second XPL port shall be located on the left side of the tablet. The XPL Port interface shall be implemented through custom interface connectors to be used for connection to the external modules. These connectors shall be recessed into the enclosure to reduce the possibility of physical damage. The XPL Port interface shall be sealed against water and dust intrusion to the environmental requirements of section 3.2. Both XPL port locations shall contain mechanical provisions for the mounting of the external XPL modules. All XPL signals shall be protected against voltage transients and EMI up to the limits defined in section 2.5.1.18.1.2 and 2.5.1.18.1.3.

 

Table 2-17 — XPL Port Interfaces

 

No.

 

Signal

 

Description

 

Tolerance

 

Destination

 

1

 

+5v

 

+5 volts, 500ma

 

+- 5%

 

OEM Module

 

2

 

PWRGND

 

Power Ground

 

 

 

OEM Module

 

3

 

USB+

 

USB 2.0 Interface

 

 

 

OEM Module

 

4

 

USB-

 

USB 2.0 Interface

 

 

 

OEM Module

 

5

 

CHASSIS

 

Chassis Ground

 

 

 

OEM Module

 

6

 

Rx

 

RS-232 Receive

 

 

 

OEM Module

 

7

 

Tx

 

RS-232 Transmit

 

 

 

OEM Module

 

 

Notes: The RS-232 signals shall be shared between the two XPL connectors. Only a single RS-232 to USB adapter shall be provided on the MLB.

 

33



 

2.5.1.18.5   Side Ports

 

The Wildcat tablet shall have ports located on the right side of the unit to allow connection to external peripherals. The I/O connections identified in Table 2-18 are required to be installed internal to the tablet. The I/O connectors shall meet the environmental sealing requirements of section 3.2. These requirements may be met through the use of external connector covers or plugs, if desired. If external covers or plugs are used, they shall contain no loose parts that could be lost during field operation. While open, all sealing components shall remain fixed to the tablet structure.

 

All interface signals shall be protected up to the protection requirements of section 2.5.1.18.1.2. All signals shall include EMI protection as specified in section 2.5.1.18.1.3.

 

Table 2-18 — Side Port Connectors

 

No.

 

Connector

 

Description

 

Destination

1

 

USB

 

4-pin USB 2.0 Connector

 

External USB 2.0 Interface

2

 

Audio

 

RCA 3.5mm Stereo Mini-Phono Jack

 

External Speakers

3

 

Microphone

 

RCA 3.5mm Mini-Phono Jack

 

External Microphone

4

 

3.5mm Power

 

Standard External Power Jack

 

External Power, Nominal 15VDC @ 4A

5

 

P1394#2

 

6-pin P1394a Connector

 

External IEEE1394a Interface

6

 

VGA Video

 

VGA Port, see section 2.5.1.18.5.1

 

External Video

7

 

RJ45

 

10/100 Ethernet Jack

 

External LAN

 

Table 2-19 — Side Port Connectors, Group 2 (DELETED)

 

No.

 

Connector

 

Description

 

Destination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.18.5.1   VGA Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include a standard, 15-pin VGA video port. The VGA port shall conform to the mechanical and electrical requirements of PC99 Specification.

 

Figure 2-4 — DVI Connector (DELETED)

 

 

Table 2-20 — DVI Connector Pinout (DELETED)

 

Pin

 

Function

 

Pin

 

Function

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1.18.5.2   RJ11 Port (DELETED)

 

2.5.1.18.5.3   RJ45 Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include a standard IEEE 802.3 RJ45 connector supporting up to 100 Mbps as identified in Table 2-18.

 

2.5.1.18.5.4   Audio Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include a 3.5mm stereo headphone jack and a 3.5mm microphone input jack as identified in Table 2-18.

 

34



 

2.5.1.18.5.5   Power Input Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include a 2.5mm power connector jack as identified in Table 2-18. The power port shall support input voltages from 9 to 18 Vdc at up to 60 watts (nominal 15 Vdc, 4 amps). The power jack shall be compatible with the jack mounted on the docking stations to allow for common use of the docking station’s external power supply.

 

2.5.1.18.5.6   USB Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include a 4-pin USB 2.0 Type A compatible connector as identified in Table 2-18.

 

2.5.1.18.5.7   IEEE1394 Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include a 6-pin IEEE 1394a, Type A compatible connector as identified in Table 2-18.

 

2.5.2   Docking Station Requirements

 

The baseline Wildcat family of products includes two custom docking solutions supporting both indoor desktop operation, service bay wall-mounted operation and field ruggedized vehicle-mounted operation. Each docking station solution shall be configurable to accommodate all three members of the Wildcat family mounted in either a landscape or portrait configuration. The following sections provide a high level definition of the docking station requirements. Detail docking station requirements shall be controlled through a separate Product Requirements Document, document number DOC20020019.

 

A minimal proposed docking solution would be composed of two functional modules. These functional modules are the Docking Interface Module (DIM) and the Remote Electronics Module (REM). These modules are common to both the vehicle docking installation and the desktop docking installation. The DIM, described in section 2.5.2.1, provides the interface to the tablet’s docking interface connector and functions as a “mini port replicator”. The REM, described in section 2.5.2.1.7, contains electronics to support a CDROM/DVD, an optional Hard Disk Drive, and an optional Floppy Disk Drive. The REM also contains a universal power supply to support externally connected peripherals. Functional block diagrams for the two docking modules are presented in Figure 2-5.

 

To customize the two standard modules for their intended operating environment, the Wildcat product family also includes two custom adapter kits. The Desktop Adapter Kit, described in section 2.5.2.2.6.5, provides a stylized mounting stand, enclosure and bezel assembly for the DIM and REM modules that adapt them for use in an office environment. The Vehicle Adapter Kit, described in section 2.5.2.4, provides a ruggedized vehicle mount for the DIM and a watertight bezel assembly for the REM. The Vehicle Adapter Kit customizes the docking station components to allow them to survive the more harsh environmental conditions encountered in mobile and vehicle operating environments.

 

35



 

Figure 2-5 - Docking Station Functional Block Diagram

 

[***]

 

2.5.2.1    Docking Interface Module (DIM)

 

The DIM should contain no active electrical components and shall function as a simple port replicator for standalone applications. The DIM shall contain an interface connector to allow connection to the Remote Electronics Module, providing additional expansion capability for more complex installations. The DIM shall contain a row of interface connectors along the lower edge for connection to external peripherals. The DIM shall be designed to provide the smallest thickness possible in order to provide flexibility in vehicle mounting and remain free of the vehicle airbag zone. The DIM shall be designed to meet all of the environmental requirements of section 3.2 except that the DIM shall be exempt from the Blowing Rain requirements of section 3.2.6 and the Salt Fog requirements of section 3.2.9.

 

When used in a vehicle environment, the DIM shall provide a means of locking the tablet in position and holding the tablet during the crash load conditions identified in section 3.2.15. The locking

 


[***]                    Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

 

36



 

mechanism shall allow the tablet to be easily removed from the DIM for mobile operation. A key lock shall be provided in vehicle applications to lock the tablet to the DIM. When mounted in a vehicle, the DIM enclosure shall be grounded to the vehicle structure to minimize EMI and radiated emissions.

 

2.5.2.1.1    Docking Interface Connector

 

The DIM shall contain a docking connector to mate with the docking interface on the Wildcat tablet. The docking connector shall use spring-loaded contacts to ensure reliable connection to the tablet and minimize the effects of manufacturing tolerances. The DIM shall include internal switching circuitry on the Docking Interface such that the docking port connections are electrically isolated except while the tablet is docked in the docking station. The physical presence of the tablet and the presence of the Dock Indicator shall be used to enable signals to the docking interface. To allow for safe operation in the presence of flammable or explosive atmospheres, the internal switching circuitry shall ensure that no signals are activated until the tablet is firmly docked and all electrical connections have been made to reduce the chance of arcing of the contacts.

 

2.5.2.1.2    Power Input Port

 

The DIM shall include a 2.5mm power connector jack to provide a means of powering the tablet from vehicle or desktop power. Power input to the DIM shall be 9 to 18 Vdc, 60 watts (nominal 12 Vdc, five (5) amps). The DIM shall contain over voltage and surge suppression circuitry in accordance with the requirements of section 2.5.2.2.6.4.

 

2.5.2.1.3    USB Port

 

The DIM shall include an integrated USB 2.0 Type A connector along the bottom edge. The USB signals shall be a pass of signals from the tablet’s docking station interface. The USB interfaces shall meet the protection and EMI requirements of sections 2.5.2.5.2 and 2.5.2.5.3.

 

2.5.2.1.4    RJ45 Port

 

The DIM shall include a standard IEEE 802.3 RJ45 connector along the bottom edge. The RJ45 connector shall be capable of supporting up to 100 Mbps. The RJ45 signals shall be a pass through of the LAN signals from the tablet’s docking station interface. The interface shall meet the protection requirements of sections 2.5.2.5.2 and 2.5.2.5.3.

 

2.5.2.1.5    Video Port

 

The DIM shall include a standard, high-density 15-pin VGA compatible connector along the bottom edge. The VGA connector shall provide for a pass through of the analog video output from the tablet’s docking station interface.

 

2.5.2.1.6    Audio Port

 

The DIM shall provide 2.5mm phone jacks, along the bottom edge, for connection of external stereo audio equipment and an external microphone input. The signals for these connectors shall be a pass through of the audio signals from the tablet’s docking station interface. The interface shall meet the protection requirements of sections 2.5.2.5.2 and 2.5.2.5.3.

 

2.5.2.1.7    REM Interface Port

 

The DIM shall contain an industry standard D15 connector, along the bottom edge, for connection to the Remote Electronics Module (REM). The REM interface connector shall pass through one channel of USB 2.0 and the single channel of IEEE1394 signals to the REM. The interface shall also provide multiple power and ground pins to allow the tablet to be powered from the REM. The REM connectors

 

37



 

shall also provide one chassis ground pin to allow for connection of the shields in the interfacing cable.

 

2.5.2.1.8    External Power Indicator

 

The docking interface module shall include a green indicator light to indicate that external power is being applied. The indicator light shall be illuminated whenever the external voltage applied to the DIM is greater than 9 volts. The indicator light shall be readily visible to the user when the DIM is used in either a desktop or vehicle installation.

 

2.5.2.1.9    REM Remote Power Switch

 

The docking interface module shall include a remote power switch to control power in the remote electronics module (if attached). The remote power switch shall supply a ground/open output discrete to the REM to allow it to perform power switching. The output discrete shall be grounded (impedance to ground < 100 milliohms) when the switch is in the ‘ON’ position and shall be open (impedance to ground > 10 Meg Ohms) when in the ‘Off’ position. The remote power switch shall be easily accessible to the user in either the desktop or vehicle installation. The DIM module shall also include a red indicator light to indicate when power is being supplied to the REM module. The indicator light shall be lit whenever external power is being received from the REM module. If no REM is attached, the remote power switch shall have no effect and the indicator light shall remain in the off condition. The docking interface module shall include a yellow over/under temperature LED to indicate when the REM is operating outside its design limits. This LED shall be driven from the 5Vdc OVERTEMP output discrete from the REM.

 

2.5.2.1.10    External Radio Antenna

 

The docking interface module shall include a BNC style connector to allow the installation of a remote antenna supporting CDPD/GPRS radio operation. The antenna connector shall be internally connected to the 50 ohm docking port COAX pin interface. The docking interface shall also include a wrap back ANTENNA discrete to allow automatic switching of the radio antenna source within the tablet.

 

2.5.2.2    Remote Electronics Module (REM)

 

The Wildcat docking solution shall include a Remote Electronics Module (REM) to provide for additional expansion of the system in complex installations. The REM shall be configurable for use in either a vehicle or a desktop environment. In the vehicle configuration, the REM shall be sealed to meet the full environmental requirements of section 3.2. When configured for use as a desktop installation, the REM meet standard office design standards and shall be exempt from the environmental requirements of sections 3.2.6, 3.2.7, 3.2.8, 3.2.9 and 3.2.10.

 

2.5.2.2.1    Main Logic Board Primary Components

 

The REM contains a single main logic board containing a 5-port USB 2.0 compliant hub, a USB to Floppy Disk controller, a three-channel IEEE 1394a Firewire hub, and a 1394 to ATA/66 Bridge. The REM shall also contain a wide input voltage power supply to provide power to internal and external components. The REM shall provide two (2) standard 5” drive bays capable of containing an up to two ATAPI compatible devices (internal DVD/CDR/CDROM drive or optional 2.5” Hard Disk Drive), or one ATAPI compatible device and an optional Floppy Disk drive. The REM shall also contain sealed connectors to allow attachment of external USB 2.0 or IEEE1394 peripherals, as identified in the following sections.

 

38



 

Table 2-21 — Remote Electronics Module MLB Components

 

Ref

 

Component

 

Description

 

Supplier

 

PN

 

 

IEEE1394 Interface

 

Three (3) channel Transceiver

 

Lucent FW803

 

TBD

 

 

ATA/66 Bridge

 

ATA/ATAPI-5 Compliant ATA/66 Performance PIO Mode 0-4, DMA Mode 0-2 Ultra DMA Mode 0-4

 

Indigita

 

IND80C09

 

 

USB 2.0 Hub

 

5 Port
USB 2.0 Compliant

 

NEC

 

µPD72012

 

 

USB to Floppy Disk Bridge

 

720k, 1.44MB

 

SMSC

 

USB97CFDC

 

 

Floppy Disk Drive

 

720k, 1.44 MB

 

Teac

 

TBD

 

 

DVD/CDROM

 

4 x DVD
24 x CDROM

 

Various

 

TBD

 

 

HDD

 

Optional 2.5” 20 GB, 40 GB

 

Toshiba

 

MK4018GAP (40gb) MK2018GAP (20gb)

 

2.5.2.2.2    Internal IDE Interface

 

The REM shall include circuitry to provide an industry standard ATA/ATAPI-5 compliant IDE interface driven from the tablet’s IEEE1394a serial bus. The interface shall support high-speed ATA/66 transfers. The interface shall also support PIO Mode 0-4, DMA Mode 0-2, and Ultra DMA Mode 0-4. The REM shall contain mounting provisions for an internal ATA/ATAPI CDROM and an optional 2.5” HDD. The tablet shall support booting from either of the REM internal ATA/ATAPI devices.

 

2.5.2.2.3    USB Floppy Disk Interface

 

The REM shall contain circuitry to provide an industry standard 1.44 MB Floppy Disk Drive interface driven from the tablet’s USB 2.0 interface. The tablet shall support booting from the external floppy disk drive.

 

2.5.2.2.4    Internal Power Supply

 

The REM shall contain an internal DC-DC power supply to provide the following outputs. Power outputs from the docking station to the Wildcat tablet and all external peripherals shall be short circuit and over voltage protected in accordance with sections 2.5.2.5.1 and 2.5.2.5.2.

                  Unregulated +15 VDC, 4-amp output to the DIM for driving the docked tablet.

                  Regulated +5 VDC and  +12 VDC to support internal drives, internal circuitry and integrated peripherals.

                  Four (4) regulated +5 VDC, 500 ma outputs to support external USB connections.

                  Two (2) regulated +5 VDC, 1000 ma outputs to support external 1394 connections.

 

The REM power supply shall include an over temperature and under temperature sensor to protect the REM components from operation outside the design temperature limits. The over temperature sensor shall remove power from the REM components when the internal temperature of the REM module exceeds 80°C. The low temperature sensor shall remove power from the REM components when the temperature is below -25°C. A +5v, 30ma. OVERTEMP discrete shall be activated whenever an over or under temperature condition exists and the power supply is commanded on through the remote interface.

 

39



 

2.5.2.2.5    Remote Power Switching

 

The REM module shall accept a ground/open remote power input discrete from the docking interface module to control power to the REM. When the signal is present (ground), the REM shall engage input power to the internal power supply and shall supply charging voltage to the DIM. When the remote power switch is inactive (open), the REM shall remain in a power off condition.

 

2.5.2.2.6    I/O Port Assignments

 

The REM shall contain the output connections identified in the following sections and summarized in Table 2-22. The REM shall also contain two (2) additional DB9 connector knockouts and two (2) additional DB15 knockouts to allow for future I/O expansion. The expansion connector locations shall be fully sealed to the environmental requirements of section 3.2.

 

Table 2-22 — REM External Connectors

 

Px

 

Connector

 

Description

 

Destination

 

Comments

1

 

DB9 Female

 

USB 2.2 Ports 1 & 2

 

Undefined

 

Internal +5VDC, 500ma max. each channel

2

 

DB9 Female

 

USB 2.2 Ports 3 & 4

 

Undefined

 

Internal +5VDC, 500ma max. each channel

3

 

DB15 Female

 

IEEE 1394 Channels 1 & 2

 

Undefined

 

Internal +5VDC, 1000ma max. each channel

4

 

MS3102E-10SL-3P

 

Power Input, 3x 16ga,
MIL-C-5015 Series 1

 

External Power

 

9-36VDC, 6A max.

5

 

DB 15 Female

 

REM Interface Connector

 

DIM

 

USB 2.0, IEEE1394, Tablet Power

5

 

DB9 Male

 

CAN Bus Ports 1 & 2

 

CAN

 

Not populated, DB9 knockout location only

 

2.5.2.2.6.1    IEEE1394 Ports

 

The REM shall include an integrated IEEE1394a compliant hub controller providing two (2) IEEE 1394a compliant ports on the backside of the housing. The 1394 hub controller shall be driven by the Wildcat tablet IEEE1394a output. These ports shall be supplied through a single 15-pin, female D connector. The connector shall be sealed to IP67 requirements and the environmental requirements of section 3.2. The two 1394 interfaces shall be protected internally to the requirements of sections 2.5.2.5.2 and 2.5.2.5.3. The REM shall provide +5 VDC, 1A (max) power to each of the 1394 ports. The power outputs shall be protected to the requirements of section 2.5.2.2.6.4.

 

2.5.2.2.6.2    U S B Ports

 

The REM shall include an integrated USB 2.0 compliant hub controller providing four (4) USB 2.0 ports on the backside of the housing. The USB hub shall be driven from the tablet USB 2.0 output. The four (4) USB ports shall be brought out to two (2) industry standard 9-pin, female D connectors located on the backside of the REM housing. The four USB interfaces shall meet the protection requirements of sections 2.5.2.5.2 and 2.5.2.5.3. The REM shall provide +5 VDC, 0.5A (max) power to each of the USB ports. The power outputs shall be protected to the requirements of section 2.5.2.2.6.4.

 

40



 

2.5.2.2.6.3    Power Input Port

 

The REM shall include a 3-pin MIL-C-5015 Series 1 connector to provide input power as identified in Table 2-22. One pin shall be used to bring out chassis ground to allow grounding of the REM to the vehicle structure to minimize EMI & radiated emissions.

 

2.5.2.2.6.4    REM Interface Port

 

The REM shall include an industry standard, 15-pin female D type connector to provide an interface for connection to the Docking Interface Module as identified in Table 2-22.

 

2.5.2.2.6.5    CAN Bus Interface

 

The REM shall contain provisions to allow the field installation of a USB to Controller Area Network (CAN) adapter as shown in Table 2-23. The USB-to-CAN adapter provides two (2) CAN bus channels driven from a single USB data port. The main logic board shall contain a 4-pin header connector providing access to one of the integrated USB 2.0 ports. The header shall also provide +5 Vdc and Ground connections to allow installation and attachment of the CAN adapter. The REM housing shall provide sufficient internal volume to allow the adapter to be installed above the logic board. The I/O area of the REM chassis shall contain two DB-9 connector knockouts to allow field installation of the CAN bus interface connectors.

 

Table 2-23 — CAN Bus Adapter

 

Item

 

Description

Suggested Supplier

 

IXXAT Automation GMBH

Link

 

http://www.ixxat.de/

Model

 

USB-to-CAN

PC Interface

 

USB 1.1, 12 Mbit/s

CAN Bus Interface (2)

 

ISO/IS 11898, Sub D9 connector to DS 102

Power

 

5 VDC, 200ma (typical) provided by USB port

Size

 

165 x 85 x 32 mm

 

2.5.2.3    Desktop Adapter Kit

 

The Wildcat docking station package shall include a customization kit to allow operation of the docking station in an office environment. As a minimum, the Desktop Adapter Kit shall contain the following components:

                  DIM Mounting Adapter: The DIM Mounting Adapter shall provide a means of customizing the Docking Interface Module to allow it to function as a desktop cradle for the Wildcat tablet. The adapter shall be configurable for height and adjustable in rotation about the horizontal axis to allow the user to adjust the tablet for optimum viewing angle. The DIM mounting adapter shall provide the ability to be assembled to the REM module as a single integrated unit. The DIM adapter shall also provide the ability to be used alone as a minimal desktop installation.

                  REM Adapter: The REM Adapter shall provide a means of enclosing the REM module in a stylish desktop case that is coordinated with the Wildcat tablet industrial design. The adapter shall include a front bezel assembly, a stylish enclosure and internal adapter cables. The customized enclosure shall provide a 2.5mm power jack, four (4) USB Type

 

 

41


 

 

A and two (2) IEEE1394a Type A connectors on the back surface. Internal cables shall be used to adapt the REM I/O connectors to industry standard connectors.

2.5.2.4    Vehicle Adapter Kit

The Wildcat docking station package shall include a customization kit to allow operation of the docking station in a mobile or vehicle environment. As a minimum, the Vehicle Adapter Kit shall contain the following components:

·                             DIM Vehicle Mounting Adapter: The DIM Vehicle Mounting Adapter shall provide a means of customizing the Docking Interface Module to allow it to be attached to a vehicle mount. The vehicle mount shall be provided by Xplore Technologies and shall be customized for each installation. The adapter shall provide an adjustment in height and in rotation about the horizontal and vertical axes to allow the installer to adjust the tablet for optimum viewing angle. Once installed, the adapter shall be locked in the desired position. It is not necessary for the end user to be able to adjust tablet orientation after the mount has been installed. The mounting adapter shall provide a means of locking the tablet into the DIM if that capability is not provided by the DIM itself. Once installed in a vehicle, the DIM, mounting adapter and tablet shall meet the crash safety requirements of section 3.2.15.

·                             REM Vehicle Mounting Kit: The vehicle REM mounting kit shall include a bracket assembly that may be used to mount the REM in a suitable location on the vehicle. The mounting adapter kit shall include a watertight bezel assembly to seal the CDROM and Floppy drive access. The bezel assembly shall include a hinged door with quick release fasteners to provide easy access to the drives when necessary. With the door closed, the REM shall meet all environmental requirements of section 3.2 and 3.3.

2.5.2.5    General Interface Requirements

All docking module interfaces shall conform to the following protection requirements.

2.5.2.5.1    Power Input Requirements

All power inputs shall include over voltage and over current protection circuitry to protect the dock circuitry against input voltages that fall outside the nominal voltage range. The power inputs shall be capable of withstanding input voltages up to 36 volts continuously, up to 50 volts for transients of 50 milliseconds or less and surge transients of up to 100 volts for 50 microseconds or less. The power inputs shall also contain surge suppression circuitry to clamp the input voltage to 100 volts or less up to a peak pulse power rating of 1500 watts. The power input protection circuitry shall automatically reset upon removal of the out of tolerance condition. No fuses or circuit interruption devices shall be used which require the unit to be opened to reestablish proper operation after exposure to over voltage or over current conditions. All over voltage and surge voltage circuit protection features shall be operational with the docking station and associated tablet either operational or shut down.

2.5.2.5.2    I/O Over/Under Voltage Protection

All external inputs and outputs from the docking stations shall include protection from under voltage, over voltage and external shorts to ground. All external I/O shall be protected against input voltage spikes of three (3) times the maximum working voltage for a period of 50 milliseconds. As a minimum, all external I/O connections shall have catch diodes to Vcc and Ground to limit input voltages to Vcc + 0.6 VDC and Vss — 0.5 VDC.

 

42



 

2.5.2.5.3    EMI Protection Requirements

All external inputs and outputs from the Wildcat tablet shall include circuitry to minimize the conduction of EMI to the outside. In addition, all inputs and outputs shall contain protection from externally generated EMI up to the susceptibility levels identified in Section 3.3.3. All signal I/O shall include input and/or output filtering to meet the conducted and radiated susceptibility requirements of section 3.3.

2.5.3    Desktop Power Supply

The Wildcat product family shall include a universal DC power supply for use in a desktop environment. The external power supply shall be powered from A/C power and shall be auto switching over the input range 100 to 240 VAC, 50 to 60 Hz. The power supply shall supply a nominal +15 VDC at a maximum output current of 4 amps (60 watts). The power supply shall be fitted with a detachable UL/CSA approved 6-foot power cord. The power cord shall be configured with a LP-5W polarized wall connector and LS-7C power supply connector (reference LineTek http://www.linetek.com.tw/linetek e/products/products1-1asp ). The power supply shall have a 6-foot extension cable for connection to the tablet PC. The extension cable shall have a power connector compatible with the tablet and docking interface adapter connectors identified in sections 2.5.1.18.5.5 and 2.5.2.1.2.

2.6    Functional Requirements

The tablet shall meet the following functional requirements.

2.6.1    Thermal Management

The wildcat tablet shall implement passive cooling through the tablet enclosure. The use of heat exchangers or internal fans shall require the specific approval of Xplore Technologies. The tablet shall contain active power management to reduce the internal thermal load during high temperature operation. Using power management, the tablet shall be operational over the temperature range specified in section 3.2.1.

2.6.1.1    Temperature Monitoring

The Wildcat tablet shall implement temperature monitoring of critical components. As a minimum, the tablet shall monitor the temperature of the components identified below. The tablet software shall be capable of generating an alert to the user for both high and low temperature out of tolerance conditions as identified below. Basic operation shall be in accordance with Figure 2-6 and the following sections.

·                             CPU utilizing the embedded on-die thermal diode

·                             Primary Battery utilizing its embedded thermister

·                             HDD ambient air temperature

·                             LCD ambient air temperature

·                             GMCH/ICH utilizing thermister on MLB

 

43



 

Figure 2-6 — Tablet Thermal State Diagram

2.6.1.2    High Temperature Operation

The Wildcat tablet BIOS shall monitor the critical components identified in section 2.6.1.1 and shall implement a thermal protection scheme to prevent damage to any of the critical components in the tablet due to operation outside their operating limits. As a minimum, the thermal protection software shall implement the thermal protection protocols identified in Table 2-24 — Thermal State Definitions.

Table 2-24 — Thermal State Definitions

Thermal State

 

Temperature

 

Functional Mode

 

Description

TZ0

 

Tm < Tcl

 

Low Temperature
Shutdown

 

Tablet held in shutoff state, requires reboot

TZ1

 

Tcl < Tm < T0

 

Normal Operation

 

Full Performance Operation

TZ2

 

T0 <Tm <T1

 

SpeedStep Operation

 

Low Performance Operation

TZ3

 

T1 < Tm < T2

 

Fan Operation

 

Low Performance Operation with Fan On

TZ4

 

T2 < Tm < T3

 

High Temperature Alert

 

Visual and Audible Warning to User

TZ5

 

Tm > Tch

 

High Temperature Shutdown

 

Tablet held in shutoff state, requires reboot

 

Notes:

 

Tcl

 

= Critical low temperature limit for any tablet components identified in section 2.6.1.1

 

 

Tch

 

= Critical high temperature limit for any tablet components identified in section 2.6.1.1

 

 

T0-T3

 

= Control temperatures determined during engineering development

 

 

Tm

 

= Measured temperature of any of the components identified in section 2.6.1.1

 

 

44



 

2.6.1.3   Low Temperature Operation

The Wildcat tablet thermal protection software shall implement power control to critical components to prevent damage due to operation at low temperatures. This control shall include at least the following areas:

                            Tablet Low Temperature Shutdown — The tablet critical operating temperature shall be the lower limit of the operation temperature range identified in section 3.2.1. Based on the ambient temperature readings taken from the LCD and HDD ambient sensors, the thermal protection software shall maintain the tablet in the OFF state when either of these readings is below the lower operating limit. Upon attempting to boot under this condition, the system BIOS shall emit a Critical Temperature alarm beep during POST and shall return to the OFF state. The system status LED shall indicate a fault condition (ST4 state) as identified in section 2.5.1.13.

                            Liquid Crystal Display — The LCD critical operating temperature shall be —10 degrees C. Based on the ambient temperature readings taken from the LCD ambient sensor, the thermal protection software shall maintain the LCD in the OFF state when the reading is below the critical limit. Upon attempting to boot under this condition, the system BIOS shall emit a Critical Temperature alarm beep during POST and shall continue to boot normally. The BIOS shall maintain the LCD in the OFF state. The system status LED shall indicate a warm up condition (ST5 state) as identified in section 2.5.1.13. After the LCD warms to above the critical temperature, the BIOS shall power up the display and continue normal operation.

2.6.1.4   Over Temperature Alarm

The Wildcat tablet shall be capable of generating a high temperature alarm to the user if any of the critical components exceeds their appropriate design limits (Thermal State TZ4). The set point for the over temperature alarm shall be settable for each of the components independently through the system BIOS. The BIOS shall support the ability to enable and/or disable both audible and visual alerts to the user.

2.6.1.5   Low Temperature Alarm

The Wildcat tablet shall be capable of generating a low temperature alarm to the user if any of the critical components exceeds their appropriate design limits (Thermal State TZ0) during normal tablet operation. If the tablet is operating when the condition is detected, the tablet shall continue to operate until it is rebooted. If the condition is detected at system boot, then the operation shall be in accordance with section 2.6.1.3. The set point for the low temperature alarm shall be settable for each of the components independently through the system BIOS. The BIOS shall support the ability to enable and/or disable both audible and visual alerts to the user.

2.6.1.6   Temperature Histogram

The Wildcat tablet shall maintain a log of the number of power on cycles experienced and a long-term histogram of the operating environment seen by the tablet over its operational life. As a minimum, the readings for the LCD ambient sensor, the HDD ambient sensor, the CPU and the Battery shall be recorded. Data for the histogram shall be collected at least once every 15 minutes of operation for a projected product lifecycle of 4 years. The histogram shall provide for a resolution of at least 5 degrees C over the range of - 5 to +125 degrees C. In addition to the temperature histogram, the tablet shall maintain an event log with timestamp for any out of tolerance temperature condition, either high or low, along with the identity of the component that registered the event. The event log,

 

 

45



 

temperature log and temperature histogram data shall be able to be read by a utility program running under Windows.

2.6.2   Battery Charge Regulation

The Wildcat tablet’s internal battery charger circuitry shall implement a smart charging scheme to regulate charge current and charge algorithm based on operating condition. The current status of the battery charger shall be able to be monitored using a Windows battery charger utility program. The charge algorithm and cutoff limits for each operating condition shall be reprogrammable. Thermal monitoring software shall be used to control the operation of the battery charger and to prevent damage to the battery in over/under temperature conditions. Operation of the charger circuitry shall be in accordance with the following sections and Figure 2-7.

Figure 2-7 — Battery Charger Thermal State Diagram

2.6.2.1   Normal Operation

During normal operation the battery charger shall maintain the primary battery between a maximum of 4.2 volts/cell (charging cutoff) and 3.0 volts/cell (discharge cutoff). The battery shall monitor each cell individually to ensure that no cell is charged or discharged beyond these limits. The charger shall implement a constant current charge algorithm with a switch to a constant voltage charge upon reaching the charging cutoff voltage. The charging circuitry shall constantly monitor input voltage and input current. Actual charging current shall be continuously adjusted based on tablet internal power consumption and external input voltage to limit power draw from the external source to 60 watts maximum (4.0 amps at a nominal input voltage of 15 volts).

The charger shall contain failsafe circuitry to protect the battery in the event of failure of the charging circuitry. The failsafe circuit shall limit charging current to below a C/2 rate (2 amps peak with the baseline Valence 4120 cells) under all charge conditions. The failsafe circuitry shall also protect against over charge or discharge of any battery cell beyond the range of 4.5 to 2.4 volts.

 

 

46



 

2.6.2.2   High Temperature Operation

For battery temperatures above 30°C, the battery charger shall adjust the discharge cutoff voltage to a higher value based on measured battery temperature. The cutoff voltage shall be linearly scaled from 3.0 volts at 30°C to 3.6 volts at 60°C. For battery temperatures above 45°C, the maximum charge current allowed shall be reduced to prevent excessive battery internal temperatures. The maximum allowable charge current shall be scaled linearly from a C/2 rate at 45°C to a C/10 rate at 60°C. Actual charge current shall be adjusted as required to maintain battery temperature at or below 60°C. Battery charging shall be inhibited for battery temperatures above 60°C. Critical shutdown temperature for the battery shall be 70°C. The high temperature limit for battery charging and critical system shutdown shall be programmable through the tablet BIOS.

2.6.2.3   Low Temperature Operation

Battery charging shall be inhibited for battery temperatures below -10°C. The low temperature limit for battery charging shall be programmable through the tablet BIOS.

2.6.3   Power Consumption

The Wildcat tablet shall contain active power management to maximize battery run time and reduce the internal thermal load on the tablet. The maximum power consumption with all internal components active shall be less than 22 watts, excluding the power consumed by any installed factory options. An estimate of the power consumed by the individual components is given in Table 2-25

Table 2-25 — Estimated Power Consumption

 

Item

 

Voltage (DC)

 

Current (mA)

 

Power (W)

 

Remarks

Intel Plll 800/400

 

1.1

 

6360

 

7.0/0.5

 

SpeedStep

MLB

 

1.25

 

 

 

2?

 

M82830

MLB

 

1.8/3.3

 

440/420

 

2.18

 

M82801

MLB

 

3.3

 

100

 

.3

 

82562ET

MLB

 

3.3

 

 

 

2?

 

PCI4410A

MLB

 

5.0/3.3

 

100/40

 

.33

 

AD1885 Audio Chip

MLB

 

3.3

 

600

 

2+

 

256MB SODIMM

MLB

 

3.3

 

 

 

?

 

Mini-PCI

HDD

 

5.0

 

700

 

3.5

 

Toshiba 20GB 2.5”

LCD & Backlight

 

3.3

 

 

 

3.7 typ

 

Toshiba LTM10C313K

PCMCIA

 

3.3

 

600

 

2.0

 

 

USB

 

3.3

 

500

 

1.7

 

 

 

2.6.3.1   Battery Run Time

The Wildcat tablet primary battery shall provide at least four (4) hours runtime, with power management active, as measured by the Ziff Davis Business Winstone 2001 BatteryMark program. The design goal is to provide at least six (6) hours runtime. The BIOS shall implement programmable power saving profiles to allow for maximizing the total battery run time.

 

47



 

2.6.3.2    Battery Suspend Time

The Wildcat tablet shall provide at least 96 hours of runtime with the system in an S3 (suspend to RAM) state, assuming a fully charged battery.

2.6.3.3    Low Battery Operation

The Wildcat tablet shall implement a low battery alarm and indicator using the front panel status LED as identified in section 2.5.1.13. There shall be two levels of low power alarm that may be set in the system BIOS.

When operating in the S0 state (normal G0 global operation state), upon reaching a battery capacity of 10%, the system shall enter the ST3 alert state as indicated in section 2.5.1.13. The user shall be provided with a visual indication of low battery and the system shall enter the Battery Optimized power management mode as identified in section 2.7.2.1. The user shall also be provided with an audible alert. The audible alert may be disabled in the system BIOS.

When operating in the S0 state (normal G0 global operation state), upon reaching a battery capacity of 3%, the system shall enter the ST4 alert state as indicated in section 2.5.1.13. The user shall be given notice that the system will be entering a hibernate mode and shall be instructed to perform a normal exit from any running applications. Upon reaching 1% remaining capacity, the system shall automatically enter the S4 sleep state, saving all user data and CPU context information to hard disk.

When operating in any of the S1 through S3 sleep states, the system shall not perform the user alert processing identified in this section. However, upon reaching 1% remaining capacity, the system shall automatically enter the S4 sleep state, as identified above. To minimize S3 entry latency, it’s probably desirable to implement the S3->S4 transition using an intermediate step at S0, but it’s not required.

2.6.4    Hot Docking Support

The Wildcat tablet shall support surprise connection and disconnection of devices from the USB and IEEE 1394 connections. The Wildcat tablet shall provide a means for the user to identify that the tablet is being undocked and a visible indication when undocking is allowed as required by the Microsoft Tablet PC specifications. Reconnection of external peripherals shall be automatic upon docking with the docking stations identified in section 2.5.2. Interlocks shall be provided on all power and signal lines as identified in sections 2.5.1.18.3 and 2.5.2.1.1 to protect against arcing for operation in hazardous atmospheric conditions.

2.7    Software Requirements

The following sections outline specific software requirements peculiar to the Wildcat tablet.

2.7.1    Operating System Software

The Wildcat tablet shall support installation and operation using Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional and Windows XP for Tablets (when available). All driver development performed for the Wildcat program shall support all of the above operating systems.

2.7.2    Application Software

The Wildcat development program includes the development of custom Windows Control Panel Applications (or the modification of existing Windows generic Control Panel Applications) to allow for the proper control of the Wildcat unique interfaces. The items identified below are suggested

 

 

48



 

implementations. The system developer is free to define an alternate means for providing the necessary features and configurability.

2.7.2.1    Power Management Control Panel

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with a control panel application to allow the user to control the operation of the power management features built into the tablet. This software may be an extension to the standard Windows power management software or may be a completely new application. The power management software shall allow the user to create, edit, delete and activate unique power management profiles to customize the operation of the power management software for specific applications. The power management software shall provide, as a minimum, the following capabilities:

                            A/C Power Profile: The power management software shall provide one setting for use when the tablet is running off external power. This mode shall default to a performance profile with the CPU at maximum speed, the backlight at full brightness and all power saving timeouts disabled. The user may edit this profile through the power management control panel application. However, all changes made shall apply to the current session only and shall default to the original system profile upon reboot of the system. Permanent changes to the A/C Power Profile are not allowed.

                            Battery Optimized Profile: The power management software shall provide at least one battery optimized setting for use when the tablet is running off internal battery power. This mode shall default to a maximum battery life profile with the CPU in its battery optimized mode, the backlight to minimum, and all peripheral timeouts set to minimum. The user may edit this profile through the power management control panel application. However, all changes made shall apply to the current session only and shall default to the original system profile upon reboot of the system. Permanent changes to the Battery Optimized Profile are not allowed.

                            User defined Profiles: The power management software shall allow the user to create, edit, copy and delete any number of user defined power management profiles. These profiles shall be saved to hard disk and shall be accessible for user selection through a Windows system tray icon. Within each profile, the user shall be allowed to set the power saving mode for the following:

                            CPU speed: The CPU speed may be set between four (4) levels (Low, Mid, High, Full). The specific CPU speed settings corresponding to these settings shall be determined during development.

                            Display Brightness: The backlight level shall be settable between three (3) levels (Low, Mid, High). The specific brightness level corresponding to these settings shall be determined during development.

                            Backlight Timing: The timeout for the backlight shall be settable to the following times: 1, 2, 3 and 5 minutes, then 5 minute intervals to 30 minutes, then 15 minute intervals to 1 hour, then 1 hour intervals to 5 hours and Never. After the timeout, if no user activity has been detected, the backlight shall be turned off. The backlight shall be restored to its previous value upon detection of any user interaction (keyboard entry, mouse movement, digitizer input, etc.).

                            Hard Disk Timing: The timeout for the internal hard disk drive shall be settable to the following times: 1, 2, 3 and 5 minutes, then 5 minute intervals to 30 minutes, then 15 minute intervals to 1 hour, then 1 hour intervals to 5 hours and Never.

 

 

49



 

After the timeout, if no user activity has been detected, the hard disk drive shall be turned off.

                            System Standby: The timeout for going to standby mode shall be settable to the following times: 1, 2, 3 and 5 minutes, then 5 minute intervals to 30 minutes, then 15 minute intervals to 1 hour, then 1 hour intervals to 5 hours and Never. After the timeout, if no user activity has been detected, the system will automatically enter the sleep state selected in the System BIOS.

                            System Hibernate: The timeout for going to hibernate mode (S4) shall be settable to the following times: 1, 2, 3 and 5 minutes, then 5 minute intervals to 30 minutes, then 15 minute intervals to 1 hour, then 1 hour intervals to 5 hours and Never. After the timeout, if no user activity has been detected, the system will automatically enter the S4 hibernate state, saving all CPU and memory context to hard disk. Recovery from the S4 state shall require a reboot of the system but system context shall be restored.

The A/C Power Profile shall be selected automatically by the system whenever the system detects that external power is being supplied. Whenever the system detects that the system is running off internal battery power alone, the power management software shall activate the last user profile selected. The user profile selection shall persist across system power cycles. If no user profiles are defined, or none have been selected, then the system will automatically select the Battery Optimized Profile.

2.7.2.2    Digitizer Control Panel

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with digitizer utility software to allow for testing and calibration of the installed digitizer (RF, resistive or both as appropriate). The number or points of calibration and the pattern of the calibration points on the screen shall be selectable by the user. The calibration data shall be stored to the hard disk drive or within the digitizer controller and automatically restored upon system boot up.

2.7.2.3    Monitor Control Panel

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with a customized version of the Windows Display control panel application. This customization shall allow for setting the Advanced features of the display control based on the video system provided in the Wildcat tablet.

2.7.2.4    Keypad Control Panel

The Wildcat tablet keypad shall be designed to be identified by the system as a standard USB keyboard device. Standard windows software shall be provided to allow for mapping of the keypad function keys to specific operating system commands.

2.7.3    Utility Software

The Wildcat development program shall include the development of the following utility software applications.

2.7.3.1    BIOS Setting Utility

The Wildcat shall be provided with a Windows utility application that allows selection and setting of all BIOS level functions. The selected BIOS functions shall become effective immediately upon closing the application. A reboot of the system is allowed if necessary to enable any changes.

 

 

50



 

2.7.3.2    Firmware Reprogramming Utility

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with a DOS utility for reprogramming all configurable embedded firmware. This shall include the System and Keyboard BIOS, the touch screen controllers, the front panel controller, the power supply controller and any other configurable component. One time programmable components are exempt from this requirement. The reprogramming utility shall allow for booting the system from any internal or external device (USB, IEEE 1394, CDROM) and uploading the embedded firmware code. The system and keyboard BIOS shall also be in-circuit reprogrammable remotely through the BTO access panel as specified in section 2.5.1.7.2.

2.7.3.3    Hardware Diagnostics Utility

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with a Windows utility program for system test and system diagnostics. This utility program shall be capable of reading out the system temperatures, both real time and those saved by the temperature monitoring circuitry identified in section 2.6.1.1. The utility shall allow all temperature and diagnostic data to be stored to hard disk in a comma-delimited format.

2.7.3.4    Charger Control Utility

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with a Windows utility program to control and reprogram the battery charger system. The utility shall allow the user to modify the charging system parameters and charging algorithm and reprogram the charger controller firmware.

2.7.4    BIOS Software

The Wildcat tablet hardware design and supporting BIOS shall be compatible with Microsoft PC2001 System Design Requirements and Windows XP Tablet PC Specifications. This shall include, but not be limited to, compliance with the following specifications and requirements:

1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification, Release 1.1

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/1394/

http://developer.intel.com/technology/1394/download/ohci_11.htm

1394 Trade Association Power Specification Part 1: Cable Power Distribution

1394 Trade Association Power Specification, Part 3: Power State Management

ftp://ftp.p1394pm.org/pub/p1394pm/

Accelerated Graphics Port Interface Specification, Revision 2.0

http://developer.intel.com

“ACPI Docking for Windows 2000”

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/onnow/ACPIdock.htm

Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification, Revision 2.0 (ACPI 2.0)

http://www.teleport.com/~acpi/

AGP Pro Specification, Revision 1.1a

http://www.agpforum.org/downloads/apro_r10.pdf

Application Specification for Microsoft Windows 2000, for desktop applications, Version 1.0

http://msdn.microsoft.com/certification/appspec.asp

AT Attachment with Packet Interface — 5 (ATAIATAPI-5)

ftp://fission.dt.wdc.com/pub/standards/x3t13/project/d1321r3.pdf

ATAPI Removable Media Device BIOS Specification, Version 1.0

 

 

51


http://www.ptltd.com/techs/specs.html

ATAPI Removal Rewriteable Media Devices (INF-8070i)

ftp://fission.dt.wdc.com/pub/standards/SFF/specs/INF-8070.PDF

Audio Codec ‘97, Revision 2.1

http://developer.intel.com/ial/scalableplatforms/audio/index.htm

Audio Device Class Power Management Reference Specification, Version 1.0

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

BIOS Boot Specification, Version 1.01

http://www.ptltd.com/techs/specs.html

Boot Integrity Services Application Programming Interface, Version 1.0

http://developer.intel.com/ial/wfm/wfmspecs.htm

Common Application Environment (CAE) Specification

http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9629399/toc.htm

Communications Device Class Power Management Reference Specification, Version 1.0

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

Computer Display Monitor Timing Specifications, Version 1, Rev. 0.8

http://www.vesa.org/standards.html

Default Device Class Power Management Reference Specification, Version 1.0

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

Digital Visual Interface (DVI), Revision 1.0

http://www.ddwg.org

Display Device Class Power Management Reference Specification, Version 1.0b

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

DVD Specification, Version 1.0

Toshiba Corporation

http://www.toshiba.com

DVD Specifications for Rewritable Disc, Part 1: Physical Specifications

Toshiba Corporation

http://www.toshiba.com

ECMA Standards: ECMA-267 (DVD-ROM), ECMA-272, 273 (DVD-RAM) and ECMA-274 (+RW)

http://www.ecma.ch/

Enhanced Host Controller Interface Specification for Universal Serial Bus 2.0

To be published on http://www.usb.org/ when available

IEEE 1394-1995 Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus

http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/std/busarch/1394-1995.pdf

http://standards.ieee.org/index.html

http://global.ihs.com

Instantly Available PC System Power Delivery Requirements and Recommendations

http://developer.intel.com/design/power/supply98.htm

Instantly Available Power Managed Desktop PC Design Guide

http://developer.intel.com/technology/iapc/tech.htm

 

52



 

Low Pin Count (LPC) Interface Specification

Network Device Class Power Management Reference Specification, Version 1.0a

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

OpenHCI: Open Host Controller Interface Specification for USB, Release 1.0a

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/respec/busspecs.htm

OnNow and Power Management Web page

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/onnow/

PC Card and CardBus Guidelines, Version 1.1

http://www.pcdesguide.org/library/pccard.htm

PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification, Revision 1.1

PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification, Revision 1.0

PCI SIG

Phone: (800) 433-5177

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/specification/

PCI Hot-Plug Specification, Revision 1.0

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/specification/

PCI IDE Controller Specification, Revision 1.0

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/docs/

PCI Local Bus Specification, Revision 2.2 (PCI 2.2)

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/specification/

PCI to PCI Bridge Architecture Specification Rev. 1.1

PCI SIG

Phone: (800) 433-5177

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/specificatton/

PCI-X Specification, Revision 1.0 (PCI-X 1.0)

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/specification/

Plug and Play Design Specification for IEEE 1394, Version 1.0c

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/respec/pnpspecs.htm

Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) Specification, Version 2.1

http://developer.intel.com/ial/wfm/wfmspecs.htm

Reduced Block Commands (RBC)

ftp://ftp.t10.org/t10/drafts/rbc/rbc-r10a.pdf

“Scan Codes for Keyboard Power Switches”

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/desinit/scancode.htm

Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2)

ANSI NCITS 325-1998

http://web.ansi.org/public/std_info.html

Smart Battery Charger Specification, Revision 1.1

Smart Battery Data Specification, Revision 1.1

Smart Battery System Manager Specification, Revision 1.0

http://www.sbs-forum.org/specs/

Specification of the Bluetooth System, Volume 1: Core, v1.0 B

Specification of the Bluetooth System, Volume 2: Profiles, v1.0 B

Bluetooth Special Interest Group (SIG)

http://www.bluetooth.com

 

53



 

Storage Device Class Power Management Reference Specification, Version 1.0a

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

System Management BIOS Reference Specification, Version 2.3

http://www.phoenix.com/techs/specs.html

Universal Serial Bus Class Definitions for Communication Devices, Version 1.0

Universal Serial Bus Common Class Specification, Revision 1.0

Universal Serial Bus Device Class Definition for Audio Devices, Release 1.0

Universal Serial Bus Device Class Definition for Device Bay Controllers

Universal Serial Bus Device Class Definition for Printing Devices, Version 1.1

Universal Serial Bus Mass Storage Class Specification Overview, V1.0 Revision

Universal Serial Bus PC Legacy Compatibility Specification, 0.9 Draft Revision

http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs.html

Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 1.1

Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 2.0

http://www.usb.org/developers/docs.html

Universal Serial Bus (USB) Device Class Definition for Human Interface Devices (HID), Version 1.1

http://www.usb.org/developers/data/devclass/hid1_1.pdf

USB HID Usage Tables, Version 1.1

http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage.html

VESA BIOS Extension Standard/Core Functions 2.0 (VBE/Core 2.0)

VESA Display Data Channel (DDC) Standard, Version 3

VESA Enhanced Extended Display Data Channel Standard (E-DDC), Version 1

VESA Enhanced Extended Display Identification Data Standard (E-EDID), Release A

VESA Extended Display Identification Data (EDID) Standard, Version 3

VESA Generalized Timing Formula (GTF), Version 1.1

Video Electronics Standards Association (VESA)

Phone: (408) 435-0333

Fax: (408) 435-8225

http://www.vesa.org/standards.html

Windows Hardware Instrumentation Implementation Guidelines, Version 1.0

White papers and guidelines for WMI

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/WMI/

 

2.7.4.1   Configuration

 

The BIOS shall support numerous configurable options as identified in the hardware design requirements sections 2.5 and 2.6. All BIOS settings shall be configurable from within Windows using a BIOS utility program as identified in section 2.7.3.1.

 

54



 

2.7.4.2   Reprogrammability

 

The BIOS shall be reprogrammable using a system utility as identified in section 2.7.3.2. The BIOS shall also be reprogrammable remotely through the BTO access panel as specified in section 2.5.1.7.2.

 

2.7.4.3   ACPI Support

 

The BIOS shall support active power management in accordance with the requirements of Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification, Revision 2.0. The ACPI functionality shall be configurable using a Windows application as identified in section 2.7.2.1.

 

2.7.4.4   Boot Timing

 

The BIOS shall support a normal system boot from S4 within 30 seconds. This shall include BIOS initialization and test, device initialization and operating system initialization. No applications need to be running for the normal boot timing verification. The BIOS shall also support a “Quick Boot” capability in accordance with the Windows XP Tablet PC Specification. The system must meet the following specification regarding resume from S3 sleep timing as closely as possible.

 

P1 . Resume from S3 to SO must reliably complete in less than 2 seconds. Resume time is measured by Bootvis.exe (available at http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/fastboot/ ) and includes the sum of “Bios Wake + Device init + Apps init”. No applications are required to be running during the bootvis test, but test must be executed with the Tablet PC configured as it’s expected to ship. Any applications or services that will run automatically out-of-the-box (such as OEM-provided tray applications, not run-once apps such as end-user registration) must be running during the test. No external peripherals are required to be connected, but all built-in devices must be enabled during the test.

 

2.7.4.5   SpeedStep Processing

 

The BIOS shall provide full support for operation of the CPU and the supporting hardware at less than full speed and full voltage to take advantage of the processor’s speedstep capability. Transition between modes shall be transparent to the end user.

 

2.7.4.6   IEEE1394 Support

 

The BIOS shall provide full support for IEEE1394 devices attached directly to the tablet and through the docking adapters. The BIOS shall support system boot from any attached 1394 block devices (DVD, CDRW, CDROM, HDD). The BIOS shall support hot docking and surprise attachment of devices to the integrated 1394 bus.

 

2.7.4.7   USB 2.0 Support

 

The BIOS shall provide full support for Universal Serial Bus, Revision 2.0 devices. The BIOS shall support system boot from any attached USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 block devices (CDROM, HDD, Floppy Disk). The BIOS shall support hot docking and surprise attachment of USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 devices to the integrated USB bus.

 

55



 

2.8   Testability Requirements

 

The design of the Wildcat tablet and associated printed circuit boards (PCBs) shall support automatic test and the attachment of diagnostic equipment. As a minimum, the PCB design shall include the following:

                            Buried vias shall be avoided to the maximum extent possible.

                            All signal traces that are routed entirely or mostly with the inner layers of the PCB shall be provided with vias and/or test connectors to allow for In-Circuit-Test of the signal lines and attachment of diagnostic equipment (signal generators, logic analyzers, oscilloscopes, etc.). This includes traces from BGA components that are not otherwise readily available for probing during debug and test.

                            All JTAG outputs from major system components (CPU, supporting chipset and any other components providing JTAG test connections) shall be provided with test points to assist in board level diagnostics and debug.

                            All bus connections from the Main Processor, the GMCH and the ICH shall be fitted with high density AMP Matched Impedance Connectors (Mictor). This shall apply to the GTL bus, the PC133 system memory bus, the GMCH to ICH interconnect bus, the PCI bus, the LVDS and TMDS video data bus interfaces and the LPC bus. The Mictor connectors shall be installed for all EVT and DVT tablets but may be omitted during production.

                            All embedded processors and components containing firmware shall be in circuit programmable and re-programmable. Diodes shall be provided in the design such that component re-programming shall not require powering of the entire PCB. Reprogramming connectors shall be provided adjacent to the components as required or as otherwise specified in this document.

                            For all EVT units, the CPU, the system BIOS flash memory, and the embedded processors shall be installed on socketed adapter boards to allow their removal and the attachment of integrated in circuit emulation (I 2 CE) equipment.

 

2.9   Reliability

 

The Wildcat family of products shall be designed for a service life of 40,000 operating hours (minimum) using MIL-HDBK-217F as a guide. The electronic design shall, as a minimum, meet the following guidelines:

                            All passive components shall be established reliability (ER) types and shall be derated to at least the requirements of MIL-HDBK-217F

                            Where available, all components shall be certified for temperature extremes to at least industrial limits (-40°C to +70°C). Use of commercial standard components shall require the written approval of Xplore Technologies.

                            No Aluminum or paper electrolytic capacitors shall be used.

                            All resistors shall be established reliability (ER) metal film types. Where the electrical design requires the use of alternate resistor types, their use shall be approved in writing by Xplore Technologies.

                            A complete worst-case thermal analysis shall be performed. All high power components shall be provided with heat sinks and thermal pads. No component case temperatures above +100°C shall be allowed when operating at full performance at an ambient temperature of +60°C. The thermal analysis shall be validated by performing a thermal scan of the EVT units during development.

 

56



 

2.10    Physical Characteristics

 

Table 2-26 — Physical Characteristics

 

Height

 

Width

 

Depth

 

Weight

203mm

 

275mm

 

41mm

 

4.5 lbs.

 

57



 

2.11    Design and Construction

 

The Wildcat tablet shall be designed in accordance with the general guidelines provided by MIL-STD-454 and the requirements of this section.

 

2.11.1    Socketed Microcircuits

 

Due to their lack of reliability in high vibration environments, no sockets shall be used for microcircuit installation, except as expressly identified in this PRD, without the written approval of Xplore Technologies. This requirement does not preclude the use of circuited microcircuits on Engineering Verification Test (EVT) units where their use will simplify system bring up and debug.

 

2.11.2    Materials

 

All materials used in the construction of the Wildcat tablet products, docking stations and peripheral equipment shall meet the requirements of this section.

 

2.11.2.1    Flammability & Safety Requirements

 

All materials, components, and interconnect wire and cable used in the construction of products shall meet the flammability and electrical safety requirements defined in UL 60950.

 

2.11.2.2    Compatibility Requirements

 

Materials used in the construction shall withstand all of the environmental requirements of section 3.2 and the fluid compatibility requirements of section 3.2.10. This shall include exposure to aromatic hydrocarbons (fuels and oils), alcohols, cleaning solvents, brake fluid, hydraulic fluid and biologic and chemical decontamination fluids.

 

2.11.2.3    Corrosion Resistance

 

Materials used in the construction of the Wildcat tablet and associated equipment shall be chosen to minimize the effects of galvanic corrosion between mating components in accordance with the design guidelines of MIL-STD-889. All materials shall be corrosion resistant or shall be coated or metallurgically processed to resist corrosion. Materials and processes for metallic parts should conform to applicable guidelines in MIL-STD-889 and MIL-STD-1516. Coatings should be selected from MIL-STD-1516. Where the use of non corrosion resistant materials is required for the electrical performance purposes, its used shall be minimized.

 

2.11.3    Electrical Wire

 

All internal wiring, with the exception of custom flex circuitry, shall conform to the requirements of MIL-W-22759/18 for shielded wiring and MIL-W-22759/16 for unshielded wiring. No wiring utilizing PVC insulation shall be used.

 

2.11.4    Fasteners and Hardware

 

All screws, fasteners and attachment hardware shall be of corrosion resistant steel. No cadmium-plated fasteners or hardware shall be used. All attachments shall conform to Unified American Standard (UNF) thread forms. No special tooling shall be required for the assembly or service of the tablet.

 

2.11.5    Conformal Coating

 

All printed circuit cards used in the manufacturing of the Wildcat tablet shall be conformal coated using an acrylic (Type AR) resin meeting the requirements of MIL-I-46058 & IPC-CC-830. Connectors

 

58



 

shall be masked prior to application. High temperature components requiring special heat sinks shall be masked in the heat sink area to prevent coating between the component and the heat sink.

 

2.11.6    Seals and Gaskets

 

All exterior openings shall be fitted with seals or gaskets to prevent entry of dust and water in accordance with the environmental requirements of section 3.2. Internal compartments, which might be exposed in a field environment, shall be internally isolated from the main electronics area of the enclosure to maintain electrical and mechanical integrity of the tablet electronics. Shop replaceable components shall be located in their own internal compartment and shall be serviceable without opening the main electronics enclosure as identified in section 2.5.1.7.

 

Seals and plugs covering external I/O ports shall be tight fitting to ensure that they do not become dislodged due to the shock and vibration environments of section 3.2. All plugs and seals that are opened by the user shall be physically attached to the tablet enclosure such that they cannot come loose or be lost. Hinges and attachments of seals and plugs shall withstand a minimum of 10,000 cycles before failure.

 

2.11.7    EMI Sealing Requirements

 

All mating surfaces of the tablet enclosure shall be fitted with EMI seals to minimize radiated emissions. All gaskets and seals shall be constructed from conductive material or be fitted with conductive ‘whiskers’ to maintain the EMI seal. All ports that are designed to be opened in the field shall be fitted with internal EMI shields and shall meet all requirements of section 3.3 with the ports open.

 

2.11.8    Bonding and Grounding

 

The Wildcat tablet shall provide grounding and shielding provisions in accordance with MIL-B-5087.

 

2.11.9    User Information

 

The FCC requires specific information be furnished to the user of digital devices which are subject to regulatory compliance. The content of the user information is dependent on the intended application of the product. The following statement shall be placed within a prominent location within the user documentation.

 

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

 

No changes, modifications or adjustments should be made to this device. Changes or modifications to any other portion of this device not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user’s authority to operate the device.

 

2.11.10    Product Marking

 

All products that may be operated in a commercial or residential area shall include a label with the following statement placed in a prominent location on the device. The label shall be readily legible and permanently affixed to the main unit in a conspicuous manner. “Permanent” means etched, engraved, stamped, silk-screened, or indelibly printed on a permanent part of the equipment or on a plate welded, riveted, or attached by permanent adhesive (i.e. not readily detachable).

 

59



 

This device contains a transmitter type accepted under Part 2 of the FCC Rules:

 

This device also contains digital circuitry that has been tested and found to comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operations.

 

FCC ID

 

 

TYPE OR MODEL No.

 

SERIAL No.

 

 

 

Application Note : If the unit already includes a bar code label with the serial number clearly inscribed, it is not necessary to include the serial number on the FCC label.

 

2.11.11   Workmanship

 

The workmanship of all electronics assemblies and subassemblies shall be in accordance with Acceptability of Electronic Assemblies (IPC-A-610B).

 

60



 

3.0   CONFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

3.1   General Requirements

 

Unless specified otherwise, the following requirements shall apply to all tests.

 

3.1.1   Ambient Conditions

 

Ambient conditions including room temperature and humidity are defined as from 18 to 28 °C @ 50%, respectively.

 

3.1.2   Accuracy and Calibration

 

The accuracy of test conditions shall be ± 1% for voltage, frequency, time, torque, and distance. Accuracy of temperature shall be ± 2° C and the accuracy of humidity and pressure shall be ± 5%. Calibration of lab instruments is usually performed on an ‘as need’ basis. The calibration of test equipment and the resultant accuracy thereof is the responsibility of the test laboratory or test engineer.

 

3.1.3   Samples

 

Sample size for a given product may vary depending on product maturity and availability. Recommended sample sizes for singular environmental tests is from 3 to 6 and for combined, endurance or stress tests is a minimum of 10. For product screening, a minimum of 50 samples is recommended to ensure an accurate statistical representation is achieved during the screening process. It is required that ALL samples be inspected before and after test. Where deviations in sample size are required, there shall be mutual agreement between the design engineer and test engineer prior to test. Test samples shall be randomly selected and allocated for tests. Each sample shall be permanently identified with a unique unit under test (UUT) sample number. Acceptable methods of marking shall be permanent markers, etching, labels, or tags.

 

3.1.4   Sample Inspection

 

Without exception, all test samples shall be inspected for conformance to engineering documentation including drawings/schematics, compliance with workmanship and material standards or specifications, an compliance with functional requirements.

 

3.1.5   Test Coverage

 

Unless otherwise specified, all products shall be subjected to every part of this standard.

 

3.1.6   Acceptance Criteria

 

In addition to the requirements defined in applicable product specifications, samples shall be fully functional and undamaged before and after each test.

 

3.1.7   Test Reports

 

Subsequent to the execution of the test plan, a detailed test report summarizing the results obtained shall be generated. The test report shall include executive summary including a list of or reference to test requirements, list of deviations or exceptions to these requirements, sample description and identification, test setup, and any limitations of the test.

 

61


 

3.2      Environmental Requirements

 

Table 3-1 — Environmental Qualification Requirements

 

Characteristic

 

Requirement

 

Test Method

 

Configuration

3.2.1

 

Operating Temperature

 

-20° C to +60° C (Note 1)

 

MIL-STD-810F Methods 501.4, 502.4

 

Operating

3.2.2

 

Storage Temperature

 

-40°C to +75° C (Note1)

 

MIL-STD-810F Methods 501-4, 502-4

 

Non-operating, power up from storage extremes

3.2.3

 

Thermal Shock

 

> 1.5° C < 5° C / min -20° C to +60° C

 

Verified during temperature cycle testing above

 

Operating

3.2.4

 

Relative Humidity

 

0% to 95% (+3/-5%) non-condensing, 23° C to 60° C, 10 cycles of 48 Hr.

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 507.4

 

Operating during test periods as per test procedures

3.2.5

 

Solar Radiation

 

1120 W/m2 (355 Btu/ft2/hr) UVB @ 50oC, 7x24 ;hr cycles

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 505.4

 

Non-operating

3.2.6

 

Rain

 

Blowing Rain 4”/Hr, 40mph Wind

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 506.4 Procedure I

 

Operating, Tablet and Remote Electronics Module

3.2.7

 

Rain

 

Drip Proof 7 gal/ft2/hr

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 506.4 Procedure III (Drip)

 

Operating, Docking Interface Module

3.2.8

 

Sand & Dust

 

Particle Size <149 m m. 10 ± 7 g/m3 particle density 1.5 m/s to 8.9 m/s Wind Speed

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 510,4 Procedure I (Blowing Dust)

 

Operating, all seals in place.

3.2.9

 

Salt Fog

 

5% saline for 48 hr (12 hr. wet, 12 hr. dry, 2 cycles)

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 509.4

 

Non-operating, Tablet and Remote Electronics Module

3.2.10

 

Contamination by Fluids (note 2)

 

Detergents, brake fluid, aromatic hydrocarbons

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 504

 

Non-Operating

3.2.11

 

Low Pressure (Altitude)

 

15,000 Feet in accordance with Procedure I

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 500.4

 

Operating

3.2.12

 

Vibration (Integrity)

 

Minimum Integrity Test 0.04g ^ 2/Hz, 20Hz — 1000Hz-6dB/octive 1000Hz — 2000Hz Figure 514.5C-17

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 514.5

 

Non-Operating

3.2.13

 

Vibration (Vehicle)

 

Composite Wheeled Vehicle Figure 514.5C-3

 

MSL-STD-810F Method 514.5

 

Mounted on Vehicle Mount, Operating

3.2.14

 

Mechanical Shock

 

20g, 11ms, Terminal Sawtooth, Operating 40g, 11ms, Terminal Sawtooth, Non-Operating

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 516.5

 

Mounted on Vehicle Mount

3.2.15

 

Crash Shock
(note 3)

 

75g, 11ms, Terminal Sawtooth

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 516.5

 

Mounted in Vehicle Mount, Non-Operating, Unit must remain attached

3.2.16

 

Transit Shock

 

48 in drop, concrete, all surfaces, edges and corners (26 drops) spread over 5 test units

 

MIL-STD-810F Method 516.5

 

Drop Test, Tablet only


Notes:

1.                           The Wildcat tablet computers shall be fitted with temperature sensors to allow control of the table operation over temperature extremes. These sensors shall monitor CPU, LCD and HDD temperatures. When the computer is operating in temperatures outside the normal temperature range of the associated components, functions within the

 

62



 

BIOS shall regulate the duty cycle of the components to minimize the potential damage to these components. The details of the operation of these functions shall be documented in the BIOS design requirements document.

2.                           This requirement may be satisfied by analysis if the materials used can be shown to be compatible with the associated contaminant materials.

3.                           Crash shock testing shall be used to verify the safety and integrity of the vehicle mounting system during accidental vehicle crash conditions. The tablet computer does not have to survive exposure to these shock levels. In addition, some yielding of the mounting structure is allowed. However, the tablet is to remain firmly attached to the mount during and after exposure to the crash shock levels. No piece of the tablet or the mounting system, that would pose a potential hazard to vehicle occupants, is allowed to detach from the installation.

 

3.3      Electromagnetic Compatibility

 

Table 3-2 — Electromagnetic Compatibility

 

Characteristic

 

Specification

 

Requirement Limits

 

Test Method

3.3.1

 

Electrostatic Discharge

 

EN55024

 

20kV

 

EN 61000-4-2

3.3.2

 

Radiated Susceptibility

 

EN55024
MIL-STD-461E

 

5.1.7 Electric Field, 2 MHz to 40 GHz

 

EN61000-4-3 RS103

3.3.3

 

Radiated Emissions

 

EN55022
FCC 47CFR
MIL-STD-461E

 

5.1.6 Electric Field Radiation, 2MHz to 10GHz

 

EN55022, Class B Part 15, Subclass B RE102

3.3.4

 

Conducted Susceptibility

 

EN55024
MIL-STD-461E

 

5.1.2 Power Leads, 30 Hz to 150 kHz
5.1.3 Bulk Cable Injection, 10 kHz to 200 MHz
5.1.4 30 ns Impulse Excitation, 30Hz
5.1.5 Damped Transients, 10kHz to 100MHz

 

EN61000-4-6
CS101
CS114
CS115
CS116

3.3.5

 

Conducted Emissions

 

EN55022
MIL-STD-461E

 

5.1.1 Power Leads, 10 kHz to 10 MHz

 

EN55022
CE102

 

3.4      Regulatory Compliance

The Wildcat tablet PC products shall be certified to be in compliance with the regulatory standards identified in Table 3-3 and any other safety or emissions standards required to meet the regulatory statutes in the following countries: 

US

Argentina

Australia

Austria

Belgium

Brazil

Canada

China

Colombia

Denmark

France

Germany

Hong Kong

Israel

Italy

Japan

Korea

Malaysia

Mexico

Netherlands

Norway

Singapore

South Africa

Spain

Sweden

Switzerland

Taiwan

United Kingdom

 

 

Table 3-3 — Regulatory Compliance

 

Characteristic

 

Requirement

 

Test Method

 

Configuration

3.4.1

 

CISPR 22

 

FCC Part 15 Class B

 

ANSI

 

Operating

3.4.2

 

CE Mark

 

EN 55022; EN 50082-1

 

EN 55022

 

Operating

3.4.3

 

E Mark

 

EEC Directive 72/245/EEC (95/54/EC)

 

 

 

Operating

3.4.4

 

VCCI

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

3.4.5

 

BMSI

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

3.4.6

 

TUV

 

UL 60950

 

UL 60950

 

Operating

3.4.7

 

RRL

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

3.4.8

 

C-Tick Mark

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

63



 

4.0    QUALITY ASSURANCE

 

4.1    Environmental Stress Screening

Environmental stress screening (ESS) involves the application of multiple stress stimuli beyond specification limits to reveal latent defects in components, subassemblies, assemblies and systems. It includes HALT and HASS processes intended to cause product failures by turning latent defects into patent defects, analyze their root causes, and correct the problems before the product reaches the customer. The application of HALT and HASS play a critical role in improving the inservice reliability of a product through better, more robust designs and manufacturing processes. HALT and HASS audits should be performed subsequent to significant design changes or on a periodic basis as determined necessary. The Generic Requirements for Environmental Stressing Applied to Telecommunications Products (GR-2840-CORE) shall be used as a guideline in determination and execution of the ESS.

 

4.1.1    Highly Accelerated Life Test (HALT)

HALT is a process used during the product design phase that provide environments which force design and process issues to become manifest. It is a discovery tool for engineering, no a pass/fail test. The objectives of HALT are to,

                            quickly discover design and process flaws

                            evaluate and improve design margins

                            verify environmental operating limits

 

HALT is to be first applied at the lowest modular unit level: typically individual PCBs. The HALT process is then applied to increasing levels of complexity: typically subassemblies or assemblies and systems. HALT should be performed at all assembly levels prior to release for production.

 

Application Note :  A typical HALT involves thermal stress from -60° C to +90° C at up to 60° C per minute rate combined with mechanical stress of from 28 Grms measured product response.

 

A typical HALT profile includes step stress using from 3 to 6 samples. Power to the UUT is cycled and functional tests performed at each step. All failures are subject to a detailed fault analysis to determine mode of failure and any weaknesses or defects. The following stress sequence is recommended:

 

1.                          Low Temp Step Stress : includes -10° C steps (starting from 0°) with ten minute dwells until both operational and destruct/test limits are determined. High Temp Step Stress : includes +10° C steps (starting from 50°) with ten minute dwells until both operational and destruct/test limits are determined.

2.                          High Rate Temp Cycling : includes cycling temperature between operational extremes at a high rate of change (>30° C per minute) with ten minute dwells at each extreme.

3.                          Vibration Step Stress : includes 2 Grms steps (starting at 10 Grms product response) with ten minute dwells until both operational and destruct/test limits are determined.

4.                          Combined Vibration & Temp Cycling : includes cycling between operational temperature extremes and stress step vibration up to the operational limit with ten minute dwells at each extreme.

 

4.1.2    Highly Accelerated Stress Screening (HASS)

 

HASS is a process used in manufacturing, that allows the discovery of process changes. It prevents products with latent defects from getting to our customers. The purpose of HASS is to,

 

64



 

1.                          determine need and nature of any burn-in or screening process required to address infant mortality

2.                          determine acceptable manufacturing tolerances before release to manufacturing and the customer

3.                          use as a sustaining engineering tool to evaluate impact of modifications to the product or process by which it is manufactured

 

Each HASS profile is peculiar to each product and must be derived from HALT results. When the HALT destruct limits have been determined, the HASS limits can be derived by applying the 80/50 Rule. This rule of thumb suggests using 80% of the destruct temperature limits and 50% of the destruct vibration limit and using the resulting limits for the HASS profile. In the event that the derived HASS limit is less than the operational limit, the operational limit shall be used.

 

A typical HASS profile is shown below. A specific profile should be used for each particular product and the profile run at least 10 times at the beginning of the screening process to ensure product life is not adversely affected. It is recommended that a minimum of 50 samples be subjected to HASS to establish a reasonable statistical model of the product for determination of burn-in processes and affects to product infant mortality.

 

Figure 4.1 — Combined Stress Profile

4.1.3    Audits

Highly accelerated stress audits (HASA) shall be performed for each significant product design or manufacturing process change. HASA is a quality control tool using HASS results as a baseline in detecting shifts in manufacturing processes.

 

65



 

4.2    Compliance Matrix

Table 4.1 — Qualification Compliance Matrix

Ref
Section

 

Characteristic

 

Method

 

Design

 

EVT

 

DVT

 

NPI

2.3

 

Major Components

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.1

 

Wildcat Tablet

 

Inspection

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.2

 

Docking Stations

 

Inspection

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.3

 

Build to Order Options (note 1)

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.4

 

MS Compliance

 

Test

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

 

2.5

 

Design Requirements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5.1

 

Tablet Requirements

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.5.2

 

Docking Station Requirements

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.5.3

 

Desktop Power Supply

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.6

 

Functional Requirements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.6.1

 

Thermal Management

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.6.2

 

Battery Charge Regulation

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.6.3

 

Power Consumption

 

Analysis, Test

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.6.4

 

Hot Docking Support

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.7

 

Software Requirements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.7.1

 

Operating System

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.7.2

 

Application Software

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.7.3

 

Utility Software

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.7.4

 

BIOS Software

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

2.8

 

Testability Requirements

 

Inspection

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

 

2.9

 

Reliability (note 2)

 

Inspection, Eng. Test

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

 

2.10

 

Physical Characteristics

 

Inspection

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

 

2.11

 

Design and Construction

 

Inspection

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

 

3.2

 

Environmental Requirements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2.1

 

Operating Temperature

 

Analysis, Test

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

 

3.2.2

 

Storage Temperature

 

Analysis, Test

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.2.3

 

Thermal Shock

 

Analysis, Test

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.2.4

 

Relative Humidity

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.2.5

 

Solar Radiation

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.2.6

 

Rain, Blowing

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.2.7

 

Rain, Drip

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.2.8

 

Sand & Dust

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.2.9

 

Salt Fog

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.2.10

 

Contamination by Fluids

 

Analysis

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2.11

 

Low Pressure (Altitude)

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

66



 

3.2.12

 

Vibration (Integrity)

 

Analysis, Test

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

 

3.2.13

 

Vibration (Vehicle)

 

Analysis, Test

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

 

3.2.14

 

Mechanical Shock

 

Analysis, Test

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.2.15

 

Crash Shock

 

Analysis, Test

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.2.16

 

Transit Shock

 

Analysis, Test

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.3

 

Electromagnetic Compatibility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3.1

 

Electrostatic Discharge

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.3.2

 

Radiated Susceptibility

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.3.3

 

Radiated Emissions

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

 

3.3.4

 

Conducted Susceptibility

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.3.5

 

Conducted Emissions

 

Test

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

 

3.4

 

Regulatory Compliance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4.1

 

CISPR 22

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.4.2

 

CE Mark

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.4.3

 

E Mark

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.4.4

 

VCCI

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.4.5

 

BMSI

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.4.6

 

TUV

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.4.7

 

RRL

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

3.4.8

 

C-Tick Mark

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

4.1

 

Environmental Stress Screening

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1.1

 

Highly Accelerated Life Test (HALT)

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

4.1.2

 

Highly Accelerated Stress Screening (HASS)

 

Test

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X


Notes:

1.  BTO components shall be installed and tested to verify compatibility and regulatory compliance. The configurations tested shall include, as a minimum, the components listed in Table 2-4 and Table 2-6, installed in the combinations shown in Table 2-5.

 

2.  Reliability analysis is not required unless called out in the project Statement-of-Work. Compliance with the design for reliability guidelines shall be verified during design review. A thermal survey is required on EVT and DVT designs to verify thermal analysis and verify that heat sinking is operating as designed. Actual tablet reliability shall be augmented by HALT testing of NPI units and corrective action shall be required to remove any first or second round component failures.

 

4.3    Factory Acceptance Test

Factory acceptance test requirements, specifications and procedures shall be developed by the contract manufacturer as part of the engineering development activity and must be approved in writing by Xplore Technologies prior to new product introduction. The contract manufacturer is responsible for the development of all special purpose test equipment, test software and test fixtures. The factory testing shall be sufficient to ensure that the products being produced meet all of the design, functional, construction, and quality requirements of this document.

 

67



 

5.0    APPENDIX

 

5.1    EMI Test Limits

 

The following section details the specific tailoring to the applied to the EMI/EMC test requirements defined in section 3.3.

 

5.1.1    CE102 Conducted Emissions, Power Leads, 10 kHz to 10 MHz

 

The Wildcat tablet power input ports and the REM power input shall be tested to the limits defined in Figure 5-1. The test limits shall use the Basic Curve without relaxation. These limits apply to all power inputs and ground returns. The test shall be conducted with the tablet operating, mounted to the DIM and connected to the REM.

 

Figure 5-1 — CE102 Test Limits

 

68



 

5.1.2    CS101 Conducted Susceptibility, Power Leads, 30 Hz to 150 kHz

 

The Wildcat tablet power input ports and REM power input shall be tested to the limits defined in Figure 5-2.

 

Figure 5-2 — CS101 Test Limits

 

69



 

5.1.3    CS114 Conducted Susceptibility, Bulk Cable Injection, 10 kHz to 200 MHz

 

The Tablet and REM shall be subjected to the limit tests associated with ground based operation from Table 5-1. The associated test limits shall be in accordance with the test curves from Figure 5-3.

 

Table 5-1 — CS114 Test Limit Selection

 

 

 

 

 

LIMIT CURVE # FROM FIGURE CS114-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALL SHIPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIRCRAFT

 

 

 

(ABOVE DECKS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PLATFORM

 

(EXTERNAL OR

 

 

 

AND

 

SHIPS

 

SHIPS (NON-

 

 

 

 

 

 

FREQ.

 

SAFETY

 

AIRCRAFT

 

SUBMARINES

 

(METALLIC)

 

METALLIC)

 

SUBMARINES

 

 

 

 

RANGE

 

CRITICAL)

 

INTERNAL

 

(EXTERNAL)*

 

(BELOW DECKS)

 

(BELOW DECKS)

 

(INTERNAL)

 

GROUND

 

SPACE

10 KHz

 

A

 

5

 

5

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

3

 

3

â

 

N

 

5

 

3

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

2

 

3

2 MHz

 

AF

 

5

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 MHz

 

A

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

2

 

4

 

1

 

4

 

3

â

 

N

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

2

 

4

 

1

 

2

 

3

30 MHz

 

AF

 

5

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 MHz

 

A

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

4

 

3

â

 

N

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

3

200 MHz

 

AF

 

5

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

3

 


KEY: A   = Army
        N   = Navy
        AF = Air Force

*         For equipment located external to the pressure hull of a submarine but within the superstructure, use SHIPS (METALLIC)(BELOW DECKS)

 

70



 

Figure 5-3 — CS114 Test Limit Curves

 

 

71


 

 

5.1.4       CS115 Conducted Susceptibility, 30 ns Impulse Excitation, 30Hz

This test shall apply to all power and data cables between the tablet, the DIM and the REM. This test shall also apply to any peripheral cables attached to these units.

Figure 5-4 — CS115 Test Limits

 

72



 

5.1.5       CS116 Conducted Susceptibility, Damped Sinusoidal Transients, 10kHz to 100MHz

These limits apply to the power input leads to the Wildcat tablet and REM module only.

Figure 5-5 — CS116 Test Limits

 

NOTES:

1. For Army and Navy procurements, I MAX = 10 amperes

2. For Air Force procurements, I MAX = 5 amperes

 

73



 

5.1.6       RE102 Radiated Emissions, Electric Field Radiation, 2MHz to 10GHz

The following test limits shall be applied to the Wildcat tablet mounted on the DIM and to the REM. These tests may be run independently.

Figure 5-6 — RE102 Test Limits

 

5.1.7       RS103 Radiated Susceptibility, Electric Field, 2 MHz to 40 GHz

The Wildcat tablet and REM shall be subjected to the radiated susceptibility testing of RS103 up to a minimum design limit of 10 volts/meter. 50 volts/meter shall be a design goal in order to provide all services compliance for ground-based equipment in accordance with Table VII, MIL-STD-461E.

 

74



 

5.2          List of Acronyms

 

A/D

 

Analog-to-Digital

AC

 

Alternating Current

ACPI

 

Advanced Configuration and Power Interface

A,amp

 

Ampere

ANSI

 

American National Standards Institute

AQL

 

Acceptable Quality Level

AT

 

Advanced Technology

ATA

 

AT Attachment

ATAPI

 

ATA Packet Interface

ATP

 

Acceptance Test Procedure

BIOS

 

Basic Input-Output System

BIT

 

Built-In Test

BOM

 

Bill Of Materials

BTO

 

Build-to-Order

BTR

 

BlueTooth Radio

CAN

 

Controller Area Network

CardBus

 

32-bit PCMCIA PC Card Standard

CCB

 

Change Control Board

CD

 

Compact Disk

CDMA

 

Code Division Multiple Access

CDPD

 

Code Division Packet Data

CDROM

 

Compact Disk Read-Only-Memory

CDRW

 

Compact Disk Read/Write

CMOS

 

Complimentary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor

CODEC

 

COmpressor/DECompressor (data compression technology)

CPU

 

Central Processing Unit

DC

 

Direct Current

DDC

 

Display Data Channel

DIM

 

Docking Interface Module

DMA

 

Direct Memory Access

DOS

 

Disk Operating System

DVD

 

Digital Video Disk

DVI

 

Digital Video Interactive, Digital Visual Interface

DVT

 

Design Verification Test

EIA

 

Electronic Industries Alliance

EMC

 

ElectroMagnetic Compatibility

EMI

 

ElectroMagnetic Interference

ESS

 

Environmental Stress Screening

EVT

 

Engineering Verification Test

FCC

 

Federal Communications Commission

FDD

 

Floppy Disk Drive

FVT

 

Functional Verification Test

GB

 

Giga-Byte

GMCH

 

Graphics/Memory Controller Hub (Intel Chipset)

GPS

 

Global Positioning System

GPRS

 

General Packet Radio System

GSM

 

Global Standard Mobile

 

75



 

HALT

 

Highly Accelerated Life Test

HASA

 

Highly Accelerated Stress Audits

HASS

 

Highly Accelerated Stress Screening

HID

 

Human Interface Device

HDD

 

Hard Disk Drive

I/O

 

Input-Output

ICH

 

I/O Controller Hub (Intel Chipset)

ICT

 

In-Circuit Test

IDE

 

Intelligent (or Integrated) Drive Electronics

IEEE

 

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers

ISM

 

Industrial, Scientific, Medical (2.4 GHz band)

ISO

 

International Organization for Standardization

KCB

 

Keypad Controller Board

LAN

 

Local Area Network

LCD

 

Liquid Crystal Display

LED

 

Light Emitting Diode

LPC

 

Low Pin Count bus

LVDS

 

Low Voltage Differential Signaling

LYNX

 

Product code name

MA, mA

 

milliampere

MAH, mAH

 

Milliamp hours

MB

 

Mega-Byte

Mb

 

Mega-bit

MLB

 

Main Logic Board

MMC

 

MultiMedia Card

MRD

 

Marketing Requirements Document

MTBF

 

Mean Time Between Failure

NA

 

Not Applicable

NDA

 

Non-Disclosure Agreement

NEMA

 

National Equipment Manufacturer’s Association

OEM

 

Original Equipment Manufacturer

OHCI

 

Open Host Controller Interface

OSC

 

Oscillator

PC

 

Personal Computer

PCB

 

Printed Circuit Board

PCI

 

Peripheral Component Interconnect

PCMCIA

 

Personal Computer Memory Card International Association

PDA

 

Personal Digital Assistant

PDR

 

Packet Data Radio (alternate)

PDR

 

Preliminary Design Review (alternate)

PHY

 

PHYsical interface hardware components (i.e., transceiver)

PRD

 

Product Requirements Document

PMP

 

Program Management Plan

PN

 

Part Number

PS

 

Power Supply

PSB

 

Power Supply Board

QA

 

Quality Assurance

RAM

 

Random Access Memory

 

76



 

REM

 

Remote Interface Module

RF

 

Radio Frequency

RMA

 

Returned Material Authorization

ROM

 

Read Only Memory

RTC

 

Real-Time Clock

SAE

 

Society of Automotive Engineers

SBC

 

Single Board Computer

SDRAM

 

Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory

SMBIOS

 

System Management BIOS

SMBus

 

System Management Bus

SODIMM

 

Small-Outline Dual In-line Memory Modual

SOW

 

Statement of Work

SPDT

 

Single Pole, Double Throw

SPST

 

Single Pole, Single Throw

TBD

 

To Be Determined

TIA

 

Telecommunications Industry Association

TMDS

 

Transition Minimized Differential Signaling

UL

 

Underwriters Laboratory

USB

 

Universal Serial Bus

UUT

 

Unit Under Test

VDC, Vdc

 

Volts, Direct Current

VGA

 

Video Graphics Adapter

WAN

 

Wireless Area Network

WLAN

 

Wireless Local Area Network

XGA

 

eXtended Graphics Array

XPL

 

Xplore Technologies

 

77



 

5.3          PC Sleep State Definitions

Sleeping states (Sx states) are types of sleeping states within the global sleeping state, G1. The Sx, states are briefly defined below. For a detailed definition of the system behavior within each Sx state, see section 7.3.4, “System \_Sx States.” For a detailed definition of the transitions between each of the Sx states, see Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification, Revision 2.0 (ACPI 2.0), section 9.1, “Sleeping States.” While there is no formal definition of a sleep state S0, it is sometimes used to represent the normal operating mode of the processor.

S1 Sleeping State

The S1 sleeping state is a low wake latency sleeping state. In this state, no system context is lost (CPU or chip set) and hardware maintains all system contexts.

S2 Sleeping State

The S2 sleeping state is a low wake latency sleeping state. This state is similar to the S1 sleeping state except that the CPU and system cache context is lost (the OS is responsible for maintaining the caches and CPU context). Control starts from the processor’s reset vector after the wake event.

S3 Sleeping State

The S3 sleeping state is a low wake latency sleeping state where all system contexts are lost except system memory. CPU, cache, and chip set context are lost in this state. Hardware maintains memory context and restores some CPU and L2 configuration context. Control starts from the processor’s reset vector after the wake event.

S4 Sleeping State

The S4 sleeping state is the lowest power, longest wake latency sleeping state supported by ACPI. In order to reduce power to a minimum, it is assumed that the hardware platform has powered off all devices. Platform context is maintained.

S5 Soft Off State

The S5 state is similar to the S4 state except that the OS does not save any context. The system is in the “soft” off state and requires a complete boot when it wakes. Software uses a different state value to distinguish between the S5 state and the S4 state to allow for initial boot operations within the BIOS to distinguish whether or not the boot is going to wake from a saved memory image.

5.4          System Global State Definitions

Global system states (Gx states) apply to the entire system and are visible to the user.

Global system states are defined by six principal criteria:

                            Does application software run?

                            What is the latency from external events to application response?

                            What is the power consumption?

                            Is an OS reboot required to return to a working state?

                            Is it safe to disassemble the computer?

                            Can the state be entered and exited electronically?

The following is a list of the defined system states:

G3 Mechanical Off

This represents the computer state that is entered and left by a mechanical means (for example, turning off the system’s power through the movement of a large red switch). Various government

 

78



 

agencies and countries require this operating mode. It is implied by the entry of this off state through a mechanical means that no electrical current is running through the circuitry and that it can be worked on without damaging the hardware or endangering service personnel. The OS must be restarted to return to the Working state. No hardware context is retained. Except for the real-time clock, power consumption is zero.

G2/S5 Soft Off

This represents the computer state where the computer consumes a minimal amount of power. No user mode or system mode code is run. This state requires a large latency in order to return to the Working state. The system’s context will not be preserved by the hardware. The system must be restarted to return to the Working state. It is not safe to disassemble the machine in this state.

G1 Sleeping

This represents the computer state where the computer consumes a small amount of power, user mode threads are not being executed, and the system “appears” to be off (from an end user’s perspective, the display is off, and so on). Latency for returning to the Working state varies on the wake environment selected prior to entry of this state (for example, whether the system should answer phone calls). Work can be resumed without rebooting the OS because large elements of system context are saved by the hardware and the rest by system software. It is not safe to disassemble the machine in this state.

G0 Working

This represents the computer state where the system dispatches user mode (application) threads and they execute. In this state, peripheral devices (peripherals) are having their power state changed dynamically. The user can select, through some UI, various performance/power characteristics of the system to have the software optimize for performance or battery life. The system responds to external events in real time. It is not safe to disassemble the machine in this state.

S4 Non-Volatile Sleep

This represents the special global system state that allows system context to be saved and restored (relatively slowly) when power is lost to the motherboard. If the system has been commanded to enter S4, the OS will write all system context to a file on non-volatile storage media and leave appropriate context markers. The machine will then enter the S4 state. When the system leaves the Soft Off or Mechanical Off state, transitioning to Working (G0) and restarting the OS, a restore from a NVS file can occur. This will only happen if a valid non-volatile sleep data set is found, certain aspects of the configuration of the machine have not changed, and the user has not manually aborted the restore. If all these conditions are met, as part of the OS restarting, it will reload the system context and activate it. The net effect for the user is what looks like a resume from a Sleeping (G1) state (albeit slower). The aspects of the machine configuration that must not change include, but are not limited to, disk layout and memory size. It might be possible for the user to swap a PC Card or a Device Bay device, however.

Notice that for the machine to transition directly from the Soft Off or Sleeping states to S4, the system context must be written to non-volatile storage by the hardware; entering the Working state first so that the OS or BIOS can save the system context takes too long from the user’s point of view. The transition from Mechanical Off to S4 is likely to be done when the user is not there to see it.

Because the S4 state relies only on non-volatile storage, a machine can save its system context for an arbitrary period of time (on the order of many years).

 

79



 

Table 5-2 — Summary of Global Power States

 

Global System
State

 

 

Software
Runs

 

Latency

 

Power
Consumption

 

OS
Restart
Required

 

Safe to
Disassemble
Computer

 

Exit State
Electronically

G0 Working

 

Yes

 

0

 

Large

 

No

 

No

 

Yes

G1 Sleeping

 

No

 

>0, varies with sleep state

 

Smaller

 

No

 

No

 

Yes

G2/S5 Soft Off

 

No

 

Long

 

Very near 0

 

Yes

 

No

 

Yes

G3 Mechanical Off

 

No

 

Long

 

RTC battery

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

No

S4 Non-Volatile Sleep

 

No

 

Long

 

Very near 0

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

Notice that the entries for G2/S5 and G3 in the Latency column of the above table are “Long.” This implies that a platform designed to give the user the appearance of “instant-on,” similar to a home appliance device, will use the G0 and G1 states almost exclusively (the G3 state may be used for moving the machine or repairing it).

 

80



 

5.5 Reference Documents

The following listed documents of the latest issue form a part of this document. If no date is given, the most current date is applicable. In the event of conflict between the documents referenced herein and the contents of this document, the contents of this document are considered a superseding requirement.

1.                          Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment; EN 55022; 1994.

2.                          Electromagnetic Compatibility — Generic Immunity Standard, Part 1: Residential, Commercial and Light Industry; EN 50082-1; 1998.

3.                          Electromagnetic Compatibility Part 4: Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 2: Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Test; EN 61000-4-2; 1995.

4.                          Acceptability of Electronic Assemblies; IPC-A-610B; ANSI; Jan 96.

5.                          Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes; ANSI/ASQC Z1.4-1993.

6.                          Enclosures for Electrical Equipment; National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA); Standard 250; 1991.

7.                          Environmental Test Methods and Engineering Guidelines, Military Standard; MIL-STD-810E.

8.                          Recommended Environmental Practices for Electronic Equipment Design; SAE J1211.

9.                          Joint SAE/TMC Recommended Environmental Practices for Electronic Equipment Design
(Heavy-Duty Trucks); Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE); J1455; Aug 94.

10.                    Code of Federal Regulations — Telecommunication; Federal Communications Commission (FCC); CFR 47; Oct 95.

11.                    Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment; International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC); CISPR 22; 1995.

12.                    Standard Test Method for Drop Test of Loaded Containers by Free Fall; American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM); D 5276; 1994.

13.                    Standard, Electrostatic Discharge for Industrial Process Control; International Electromechanical Commission (IEC); Pub. 1000-4-2; 1995-01.

14.                    Electromagnetic Susceptibility Measurement Procedures For Vehicle Components (Except Aircraft); Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE); J1113; Aug 87.

15.                    Environmental Stress Screening (ESS) Technical Seminar; Screening Systems, Inc.; 1995/1996.

16.                    Safety of Information Technology Equipment; Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.; ANSI/UL 1950-1997 (CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-95); July 95.

 

81



 

17.                    Telecommunications User Premises Equipment Environmental Considerations; ANSI/TIA/EIA-571-A; May 99.

18.                    Electromagnetic Compatibility and Electrical Safety — Generic Criteria for Network Telecommunications Equipment; Bellcore; GR-1089-CORE; Dec 97.

19.                    Generic Requirements for Environmental Stressing Applied to Telecommunications Products; GR-2840-CORE, Issue #1; Bell Communications Research; June 1995.

20.                    IPC-CC-830 Qualification and Performance of Electrical Insulating Compounds for Printed Board Assemblies

21.                    MIL-B-5087, Bonding, Electrical and Lightning Protection, for Aerospace Systems

22.                    MIL-I-46058C, Insulating Compound, Electrical

23.                    MIL-HDBK-217F, Reliability Prediction of Electronic Equipment

24.                    MIL-W-22759, Wire, Electrical, Fluoropolymer-lnsulated, Copper or Copper Alloy

25.                    MIL-STD-454, 28 April, 1995, General Guidelines for Electronic Equipment

26.                    MIL-STD-461E, Requirements for the Control of Electromagnetic Interference

27.                    MIL-STD-704E, Interface Standards for Aircraft Electric Power Characteristics

28.                    MIL-STD-810F, Test Method Standard for Environmental Engineering Considerations and Laboratory Tests

29.                    MIL-STD-883, Test Method Standard for Microcircuits

30.                    MIL-STD-889, Dissimilar Metals

31.                    MIL-STD-1516, Unified Code for Coatings and Finishes

 

82


EXHIBIT D

TO THAT CERTAIN

TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

DATED                                            , 2003

BY AND BETWEEN XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND WISTRON CORPORATION.

G3 Wildcat Payment Schedule for Design Services* (10.4" TABLET)

 

6/19/2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wildcat Payments to Wistron

 

Target Date

 

Payment

 

Description

NRE Payment 1A (15%)

 

           2/28/2002
Rest of payment made on 6/14/02

 

[***]

 

Project start, MOU signing (Feb. 28, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NRE Payment 1B (15%)

 

7/15/02

 

[***]

 

Contract signing (ASAP within 30 days of MOU signing)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NRE Payment 2 (40%)

 

8/2/2002

 

[***]

 

Tooling Start Date (August 2, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NRE Payment 3 (15.3%)

 

9/12/2002

 

[***]

 

Hard Tool T-1—First Try of 1st Prototype (September 12, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final NRE Payment (14.7%)

 

11/28/2002

 

[***]

 

Final Product Acceptance by Xplore (November 28, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1st Tooling Payment (30%)

 

6/28/2002

 

[***]

 

Tooling Design Start (June 28, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2nd Tooling payment (40%)

 

8/2/2002

 

[***]

 

Tooling Start Date (August 2, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3rdTooling payment (30%)

 

9/12/2002

 

[***]

 

Hard Tool T-1—First Try of 1st Prototype (September 12, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EVT Prototypes (Qty 15)

 

7/23/2002

 

[***]

 

EVT Prototypes—Payment Due CDR (July 23, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certification Testing Payment

 

8/2/2002

 

[***]

 

Regulatory Compliance Testing (August 2, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ICT/ATE Test Fixtures

 

8/2/2002

 

[***]

 

ICT/ATE fixtures/Stencils/Test Fixtures (August 2, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DVT Prototypes (Qty 55)

 

9/26/2002

 

[***]

 

DVT Prototype—Payment Due (September 26, 2002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

1



G3 Wildcat Assumptions:

1. Docking Station Interfaces not included

2. Wistron's tooling estimate is [***]. Tooling payment will be based on actual tooling costs.

3. EVT & DVT Prototypes (unit cost $[***] each x 140%=$[***]. Wistron is including 5 units (Qty 2 for EVT; Qty 3 for DVT) in NRE.

NRE rebate based on first year unit shipment (from mass production date):

 

1st Year Shipment

 

 

Disc

 

total Rebate

 

Net NRE

 

Up to 36K units

 

0

%

$

 

$

[***]

 

>36K units

 

16

%

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

>100K units

 

24

%

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

>120K units

 

32

%

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

>140K units

 

40

%

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

*Purchase orders for the agreed upon Design Services shall be made by Xplore to Wistron in US Dollars. Wistron will invoice Xplore for the design services milestones. The payments will be made via wire transfer to Wistron specified bank account within five (5) business days after Xplore acceptance and receipt of invoice(s).

Prototypes:

Prototype systems will be at the mass production cost plus a 40% adder for design and test purpose at different development stages (EVT, DVT, QT). Both Xplore and Wistron engineering teams will mutually define quantity and allocation of each system build in the SOW. The number of systems with the cost adder is shown in the Payment Schedule above. These quantities are subject to change, so the payment amounts may change. Included in the NRE, Wistron will provide a total of 5 prototype units for Xplore's testing purposes, for example, two (2) EVT units and three (3) DVT units.

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2



Xplore Wildcat Tooling Cost Estimate

Note: subject to update based on 1st ME design review and spec. frozen

 

ITEM

 

PART NAME

 

CAV

 

Tool Cost (US$)

 

Unique

 

max/DGR

 

Life

 

Remarks

Plastic/Magnesium Parts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

CHASSIS

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1200

 

120K

 

AZ=91D

2

 

UPPER CASE

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1200

 

120K

 

AZ=91D

3

 

LOWER CASE

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1200

 

I20K

 

AZ=91D

4

 

BTO COVER

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1400

 

120K

 

AZ=91D

5

 

BATTERY LATCH COVER

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1400

 

120K

 

AZ=9ID

6

 

SIDE PORT 1 DOOR

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1600

 

120K

 

AZ=91D

7

 

SIDE PORT 2 DOOR

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1600

 

120K

 

AZ=91D

8

 

HDD COVER

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1600

 

"

 

"

9

 

BATTERY LATCH

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1400

 

300K

 

Plastic

10

 

SIDE PORT 1 FRAME

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1600

 

300K

 

"

11

 

SIDE PORT 1 LATCH

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1600

 

"

 

"

12

 

SIDE PORT 2 FRAME

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1600

 

"

 

"

13

 

SIDE PORT 2 LATCH

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1600

 

"

 

"

14

 

XPL PORT FRAME

 

2

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

3200

 

"

 

"

15

 

DOCKING FRAME

 

1

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1800

 

"

 

"

16

 

ANTENNA MODULE COVER

 

2

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

3200

 

"

 

"

17

 

BATTERY PACK (62W)

 

l+l

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1200

 

"

 

"

18

 

BATTERY PACK (31W)

 

l+l

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

1200

 

"

 

"

 

 

TOTAL:

 

 

 

$

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

"

 

"

Metal/Rubber Parts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

"

 

"

1

 

BUMPER L

 

 

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

 

 

"

 

"

2

 

BUMPER R

 

 

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

 

 

"

 

"

3

 

LCD FRONT SEAL

 

 

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

 

 

"

 

"

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3



 

4

 

LCD BACK SEAL

 

$

[***]

 

Y

5

 

HDD CUSHER

 

$

[***]

 

Y

6

 

BTO EMI PLATE

 

$

[***]

 

Y

7

 

BTO COVER SEAL

 

$

[***]

 

Y

8

 

BATTERY LATCH SPRING

 

$

[***]

 

Y

9

 

SIDE PORT 1 SEAL

 

$

[***]

 

Y

10

 

SIDE PORT 2 SEAL

 

$

[***]

 

Y

11

 

KEY PAD

 

$

[***]

 

Y

12

 

UPPER CASE SEAL

 

$

[***]

 

Y

13

 

LOWER CASE SEAL

 

$

[***]

 

Y

14

 

CPU SUPPORT PLATE

 

$

[***]

 

Y

 

 

TOTAL:

 

$

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FPC Tooling

 

 

 

 

1

 

LCD/LVDS FPC

 

$

[***]

 

 

2

 

HDD

 

$

[***]

 

 

3

 

BLUETOOTH

 

$

[***]

 

 

4

 

TOUCHPAD

 

$

[***]

 

 

5

 

PALMREST

 

$

[***]

 

 

 

 

TOTAL:

 

$

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIXTURE

 

 

 

 

1

 

PAINTING FOR APPEARANCE

 

$

[***]

 

Y

2

 

HOT INSERT

 

$

[***]

 

 

 

 

TOTAL:

 

$

[***]

 

 

Pending EC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Tooling Cost

 

$

[***]

 

 

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

4



 

Notes :

1.                           Actual tool cost dependent on final design and the number of slides and lift pins

2.                           Invoice amount will reflect cost plus 1/2% handling and administrative fee

3.                           Cost above is for system only and does not include docks.

4.                          Payment Schedule:

 

30% due by 4/1/02

 

[***]

 

40% due by Tooling Start Date

 

[***]

 

30% due by Hard Tool T1 Date

 

[***]

 

Total

 

[***]

 

 

5.                           Tooling cost rebates based on first year unit shipment (from mass production date):

 

1st Year Shipment Disc

 

 

 

 

Resulting NRE

 

upto 36K units

 

0

%

[***]

 

>36K units

 

10

%

[***]

 

>75K units

 

20

%

[***]

 

>100K units

 

30

%

[***]

 

>120K units

 

40

%

[***]

 

>150K units

 

100

%

[***]

 

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5



 

Xplore Wildcat Factory Test Fixture Cost Estimate

 

Description

 

 

Amount (US$)

 

Remarks

 

Stencil (2 sets)

 

$

[***]

 

 

 

1CT/ATE fixtures

 

$

[***]

 

1500 nodes, 20 pcs sc

 

Punch for PCB cutting

 

$

[***]

 

 

 

Functional test fixtures*

 

$

[***]

 

Wistron standard

 

TOTAL

 

$

[***]

 

 

 

Payment Schedule:

100% due by Tooling Start Date

 

NOTE: Cost above is for system only and does not include docks.

 

* Additional functional test fixtures needed by Xplore may be purchased from Wistron.

 

Xplore Wildcat Compliance Matrix

 

 

 

Conformance

Requirements

 

Verification Method

 

Responsible

Party

 

Budgetary Cost

US Dollars

Environmental

 

Operating temperature

 

Test

 

Wistron

 

in NRE

 

 

Storage temperature

 

Test

 

Wistron

 

in NRE

 

 

Thermal shock

 

Test

 

Wistron

 

in NRE

 

 

Relative humidity

 

Test

 

Wistron

 

in NRE

 

 

Solar radiation

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 

 

Rain

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 

 

Sand and dust

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 

 

Salt fog

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 

 

Contamination by fluids

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 

 

Low pressure

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 

 

Vibration (integrity)

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 

 

Vibration (vehicle)

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 

 

Mechanical shock

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 

 

Crash shock

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 

 

Transit shock

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

N/A

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

6



 

 

 

C-Tick

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***]

 

 

CCC

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***]

 

 

KTL

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***]

 

 

NOM

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***]

 

 

SII

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***]

 

 

FCC

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***]

 

 

VCCI

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***]

 

 

BSM1

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***]

 

 

RRL

 

Need more information

 

Wistron

 

[***]

 

 

Modem PTT

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

[***]

 

 

Bluetooth

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

[***]

RF

 

Defined in PRD table 2-4

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

[***]

 

Payment Schedule:

 

100% due by Tooling Start Date

 

$

[***]

 

 

 

Notes:

 

1.

 

Above test costs do not include prototype sample costs of test units.

 

 

2.

 

Above tests are conducted in-house; if third party is required by Xplore, cost will be separately quoted.

 

 

3.

 

Modem test assumes using standard Wistron V.90/V.92 MDC modem, which already has PTT approvals in China, USA, Canada, Hongkong, CTR-21 (Greece, Turkey, Netherlands, Germany, Austria, UK, Spain, France,Norway, Switzerland, Sweden, Ireland, Finland, Denmark, Italy, Belgium, Portugal). Australia, Singapore and S. Africa require Xplore to apply via local offices. If Xplore requires new modem, then will quote separately.

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

7



 

EXHIBIT E - VERSION 2.8

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

 

TO THAT CERTAIN

 

TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

DATED                               , 2003

 

BY AND BETWEEN XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND WISTRON CORPORATION

 

 

Base Unit

 

Note:

 

Base Unit Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Main Logic Board

 

Input Power (9-18 VDC.4A)

 

AC adapter

 

 

Function key assembly

 

RJ-45 10/100 LAN

 

Labels

 

 

Speakers (2)

 

Integrated 5-port USB 2.0 OHCI

 

Ghost Lic.

 

 

Microphone

 

15-pin External VGA

 

 

 

 

Flex Cables

 

40-pin Docking port connector

 

 

 

 

Enclosure/ Case/Display Gasket

 

2x XPL Expansion Ports (USB 2.0)

 

 

 

 

Bridge battery

 

lx Internal Type II PCMCIA Slot

 

 

 

 

Small boards (inverter, etc.)

 

lx Internal Mini-PCI Slot

 

 

 

 

Resistive Digitizer & Stylus

 

2x Embedded Wireless Antennas

 

 

 

 

16 level Autodimming Backlight

 

lx 4-pin USB2.0 (500ma)

 

 

 

 

Function keys

 

lx 4-pin IEEE1394a "Firewire"

 

 

 

1



 

EXHIBIT E - VERSION 2.8

Product Costs for 10.4" Lynx Tablet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

YEAR l

Configuration #1

 

866 / Baseline

 

XPL P/N: [***]

 

$

[***]

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

 

 

*OS WIN XP & license

 

 

Processor Pentium III 866Mhz ULV

 

 

 

Shipping container & manuals

 

 

Transmissive Display assembly, UNenhanced

 

 

 

G & A plus overhead

 

 

256MB memory SDRAM SODIMM

 

 

 

18 month Warranty, including radios

 

 

2-cell Lithium Phosphate, 7.6V, 4500 mAH Battery

 

 

 

$[***] NRE for the first 20,000 units in total, starting April '03

 

 

HDD 20GB

 

 

 

* OS cost handled separately

 

 

 

Configuration #2

 

866/ BTO XP Pro

 

XPL P/N: [***]

 

$

[***]

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

 

 

*OS, none (no HDD)

 

 

Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

 

 

 

Shipping container & manuals

 

 

Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

 

 

 

G & A plus overhead

 

 

 

 

 

 

18 month Warranty, including radios

 

 

 

 

 

 

$[***] NRE for the first 20,000 units in total, starting April '03

 

 

 

 

 

 

* OS cost handled separately

 

 

 

 

Configuration #3

 

866 / TPC,20,256,4500

 

XPL P/N: [***]

 

$

[***]

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

 

 

*OS MS Tablet PC & license

 

 

Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

 

 

 

Shipping container & manuals

 

 

Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

 

 

 

G & A plus overhead

 

 

RF Digitizer & Stylus

 

 

 

18 month Warranty, including radios

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ [***] NRE for the first 20,000 units in total, starting April '03

 

 

256MB memory SDRAM SODIMM

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-cell Lithium Phosphate, 7.6V, 4500 mAH Battery

 

 

 

 

 

 

HDD 20GB

 

 

 

* OS cost handled separately

 

 

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2



 

Configuration #4

 

866 / XP Pro,20,256,4500

 

XPL P/N: [***]

 

$

[***]

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

 

 

*OS MS XP Professional & license

 

 

Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

 

 

 

Shipping container & manuals

 

 

Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

 

 

 

G & A plus overhead

 

 

 

 

 

 

18 month Warranty, including radios

 

 

 

 

 

 

$[***] NRE for the first 20,000 units in total, starting April '03

 

 

256MB memory SDRAM SODIMM

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-cell Lithium Phosphate, 7.6V, 4500 mAH Battery

 

 

 

 

 

 

HDD 20GB

 

 

 

* OS cost handled separatelv

 

 

 

Configuration #5

 

866 / BTO TPC

 

XPL P/N: [***]

 

$

[***]

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

 

 

*OS, none (no HDD)

 

 

Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

 

 

 

Shipping container & manuals

 

 

Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

 

 

 

G & A plus overhead

 

 

RF digitizer and stylus

 

 

 

18 month Warranty, with radios

 

 

 

 

 

 

$[***] NRE for the first 20,000 units, starting April '03

 

 

 

 

 

 

* OS cost handled separately

 

 

 

 

Configuration #6

 

866 / TPC, 20,512,4500

 

XPL P/N: [***]

 

$

[***]

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

 

 

*OS MS Tablet PC & license

 

 

Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

 

 

 

Shipping container & manuals

 

 

Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

 

 

 

G & A plus overhead

 

 

 

 

 

 

18 month Warranty, including radios

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ [***] NRE for the first 20,000 units in total, starting April '03

 

 

512MB memory SDRAM SODIMM

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-cell Lithium Phosphate, 7.6V, 4500 mAH Battery

 

 

 

 

 

 

HDD 20GB

 

 

 

* OS cost handled separately

 

 

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3


EXHIBIT E - VERSION 2.8

 

Configuration #7

 

866 / TPC,40,512,9000

 

XPL P/N: [***]

 

$[***]

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

*OS MS Tablet PC & license

Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

 

Shipping container & manuals

Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

 

G & A plus overhead

RF digitizer and stylus

 

18 month Warranty, with radios

 

 

$ [***] NRE for the first 20,000 units, starting

512MB memory SDRAM SODIMM  

 

April ‘03

4-cell Lithium Phosphate, 7.6V, 9000 mAH Battery

HDD 40GB

 

* OS cost handled separately

 

Configuration #8

 

866/Acrylic TPC,40,512,9000

 

XPLP/N: [***]

 

$[***]

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

*OS MS Tablet PC & license

Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

 

Shipping container & manuals

Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

 

G & A plus overhead

RF digitizer and stylus

 

18 month Warranty, including radios

Acrylic window, NO touchscreen

 

$ [***] NRE for the first 20,000 units in total,

Screen protector

 

starting April ‘03

512MB memory SDRAM SODIMM

 

 

4-cell Lithium Phosphate, 7.6V. 9000 mAH Battery
HDD 40GB

 

* OS cost handled separately

 

Configuration #9

 

866 / Acrylic BTO TPC

 

XPL P/N: [***]

 

$[***]

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

*OS, none (no HDD)

Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

 

Shipping container & manuals

Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

 

G & A plus overhead

RF digitizer and stylus

 

18 month Warranty, with radios

Acrylic window, NO touchscreen

 

$ [***] NRE for the first 20,000 units, starting

 

 

April ‘03

Screen protector

 

* OS cost handled separately

 


[***]    Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

4



 

 

Configuration #10

 

866 / BTO XP Pro w/ screen

 

XPL P/N: [***]

 

$[***]

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

*OS none (no HDD)

Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

 

Shipping container & manuals

Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

 

G & A plus overhead

Screen protector

 

18 month Warranty, including radios $ [***] NRE for the first 20,000 units in total, starting April ‘03

 

 

 

 

* OS cost handled separately

 

Configuration #

 

866/

 

XPL P/N: [***]

 

 

Includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base unit

 

 

Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

 

Shipping container & manuals

Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

 

G & A plus overhead

 

 

18 month Warranty, with radios

 

 

$ [***] NRE for the first 20,000 units, starting April ‘03

 

 

* OS cost handled separately


[***]    Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5



 

DRAFT 2.0

Exhibit F

QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR WILDCAT LYNX

 

 

1



 

1.                          Introduction

This document details the quality plan concepts of XPLORE Technologies Corporation of America. The Quality Management Plan (QMP) outlines interactions between the two companies with respect to the quality of products. The supplier agrees to comply with the intent of this plan and shall work in cooperation with XPLORE.

2.                          Critical Contact Information

The supplier should provide XPLORE a listing of the critical contact information for key suppliers. Desired information is as follows:

The Executive Sponsor

The Responsible Quality Engineer (SUPPLIERS QUALITY REPRESENTATIVE)

The Quality Account Manager (QAM)

The Failure Analysis Engineers (FAE)

3.                          Quality Goals

Quality goals from suppliers should be documented from a perspective of field DPPM goals and future quarterly objectives. The establishment of Supplier Internal Quality Goals for incoming inspection, final assembly, and QA out going should be implemented.

4.                          Component Information

Component information from key suppliers should include:

WISTRON Part Number:

Supplier Part Number:

Approved Manufacturing Location(s):

5.                          ECN Process Documentation:

Advance notice must be provided to XPLORE Engineering for all ECN/PCN’s involving changes that impact form, fit or function or unless otherwise stated in the Agreement.

Note: Supplier will not make any changes in its process, location, material or to the product without prior approval from Xplore via the Change Request Form/ECR. All ECR’s must include at a minimum: a) justification for the change—cost savings, process improvement, design improvement, schedule impact; b) test results to validate the change, i.e. process control data.

5-1 ECN / PCN Identification

All implemented engineering changes (ECN) and major process changes (PCN’s) may increment the revision tracking digits within the barcode label as agreed to by Xplore.

 

2



 

6. Failure Analysis Expectations

6-1 Xplore Minimum Requirements

1.     Supplier to perform defect verification on a regular basis.

2.     Supplier will prepare a verification report.

3.               A sample of the top failures, including any uncommon failures, will be returned to Supplier for further analysis and corrective action (CLCA).

4.     Supplier to perform failure analysis and generate a failure report by failing symptom.

5.               Supplier will perform 100% failure analysis from pilot build to understand root cause and to generate effective corrective action (CLCA).

6.     Supplier should utilize a closed loop corrective action approach.

6-2 Stop Ship/Stop Build at Supplier Factory

Stop Ship/Stop Build will be formally tracked through the issuance of a SCAR (or approved method) to the supplier.

1.               When a stop ship/stop build is instituted, the supplier will provide failure analysis/engineering resources.

2.               The Supplier will develop a containment/reaction plan that includes the suppliers’ facility, sub-tier suppliers and subcontractors. 3. XPLORE will be immediately notified of the stop ship plans.

4.               The supplier will also determine field risks associated with the stop ship (# units affected).

5.               Failed part will be transported by best available means, including possible hand carrying directly to supplier factory or other location for failure analysis.

6.               Full details of the problem to root cause will be completed with the corrective action plan.

6-3 Failure Analysis response time for Normal Failures

A comprehensive F/A report will be completed for product failures including root cause and effective corrective action. This will be submitted to XPLORE. The supplier shall strive to meet the recommended times outlined below:

1.               Validation of Failure: 24 Hours

2.               Failure Analysis and containment action: additional 4 Working Days

3.               Detailed final F/A (must be to root cause), corrective action plan within: additional 5 Working Days

4.               If it takes more than 10 working days after receipt of part to submit detailed final FA report to XPLORE, the supplier will notify XPLORE for extension.

6-4 Failure Analysis response time for High Visibility Failures

XPLORE Quality Engineer will identify high visibility failures to the supplier. Events triggering a high visibility failure may be purges, engineering holds, any reliability failures, OBE failures or trends. All of these types of failures will be formally tracked through the issuance of a SCAR to the supplier. SCAR will be initiated by the Xplore SQE. A comprehensive F/A report will be completed for product failures including root cause and effective corrective action. This will be submitted to the Xplore SQE via email response to the original SCAR within the times as outlined below upon receipt of defective parts at the supplier site:

1.               Validation of Failure: 24 Hours

2.               Failure Analysis and containment action: 48 Hours

3.               Detailed final F/A (must be to root cause), corrective action plan within: 5 Calendar Days.

 

3



 

6-5 Rework and Screening of Product

Any rework/screening of product will be performed under a controlled process. Rework/screening process should include, at a minimum, the following:

      Serial Number Traceability of rework/screened product

      Handling/ESD Precautions

      Testing Methodology

      Effectiveness Justification

      Yield Data Reporting

      Re-audit/Re-inspection

7.                          Factory Audit Results

7-1 Results of Xplore SQE Quality Systems Audit

XPLORE SQE will perform a Quality Systems Audit at a minimum of once every other year or at the discretion of the XPLORE SUPPLIER QUALITY ENGINEER. Full latest audit report(s) will be placed with corrective action status in the identified QMP analysis.

7-2 Results of Xplore SQE Quality Process Audit

XPLORE SQE will perform a Quality Process Audit at a minimum of once every year or at the discretion of the XPLORE SUPPLIER QUALITY ENGINEER. Full latest audit report(s) will be placed with corrective action status.

8.                          Sub-Supplier Control

The supplier will make best efforts to establish a sub-supplier/subcontractor quality management program to effectively control incoming quality through the use of closed loop corrective action and continuous improvement activities. The intent of this section is to ensure that all incoming components meet the suppliers design specifications and quality standards.

8-1 Minimum requirements

1.               Perform quality audits a minimum of twice per year for the suppliers of critical components.

2.               Only components from sub-suppliers listed in the formal approved vendor list (AVL) and approved by XPLORE will be utilized in the manufacture of XPLORE product.

3.               Sub-suppliers removed from the AVL for any reason must be formally re-qualified and approved by XPLORE prior to being added back onto the AVL. Additions to the AVL will be processed through the XPLORE ECN approval process.

4.               Incoming quality goals shall be established and monitored for components.

5.               Formal closed loop corrective action will be utilized for all sub-supplier components not meeting the quality goals.

6.               If a certain component causes a quality excursion, then the component will be disqualified.

8-2 Procedures to be provided by supplier:

1.               Supplier survey procedure

2.               Supplier site/component qualification procedure

3.               Supplier audit procedure

4.               Supplier ranking & rating procedure

5.               Supplier CIP program

6.               Incoming inspection procedure for each component

 

4



 

9.                          First Article Inspection

Supplier is required to perform a First Article Inspection (FAI) to assure all products meet design-engineering parameters based on an approved First Article Inspection Procedure. This is normally done on the first production build lot for a newly designed component or revision. The purpose of the FAI is to verify compliance of a part or finished product produced in a normal production environment to the Supplier’s design specifications (Product BOM is frozen). First Article Inspection may include verification of mechanical dimensions, chemical finishes, solder workmanship verification, configuration, and test data. Normally a First Article Inspection report is generated that defines the Supplier, part number, and revision. Included in this report is a list of inspection attributes to be verified, either visually or through the use of standard inspection tools. An inspector or quality engineer usually performs the First Article Inspection. However, final approval of the success of the First Article Inspection is the responsibility of XPLORE.

Supplier to provide documented proof that components and finished product were inspected per supplier FAI procedure and meet supplier design specifications.

9-1 FAI for Critical Components

                 FAI should be done on each Critical component according to supplier FAI procedure.

                 Every item on drawing needs to be verified during FAI.

9-2 FAI for Finished Product

                 Measurement method should be based on XPLORE’s specification

                 FAI for finished product will be applied for the first 20 systems.

                 Optical, mechanical and electrical characteristics

                 Mechanical:

                  Upper and lower case mating

                  Battery fit

                  Centering of digitizer within bezel

                  Peripheral connector integrity

                  Switch activation

                  Unit docking

                  General cosmetic

                 Electrical:

                TBD

9-3 Information to be Verified

                 Equipment

      Name / Model

•       Calibration Frequency / Record

•       Gauge R&R Record

•       PM record

10.                           Critical Process Parameter

10-1 Minimum Requirements

The supplier will identify the critical process parameters and work with the XPLORE to generate an agreed upon list. These parameters will be monitored and results reported to XPLORE on a TBD basis after the data was collected.

 

5



 

11.                   On-going Reliability Test

Supplier shall carry out an On-going reliability test to ensure that the quality of the product is maintained over lifetime of the product. This testing method will be governed by the PRD on “Reliability Testing”.

12.                   Quality Reporting

The supplier shall submit a monthly quality report to the XPLORE Supplier Quality Engineer per the following requirements or as defined in the main Agreement:

12-1 Quality Data: Monthly

Quality Data should be supplied for each of the inspection processes as defined below:

      Assembly Final Test (if applicable)

      Test (Prior to Aging)

      Outgoing Inspection

The following is the data required from each process:

      Failure (DPPM) trend chart

      Pareto of top 5 failures (4 week rolling graph)

                 Root Cause & Corrective Action Summary required for the top 3 failures (detail not required)

12-2 ECN Status: Monthly

Supplier to provide a list of ECN’s which are approved by XPLORE along with the following information relating to each of the ECN’s:

      ECN number

      Summary of the change being requested

      Revision number

      Factory cut-in date

12-3 Ongoing Reliability Test Results (ORT): TBD

ORT test results should be included in the monthly report.

13.                   Barcode Label Tracking and Cross Referencing

Supplier is required to establish and maintain a system to track and cross reference product barcode to the product serial number. Unless otherwise specified, supplier shall maintain all the barcode and Serial Number tracking records for minimum of 3 years.

Supplier to provide documented evidence of cross reference of supplier serial numbers to XPLORE barcode.

 

6



 

Exhibit G
Service and Support Addendum of the
Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

This Exhibit G - Service and Support Addendum of TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), effective this 1 day of July , 2002, is made and entered into by and between XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION of AMERICA and its subsidiaries and affiliates (“XPLORE”), a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 11675 Jollyville Road, Suite 150, Austin, Texas 78759 U.S.A. and WISTRON CORPORATION (“WISTRON), and its subsidiaries and affiliates, a Taiwan corporation having its principal place of business at 21F, 88, Sec. 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd., Hsichih, Taipei Hsien 221, Taiwan, R.O.C.

Effective Date shall commence on the first day after receipt by Xplore of Product manufactured under mass production.

Table of Contents

1.

Scope / Checklist

 

1.1

General Classification

 

1.2

Purpose

 

1.3

Geographical Scope

 

1.4

Days and Hours of Support

 

1.5

Contact Points - Service Issues

 

 

 

2.

Definitions

 

2.1

Abused

 

2.2

Authorized Caller

 

2.3

Component Level Repair

 

2.4

Customer / End User

 

2.5

Dead on Arrival Failure Rate

 

2.6

Error

 

2.7

Failed Unit

 

2.8

Fixtures

 

2.9

Good Operating Condition

 

2.10

Incident

 

2.11

Like New Condition

 

2.12

Modular Level Repair

 

2.13

Monthly Failure Rate (MFR)

 

2.14

No Trouble Found

 

2.15

On-Site Repair

 

2.16

Preventive Maintenance

 

2.17

Problem

 

2.18

Product

 

2.19

Repair

 

2.20

Service Center Repair

 

2.21

Severity Level

 

2.22

Software Corrective Action

 

2.23

Software Maintenance Upgrade

 

2.24

Software Patch

 

2.25

Software Version Release

 

2.26

Spare Parts

 

2.27

Subassemblies

 

2.28

Tier I

 

2.29

Tier II

 

2.30

Tier III

 

2.31

Turnaround Time

 

2.32

Warranty Failure Rate

 

2.33

Workaround

 

 

 

3.

Technical Support Responsibilities

 

3.1

Support Services

 

 

3.1.1   Tier I and Tier II Responsibilities

 

 

3.1.2   Tier III Responsibilities

 

 

3.1.3   Support Procedures

 

3.2

Emergency Technical Support

 

3.3

Problem Resolution

 

3.4

Software Maintenance

 

 

 

4.

 Repair Responsibilities

 

4.1

Repair of Products

 

4.2

Preferred Repair Strategy

 

4.3

Warranty Costs

 

4.4

Out of Warranty Costs

 

 



 

 

4.5

Warranty on Repairs

 

4.6

Standards for Condition of Repaired Product

 

4.7

Workmanship Standards

 

4.8

Repair Turnaround Time for Product

 

4.9

Repair Turnaround Time for Subassemblies

 

4.10

Packaging

 

4.11

Shipping

 

4.12

Abused Product or Subassembly

 

4.13

Mean Time to Repair

 

 

 

5.

Training

 

5.1

Initial Support Training

 

5.2

Refresher Support Training

 

5.3

Repair Training

 

5.4

Scope of Training

 

5.5

Costs

 

5.6

Product Change Notification

 

 

 

6.

Documentation and Software Tools

 

6.1

Delivery of Documentation

 

6.2

Electronic Copies

 

6.3

Updated Documentation

 

 

 

7.

Testing

 

7.1

Test Fixtures

 

7.2

No Trouble Found Test

 

 

 

8.

Spare Parts

 

8.1

Spare Parts List

 

8.2

Discontinuance of Spare Parts

 

8.3

Failure Rates

 

8.4

Inventory

 

8.5

Lead Time

 

8.6

Urgent Orders

 

 

 

9.

Reporting

 

9.1

Problem Status

 

9.2

WISTRON Service Return Process

 

9.3

Individual and Monthly Repair Reports

 

 

 

10.

Billing

 

10.1

Fees

 

10.2

Invoicing Procedure

 

 

 

11.

Remedies

 

11.1

Additional Spares

 

 

 

12.

Miscellaneous

 

12.1

Entire Agreement

 

12.2

Conflict

 

12.3

Term

 

12.4

Compliance with Laws

 

12.5

Hazardous Materials

 

 

 

Appendix A:           Product and Spares Part Listing

Appendix B:           Activated WISTRON Service Locations

Appendix C:          Repair Fee Structure

Appendix D:          Test Fixture Listing and Associate Pricing

Appendix E:           General Service and Support Conditions

1.                          Continuing Availability of Maintenance, Replacement, and Repair Parts

2 .                            Notification of Engineering Changes

3.                            Reliability Standards

 

1


 

Exhibit G

Service and Support Addendum of the

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

SCOPE

 

1.1           General Classification. This Service and Support Addendum applies to [check all that apply]:

a.             Hardware

x            XPLORE Product and Docking Station Interfaces;

b.             Software

x            XPLORE Software Products and BIOS;

XPLORE Software Products (Software, or software herein) do not include third party software that Xplore is licensing itself or third party products for which XPLORE is just an intermediary. Examples include but are not limited to Microsoft Windows.

c.             Integration and Installation of Hardware/Software at End-User Sites

o             (1) Standard XPLORE Hardware and Software Products;

o             (2) Mixed Standard and Modified Custom Hardware and Software Products;

o             (3) Custom Hardware and Software Products

The warranty period shall be as set forth in the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement.

1.2                                  Purpose . WISTRON is engaged in the design, manufacture, and service of the Products, excluding the design of the docking station interfaces. This Addendum provides the framework under which WISTRON provides the training and documentation for XPLORE to perform Tier I and Tier II for the identified Products in Appendix A and the procedures under which WISTRON shall provide support to XPLORE, principally Tier III support. This Addendum further provides the process under which product repair is performed by either WISTRON or XPLORE.

1.3           Geographical Scope.

 

The following are geographical locations in which the Products will require support and/or repair services by either XPLORE or WISTRON.

 

x            United States and Canada—Warranty Depot Service at Acer in El Paso, TX

x            Latin America—Warranty Depot Service at Acer in El Paso, TX

x            EMEA (Europe, Middle East, and Africa)—Warranty Depot Service at Den Bosch, IMS in Denmark

x            Asia (including Australia and New Zealand)—Warranty Depot Service at Wistron in Hsinchu, Taiwan

1.4                                  Days and Hours of Support. WISTRON shall provide access to its own internal Tier II and Tier III technical support personnel to XPLORE as follows:

Days:  Monday through Friday, daily except for National Holidays

Hours:  During normal local business hours at WISTRON’s El Paso, Texas location.

WISTRON recognizes holidays are not included in the days of support. If a request for support is received by WISTRON outside of the above days and hours, support will be initiated the next business day.

 

1.5                                  Contact Points-Service Issues. The following are the currently assigned personnel of WISTRON and XPLORE for day-to-day service and support related activities. This list may be updated by either party from time to time to reflect changes in contact personnel and information.

 

XPLORE Technical Support Contacts:

 

WISTRON Technical Support Contacts:

 

 

 

 

 

Phineus Lai

Name: XPLORE Support Center

 

Name: WISTRON Customer Support Center

Phone: (888) 449-7567

 

Phone:

 

 

Phone: 886-2-8691-1207

 

 

Fax: 882-2-8691-1799

 

 

E-Mail: Phineus_lai@wistron.com.tw

Cell/Beeper: NA

 

Cell/Beeper:

 

 

 

XPLORE Customer Services Project Management:

 

WISTRON Project Management:

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Brooke Shang

 

 

Phone: 886-2-8691-1884

 

 

Fax: 886-2-8691-1884

E-Mail:

 

E-Mail: brooke_shang@wistron.com.tw

Cell/Beeper:

 

Cell/Beeper:

 

 

 

In their absence:

 

In their absence:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Name: Tom Pai

Phone:

 

Phone: 886-2-8691-2909

Fax:

 

Fax: 886-2-8691-1799

E-Mail:

 

E-Mail: Tom_pai@wistron.com.tw

Cell/Beeper: N/A

 

Cell/Beeper:

 

 

 

XPLORE Purchasing for Parts Ordering:

 

WISTRON Contact for Parts Ordering:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Name: Eng Wong

Phone:

 

Phone: 886-3-5770707 ext. 2558

Fax:

 

Fax: 886-3-5770707 ext. 2699

E-Mail:

 

E-Mail: eng_wong@wistron.com.tw

Cell/Beeper:

 

Cell/Beeper:

 

 

 

In his absence:

 

In their absence:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Phone:

 

Phone:

Fax:

 

Fax:

E-Mail:

 

E-Mail:

Cell/Beeper:

 

Cell/Beeper:

 

 

 

XPLORE Repair Center Contact:

 

WISTRON Repair Center Contact:

 

 

 

Name: Hugo Salinas

 

Name: Jonas Hsu

Phone: 512-336-7797 ext. 222

 

Phone: 886-3-5770707 ext.2911

Fax: 512-336-7791

 

Fax:

E-Mail: hsalinas@xploretech.com

 

E-Mail: Jonas_hsu@wistron.com.tw

Cell/Beeper:

 

Cell/Beeper:

 

 

 

In his absence:

 

In their absence:

 

 

 

Name: Hector Valdovino

 

Name:

 

2



 

Exhibit G
Service and Support Addendum of the
Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

Phone: 512-336-7797 ext. 209

 

Phone:

Fax: 512-336-7791

 

Fax:

E-Mail: hvaldovino@xploretech.com

 

E-Mail:

Cell/Beeper:

 

Cell/Beeper:

 

 

 

XPLORE Management Escalation:

 

WISTRON Management Escalation:

 

 

 

Name: Sid Laub

 

Name:

Phone: (512) 336.7797 ext. 223

 

Phone

Fax: (512) 336.7791

 

Fax:

E-Mail: slaub@xploretech.com

 

E-Mail:

Cell/Beeper:

 

Cell/Beeper:

 

 

 

XPLORE International Service

 

WISTRON International Service

 

 

 

Contacts:

 

Contacts:

EMEA

 

 

Name: David Han

 

Name: Paul K.H. Wu

Phone: 011-44-358-9-854-58024

 

Phone: 31 (0)73-645 92 83

Fax: 011-358-9-85458011

 

Fax: 31 (0)73-645 95 67

E-Mail: dhart@Wistrontech.com

 

E-Mail: paul_k.h._wu@wistron.com.tw

Cell/Beeper:

 

Cell/Beeper:

 

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

Name:

 

Name: See International Service Locations (Same as headquarter)

Phone:

 

Phone:

Fax:

 

Fax:

E-Mail:

 

E-Mail:

Cell/Beeper:

 

Cell/Beeper:


 

 

2.             DEFINITIONS

2.1                                  An “Abused Product” or an “Abused Subassembly” shall mean a physically damaged Product or Subassembly, respectively that has been damaged due to forces or exposure beyond normal use within the specified operational and environmental parameters as set forth in the Product Specification. Abuse also includes but is not limited to damage caused by normal wear and tear. Abuse, may also include the elements and factors listed in Appendix F. However, damage caused as a result of the elements or factors in Appendix F may also not be a result of abuse, e.g. excessive dirt in the unit could be a result of faulty sealing (no abuse) or improper handling by the customer (abuse). The Parties will have to investigate whether the presence of' an element or factor in Appendix F is a result of abuse, or a warranty issue.

2.2                                  “Authorized Caller” shall mean a person or persons designated by XPLORE as the technical/engineering support personnel authorized to contact WISTRON in connection with service and support for the Products.

2.3                                  “Component Level Repair” shall mean the repair of a Subassembly (for example, replacement of components on a PC board) as contrasted with a Modular Level Repair.

2.4                                  “Customer” or “End User” shall mean a company or organization that uses XPLORE products in the operation of their business.

2.5                                  “Dead on Arrival Failure Rate” shall mean the percentage representing the ratio of the number of Products that fail within five (5) calendar days from the date of shipment of Product to the End User and upon initial Product power up out of the box by the End User divided by the cumulative number of Products shipped to customers.

2.6                                  “Error” shall mean a defect in the Product which is reproducible and which causes such Product not to function substantially in conformance with the Specifications, end user documentation, or other related documentation, including without limitation any functional specifications of other engineering documentation for the Product, or commonly accepted operating principles as defined by industry standards. Errors are classified according to Severity Levels as classified under the definition of Problems.

2.7                                  “Failed Unit” shall mean a Product returned by a customer as being inoperative or not conforming to the applicable Product Specification as published by XPLORE. Failed Units do not cover items as defined in section 4.1 of Exhibit G Appendix E, Missing, Wrong or Damaged Products which are defined as parts, peripherals or other items missing from an order, an order that is processed incorrectly or damage that occurs in transit. Failed units do not cover no trouble found units returned by XPLORE.

2.8             “Fixtures” shall mean tools used for testing the manufactured or repaired product.

2.9                                  “Good Operating Condition” shall mean the Product functions in accordance with XPLORE’s published product specifications and successfully completes all diagnostic routines.

2.10                            “Incident” means a situation that necessitates an End User to contact XPLORE for assistance.

2.11                            “Like New Condition” shall mean free of cosmetic defects, and fully functioning according to Product Specification.

2.12                            “Modular Level Repair” shall mean the replacement of modules such as subassemblies, housings, wire harnesses, and hardware in a product.

2.13                            “Quarterly Failure Rate” (hereinafter, “QFR”) shall mean a number equal to the cumulative number of units returned to WISTRON for warranty repair, excluding non-warranty returns, Failed Units, and no trouble found Products pursuant to the procedure set forth in section 8.2 hereof, of a specific Product under warranty in a quarter divided by the total population of product units of such specific product under warranty delivered to XPLORE.

2.14                            “No Trouble Found” unit shall mean a unit that is returned for service with no apparent defect, according to the procedure set forth in section 8.2 hereof.

2.15                            “On-Site Repair” shall mean repairs performed at the customer’s site by authorized service personnel as an alternative to Service Center Repair.

2.16                            “Preventive Maintenance” shall mean those functions required to inspect and evaluate a functioning Product and to clean, adjust, replace worn components, and lubricate the Product, as per WISTRON’s instructions to restore product to Good Operating Condition.

2.17                            “Problem” means any Error (as defined hereinabove), or any actual failure or functional impairment that causes reduced functionality to the Product. Problems are assigned a classification by Severity Level at the time of XPLORE’s initial contact with End User concerning the Problem. Problem Severity Level may be changed based upon new technical information or change in the Customer’s situation and as mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

2.18                            “Product” shall mean the products of XPLORE as listed in Appendix A. Each Product manufactured by WISTRON, excluding Spare Parts,

 

3



 

Modules and Components, shall have a suitable permanent label or marking which shall include a unique serial number.

2.19                            “Repair” shall mean the repair or replacement of a malfunctioning Product to return it to Good Operating Condition.

2.20                            “Service Center Repair” shall mean Repairs performed at authorized service center locations.

2.21                            “Severity Level” may be defined either in technical terms or based on customer sensitivity, whichever is more critical. The Severity Levels are defined as follows:

Severity 1:                 Technical: Customer equipment is inoperable which results in a critical impact to business operations. No viable workaround is known.

Customer Sensitivity: The Customer regards the Problem as clearly placing into question future orders and business with XPLORE. Severity Level 1 can only be initiated by authorized XPLORE

Level III technical support representative.

Severity 2:                 Technical: Customer equipment is operational, but service interruption or degradation creates difficulty in the execution of functions that results in a severe impact to business operations. Customer acceptable workaround is available.

Customer Sensitivity: The Customer regards the Problem as serious, and there is potential risk of losing actual or future business.

Severity 3:                 Technical: Customer equipment is operational, but problems prevent some functions from meeting the full production specifications or cause particular features or functionality to be degraded or inoperative. Some business operations are impaired or impacted, but a customer acceptable workaround is available.

Customer Sensitivity: The problem is impacting the customer’s day-to-day business; there is generally a low risk of losing future business.

Severity 4:                 Technical: The equipment is performing to current specifications, but enhancements to hardware, software, or accessories are needed to meet full customer satisfaction.

Customer Sensitivity: The problem is not currently impacting the customer’s day-to-day business, but may in the future.

2.22                            “Software Corrective Action” shall be an action to correct a Problem due to the software not performing up to XPLORE’s specification. It can be classified as either a Software Patch, Software Maintenance Upgrade, or Software Version Release.

2.23                            “Software Maintenance Upgrade” shall mean a revision or an update of a current Software Version Release that improves quality and performance by incorporating Problem fixes and/or minor functionality improvements. Software Maintenance Upgrades are identified by the second series of digits of the software numeric identifier, located on the software distribution media (VV.MM.PP).

2.24         “Software Patch” shall mean executable software created as an emergency repair to address a software bug or other temporary workaround situation. Software Patches are identified by the third series of digits of the software numeric identifier located on the software diskette (VV.MM.PP).

2.25         “Software Version Release” shall mean a new version of the software Product substantially revised with new features and/or major functionality improvements, including bug fixes and prior Software Maintenance Upgrades. Software Version Releases may be identified by the first series of digits of the software numeric identifier, located on the software distribution media (VV.MM.PP).

2.26          “Spare Parts” shall mean all Subassemblies of Products listed in Appendix A and sold by WISTRON to XPLORE under this Addendum as normally used for Product service and maintenance.

2.27          “Subassemblies” shall mean populated printed circuit boards, accessories, removable modules, or discrete parts used in or associated with a Product. Subassemblies are distinguished from complete finished products.

2.28          “Tier I” shall mean first call support on all customer calls. Technical support staff answers technical inquiries regarding Products, and provides problem diagnostics services for identifying Problems and generic application faults, analysis, and where possible, Problem resolution. Any unresolved issues are escalated to Tier II.

2.29          “Tier II” shall mean specialist level technical support. Technical support/ escalation staff performs Problem isolation and replication, lab simulations, interoperability testing, and remote diagnostics. The goal is to isolate the failure/ discrepancy and resolve or escalate the problem. Tier II personnel may require dialogue with Tier III personnel to help isolate the failure. Any unresolved issues are escalated to Tier III.

2.30                            “Tier III” shall mean engineering and technical support by XPLORE or WISTRON to isolate a Problem/Error and implement a mutually approved solution, including, but not limited to, a Product design change. Escalation of unresolved issues from Tier III is described in Section 4.

2.31                            “Turnaround Time” shall mean the number of business days between the date a Product is received by WISTRON or a designated WISTRON representative for repair and the date the repaired/replaced Product is shipped to XPLORE.

2.32                            “Warranty Failure Rate” shall mean the percentage representing the ratio of the number of products failing during the Warranty Period for such Product divided by the total number of Products shipped to customers during the corresponding period.

2.33                            “Workaround” shall mean a feasible change in operating procedures whereby an end user can avoid any deleterious effects of an Error.

3.              TECHNICAL SUPPORT RESPONSIBILITIES

3.1           Support Services .

3.1.1                         Tier I and Tier II Responsibilities. XPLORE shall provide Tier I and Tier II support services to the End Users of the Products.

3.1.2        Tier III Responsibilities . WISTRON shall provide Tier III technical support to XPLORE’s technical contact during the duration of the term of this Addendum. In addition, Wistron shall extend support, for a fee of $[***] per hour to a mutually agreed upon number of Authorized Callers, providing that a majority of the calls are for actual Problems, beginning on the Effective Date and continuing during the term of this Addendum. XPLORE will receive priority from WISTRON for Tier III support based on standard commercial and service practices and relative to XPLORE’s volume purchases. WISTRON will provide Tier III support to XPLORE during the agreed upon Days and Hours of Support noted in Section 1.4. XPLORE’s Authorized Callers will have direct access to WISTRON’s specifically defined Tier II and Tier III technical support personnel. WISTRON’s designated technical support personnel will facilitate contact with WISTRON’s technical engineering personnel as required for escalation purposes.

3.1.3        Support Procedures . XPLORE shall reasonably attempt to resolve customer problems for the Products prior to contacting

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

4



 

WISTRON. WISTRON will not contact or provide direct support to XPLORE customers with respect to the Products pursuant to this Addendum without XPLORE’s prior approval. WISTRON will acknowledge XPLORE’s request for assistance within one (1) business day. If unable to resolve, XPLORE and WISTRON will agree, in good faith, what additional information and/or documentation will be required for resolution. WISTRON shall work with XPLORE in attempting to reproduce any such problem. Problem resolution shall be managed in accordance with Section 3.3 hereunder.

3.2                                  Emergency Technical Support . For Severity 1 Problems deemed by XPLORE to require emergency, on-site support that would be significantly facilitated by WISTRON’s assistance and such support is mutually agreed upon by the Directors of Support for XPLORE and WISTRON, WISTRON agrees to use its best reasonable efforts to provide such emergency support. In situations where the site visit was precipitated by an acknowledged WISTRON Problem, WISTRON will bare costs for labor, or expenses. If the Problem is not an WISTRON Product Problem, XPLORE will reimburse WISTRON for travel and lodging expenses plus reasonable per diem rates, in addition to an on-site service fee based on $[***]/hr. with an [***] hour minimum billing period. Travel time to and from the site will be billed at the same rate.

3.3                                  Problem Resolution. XPLORE and WISTRON shall promptly agree in good faith to exchange pertinent information and/or documentation that may be required to permit WISTRON to identify and resolve Product Problems.

Severity 1.                 Response: WISTRON shall work with XPLORE using reasonable best efforts to develop a reasonable action plan within two (2) business days, for Severity Level 1 Problems. A proposed resolution shall be identified in the action plan. XPLORE and WISTRON problem managers shall review the Incident within two (2) business days.

Severity 2:                 Response: WISTRON shall work with XPLORE using reasonable best efforts to develop a reasonable action plan within five (5) business days. XPLORE and WISTRON problem managers shall review the Incident within five (5) business days. A proposed resolution shall be identified in the action plan.

Seventy 3:                 Response: In the event, Product is identified by the Parties as a Failed Unit, WISTRON shall work with XPLORE to create an action plan within ten (10) business days of receipt of notification. As approved by the Parties, WISTRON shall provide a proposed resolution within three (3) months or next scheduled release, whichever is sooner.

Severity 4:                 Response: If the Customer request is reasonable and can be addressed by WISTRON, WISTRON shall work with XPLORE to create an action plan within forty five (45) business days of receipt of notification. A proposed resolution and any associated costs, if applicable, will be presented by WISTRON and if accepted by XPLORE will be planned and scheduled through mutual agreement between XPLORE and WISTRON.

3.4                                  Software Maintenance. During the term of this Addendum, WISTRON shall provide all Software Patches, Software Maintenance Upgrades and Software Version Releases to XPLORE at no additional charge. In the event a Problem is reported due to software not performing up to XPLORE’s specification, WISTRON must provide either an End User acceptable workaround or a Software Corrective Action to XPLORE for distribution to the end user. All Software Corrective Actions shall be provided within the timeframes identified above. Software Corrective Actions shall include one copy of any documentation changes in electronic format. Software Version Releases will be used for the sole purpose of training and support and will be distributed to the End User only with XPLORE’s approval.

 

4.             REPAIR RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1                                  This section relates to the Repair of Products that are returned by the Customer to XPLORE for service, and sets forth the responsibilities of the parties for the repair and the costs thereof depending upon (i) whether the product is “Warranty” or “Post Warranty”, and (ii) whether the repair is for the entire Product or a Subassembly.

The preferred repair strategy of the parties is set forth in the boxes checked immediately below:

Preferred Repair Strategy

 

 

 

Warranty

 

Post Warranty

 

Component Level

 

WISTRON

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XPLORE

 

o

 

x

 

o

 

The contractually permissible repair strategies of the parties are set forth in the boxes checked immediately below:

Contractually Permissible Repair Strategies

 

 

 

Warranty

 

Post Warranty

 

Component Level

 

WISTRON

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XPLORE

 

o

 

x

 

x

 

4.2                                  As set fourth in the Preferred Repair Strategy corresponding to the boxes checked above, WISTRON will normally provide warranty repair on the Products. At any time during the term of this contract and based on a mutually agreed implementation plan, XPLORE shall have the option of performing any of those repair services set forth in the boxes checked for the Xplore row under the Contractually Permissible Repair Strategies for any or all Products and Subassemblies to be repaired, at any or all geographic locations set forth in Section 1.3.

4.3                                  Warranty costs. In the event WISTRON performs a warranty repair under the terms of the warranty as outlined in the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, WISTRON will be responsible for the costs of the repair. In the event WISTRON allows XPLORE to perform a warranty repair, then Xplore shall notify Wistron of such repairs and adhere to the same workmanship standards. WISTRON will reimburse or replace all parts used in the repair, and will be responsible for labor cost of the repair, except in the case of Abuse or NTF, and will be invoiced to Wistron only after Wistron is satisfactorily shown unit is not Abuse or NTF. The Spare Part and labor costs shall be specified as in Appendix A.

4.4                                  Out of warranty costs. In the event WISTRON performs an out of warranty repair, XPLORE will be responsible for the costs of the repair, and WISTRON shall invoice XPLORE for the cost of the repair as set forth in Appendix C.

4.5                                  Warranty on repairs . If WISTRON performs repair, WISTRON will provide a 90 day warranty to XPLORE on the components or Subassemblies repaired or replaced by WISTRON, or until the end of the original warranty period, whichever is longer

4.6                                  Standards for Condition of Repaired Product . In the event WISTRON performs repair, WISTRON will ensure that the repaired Product is returned in functioning condition and at minimum the same cosmetic condition in which it was received, or at WISTRON’s sole option, the Product is replaced with a unit in a condition that is equal to or better than the original Product.

4.7                                  Workmanship Standards. The repair of WISTRON’s Products shall conform to the most current version of the following workmanship

 


[***]       Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

 

5



 

standards (in order of precedence): XPLORE Workmanship Standards (SS-03800-57-XX) and Workmanship Standards (IPC-610B Class II). These are available upon request from XPLORE.

4.8                                  Repair Turnaround Time for Product . In the event WISTRON performs a repair, WISTRON will ship the repaired Product or a replacement Product to XPLORE or designated location within five (5) business days after the date WISTRON receives the failed Product. However, WISTRON agrees to use reasonable best efforts to ship the repaired Product or a replacement Product to XPLORE within three (3) business days after the date WISTRON receives the failed Product. WISTRON agrees to work with XPLORE in good faith to define proposed options that will minimize the warranty turn around time

4.9                                  Repair Turnaround Time for Subassemblies . In the event WISTRON performs a Component Level Repair, WISTRON will ship the repaired Subassembly or a replacement Subassembly to XPLORE or designated location within ten (10) business days after the date WISTRON receives the failed item.

4.10                            Packaging . The shipper shall pack and label the Product and Subassemblies to meet commercial standards in accordance with Exhibit A, Statement of Work.

4.11                            Shipping. The shipper shall insure all Products and Subassemblies in transit, and incur all costs associated with shipment, including insurance, labeling, packaging, and customs. Shipper shall be responsible for shipping costs, utilizing Shipper’s standard shipping methods, for all Products under warranty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, WISTRON’s standard shipping methods must provide for delivery to the appropriate XPLORE destination no later than three (3) days from the date of shipment; otherwise WISTRON must use a non-standard method at its expense to insure delivery to the appropriate XPLORE destination no later than three (3) days from the date of shipment. For out of warranty Products, XPLORE shall insure all Products and Subassemblies in transit, and incur all costs associated with shipment, including insurance, labeling, packaging and customs. Except as set forth above, for all shipping requirements outside of WISTRON’s standard shipment methods, WISTRON will either ship per XPLORE’s instructions and invoice for the shipping costs, or use XPLORE’s carrier at XPLORE’s cost.

4.12                            Abused Product or Subassembly . In the event a Product or Subassembly is returned to WISTRON for repair, which WISTRON deems to be abused, such Product or Subassembly shall not be immediately repaired. WISTRON must notify the XPLORE Service Center Manager of receipt of an “Abused” Product or Subassembly, and obtain approval prior to repairing it. If XPLORE approves the repair of the Product or Subassembly by issuing a purchase order or some like method as agreed by the Parties, it will be repaired at the rates set forth in Appendix C.

5.                                       TRAINING

5.1                                  Initial Support Training. WISTRON shall, offer support training and training documentation to XPLORE for the support of the Products for XPLORE’s Tier I and Tier II support personnel. A total of two (2) potential training sessions will be offered by WISTRON at the following locations (one per location): Austin Texas, and in Taipei, Taiwan. The final training curriculum to be discussed and mutually approved by the Parties. Each party will be responsible for their costs to perform and or attend such training.

5.2           Refresher Support Training . In addition to the initial support training mentioned in section 5.1 above, WISTRON shall provide follow-on and refresher training and training documentation to XPLORE at mutually agreed periodic intervals (no greater than annually) in the support of the Products. All such training shall be held at facilities and at a schedule mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

 

5.3                                  Repair Training . In the event that XPLORE elects to perform repair on the Products and/ or Subassemblies, within sixty (60) days after XPLORE’s request, WISTRON shall provide two service training in English at a mutually approved location and schedule, at no cost to XPLORE, at a mutually agreed upon location, to XPLORE’s technical service personnel. Notwithstanding the foregoing, WISTRON hereby agrees that XPLORE may have one training session in the United States of America and one training session in Taiwan. Additional training sessions can be provided based upon a mutually approved cost to XPLORE.

5.4                                  Scope of Training. Such service training shall be designed for up to ten (10) trainees to enable Sub-Assembly Level Repair of the Product. WISTRON shall provide both theory and hands-on training, including the use of tools, diagnostic equipment, and software, and hands on training with actual Product supplied by WISTRON.

5.5                                  Costs. WISTRON shall be responsible for all costs for its personnel including travel, subsistence expenses, documentation, supplies and equipment, in connection with such training unless otherwise stated herein. Conversely XPLORE will be responsible for all costs for its personnel including travel and subsistence expenses.

5.6                                  Product Change Notification . In the event that the Product changes to a degree that would materially impact Level I, II or III support of Products as it relates to form, fit, function or troubleshooting diagnostics, repair procedure or parts used in repair, WISTRON shall notify XPLORE of such changes, and provide additional documentation to XPLORE so that XPLORE can train its personnel. In the event that such changes necessitate further discussions between the Parties, WISTRON agrees to host a conference call with the Authorized personnel at XPLORE.

6.                                       DOCUMENTATION AND SOFTWARE TOOLS

6.1                                  Delivery of Documentation . At no charge, during the training sessions of Section 5, WISTRON will provide XPLORE with five (5) current hard copies in English of the documentation and support manuals, related to the Product used by its own support and service personnel to perform support and service as set forth in Sections 3 and 4. Such documentation shall include, but not be limited to part lists, schematics, subassembly drawings, compatibility/ interoperability matrix, software, troubleshooting guides, technical tips, user and service manuals, necessary service tools list, specifications, documentation for spare parts, and operation procedures, and a list of generic parameters or test values for troubleshooting, replacements and inspection.

6.2                                  Electronic Copies. To the extent any documentation is available in electronic format, WISTRON shall advise XPLORE of such availability, and if XPLORE should request an electronic copy, WISTRON shall provide such copy to XPLORE. WISTRON shall make a good faith effort with XPLORE in making format changes for compatibility with XPLORE equipment.

6.3                                  Updated Documentation. WISTRON shall advise XPLORE of any revised documentation, manuals, or software tools, and automatically provide such revisions to XPLORE.

7.                                       TESTING

7.1                                  WISTRON will provide at a reasonably agreed upon charge, three sets of test fixtures and assembly tools and their documentation, normally used by Wistron’s service and support personnel, that supports a whole unit test and Subassembly analysis, evaluation, troubleshooting, and repair as specified in Section 4. These test fixtures may be used for verifying failures in whole units and Subassemblies or repair as specified in Section 4. WISTRON shall provide additional sets to XPLORE as priced in Appendix D.

7.2                                  WISTRON will provide a copy of its commercial warranty test procedures that WISTRON uses to test and screen whole units for No Trouble Found. Any No Trouble Found fees referenced in Appendix C shall take effect only after such test procedure has been agreed upon and accepted by both parties

 

6



 

7.3                                  Delivery of above items targeted to be within 30 days of Product release to Mass Production.

8.                                       SPARE PARTS

8.1                                  WISTRON shall provide the Spare Parts at the price as listed on Appendix A.

8.2                                  Discontinuance of the Product/Spare Parts: See Section I of Appendix E.

8.3                                  WISTRON shall provide XPLORE with data supporting failure rates on existing Product shipped to the field. WISTRON will provide XPLORE with recommended initial Spare Parts order quantity based on existing data for the product family. XPLORE will adjust recommended spare quantity to reflect its customer base.

8.4                                  WISTRON shall ship Spare Parts within normal lead time. Xplore shall provide a 3 month rolling forecast for spare parts for which spare parts will be shipped against that forecast in accordance to provisions set forth in the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement arbitrating pull-in and push-out of material.

8.5                                  WISTRON shall make reasonable best efforts to ship urgent orders within 5 business days of receipt of the order.

9.                                       REPORTING

9.1                                  Problem Status . WISTRON shall provide XPLORE with a quarterly status report of all Problems reported by XPLORE, identified Severity Level of Problem, current status on resolution, and compliance with expected response time given the Severity Level.

9.2                                  Repair Status . WISTRON will supply and maintain a service return process that will track Product during mutually agreed upon stages during the repair and return process. WISTRON will provide repair status of the Product to Authorized XPLORE personnel via the web. XPLORE may contact WISTRON by phone or email if a Severity Level I customer satisfaction incident exists or WISTRON is late with a Product Repair return as outlined herein at any time during WISTRON’s business hours to obtain the status.

9.3                                  Individual and Monthly Repair Reports . WISTRON will supply an individual repair report accompanying the repaired/replaced Product consisting of: repair tracking number, Product or Subassembly number, serial number, warranty status as reported by XPLORE, date of receipt, date of return, repair Turnaround Time, type of failure, repair action, components repaired and/or replaced, and charge for repair (if applicable). WISTRON will make individual or monthly reports available via the web to Authorized XPLORE personnel. In addition WISTRON will compile and make available a quarterly repair report with all of the above information to the XPLORE Support Center via the web to authorized XPLORE personnel.

10.                                BILLING

10.1                            Fees. The correction of a Problem associated with a Product that is within its warranty period, as computed in accordance with the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, and identified by Product serial number and shipping date, which can be tracked by XPLORE via WISTRON’s Extranet firewall secure for XPLORE personnel access, shall be performed at no charge to XPLORE and shall be deemed to be Warranty Service unless such Product has been Abused, in which case the cost of the service shall be as set forth in Appendix C. After the expiration of the warranty period, such service will be performed at the fees as set forth in Appendix C, and shall be deemed Post Warranty Service. No Trouble Found Fees, if applicable, will be billed to XPLORE as outlined in Appendix A and Section 8.2.

10.2                            Invoicing Procedure . Invoices shall be paid in accordance to provisions set forth in the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement.

11.                                REMEDIES

11.1                            Additional Spares . If in any consecutive three month period WISTRON’s average turnaround times for any Product or Subassembly exceed the turnaround times set forth in Sections 4.8 and 4.9 WISTRON and XPLORE shall mutually agree on a written action plan to bring resolution to the issues.

12.                                MISCELLANEOUS

12.1                            Entire Agreement. This Service and Support Addendum, including Appendices referenced herein, together with the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, including Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement between XPLORE and WISTRON with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all proposals, oral or written, and all other communications between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

12.2                            Conflict. If a conflict exist between the terms and conditions of any of the documents referenced above, the order of precedence will be: (a) the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, including Exhibits; and (b) this Service and Support Addendum; and (c) Appendices to this Service and Support Addendum.

12.3                            Term. The term of this Service and Support Addendum will begin on the Effective Date and will continue during the term of the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, and for a period of three years after termination or expiration of the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement (the “Initial Term”). In the event that Xplore wishes to extend the support for the product for an additional year, Xplore will, at its option, request this in writing within three (3) months prior to the date of expiry of the prior term. Xplore will have the option to extend the original Term up to two times, no more than one year at a time, for a five (5) year maximum. For each term renewal, item and service pricing shall be no more than 138% of the prior term pricing.

12.4                            Compliance with Laws. To the extent applicable hereto, WISTRON shall in performance of this Service and Support Addendum comply with: the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 201-219): the Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act (41 U.S.C. 35-45); the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 327-333); laws prohibiting the use of convict labor; all other federal, state and local laws; all regulations and orders issued under any applicable law. WISTRON warrants that the equipment to be furnished hereunder complies with the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 651-678) and the Radiation Control For Health and Safety Act of 1968 (43 U.S.C. 263b-n) and all applicable regulations and standard’s promulgated thereunder. If the Product or a Service covered by this Service and Support Addendum relates to a prime contract with the United States Government, and/or is within the jurisdiction of a Department or Agency of the United States, and is within the terms of this Service and Support Addendum or the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, the applicable provisions of Federal Acquisition Regulations are hereby incorporated in this Service and Support Addendum. For terms outside of this Service and Support Addendum and the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, WISTRON agrees to work with XPLORE in good faith to review the applicable provisions of Federal Acquisitions Regulations and to provide agreement or feedback to such terms in a timely fashion. WISTRON agrees to indemnify and hold XPLORE harmless from any loss, damage, liability claim fine penalty or expense which results from WISTRON’s failure to comply with any WISTRON obligation within the terms of this Service and Support Addendum or the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, or that is separately agreed to by WISTRON, that is mandated by any applicable procurement law, rule, or regulation.

12.5                            Hazardous Materials. WISTRON shall notify XPLORE of every article ordered hereunder which contains materials hazardous or injurious to the health or physical safety of persons even though said hazard or injury may only occur due to mishandling or misuse of the article. In addition, WISTRON shall identify the hazardous or injurious material and notify

 

7



 

XPLORE of the effects of such material on human beings and the physical manifestations that could result. For each article so identified, WISTRON shall provide warning labels or instructional material appropriate to warn persons coming in contact therewith of the hazard and its effects.

 

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION OF AMERICA

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

NAME:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WISTRON CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

NAME:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

XPLORE and WISTRON agree to work towards completing all of the parts repair rates, NTF repair fee, repair service expedite rates and other open or blank items in Appendices A, C and D no later than sixty (60) days prior to the first scheduled commercial shipment of the Products to XPLORE or XPLORE’s customer. All such items shall be negotiated in good faith by the Parties and are subject to the approval of both parties.

 

8


Exhibit G

Service and Support Addendum of the
Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

Appendix A

 

Product and Accessory Listing

 

Part Name

 

Part #

 

MTBF

 

Recommended
Sparing per 100

 

Lead
Time

 

Ruggedized Pen Tablet

 

??

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stylus Pen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Screen Protector

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Battery Li-polymer 4240mAH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spare Part Listing for Products mentioned above

 

Part Name

 

Part #

 

Price in
$US

 

Recommended
Sparing per 100

 

Lead
Time

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix B

 

Authorized WISTRON Service Locations

 

 

Return Material Authorization (“RMA”) Contact Information:

Geographic Region covered: North America

Contact Name:, RMA/Support Coordinator

Company Name: XPLORE Technologies Corporation

Shipping Address: 11675 Jollyville Road, Suite 150

City/State/Zip/Country: Austin, TX 78759

Phone # (512). 336.7797 ext. 121 or 1.888.449.7567

Email address:support@xploretech.com

Geographic Region covered: EMEA

Contact Name: Customer Support International

Company Name:

Shipping Address:

City/State/Zip/Country:

Phone #
Email address:

Geographic Region covered: Latin America and AsiaSee EMEA Contact Information Above for all items.

 

9



 

Exhibit G

Service and Support Addendum of the
Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

 

Appendix C

 

Repair Fee Structure

 

Repair Pricing - Flat Rate and Contract

 

Part Number/
Description

 

Flat Rate Repair

 

Contract Price/month

 

Ruggedized Pen Tablet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repair Pricing Data - Time and Materials

 

Part Number/
Description

 

MTTR

 

Labor Rate
(hrs)

 

Average cost of
materials

 

Ruggedized Pen Tablet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WISTRON to provide detailed description of how repairs on abused products will be billed in this section.

 

THIS DATA TO BE PROVIDED 60 DAYS PRIOR TO PRODUCTION START

 

 

Appendix D

 

Test Fixture Listing and Associated Pricing

 

Description

 

Part Number

 

Price in $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10



 

Exhibit G

Service and Support Addendum of the
Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

Appendix E

 

General Service and Support Conditions

 

 

1.               CONTINUING AVAILABILITY OF MAINTENANCE, REPLACEMENT, AND REPAIR PARTS

 

                        Unless otherwise provided under the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, the following terms and conditions are applicable to the Products.

 

1.1                  Notwithstanding any termination or expiration of this Addendum, and in addition to any other rights which survive this Addendum by its terms. For a period of three (3) years following such termination, or expiration, or any discontinuance of a Product, XPLORE shall have the following rights: (i) the right to purchase Spare Parts (including Firmware) for all Products purchased by XPLORE from WISTRON prior to termination as outlined in the Turnkey Design Manufacturing Agreement at the prices and on the terms and conditions to be negotiated in good faith by the Parties, and (ii) the right to continue to receive Service and Support for the Products from WISTRON as provided herein and based upon a mutually approved fee schedule to be negotiated in good faith by the Parties. At the beginning of the three (3) year period as mentioned above, WISTRON will negotiate with XPLORE a final, one time end of life purchase of spare parts and/or Subassemblies based on the needs of XPLORE.

 

1.2                  End of Life Transition. In the event a product is discontinued prior to the agreed upon three (3) year period, WISTRON agrees to maintain Product and Spare Part inventory to support the needs of XPLORE for the duration of the three (3) year period. WISTRON also agrees to provide Product repair service to XPLORE consistent with the Service and Support Addendum herein. In the event that Xplore wishes to extend the support for the product for an additional year, Xplore will, at its option, request this in writing within three (3) months prior to the date of expiry of the prior term. Xplore will have the option to extend the original Term up to two times, no more than one year at a time, for a five (5) year maximum. For each term renewal, item and service pricing shall be no more than 138% of the prior term pricing.

 

1.3                  Parts Obsolescence . If any engineering or any other change initiated by WISTRON obsoletes any Spare Parts of a Product purchased by XPLORE. WISTRON shall so notify XPLORE, in writing, and shall accept the return of such obsolete parts and reimburse XPLORE its cost or, at WISTRON’s option, replace all parts so returned with the changed or modified part at no additional charge to XPLORE.

 

2.               NOTIFICATION OF ENGINEERING CHANGES

 

Unless otherwise provided under the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement the following terms and conditions are applicable to the Products.

 

2.1                  Engineering Change Order Review. In order to ensure appropriate records are maintained by XPLORE for regulatory, service, and document control procedure reasons, WISTRON shall inform and make available to XPLORE, for review and approval, any proposed Engineering Change Orders(ECO) by WISTRON to Products and Subassemblies purchased hereunder that affect either form, fit or function of Products, at least thirty days prior to their proposed implementation. ECO’s shall be provided to XPLORE by XLORE via e-mail which references web-site with download feature.

 

2.2                  Quality Related Changes . If either Party determines that changes are necessary for safety or due to the epidemic failure of the Products or parts and components thereof to perform in accordance with the Product Specifications, or to meet the Quality Standards set forth in the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement. WISTRON shall respond with a written corrective action response plan as soon as reasonably possible, and WISTRON shall execute such plan to enable XPLORE to make the required changes in installed Products and Products in production within a reasonable time frame.

 

2.3                  Support of Earlier Release of Software. Notwithstanding the updating or new releases of Software by WISTRON, WISTRON shall provide service and support in accordance with the provisions of this Addendum for at least the immediately preceding two releases or versions of the Software supplied by WISTRON to XPLORE.

 

3.               RELIABILITY STANDARDS

 

3.1                  Given XPLORE’s experience with their customers, market applications and reseller channel, WISTRON requests XPLORE forward reliability statistics on similar Pen Tablet products which XPLORE has sold and that covers the entire product life cycle from introduction through end of life. During the first six (6) months of production deliveries of Products by WISTRON to XPLORE, WISTRON will collect similar reliability data on Products. At this six (6) month period, the Parties agree to meet to review the reliability data based on Products performance and compare to XPLORE’s experience with similar or like pen tablet products during the same product life cycle period. At this time, the Parties agree to establish reasonable, and mutually approved reliability objectives. WISTRON’s goal is to meet or exceed XPLORE’s actual reliability results for like pen tablet products based on actual life cycle attainment by XPLORE, and to exceed current industry reliability standards for like Products. Further, it is WISTRON’s goal to develop a continuous improvement program, with XPLORE’s input, which will allow the Parties to establish annual improvement targets for reliability metrics.

 

3.2                  If in any quarter during which either the average DOA Failure Rate, or the average Quarterly Failure Rate, or both, falls into the range for that product category indicated in the chart below corresponding to the time period that has passed after the initial Product Release to XPLORE, then for that product category, the warranty period for all products then under warranty shall be extended for the period of time set forth in the last column in such chart. In no event shall a warranty be extended beyond six months for a product.

 

 

Average OFR

 

Average DOA Failure Rate

 

Warranty Extension

 

First Year after Product Release

 

 

 

Less than 9%

 

Over 1.0 but less than 2.0%

 

0 months

 

Between 9% and 10%

 

Between 2 and 2.5%

 

3 months

 

10% or more

 

2.5% or more

 

6 months

 

 

For example: If during any quarterly period after the first year of Product Release, the average Dead on Arrival Failure Rate (as measured and reported quarterly) of the Product is 2.0%, or the average QFR of the Product equals 9%, then the warranty period for all Products under warranty shipped in the given quarter shall be automatically extended for a three month period from the date of the end of the original warranty period for each product in that product category.

 

3.3                  Loaner Units. During the warranty period, in the event the actual Quarterly Failure Rate for a Product purchased hereunder exceeds the Target Reliability Percentages set forth in the table below, then at XPLORE’s written request, and in addition to any additional spares provided under Section 11.1, WISTRON shall supply XPLORE, at no cost to XPLORE, a quantity of Products on loan or bailment in that specific product category (“Loaner Units”). The quantity being determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

Number of Loaner Units = (Unit failures in excess of the Target) times ((number of turn days [5 days per month [20])). Illustrative example: Assuming 10,000 units in the field with a 1100 quarterly failure rate, then; if the target quarterly failures = 1000 units (e.g. 10% of 10,000< the result is; number of loaner units = (1100-1000)*(5/20) = 25 loaner units.

 

Target Reliability Percentages

 

Period after Product Release

 

Average Quarterly
Failure Rate

 

Average DOA
Failure Rate

 

First 6 months

 

10%

 

2.0%

 

Second 6 months

 

8%

 

2.0%

 

 

11



 

Exhibit G

Service and Support Addendum of the
Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

3.4                  Return of Loaner Unit . The Loaner Units supplied by WISTRON are not required to be in new condition. When the Quarterly Failure Rate declines to a number less than the Target Reliability Percentage, WISTRON shall notify XPLORE and XPLORE shall return to WISTRON the Loaner Units which were provided in accordance with Section 4.5. During the first nine (9) months after delivery of the first production units of a product, the number of Loaner Units shall be calculated on a quarterly basis, and thereafter, the number of Loaner Units shall be calculated on an annual basis.

 

3.5                  The Parties agree that section 3.2 above is subject to further negotiations so as to establish and mutually approve threshold parameters for subsequent periods beyond the first year after Product release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure rate negotiated pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall be greater than the applicable failure rates set forth for the first year after Product Release in Section 3.2 hereof.

 

12



 

Exhibit G

Service and Support Addendum of the
Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

APPENDIX F —FACTORS THAT MAY OR MAY NOT CONSTITUTE ABUSE:

 

                  Wear And Tear Of Product [Even Under Normal Use]

                  Excessive Dirt/Contamination Effecting Performance

                  Spillage Of Liquids And Other Foreign Substances On Products

                  Unapproved Modification Of Product

                  Disassembled Product

                  Defacement Of Manufacturing Labels

                  Scratched, Contaminated, And Or Damaged Optical Components

                  Loose Or Missing Parts [That Could Not Have Operated With Out It.]

                  Broken/Cracked/Disfigured Displays

                  Broken/Cracked/Disfigured Windows

                  Broken/Cracked/Disfigured Housings

                  Broken/Cracked/Disfigured Triggers

                  Broken/Cracked Plastic Parts Internal/External

                  Torn Gaskets, Seals, O-Rings Or Other Flexible Parts

                  Damaged External Cables

                  Torn Keypads

                  Low Charged Batteries Effecting Performance

 

                  Use Of Abrasive Cleaners Or Other Unapproved Cleaning Materials

                  Improper Use Of Product

                  Connection Of Product To An Unapproved Host Device

                  Connection Of Product To Unapproved Power Source

                  Product That Has Been Opened By Unauthorized Personnel

                  Product That Has Been Serviced By Unauthorized Personnel

                  Damaged Touch Screen Displays Due To Use Of Unauthorized Stylus [Pens]

                  Charred Or Melted Product And Or Parts

                  Product Exposed To Environments Beyond Specification

                  Products Exposed To Natural Disasters

                  Products returned with No Trouble Found [excessive return rates]

 

 

13



 

Exhibit G

Service and Support Addendum of the
Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

Appendix G

 

Turnaround Time and Hot Spares

 

 

 

 

 

Warranty

 

18 Months

 

3 Years

 

 

 

TAT: Turnaround time

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1_

 

TAT 5 Biz days

 

Standard Warranty (Per unit sold)

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service Quotation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2_

 

TAT 48 Biz hours

 

Option 1 (Cost per case)

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

3_

 

Hot spares

 

Option 2 (Cost per case)

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

4_

 

TAT 5 Biz days

 

Post-Warranty cost per case

 

 

$

[***]

 

 


Assumptions:

1.                                        *System Warranty coverage: parts and workmanship and Wistron is responsible for one-way transportation from Wistron to Xplore’s customer. After the date Wistron receives the failed system, Wistron will ship the repaired product to Xplore’s customer within 5 business days.

2.                                        *System Warranty coverage is the same as above. After Wistron receives the failed system, Wistron will ship the repaired product to Xplore’s customer within 48 business hours.

3.                                        * System Warranty coverage is the same as above. After Wistron receives the failed system, Wistron will ship the repaired product to Xplore’s customer within the next business day.

 

Goods flow:

 

 

[***]                    Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

14



 

EXHIBIT H

 

 

TO THAT CERTAIN

 

TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

DATED July 1, 2003

 

BY AND BETWEEN XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND WISTRON CORPORATION.

 

WISTRON will provide access to all data files as listed below throughout the development cycle. Upon Product Release, WISTRON will deliver a full disclosure Data Package in the specified electronic format to XPLORE as specified below.

 

The Data Package is expected to include:

                  Finalized product specifications and functional requirements

                  All industrial design documentation and models

                  Complete electrical schematics and associated specifications (Cadence OrCAD format)

                  Complete component specifications/datasheets for any component used in Lynx, including cables and optional accessories

                  All component data, costed Bills of Materials and approved vendor list for all assemblies

                  All drawings, including “critical to function” drawings for QA acceptance of mechanical parts/assemblies

                  All PCB design and layout files, schematics, drawings and associated component and pad libraries (Cadence or Allegro format)

                  Board artwork files and drill drawings (Extended Gerber 274x format). Fab and layer stack-up drawings.

                  Mechanical databases and drawings including all production tooling drawings (PRO-E format)

                  Test equipment, hardware/software design documentation and drawings (PRO-E format)

                  Factory acceptance test specifications and procedures

                  All software design documentation, specifications and source code and libraries for any custom software developed specifically for the Lynx project, all software test requirements, procedures and test code, linkable libraries necessary for BIOS code build, linkable libraries for all core BIOS Object code required for BIOS build, all build tools and documentation, description of all software tools required to reproduce the software build environment.

                  All artwork (films) for any Lynx labeling, artwork, or images on XPLORE related documentation and packaging containers

                  All container specifications and associated drawings

                  Functional test specifications and electrical/functional test procedures

                  All mechanical & electrical drawings and schematics for any custom test equipment and test adapters (including embedded microcontroller code, Windows device driver code, Windows control panel software and all utility software.)

                  part and assembly files for all components

 

1



 

                  drawing files showing all material and critical dimensions/tolerances

                  part, assembly and drawing files of all tooling components

                  Prototype parts and soft tooling

                  DVT and EVT parts/assemblies and soft tooling

                  Assembly methods documents and assembly drawings

                  First Article parts and accompanying measurements

                  Failure Effects and Methods Analysis documentation (spreadsheet)

                  Finite Element Modeling (stress and thermal) results

                  Test reports from environmental testing (shock, drop, vibration, thermal, salt, etc.)

                  Certified copies of all testing, regulatory and certification reports

                  All other analyses (tolerance, assembly timing, workflow layouts)

                  Any product characterization reports derived from the product development

                  Cost quotations for parts and tooling

                  Product tooling database(s) to completely and accurately reproduce any product tooling or test fixtures

                  Fabrication and assembly fixtures

                  Mean Time Between Failures analysis

                  List of equipment used for testing the DVT/EVT and production units

                  Outline of production flow, including equipment required to produce the Product

                  Quality control procedures

 

2


Exhibit I

Wildcat Lynx Regulatory Approvals

 

Regulatory Compliance

 

The Wildcat tablet PC products shall be certified to be in compliance with the regulatory standards identified below and any other safety or emissions standards required to meet the regulatory statutes in the following countries:

 

Regulatory Compliance for Launch

U.S.A.

Argentina

Austria

Belgium

Brazil

Canada

China

Colombia

Denmark

France

Finland

Germany

Hong Kong

Israel

Italy

Malaysia

Mexico

Netherlands

Norway

Singapore

South Africa

Spain

Sweden

Switzerland

United Kingdom

 

 

1 Quarter After Launch minus 1 Month

Australia

Japan

Korea

New Zealand

Taiwan R.O.C.

 

Regulatory Compliance

 

Regulatory

 

CISPR 22

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

CE Mark

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

UL/CUL

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

CB

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

CSA

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

TUV

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

PSB

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

SABS

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

A-Tick

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

C-Tick

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

CCC

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

KTL

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

NOM

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

SII

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

FCC

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

VCCI

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

BSMI

 

Test and Certification

 

Wistron

 

$

[***

]

 

 

RRL

 

Need more information

 

Wistron

 

 

TBD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bluetooth

 

Test

 

Xplore

 

 

N/A

 


Notes:

1.             Above test costs do not include prototype sample costs of test units.

2.                                        Above tests are conducted in-house; if third party is required by Xplore, cost will be separately quoted.

[***]                    Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

1



 

March 17, 2003

 

Amendment to Xplore Technologies and Wistron “Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement”

 

The Parties mutually agree to enter into a NRE amortization agreement for the Xplore Technologies iX104 Tablet product and associated Office Docking Solution, effective              ,2003.

 

Based on the meeting during the COMDEX Fall 11-24-02 and subsequent discussions, the Parties have agreed to implement the following payment program:

 

The current budget is outlined as below:

The current budget as today = $[***]

Potential saving from tooling = $[***]

Net program budget = $[***]

Xplore payment to date = $[***]

Estimate NRE for smart office docking solution = $[***]

 

Wistron to amortize $[***] USD of the total iX104 program cost across the first 20,000 production units, which translate into $[***] per unit which Wistron will add to the product pricings to Xplore up to recovery of the total amortized amount.

 

Excluding $[***] amortization, Xplore to pay Wistron the outstanding payment $[***]. All non-development and future purchase orders will be treated as non-development budget and are payable at net 30-day terms. The outstanding payment schedule is indicated below::

 

                  $[***], due the week of 3/17/03

                  $[***] due upon Product Acceptance (estimated the week of 3/17/03)

 

Given Xplore’s shipment doesn’t exceed 20,000 units by December 31, 2003; Xplore will pay Wistron the variance up to 20,000 unit of amortization.

 

iX104 Office Docking solution

 

The Parties agree to mutually review Xplore’s requirements for an office dock for the iX104 and after mutually approved to be added to the current program budget. The Office Docking station program will be part of the amortization program but doesn’t effect to the above mentioned arrangement. However the office dock is a VERY important element of the total hardware solution deliverable with the iX104 and Wistron has the expertise necessary to develop and produce this system element

 


[***]    Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

 



 

Estimation Engineering and tooling NRE for the desk dock = $[***]

 

The NRE include regulatory agency fee, test fixture, and 15 DVT samples (by hard-tooling). The $[***] is a fixed development NRE charge unless there’s major design change requested by Xplore. In case there’s major design change in the Office docking, Xplore and Wistron will mutually agree on the costs.

 

Xplore to pay Wistron $[***] USD for NRE payment. The remaining NRE $[***] will be amortized to the first 15,000 production units, which translate into $[***] per unit and add onto desk dock contract pricing. Given Xplore’s shipment doesn’t exceed 15,000 units by December 31, 2003, Xplore will pay Wistron the outstanding amortized NRE.

 

Payment schedule of $[***]

 

Due Date

 

Item

 

Amount

 

milestone

 

Wk of 3/24/03

 

1/3 payment

 

$[***

]

Project kick-off

 

Wk of 3/24/03

 

1/3 payment

 

$[***

]

Tooling start

 

At acceptance

 

1/3 payment

 

$[***

]

Product acceptance

 

 

 

Intellectual Property (IP) and Remedies:

 

Xplore owns the IP from inception, but Wistron would have a claim to it until Xplore pays the $[***] due. Then the IP is then no longer in question, however if Xplore does not pay the $[***] amortization and the companies cannot come to a mutual agreement on payment, then the dispute would go to business arbitration. At this point it is up to the arbitrators to decide the action that must be taken to settle the dispute.

 

The Parties further agree that if monies are still owed at December 31, 2003 under the terms of this amortization NRE agreement then the Parties will work to reconcile the remaining amount owed within 10 business days and Xplore has 30 days to pay said amounts.

 

If the remaining debt is still unresolved after the aforementioned 30 days, then the Parties will have 15 days to resolve the dispute, and if unsuccessful, then the Parties will immediately enter into business arbitration in the State of Texas to resolve the dispute.

 

Xplore Technologies

 

Wistron

 

 

July 22/03

 Date:

 

 Date

/s/ Brian Groh             Brian Groh

 Print Name

/s/ Simon Lin             Simon Lin

 Print Name

President & CEO

 Title

Chairman & CEO

 Title

 


[***]    Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

 


 



Exhibit 10.12

 

1995 Share Option Plan
(amended and restated as of December 6, 2006)

 

1.               Purpose of the Plan

 

1.1.            The purpose of the Plan is to attract, retain and motivate persons as key service providers to the Corporation and its Affiliates and to advance the interests of the Corporation by providing such persons with the opportunity, through share options, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Corporation.

 

2.                     Defined Terms

 

Where used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings, respectively:

 

2.1.            “Affiliate” has the meaning attributed thereto in the Canada Business Corporations Act, as amended from time to time;

 

2.2.            “Associate” has the meaning attributed thereto in the Securities Act (Ontario), as amended from time to time;

 

2.3.            “Black Out Period” means any period during which a policy of the Corporation prevents an Insider from trading in the Shares.

 

2.4.            “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation or, if established and duly authorized to act, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

 

2.5.            “Change of Control” means the occurrence of (i) a person, including the person’s Affiliates, Associates and any other person acting jointly or in concert with that person, becoming the beneficial owner of directly or indirectly, or, exercising control or direction over, Shares carrying in excess of 50.1% of the total voting rights attached to the Shares; or (ii) the Corporation consolidating or amalgamating with, or merging with or into, another person or selling, assigning, conveying, transferring, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or substantially all of its assets to any person, or any person consolidating or amalgamating with, or merging with or into, the Corporation, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property other than any such transaction in which the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for, or the assets of the Corporation are exchanged for, voting securities or securities exchangeable at the option of the holder into voting securities of the surviving or transferee person constituting a majority of such voting securities (giving effect to such issuance and the exercise of any rights to exchange such securities into voting securities);

 

2.6.            “Committee” shall have the meaning attributed thereto in Section 3.1 hereof;

 

2.7.            “Corporation” means Xplore Technologies Corp. and includes any successor corporation thereof:

 

2.8.            “Eligible Person” means:

 

a.                          any director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any Affiliate, or any other Service Provider (an “Eligible Individual” ); or

 



 

b.                         a corporation controlled by an Eligible Individual, the issued and outstanding voting shares of which are, and will continue to be, beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Eligible Individual and/or the spouse, children and/or grandchildren of such Eligible Individual (an “Employee Corporation” );

 

2.9.            “Insider” means any insider, as such term is defined in Subsection 1(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), of the Corporation, other than a person who falls within that definition solely by virtue of being a director or senior officer of an Affiliate, and includes any Associate of any such insider;

 

2.10.      “Market Price” at any date in respect of the Shares means the closing sale price of such Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (or, if such Shares are not then listed and posted for trading on the Toronto Stock Exchange, on such stock exchange in Canada on which such Shares are listed and posted for trading as may be selected for such purpose by the Board) on the trading day immediately preceding such date.  In the event that such Shares did not trade on such trading day, the Market Price shall be the average of the bid and ask prices in respect of such Shares at the close of trading on such trading day.  In the event that such Shares are not listed and posted for trading on any stock exchange, the Market Price shall be the fair market value of such Shares as determined by the Board in its sole discretion;

 

2.11.       “Option” means an option to purchase Shares granted to an Eligible Person under the Plan;

 

2.12.      “Option Price” means the price per Share at which Shares may be purchased under an Option, as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Article 8 hereof;

 

2.13.      “Optioned Shares” means the Shares issuable pursuant to an exercise of Options;

 

2.14.      “Optionee” means an Eligible Person to whom an Option has been granted and who continues to hold such Option;

 

2.15.      “Plan” means the Xplore Technologies Corp. 1995 Share Option Plan, as the same may be further amended or varied from time to time;

 

2.16.      “Service Provider” means:

 

a.                          an employee or Insider of the Corporation or any Affiliate; or

 

b.                         any other person or company engaged to provide ongoing management or consulting services for the Corporation or for any entity controlled by the Corporation;

 

2.17.      “Share Compensation Arrangement”  means a stock option, stock option plan, employee stock purchase plan or any other compensation or incentive mechanism of the Corporation involving the issuance or potential issuance of shares to one or more Service Providers, including a share purchase from treasury which is financially assisted by the Corporation by way of a loan, guaranty or otherwise;

 

2.18.      “Shares” means the common shares of the Corporation or, in the event of an adjustment contemplated by Article 8 hereof, such other shares or securities to which an Optionee may be entitled upon the exercise of an Option as a result of such adjustment; and

 

2.19.      “Voting Shares” means, collectively, the common shares of the Corporation and any preferred shares of the Corporation that are convertible into common shares of the Corporation without payment of any additional consideration or, in the event of an

 



 

adjustment contemplated by Article 8 hereof, such other shares or securities to which an Optionee may be entitled upon the exercise of an Option as a result of such adjustment.

 

3.                     Administration of the Plan

 

3.1.            The Plan shall be administered by the Board or by any committee (the “Committee”) of the Board established by the Board for that purpose.

 

3.2.            The Board or Committee shall have the power, where consistent with the general purpose and intent of the Plan and subject to the specific provisions of the Plan:

 

a.                          to establish policies and to adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the purposes, provisions and administration of the Plan;

 

b.                         to interpret and construe the Plan and to determine all questions arising out of the Plan or any Option, and any such interpretation, construction or determination made by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes;

 

c.                          to determine the number of Shares covered by each Option;

 

d.                         to determine the Option Price of each Option;

 

e.                          to determine the time or times when Options will be granted and exercisable;

 

f.                            to determine if the Shares which are issuable on the exercise of an Option will be subject to any restrictions upon the exercise of such Option; and

 

g.                         to prescribe the form of the instruments relating to the grant, exercise and other terms of Options.

 

3.3.            The Board or the Committee may, in its discretion, require as conditions to the grant or exercise of any Option that the Optionee shall have:

 

a.                          represented, warranted and agreed in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation that he or she is acquiring and will acquire such Option and the Shares to be issued upon the exercise thereof or, as the case may be, is acquiring such Shares, for his or her own account, for investment and not with a view to or in connection with any distribution, that he or she has had access to such information as is necessary to enable him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of such investment and that he or she is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period;

 

b.                         agreed to restrictions on transfer in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation and to an endorsement on any option agreement or certificate representing the Shares making appropriate reference to such restrictions; and

 

c.                          agreed to indemnify the Corporation in connection with the foregoing.

 

3.4.            Any Option granted under the Plan shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time counsel to the Corporation shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares subject to such Option upon any securities exchange or under any law or regulation of any jurisdiction, or the consent or approval of any securities exchange or any governmental or regulatory body, is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant or exercise of such Option or the issuance or purchase of Shares thereunder, such Option may not be accepted or exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration,

 



 

qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the Board or the Committee.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Corporation to apply for or to obtain such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval.

 

4.               Shares Subject to the Plan

 

4.1                Options may be granted in respect of authorized and unissued Shares, provided that the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of all Options granted under the Plan, subject to any adjustment of such number pursuant to the provisions of Article 8 hereof shall not exceed 26,800,000 common shares of the Corporation or such greater number of Shares as may be determined by the Board and approved, if required, by the shareholders of the Corporation and by any relevant stock exchange or other regulatory authority.  Optioned Shares in respect of which Options are not exercised shall be available for subsequent Options.  No fractional Shares may be purchased or issued under the Plan.

 

5.               Eligibility; Grant; Terms of Options

 

5.1.            Options may be granted by the Board to any Eligible Person.

 

5.2.            Subject as herein and otherwise specifically provided in this Article 5, the number of Shares subject to each Option, the Option Price of each Option, the expiration date of each Option, the extent to which each Option is exercisable from time to time during the term of the Option and other terms and conditions relating to each such Option shall be determined by the Board.  The Board or the Committee may, in their entire discretion, subsequent to the time of granting Options hereunder, permit an Optionee to exercise any or all of the unvested options then outstanding and granted to the Optionee under this Plan, in which event all such unvested Options then outstanding and granted to the Optionee shall be deemed to be immediately exercisable during such period of time as may be specified by the Board or the Committee.

 

5.3.            Subject to any adjustments pursuant to the provisions of Article 8 hereof, the Option Price of any Option shall in no circumstances be lower than the Market Price on the date on which the grant of the Option is approved by the Board.  If, as and when any Shares have been duly purchased and paid for under the terms of an Option, such Shares shall be conclusively deemed allotted and issued as fully paid non-assessable Shares at the price paid therefor.

 

5.4.            The terms of an Option shall not exceed 10 years from the date of the grant of the Option.

 

5.5.            No Options shall be granted to any Optionee if the total number of Shares issuable to such Optionee under this Plan, together with any Shares reserved for issuance to such Optionee under options for services or any other stock option plans, would exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding Shares.

 

5.6.            An Option is personal to the Optionee and non-assignable (whether by operation of law or otherwise), except as provided for herein.  Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of an Option contrary to the provisions of the Plan, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon an Option, the Option shall, at the election of the Corporation, cease and terminate and be of no further force or effect whatsoever.

 

5.7.            The number of Shares issuable to Insiders, at any time, pursuant to the Plan and any other Share Compensation Arrangement cannot exceed 10% of the issued and outstanding

 



 

Voting Shares.  The number of Shares issued to Insiders, within any one year period, under the Plan and any other Share Compensation Arrangement cannot exceed 10% of the issued and outstanding Voting Shares.

 

5.8.            If the date on which an Option expires occurs during or within 10 days after the last day of a Black Out Period, the expiry date for the Option will be the last day of such 10-day period.

 

6.               Termination of Employment; Death

 

6.1.            Subject to Sections 6.2 and 6.3 hereof and to any express resolution passed by the Committee or the Board with respect to an Option, an Option and all rights to purchase Shares pursuant thereto shall expire and terminate immediately upon the Optionee who holds such Option ceasing to be an Eligible Person.

 

6.2.            The Committee or the Board may, in their entire discretion, at the time of the granting of Options hereunder, determine that provisions to the following effect shall be contained in the written option agreement between the Corporation and the Optionee:

 

a.                          If an Optionee shall retire, or terminate his employment or directorship with the consent of the Board under circumstances equating to retirement, while holding an Option which has not been fully exercised, such Optionee may exercise the Option at any time within six (6) months of the date of such retirement or termination equating to retirement, but only to the same extent to which the Optionee could have exercised the Option immediately before the date of such retirement or termination equating to retirement.

 

b.                         If an Optionee ceases to serve the Corporation or any Affiliate, as the case may be, as an employee, officer or director for cause, no Option held by such Optionee may be exercised following the date on which such Optionee ceases to serve the Corporation or any Affiliate, as the case may be, in such capacity.  If an Optionee ceases to serve the Corporation or any Affiliate as an employee, officer or director for any reason other than for cause, unless otherwise provided for in this Plan, no Option held by such Optionee at the effective date thereof may be exercised by the Optionee following the date which is ninety (90) days after the date on which the Optionee ceases to serve the Corporation or any Affiliate, as the case may be, in such capacity.

 

c.                          In the event that an Optionee commits an act of bankruptcy or any proceeding is commenced against the Optionee under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or other applicable bankruptcy or insolvency legislation in force at the time of such bankruptcy and such proceeding remains undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days, no Option held by such Optionee may be exercised following the date on which such Optionee commits such act of bankruptcy or such proceeding remains undismissed, as the case may be.

 

6.3.            If an Optionee shall die holding an Option which has not been fully exercised, his personal representatives, heirs or legatees may, at any time within three months from the date of grant of probate of the will or letters of administration of the estate of the decedent or within one year after the date of such death, whichever is the lesser time, exercise the Option with respect to the unexercised balance of the Shares subject to the Option but only to the same extent to which the decedent could have exercised the Option immediately before the date of such death.

 



 

6.4.            For greater certainty, Options shall not be affected by any change of employment of the Optionee or by the Optionee ceasing to be a director of the Corporation provided that the Optionee continues to be an Eligible Person.

 

6.5.            For the purposes of this Article 6, a determination by the Corporation that an Optionee was discharged for “cause” shall be binding on the Optionee.

 

6.6.            If the Optionee is an Employee Corporation, the references to the Optionee in this Article 6 shall be deemed to refer to the Eligible Individual associated with the Employee Corporation.

 

7.               Exercise of Options

 

7.1.            Subject to the provisions of the Plan, an Option may be exercised from time to time by delivery to the Corporation at its registered office of a written notice of exercise addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and accompanied by payment in full, by cash or certified cheque, of the Option Price of the Shares then being purchased.  Subject to any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, certificates for such Shares shall be issued and delivered to the Optionee within a reasonable time following the receipt of such notice and payment.

 

7.2.            Notwithstanding any of the provisions contained in the Plan or in any Option, the Corporation’s obligation to issue Shares to an Optionee pursuant to the exercise of any Option shall be subject to:

 

a.                          completion of such registration or other qualification of such Shares or obtaining approval of such governmental or regulatory authority as the Corporation shall determine to be necessary or advisable in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale thereof;

 

b.                         the admission of such Shares to listing on any stock exchange on which the Shares may then be listed;

 

c.                          the receipt from the Optionee of such representations, warranties, agreements and undertakings, as the Corporation determines to be necessary or advisable in order to safeguard against the violation of the securities laws of any jurisdiction; and

 

d.                         the satisfaction of any conditions on exercise prescribed pursuant to Article 3 hereof.

 

7.3.            Options shall be evidenced by a share option agreement, instrument or certificate in such form not inconsistent with this Plan as the Committee or the Board may from time to time determine provided that the substance of Article 5 be included therein.

 

8.               Certain Adjustments

 

8.1.            In the event that the Shares are at any time changed or affected as a result of the declaration of a stock dividend thereon or their subdivision or consolidation, the number of Shares reserved for Option shall be adjusted accordingly by the Board or the Committee to such extent as they deem proper in their discretion.  In such event, the number of, and the price payable for, any Shares that are then subject to Option may also be adjusted by the Board or the Committee to such extent, if any, as they deem proper in their discretion.

 



 

8.2.            If at any time after the grant of an Option to any Optionee and prior to the expiration of the term of such Option, the Shares shall be reclassified, reorganized or otherwise changed, otherwise than as specified in Section 8.1 or, subject to the provisions of Subsection 9.2(a) hereof, the Corporation shall consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another corporation (the corporation resulting or continuing from such consolidation, merger or amalgamation being herein called the “Successor Corporation”) the Optionee shall be entitled to receive upon the subsequent exercise of his or her Option in accordance with the terms hereof and shall accept in lieu of the number of Shares to which he or she was theretofore entitled upon such exercise but for the same aggregate consideration payable therefor, the aggregate number of shares of the appropriate class and/or other securities of the Corporation or the Successor Corporation (as the case may be) and/or other consideration from the Corporation or the Successor Corporation (as the case may be) that the Optionee would have been entitled to receive as a result of such reclassification, reorganization or other change or, subject to the provisions of Subsection 9.2(a) hereof, as a result of such consolidation, merger or amalgamation, if on the record date of such reclassification, reorganization or other change or the effective date of such consolidation, merger or amalgamation, as the case may be, he or she had been the registered holder of the number of Shares to which he or she was theretofore entitled upon such exercise.

 

9.               Amendment or Discontinuance of the Plan

 

9.1.            The Board may amend the Plan at any time, provided, however, that no such amendment may materially and adversely affect any Option previously granted to an Optionee without the consent of the Optionee, except to the extent required by law.  Any such amendment shall, if required, be subject to the prior approval of, or acceptance by, any stock exchange on which the Shares are listed and posted for trading.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may, without the approval of the security holders of the Corporation, make amendments to the Plan for any of the following purposes:

 

a.       changing the eligibility for and limitations on participation in the Plan;

 

b.       changing the terms on which Options may be granted and exercised including,  without limitation, the provisions relating to Exercise Price, vesting, expiry, assignment and the adjustments to be made pursuant to Section 9.2;

 

c.       making any addition to, deletion from or alteration of the provisions of the Plan that are necessary to comply with applicable law or the requirements of any regulatory authority or stock exchange;

 

d.       correcting or rectifying any ambiguity, defective provision, error or omission in the Plan; and

 

e.       changing the provisions relating to the administration of the Plan,

 

provided that if any such amendment would lead to a significant or unreasonable dilution of the outstanding Shares or provide additional material benefits to Insiders, approval of the holders of the outstanding Shares must be obtained.

 

9.2.            Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in this Plan or in any resolution of the Board in implementation thereof:

 

a.                          subject to the rules of any relevant stock exchange or other regulatory authority and to such adjustments as the Board may, by resolution, from time to time determine, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control of the Corporation, all outstanding Options shall

 



 

immediately vest and become exercisable notwithstanding the terms and conditions associated with such Options established by any share option agreement, instrument or certificate;

 

b.                         in the event the Corporation proposes to amalgamate, merge or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary) or to liquidate, dissolve or wind-up, or in the event an offer to purchase or repurchase the Shares of the Corporation or any part thereof shall be made to all or substantially all holders of Shares of the Corporation, the Corporation shall have the right, upon written notice thereof to each Optionee holding Options under the Plan, to permit the exercise of all such Options within the 20 day period next following the date of such notice and to determine that upon the expiration of such 20 day period, all rights of the Optionees to such Options or to exercise same (to the extent not theretofore exercised) shall ipso facto terminate and cease to have further force or effect whatsoever;

 

c.                          in the event of the sale by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirety so that the Corporation shall cease to operate as an active business, the Corporation shall have the right, upon written notice thereof to each Optionee holding Options under the Plan, to permit the exercise of any outstanding Option as to all or any part of the Optioned Shares in respect of which the Optionee would have been entitled to exercise the Option in accordance with the provisions of the Plan at the date of completion of any such sale at any time up to and including, but not after the earlier of: (i) the close of business on that date which is thirty (30) days following the date of completion of such sale; and (ii) the close of business on the expiration date of the Option; but the Optionee shall not be entitled to exercise the Option with respect to any other Optioned Shares;

 

d.                         subject to the rules of any relevant stock exchange or other regulatory authority, the Board may, by resolution, advance the date on which any Option may be exercised or extend the expiration date of any Option.  The Board shall not, in the event of any such advancement or extension, be under any obligation to advance or extend the date on or by which Options may be exercised by any other Optionee; and

 

e.                          the Board may, by resolution, but subject to applicable regulatory requirements, decide that any of the provisions hereof concerning the effect of termination of the Optionee’s employment shall not apply to any Optionee for any reason acceptable to the Board.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 9, should changes be required to the Plan by any securities commission, stock exchange or other governmental or regulatory body of any jurisdiction to which the Plan or the Corporation now is or hereafter becomes subject, such changes shall be made to the Plan as are necessary to conform with such requirements and, if such changes are approved by the Board, the Plan, as amended, shall be filed with the records of the Corporation and shall remain in full force and effect in its amended form as of and from the date of its adoption by the Board.

 

9.3.            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Board may at any time by resolution terminate this Plan.  In such event, all Options then outstanding and granted to an Optionee may be exercised by the Optionee for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which the Corporation shall have notified all Optionees of the termination of this Plan, but only to the same extent as the Optionee could have exercised such Options immediately prior to the date of such notification.

 



 

10.        Miscellaneous Provisions

 

10.1.      An Optionee shall not have any rights as a shareholder of the Corporation with respect to any of the Shares covered by such Option until the date of issuance of a certificate for Shares upon the exercise of such Option, in full or in part, and then only with respect to the Shares represented by such certificate or certificates.  Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such share certificate is issued.

 

10.2.      Nothing in the Plan or any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right to continue or be re-elected as a director of the Corporation or any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any Affiliate, or affect in any way the right of the Corporation or any Affiliate to terminate his or her employment at any time; nor shall anything in the Plan or any Option be deemed or construed to constitute an agreement, or an expression of intent, on the part of the Corporation or any Affiliate, to extend the employment of any Optionee beyond the time which he or she would normally be retired pursuant to the provisions of any present or future retirement plan of the Corporation or any Affiliate or any present or future retirement policy of the Corporation or any Affiliate, or beyond the time at which he or she would otherwise be retired pursuant to the provisions of any contract of employment with the Corporation or any Affiliate.

 

10.3.      Notwithstanding Section 5.6 hereof, Options may be transferred or assigned between an Eligible Individual and the related Employee Corporation provided the assignor delivers notice to the Corporation prior to the assignment and the Committee or the Board approves such assignment.

 

10.4.      The Plan and all matters to which reference is made herein shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

11.        Shareholder and Regulatory Approval

 

11.1.      The Plan shall be subject to ratification by the shareholders of the Corporation to be effected by a resolution passed at a meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, and to acceptance by any relevant regulatory authority.  Any Options granted prior to such ratification and acceptance shall be conditional upon such ratification and acceptance being given and no such Options may be exercised unless and until such ratification and acceptance are given.

 




 

Exhibit 12.1

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
For Nine Months Ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

Pre-Tax Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2006

 

(4,013,667

)

 

 

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of Interest

 

906,512

 

Interest Expense

 

420,201

 

Dividends Accrued

 

683,163

 

Interest on Rent

 

2,009,876

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted NI

 

(2,003,791

)

 

 

 

 

Ratio

 

(1.00

)

 

 

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.4


MINTZ & PARTNERS LLP

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the inclusion in this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Xplore Technologies Corp. of (i) our report dated June 20, 2006, except for Notes 19 (a) and (c), which are as of November 8, 2006 and Note 2 for which the date is February 6, 2007 and (ii) to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

Toronto, Canada
February 8, 2007

/s/ Mintz & Partners LLP
MINTZ & PARTNERS LLP
Chartered Accountants




QuickLinks

MINTZ & PARTNERS LLP